The reality of traveling is that we all try to visit the country that most intrigues us. And sometimes those triggers can stem from seeing that country on a travel show, on a movie (New Zealand surpassed the two-million mark the year after the first Lord of The Rings was released, according to Tourism New Zealand) or my personal worse, when your friend comes back from it and demands that you sit through the mandatory 2-hr slideshow. You’ll never forget that country’s name. The worse must be if your friend takes door knob or napkin pictures, because you know that is going to be one amazing slideshow. I know we all have them.
Another reality is that when someone has time to visit South East Asia, about 80% plan on visiting Thailand within that trip. In 2011, Thailand set their own record with over 19 million despite suffering thru the major floods. How many visited Laos? According to JICA Team Project, that number was 2.7 million.
When I first visited Laos (officially Lao People’s Democratic Republic), I was really curious to see what the country had to offer. I didn’t know anything about Laos, and I was ready for a surprise. Here I am going to share with you my Laos experience having led tours in SE Asia for 18 months.
After an overnight train from Bangkok, we got to the border and filled out our visas to get in. And just happens that us Canadians pay the most, a whopping $42 US vs $30 for our Aussie counterparts. From there, we hopped on a van and arrived in the capital, Vientiane. Pronounced Viangchan in Lao, the capital has a small population, about 230,000 in the city, compared to Bangkok’s whopping 10 million. As soon as we went for a walk along one of the main streets in Vientiane, Setthrathirath Road, you will understand why Laos is known as the most relaxed, chilled out country in the region. It seemed like everyone was slowing down and going slower than the already slow pace of Asia, in general. So this gives you the perfect tempo to soak it all in. So put on your flip flops and make sure you visit these places when you go to Laos, you don’t want to miss them.
Being the capital and the cultural and economical centre, you should see the National Museum where they exhibit most of the historical and current state of the country, which will give you an understand on how Laos became what it is today, after the French left here after World War II. You should also not miss seeing Patuxai, the Laos’ version of the Arc de Triomphe, which was built in the 60’s with the cement the US provided for a runway at the local airport.
You can climb Patuxai for less than $1 and get a pretty good view of the Presidential Palace
Vientiane also has a great promenade where you can enjoy the view of the Mekong River and across the way, its neighbour, Thailand. Here you will have some restaurants that will have makeshift outdoor lounges, a simple carpet with cushions for you to admire the sunset while sipping on fruit juice or a La Beer.
Lastly, the most important wat (temple) in Vientiane is the Phra Thatluang (Great Stupa), built sometime between the 9th and 14th century. The gold-covered stupa stands at 45 metres high and it’s the national monument where most Laotians gather on an annual basis to celebrate the festival of the same name.
Phra Thatluang with King Saysetthathirath
A nice little side trip worth the hour tuk tuk journey is to visit the Buddha Park. Yes, a Buddha park. It’s an outdoor park with several large concrete sculptures of both Buddhist and Hindu deities. Here is the largest of them, the Reclining Buddha.
From Vang Vieng, hire a bike for $3-5 and head out to the outdoor swimming hole known as the Blue Lagoon, especially in a super hot day. The bikes range from the coaster, single-gear to well, mountain bike, Laos style.
One of the bridges you’ll cross
The views on the way are spectacular, with limestone formations and loads of chances for amazing pictures.
One of the rest stops
If more adventure is in your blood, then you’ll be pleased to know that you can kayak through different caves, go dirt biking, rock climbing, or hot air ballooning to get a panoramic view of this stunning place.
The last stop in Laos also happens to be my favourite, the stunning city of Luang Prabang.
Upon arriving in this UNESCO World Heritage city, you will see some breathtaking temples tattooing this former French colony. You will see many remains of great colonial architecture along with traditional Lao wooden houses.
Panorama of Luang Prabang
With many things to do, you can easily spend a week here seeing most of this area and still not do it all. One of the highlights is the unavoidable and ever-tempting (nightly) Night Market. Here you will be able to do all your shopping under many roofs. You can buy clothes, jewelry, paintings and loads of unique Laotian handicrafts.
The next day, get on a tuk tuk and take a ride to the ever popular Kuang Si waterfalls. Here you will have an opportunity to swim, have a picnic and meet some Asiatic Black bears who are housed in a conservation center to keep them from being poached.
It is such a memorable trip that really completes the Laos experience. You’ll be surrounded with locals, stay in a off-the beaten track small village, sample some more local cuisine while taking stunning pictures and having chill time to read your book and soaking up life in true Lao style.
When I left South East Asia, I felt a true connection with Laos and its peaceful ways, its culture and its beautiful people. It is the neighbour that doesn’t get all the press, all the attention or all the tourists. But I can assure you that no one leaves this wonderful country disappointed and it is a true gem within this wonderful region. Kob jai lai lai for showing me your beauty and I hope everyone gets a chance to see it for themselves.
Walking amongst a growing crowd on uneven ground at 5.30am in absolute darkness, I remind everyone that there’s water on their right-hand side – no-one can see it, there’s no current so you can’t hear it, but trust me it’s best not to veer too far over to the right.
We’re all looking down at our feet, there’s little else to see but when we do glance up and around we catch a few bright beams from various torches, mobile phones and even iPads being used to light the way. As we pass other people in the shadows, we hear languages from all over the world – Chinese, French, Korean, Japanese, some familiar English words…. And we can all feel the excitement and slight apprehension in the air. But we still don’t see anything at all.
“Where exactly is Angkor Wat?” someone asks our local guide and he directs us to stop and look ahead, “Can you see the five towers?”, he asks and a few reply“yes…”, with a hesitation that means not really, but once we’ve stopped walking and our eyes start to adjust to the black, one by one we start to make out the towers he’s described. Or at least, we all nod enthusiastically and give the impression that we can see something there. There’s definitely a big shadow, that’s maybe a bit taller in the middle?
We’ve stopped at the edge of some water just a couple of feet in front; some sit on the dusty square stones, others stand and peer over their heads, everyone straining to get their first glimpse. Although we can’t yet see it, we know we’re looking at the biggest temple in the world, and somewhere nearby are the walls of an ancient city that once numbered a million people – that’s right, the guide did say a million people lived here. As we look on expectantly, the occasional aroma of strong Cambodian coffee floats by, while we hear the vendors offering a cup in all the languages we heard en route. We hear camera shutters all around, and see a lot of blank screens – the light hasn’t come yet… but both the crowd and the anticipation is growing.
At first the sky seems to get just a little bit lighter all around and we giggle as someone says – “Oh, I see the towers now! I thought they were trees!” and then the colours start to appear. First it goes reddish, and as the intensity builds it also gets brighter with oranges and yellows starting to filter through. The black turns to blue and the reflection on the pool in front of us grows stronger. Cameras click in every direction, iPads are held higher, tripods placed firmly on the ground. The water gets lighter reflecting the sky above, and as the reds shine through stronger the colours seem to be changing every minute. People start to move around to get a different angle, and compare pictures, and camera settings. And as the sky becomes bright blue, some of the details on the temple become clear.
When we eventually turn to look behind us, we see that a lot of the crowd has started to move away – and we see the 200m causeway over the moat that we walked in on for the first time – but we hold still and keep our attention firmly on Angkor Wat. “Wait, just a little bit longer…” our guide suggests. But by now it’s daylight, and some are wondering what exactly we’re waiting for – it was beautiful, it surpassed everyone’s expectations and there are definitely no regrets about such an early start. And then just as we’re thinking maybe it really is time to move on – the crowd is mostly gone – the sun peaks over the top, and slightly to right of the central tower… and it’s breath-taking. As the bright yellow sphere rises, the temple becomes a silhouette in the foreground once again, and everyone stops in their tracks to capture this majestic sight.
The day has barely begun, it’s not even 7am, but the beams on the faces all around are as bright as the sun itself, and we all know this is a very special day, one we’ll surely remember for a very long time to come.
In need of a good laugh? Start you day with this routine, very funny, but maybe not for your family…
If you are an early riser and wish to take part in one of the most unusual group activities I have ever seen in my life then I strongly recommend going to Hoan Kiem Lake around 6:30am. Before you know it, you might find yourself doubled over in laughter, surrounded by strangers in a spontaneous moment of shared joy.
If you go to the square by the lake you can join in with the locals doing their early morning Thi Chi, aerobics, line dancing, ballroom dancing or… my favourite… ‘Laughing Yoga’.
Every morning, under the large statue of Le Thi To, there is a man who stands with about thirty or so followers laughing and pulling faces at each other. His infectious laughter seems to echo across the square, drawing curious onlookers who can’t help but smile and join in the fun.
I’m not sure if this guy is an expert in stress relieving activities or if he is just the village idiot who has gained some sort of a cult following, but whoever he is, it’s extremely enjoyable to join in with the laughter and is a great way to put yourself in a good mood for the day ahead.
London is known for many things. Unfortunately, one of the most well-known things about the city is how expensive it is. Well, in my opinion – that’s not ok. I am an avid traveler with a desire to see the world regardless of the colour of the people, the religion of citizens, or how much it costs to get to that country. I don’t care – I will go there. But there is a way to see one of the most expensive cities in the world on a tight budget. I traveled to London during my Junior year of college for three weeks. Here are some of the best tips I collected.
Hotels: The quickest ways to blow money in London in on a hotel. Even hostels in London can be pricey due to industry standards. One of the best hidden secrets especially in London is finding an apartment that you can rent on a weekly basis. Especially if you’re traveling with friends, it’ll give you the space you need to spread out and it’ll feel much more homey and comfortable after a long day of sight-seeing.
Sight-seeing: One of the best things about London is how many free attractions there are. Almost all the museums are free of charge including Tate Museum of Modern Art, The British Museum, the queens gardens, Buckingham Palace, skateboard park beneath Queen Elizabeth Hall (see photo), changing of the guards, Trafalgar Square, street performers and some of the best street markets in the world!
Shopping: If you’re looking to get some shopping done, be careful, this could cost you. Especially since you have to pay London tax or VAT, which ranges up to 15% on top of the any exchange fee your bank may charge you. The best thing to do is hit up the markets as mentioned earlier, there are literally hundreds, all with different specialties. These markets are mostly cash only and therefore, you don’t have to pay tax. Also, at most stands you can haggle price.
Food: Unfortunately, London is poor cuisine. I’ve found the solution to this is to try the ethnic food. Indian and Spanish foods are naturally made with more spices which will more likely appeal to your palate rather than the blandness of more traditional English food. Plus, a lot of these places are owned my expats from those countries and are reasonably priced as oppose to local pubs. Another good idea to save money when it comes to food, Tesco. If you are renting an apartment, you can cut costs by going to the local Tesco, picking up some things to make breakfast can help save serious bucks. Additionally, you can buy liquor at these stores which can help save money and drink less when you go out to the pub.
Transportation: The cheapest way to get around the city? Public transportation of course! The good news if you’re not use to public transportation, is that London Underground system is notoriously easy. Maneuvering around the city on the underground is quick, clean, and safe. The only problem? If you’re planning on spending the night out on the town, the underground closes at midnight on the weekends. Plan to take a bus home. It is just as simple, clean, safe and it is actually cheaper than the underground.
West Emd: Many people worry that West End tickets will sell out and therefore purchase them ahead of time. Big mistake. While seeing a West End production will cost you, there are plenty of smaller theatres putting on beautiful shows. The best part about it, there are ticket stands throughout the city selling half price tickets for shows everyday.
Millennium Bridge: If you’re a Harry Potter fan like me and proud to admit it, there are lots of sites throughout London most of which you can see for free! My favorite was the Millennium Bridge which was knocked down at the beginning of the 7th Harry Potter movie. Don’t forget Platform 9 3/4 at King’s Cross Station!
While London has many tourists attractions, some of them can be costly, and some just aren’t worth stretching the wallet.
The London Eye: don’t get me wrong, I love beautiful sights just as much as the next person. But this is just a very large ferris wheel that you wait 45 minutes in line for, and because it rains in London a majority of the time, it is very rare to get a great view of the city. Skip It.
Taxi Cabs: While they seem appealing because they get you to your destination fastest, it will cost you. Also, if you do decide to take a taxi, make sure you choose a cab that is certified by the city. There are many taxi drivers who are not certified. They own their own cars and pocket all the cash. While this normally doesn’t present a problem, if you piss off the driver or if you do something they don’t like, there is nothing telling them they can’t drop you on the side of the road.
Where should you spend the money?
Tower of London: Getting in to the Tower of London will cost you some but it’s worth it. It grants you admission into all buildings inside the Tower including the Torture Tower, a perfect photo opportunity with the Tower Bridge, and the queen’s jewels.
The best piece of advice I can give someone planning a trip to London, is to get lost. A friend and I made a wrong turn on our way to a museum and ended up spending 3 hours perusing back alleyways, small museums and cafés. It is my favorite memory of the city. Especially because even if I wanted to tell you where we went, I couldn’t. We got to see how locals lived and see things most people don’t. Be a traveller and not a tourists, try something different.
Formerly called Burma, this country has only recently started opening up to westerners.
Myanmar has had a turbulent history with many countries in the west imposing sanctions due to the human rights violations that have occurred here and these violations were highlighted in 2007 with the Saffron Revolution. This was when Buddhist monks took to the streets to protest for change within their government and made the international news.
Since then, there have been changes. In fact, as recently as 1 April 2012, Myanmar had Parliamentary elections and Aung San Suu Kyi won 50 seats and this Nobel Peace Prize winner was finally released from her house arrest after 15 years. Myanmar is a country trying to modernise and address some of their former issues.
My first impression of Myanmar was that this country with a population of 61 million is hot and muggy but with incredibly friendly people. The airport is located about 25 minutes away the capital, Yangon and there are many tuk tuks, taxis and motorbikes on offer to take you to where you want to go and for a reasonable price.
But travelling around this country there is not just the heat to deal with; there is also the language difficulty. Not a lot of people speak English, but of course with this country undergoing change, this will soon alter dramatically. Annually Thailand, a country that borders Myanmar gets 42 million travelers per year. Myanmar only gets 200,000. There is room for improvement especially as tourism brings in money and currently the GDP of Myanmar is USD $803 per annum per person. This place is right on the cusp of something and how they choose to embrace it, will be interesting to see.
However, although there is a lack of English speakers, the people are very friendly and you can easily wander around the streets visiting some of the many stunning pagodas, talking with locals. Many are willing to practice their English and are willing to listen to my minimalist Burmese.
Right now, Myanmar is slowly opening up and how we act around and towards the local people will impact how this country sees tourists in the future. Hopefully we can take some of the Buddhist philosophies with us along the way; that through real suffering can come happiness.
After a day of wandering round the streets of Yangon and visiting a meditation centre, being invited to a family party that was attended by four generations and us, we left very early in the morning from Yangon, bought our tickets at the airport and flew to Bagan.
This is in the middle of the country and home to over 2000 pagodas. These pagodas date from between the 11th and 13th century and are found within an area of 16 square miles. This destination reminded me of Angkor Wat in Cambodia except without the crowds. In fact due to limited tourism money, if it weren’t for the help from UNESCO, some of these buildings would have completely vanished because of the destruction of the 1975 earthquake in the region.
When you’re in Bagan you can hire a horse and cart to take you between the pagodas (which some are a considerable distance apart from each other) or you could do what we did – hire a bicycle. Rightly or wrongly we decided that since the temperature was only in the 40s (Celsius), cycling would be a lot more fun.
The cycling was lovely and hot and very scenic and hot and we did manage to visit a lot of pagodas in the midday heat. Of course we weren’t always so silly – the advantage of cycling around for four hours around midday meant that we had to stop for lunch. We decided on a lovely very affordable place overlooking the river that offered cool water, delicious food and respite from the sun.
Returning back to the busy streets of Yangon we visited an elephant shelter, the National Museum and an orphanage for boys. Yes this Buddhist nation is something special. It is a place of beautiful friendly people and a place of suffering. Myanmar will test you as a traveler but remember my travel mantra – speak nicely to the locals, try to talk to them in their language, listen to them – have real conversations with them and smile but most of all, just have fun. Apart from the heat, Myanmar is a very cool place to experience.
To find out more about Tucan Travel’s tours to Burma, click here.
Having discovered my passion for travel in my late teens and travelled extensively throughout my twenties, it was with great excitement that I boarded my flight to Delhi last November, keen to see what this new and mysterious country had to offer.
Like many travellers to India, I had done some research before I left (I had read Shantaram and watched Eat, Pray, Love) and felt totally prepared for everything that I was going to experience. What an idiot!!
The journey from the airport to the hotel was an exciting one, having gone straight to Heathrow from work the day before and definitely suffering from jet lag I had splashed out for a private air conditioned taxi. However, as we weaved in and out through the packed streets, there was so much going on everywhere that even in my extremely tired state I couldn’t sleep. People watching has always appealed to my nosey side and India has got to be one of the best places in the world to indulge in this voyeuristic past time as people live out their daily lives right there on the roadside in full view.
Having spent half an hour, familiarising myself with the ways of India, from my little air conditioned bubble, I finally arrived at my hotel and with much excitement I stepped out of the car.
That is when it hit me, it is hard to put in words but the best way to explain it is like all my senses where overwhelmed at once. The feel of the heat and the squelchy sensation as I stepped onto the road would have been manageable on its own, but coupled with the near deafening sounds of the city and a smell quite unlike any other I have ever experienced, I was left feeling quite light headed. I immediately blamed the jet lag and hurried into the hotel.
After a restless night listening to the sounds of the city, I woke up very early to take a train to Jaipur. The main train station is where many of the poorer people in the city bed down for the night, so getting there before 5am means making your way between the sleeping bodies to the right platform, it was here that I first experienced a new feeling that I haven’t ever felt before when travelling and it made me feel uneasy. It might have been the jet lag, it might have been the overwhelming smell of so many sleeping people in such a packed space, it could have been the fact that my train was over 30 mins late, or maybe I was just getting soft in my old age but for the first time when travelling, I was home sick and wondering if I had made the wrong choice in coming to India. My train eventually arrived and I boarded a dark carriage full of more sleeping bodies, found my bed and drifted off to sleep to the sounds of a young boy shouting “chai, chai” every 5 mins.
When I awoke the carriage had been transformed, it was no longer a dark and seemingly lifeless space, light poured in through the slated windows and the vibrancy of the colours on the clothes of the people all around really brought the carriage to life. From my top bunk view I could see several adults all sat together on a brightly coloured blanket on the floor of the carriage chatting animatedly, whilst 7 children were squashed onto one bunk bed playing some game that seemed to involve tickling and laughing with big bright smiles and khol eyes. One of the older kids caught my eye and egged on by the younger children said “Hello” in perfect English to the sniggers of the younger ones. My response of “Good morning” received twice as much laughter. At this point the oldest lady from the group of adults seated below, looked up and started talking to me. Not only did I not understand her but I didn’t even have a clue as to which of the many languages spoken in India she was speaking. Anyway, her meaning was clear, she was gesturing for me to join the other adults on the floor.
Somewhat nervously I got down from my bunk and was immediately followed by all 7 children. As I sat down I spotted a stack of silver tiffen boxes that were being opened. It was then that I realised I had been invited to eat with the family.
It was at that moment, squashed into a small carriage, sitting uncomfortably on the floor surrounded by the smiles of the children, that India won me over. I hadn’t yet experienced any of the great things my journey was to offer, my first sight of the Taj Mahal, my first Bollywood cinema experience, I hadn’t even tasted any of the great food on offer, or had my first cup of chai, but India had gotten under my skin and I knew right then, sitting on the floor of that train, that this trip would not be my last to this great country.
About the Author: Jac is Sales & Marketing Manager for Tucan Travel. She has travelled extensively on Group Tours and independently to South and Central America, Asia, Australia and Africa. You can find her on Google+ or read her other contributions here.
It was 2.40am when our alarms went off. Quietly and in a sleepy haze we lifted our sighing rucksacks onto our backs and trekked down the stairs to the hotel lobby where we filed, silently into the awaiting private bus. It was an hour’s drive to Tikal we were told, and they expected the roads to be very very busy. It was the 21st December 2012 after all. The end of the Mayan calendar.
We tried to catch an hours sleep, bouncing as the bus hit the many holes in the road it could not see in the pitch dark. As we rolled in to the National Park, we could sense that something was happening. On a normal day the park would be empty at 3am but today, or this morning, cars lined the sides of the road and the car park was full.
Not put off, we loaded up our day bags, grabbed our torches and camera and met our guide. Groups surrounded us, as eager to watch the sunrise and we hurried on, eagerly overtaking as many people as possible so that we could find that perfect spot.
Ahead of us were a large group, all carrying candles adding to the nervous excitement. The dark hung around every corner and without the torches it would have been impossible to see where we were going. As we walked through the jungle, we had no idea what we were passing, time flew by. We had no idea of how long we were walking for. We could feel our hearts beating but it wasn’t until later when the sun had risen did we realise how far we had walked.
We rounded a corner, spilling out of the dark trees. Ahead of us were rows and rows of vans and cars, some with satellite dishes on top. A temple stood ahead, bathed in a red glow, lit up by floodlights beneath it and tribal Mayan music was being played from somewhere, though where we couldn’t identify. The media were here. This only added to our excitement and desperation to see the sunrise.
By the time we reached Temple 4, the best place to see the sunrise, the viewing deck was full and the sunrise was creeping in. Suddenly there was a sense of urgency from the local guide, that we had to move and move fast to catch it. Already panting and feeling the humid heat we headed off to location number two, The Lost Temple.
Standing against the massive pyramid we were told to climb. The steps were huge, some uneven and narrow under our feet. In the pitch darkness, the only way up was to feel our way, step by step, ledge by ledge with no view of the top. As I climbed it felt like a race against time, knowing there was only minutes until the first moments of light leaked over the horizon. Hauling myself onto the top step of the pyramid, what I saw surprised me but only increased the excitement for what I was about to experience. Dozens of people sat, facing the sunrise, in relative silence, staring at the horizon and the temples, peeking out from the treetops. We took our seats, settling down on the hard stone and behind us a guide announced that musicians had also made the climb to play traditional Mayan music.
The silence was filled by the beautiful music, setting the tone for one of the most memorable moments of the tour. As light flooded the jungle, the sky tinged with pink and more and more temples emerged. On top of them, hundreds of people stood, people catching a glimpse of the new Mayan world beginning.
After the photos had been taken, we descended back down the pyramid. In the light of day the steps seemed more uneven and each stride was taken more tentatively. The world didn’t feel any different, even at Tikal but it felt strangely surreal to have witnessed such a historic event even though no momentous change happened.
Jess travelled on Tucan Travel’s Quetzal Highway over Christmas 2012. (We no longer run this specific tour but we do have a very similar one which you can view here.)
About the Author: Jess is Communications Coordinator for Tucan Travel. She has travelled independently and on group tours through Central America, Africa, North America, Israel and Europe. You can find her on Google+ or read her other contributions here.
Most travellers are drawn to Japan for the abundance of delicious sushi, made from fish plucked fresh from the surrounding seas. Others want an insight into the unique culture which, although has some Chinese influence has remained steady over the centuries. Some travellers are fascinated by the Japanese bathrooms, known to be some of the best in the world while others want to try out the capsule hotels.
The Japan Cherry Blossom Festival is a less well known reason to visit the country. For only a few weeks every year the trees turn a magnificent pink colour as they come into bloom. It adds to the delicate Japanese atmosphere as candles are lit beneath them and parties are held in the cool evenings.
Traditionally, the Cherry Blossom period is followed closely by the countries media and parties are held beneath the trees. It is a time in the Japanese year to meet with friends, make new ones and share some sake. The festival is called Hanami, or ‘flower viewing’ and is a tradition over a thousand years old.
The trees flower from south to north of the country as the region warms up in preparation for summer. Some enthusiasts follow the blossom, beginning in Nagasaki and finishing the journey in Tokyo.
Mount Fiji is at its best with trees in cherry blossom framing the snow-capped volcano. At sunrise and sunset the colours collide with one another in a beautiful display of reds and pinks.
In the quest for the cherry blossom, travellers must not forget to visit other key sites in Japan. The Hiroshima Atomic Bomb Museum offers a chilling insight into the devastation caused by the atomic bomb and acts as a reminder of the power of man-kind. The sunset over Torii Gate is not one to be missed while a bike ride through Takayama takes you back in time to a period before westernisation.
The Japan Cherry Blossom takes place around the end of March and the beginning of April although this varies across the country. Tucan Travel runs tours to Japan during this period. For more information on their tours to Japan, click here.
About the Author: Jess is Communications Coordinator for Tucan Travel. She has travelled independently and on group tours through Central America, Africa, North America, Israel and Europe. You can find her on Google+ or read her other contributions here.
Travel is an exciting experience for most but for some, the uncertainty and fear that accompanies travel to a foreign destination can be enough to stop them from ever leaving their own backyard!
The idea of arriving into a country that looks different and smells different, where people eat different food, and especially countries where they speak another language, can be very intimidating. Finding a destination that offers a foreign experience but with some soothing home comforts can be difficult but there is such a place – Singapore!
Sitting off the southern tip of the Malay Peninsula, Singapore offers an exotic Asian experience combined with the reassuring notion that many locals speak English, hotel standards are comfortable and western food is readily available. Having been originally founded as a British trading colony in 1819 there is good reason why British travellers should feel comfortable here but there is more to this special country than first appearances. It’s current status as one of the most vital business hubs in Asia has ensured Singapore’s development into a modern and world class destination for travellers from all over the world.
It is a country where new meets old, historical meets youthful, and tradition meets all things new. Take a look at the Raffles Hotel, first establish in 1887 and still functioning today as a full service luxury hotel, and then compare it to the Marina Bay Sands, opened in February 2011, it offers everything you could ever dream of from a flashy, modern hotel.
When it comes to meals Singapore again offers a choice for all taste buds. Many of the tourist restaurants, especially those in hotels or the popular Boat and Clarke Quay, offer modern western dishes in combination with local menu’s including some of the best fresh seafood I have ever tasted! If you would prefer to get a more traditional experience, there are a number of food courts, food halls and hawker stalls spread across the city that will give you an opportunity to share a meal with local Singapore residents and at a fraction of the price.
Despite being the second smallest country in Asia you are sure to be surprised by the abundance of activities available in this dynamic little island. It is world a famous destination for shopping and cultural events yet in only 20 minutes you can be trekking through the Bukit Timah Nature Reserve or Scuba Diving at the popular Pulau Hantu dive site.
As a tropical location Singapore gets hot and at its worst it gets unbearably hot and humid! During the wet season (November – January) it may rain every day but this is only for short bursts and then replaced by a throbbing sun. The driest time of the year to visit is May to July but remember to drink plenty of fluids especially if doing any physical activities.
Singapore’s geographical position means that it is a great starting place to explore other neighbouring regions such as Malaysia, Sumatra and Borneo. There are a number of transport options to get you to these places so there is no excuse why you should restrict yourself to staying just in Singapore. Hopefully you will be a little more travel confident and might just take that next step.
To be honest my favorite type of traveling is the independent type; I’m more built for small groups of people (inherited off my Mum?) and doing what I want when I want. That said there is definitely some big pros to group travel, one that we had really been looking forward to was putting our brains on low. We have someone to do the bulk of the thinking/organizing/worrying for us for 21 days. Terrific. Plus the last trip I was on in Africa sorted me out with a boyfriend, so I guess it’s a chance to meet some decent people. Still I always get nervous about meeting said people.
The big meeting took place in Lima, with initially only 11 of us, very quiet and civilized. Then in romped 11 others like they owned the joint being they’d already been traveling together for 3 weeks. Dinner was Peru’s national dish, and a favorite of Emmett’s, Chicken and Chips. Here we established our mix; Australians, Poms, Kiwis, Swiss, Germans and a token Korean ranging from 18 to 45, but mostly on the 18 side (God I feel old). Happily everyone seems nice enough. For now
It’s nice when a city surprises you and Lima did just that. The old town has a beautiful old square surrounded by gorgeous colonial buildings. Just lovely. There are some great beachside suburbs with little shopping/eating complexes actually built into the cliffside. As you eat you can watch the surfers while para gliders swoop overhead. Our arrival also coincided with Emmett’s birthday. A great dinner ended with the waiters bringing out a cake and singing a Spanish birthday song. Very cultural.
We had decided to do an overland trip, meaning no flights (excellent), lots of time on a big truck like machine and some camping (ick). Soon enough it was time to hit the road on Rosita, our truck. Our first stop was a cruise around the ‘poor mans Galapagos’, Ballestas Islands. Being I’m not big on birds which were flapping about in abundance, and dropping ‘bombs’ everywhere, not my ideal trip though still kinda cool. One of the islands was literally black, iced with birds. The seals added even more stench to the scenario.
Our destination for the day was Huacachina, an oasis in the desert. From here we set out to an overnight desert camp. Some dune Buggys, complete with some loco drivers had us well amongst the dunes. I’ve done a couple of desert camps before so had an idea of what was to come. Turns out they do things differently in Peru. The camp was nestled in between a couple of dunes, but wasn’t a camp as such, we were sleeping under the stars. The drivers cooked up an amazing barbecue while we all refreshed ourselves with a bucket of pisco (grape brandy) sour, Perus national drink. Some huge speakers appeared out of one of the Buggys and the night continued dancing around the bonfire. Crazy fun.
Sand logged we headed for the Nazca lines. These are the many shapes/animals mysteriously carved into the desert floor. From a viewing platform I could partially see a couple, but being they are so huge one needs to take a flight over them to appreciate it. That’s all well and good but it involves a light plane. Unfortunately that is in direct conflict with my no light plane life rule (unless there is a man with a parachute strapped to me) so I had to give it a miss. I googled them instead. The number of plane crashes mentioned did not go unnoticed. Wise decision on my behalf. Especially being I lazed by the pool for the day, much needed downtime.
Relax and rejuvenated it was time for a slightly spooky stop. In the 90’s someone had unearthed a Nazca (a civilization from around the time of the incas) cemetery, Chauchilla. The whole area is desert so driving up you don’t even notice all the bones sticking out of the sand. Scattered amongst the sand and bones are pits. Looking into the first pit gave me a bit of a fright, a perfectly preserved mummy staring up at me. These are not like the mummies I’d seen in Egypt, their bodies are positioned into the fetal position (some bone breaking is needed) with their bodies wrapped in cloth but the face left bare. One of the things that freaked me out the most was the hair many of the mummies displayed. The longest dreadlocks, and I hate dreads, wrapped around the owner many times over. Gross. Maybe they were ‘in’ 500 years ago?
The night was spent camping on the beach at Puerto Inca, literally the port of the Incas. It was from here a relay team of Incas would run fresh fish to the Inca rulers. That’s a lot of running just for fish. Maybe for Chips in the throes of a severe hangover? We were Lucky enough to eat steak and veggies around the bonfire that night, made up for the fact I had to camp as the upgrade to room cost was exorbitant. I of course was happy to pay it, my room mate not so much. Have I mentioned I hate camping? Ironic I know!
Short travel days are done with. It’s time to get seriously acquainted with the truck as we make our way inland. To Arequipa, a city amongst the volcanos!
The Trans Mongolian Railway holds a certain mystique for adventure travellers. It’s one of the classic overland routes like the Trans Siberian which keeps attracting curious travellers every year. Part of my job at Tucan Travel is to organise the accommodation and the trains for the clients travelling on our Trans Mongolian Railway tour, which operates from St Petersburg to Beijing or in reverse from Beijing to St Petersburg. At times due to irregular train schedules, huge hotel prices in Moscow, the complexities of obtaining Russian visas and language barriers my job can be very challenging so I was very excited to learn that this year I would get to go out there and see the outcome of all my long hours of work, and enjoy the experience so many of our clients have raved about.
Having previously visited St Petersburg and Moscow (that’s a whole other story!) I skipped this part of the trip and flew out to Irkutsk to join the group who had been travelling since St Petersburg. After a 45 minute transfer I checked into our hotel located in the village of Listvyanka right on the shore of Lake Baikal.
Once my eyes had adjusted to the sheer brightness of my surroundings it was quite clear to see that the lake (which stretches as far as the eye can see in almost every direction)was not a lake, it was in fact frozen solid. I sulked a bit inwardly as the whole area looked a bit quiet and I had sort of hoped to take a boat ride but I was reassured when I heard a strange humming noise and saw that some resourceful soul had brought a hovercraft and was whizzing around on top of the thick ice, packed full of tourists.
I met with the rest of the group for lunch with all of them talking at once about their favourite bits of the trip (they won’t mind me saying that!). It’s amazing on group tours how one small addition can change the dynamics and add a different perspective. I was particularly interested to know how the train from Moscow to Irkutsk went (I had heard various horror stories and I can only imagine the tedium of a 4 day train ride) but the group had nothing but praise, they even tipped the cabin attendant for all her hard work as the train was spotless! They had also met a lot of interesting travellers and locals taking the same journey and shared food and drinks and dodgy train window pictures (more about that later).
It also turned out that Listvyanka has plenty to do. There are two main museums, one of which houses two seals (everyone I met recommended a visit to this). There is the main souvenir market selling the mandatory fluffy seal (nerpa) and smoked fish which the group were raving about.
The hotel reception also showed us where a cable car runs up to Chersky cliff, or where we could go dog sledding or scuba diving. After exhausting many of our options we spent our evening on one of the many picnic tables dotted around the lakes shore looking out on to the lake watching the locals ride motorbikes and snowmobiles out on the ice and listening to it crack and grown ominously in the last of the sun.
We also had to make sure we had enough supplies for the train – my seasoned train experts advised me on what I would and wouldn’t require. The provision of hot water and western toilets on the trains are a certainty, however food is not always available.
We collectively bought the following (not necessarily in order of importance): Loo roll (toilet paper to those not from the UK), vodka, beer, drinking water, juice, noodles in a bowl – various types, mashed potato in a bowl, soup, porridge, fruit, biscuits, chocolate (large amounts) a knife, and a small stuffed sheep to become affectionately known as ‘sheepie’. Once the novelty of fitting into the cabin with back packs on, trying to get them off and store them and arranging our belongings into our little sleeping compartment had worn off we nursed any injuries from various kicks and elbows from flailing arms and legs. Then we started exploring the train and the group introduced me to dodgy train pictures.
The scenery cannot be denied of its uniqueness and beauty but it does begin to look very samey after several hours. We passed very little in the way of civilisation and when we did we were compelled to take as many pictures as possible, all of which were misted by the windows and blurred by dust or movement then we showed them proudly to each other. At the next stop we decided we should maybe use a wet wipe to clean the windows.
Other than drinking and eating we mastered various train pastimes such as washing our eating appliances, plucking of eye brows, putting make up on, braiding hair (girls mainly), loosing sheepie then finding her, remaking the bed, re arranging supplies and belongings, checking the toilet is still there and clean, reading the time table on the wall and guessing where we are. All of which we reported to each other and other train passengers in a kind of running commentary so there was hardly any time for reading to be honest.
The Russian/Mongolian border is what it is; trains on average take between 5 and 10 hours with the train standing on the platform. There is no point trying to find any reason or rhyme to the process, passports are checked, forms given out, cabins checked all in no particular order, even the locals on the train didn’t know what was going on. So we sat back with a few drinks from the one shop located close to the train station and observed the various officials studying us and did as were told.
We arrived in Ulaan Baatar, Mongolia’s capital and after a well deserved wash and a breakfast consisting of anything but noodles we set about sightseeing with our guide.We visited various monasteries, monuments and markets and became familiar with the city which is friendly and easy to orientate yourself to.
That evening on our guides recommendation we go to watch a traditional dance performance which includes throat singing, a strange, almost haunting but not unpleasant phenomenon to western ears.
The next morning we jumped into the van and head out to Terelj National Park. On the way our guide chatted freely, answering all of our weird and wonderful questions on life in Mongolia. We passed a ski resort an Irish pub, a pool hall, a British pub and various pizza establishments. It turns out a lot of American and Koreans visit Mongolia and they like to have these things. Mongolia’s primary industry has become mining of coal and gold and its attracting a lot of foreign investment, particularly from America and Australia. There was also a surprising amount of dead cattle and sheep. A lot of the population are relocating into the city to work for the big mining companies rather than continuing their normal nomadic way of life.
As we drove it was clear to see that that most people have built houses but keep their ger in the back garden as well. From what I can understand from our guide’s response the house with a fence is the permanent residence for the winter and then in summer they can take the ger out to good pasture with the animals and keep moving around as required.
We arrived at the winter residence of the family our guide wanted us to meet, and instantly felt were intruding but we were warmly welcomed into the main ger to sit around the main table.
There’s salty tea and dried milk sweets which aren’t sweet and difficult to describe, and bread. I don’t know what I expected but there’s a surprising amount of room inside and it’s very warm. There was a large fridge (with a London tube station magnet on) and plug sockets as well as photos of her family who live in the city.
The lady owner’s husband had died so her family are taking turns to come out and stay with her and by receiving visits from tourists she is able to supplement her income. I wondered if we should have brought the lady a gift but the guide said the lady was very proud and wouldn’t want charity, nor a house full of tat, although she likes the fridge magnet we could see!
As were about to leave the lady’s son asked the guide if we wanted to see their animals so we followed him into another ger which was dark with a stove burning in the corner and much warmer than the house.
Sitting quietly are 3 calves – they are 4 days old and it’s too cold for them (the winter has been particularly bad this year, hence the dead livestock by the road). There also lambs which are a bit older wondering around a pen. Anyone would think we had never seen farm animals before, cooing and taking photos and the lambs are loving it, chewing camera cases, clothing and weeing on shoes.
We arrived at the tourist camp, met by 3 dogs and shortly behind the owners. We were all shown to our gers and couples stay together but single girls and boys must otherwise stay separately. Each ger has 4 beds around the edge, a stove (by stove I mean wood burner), a wardrobe, table and little stools, the main theme of the decor is orange with traditional decoration.
We were free to take ourselves hiking, horse riding or we could stay around the camp playing billiards or table tennis. Horse riding is an experience, I seem to have the skinniest horse yet I am not the skinniest in the group. I was assured that although the horses are small they are strong and very capable of taking our weight, but after half an hour my horse has stopped a few times and nayed a bit and Mr Mongolian horse man has smacked its bottom to make it move. Not wishing to be the fat tourist that kills the horse I got off to walk with it which made it instantly more cheerful.
We also walked extensively around the camp and the surrounding area, where we saw some pretty spectacular landscapes. I got quite obsessed with taking pictures of the amazing rocky outcrops everywhere.
No matter where we went the dogs weren’t far behind, not really wanting to be petted but just happy to loiter behind and make sure the daft tourists don’t get lost – they seem to think we’re very similar to cows.
After another afternoon in Ulaan Baatar and a very large Mongolian BBQ (all you can eat), we boarded the early morning train to Beijing. We quickly reverted into our train routine of taking bad photographs and discussing the cleanliness of the toilet after each visit. We also bumped into other travellers doing the same route, some with other operators and some independently but we have been reunited on each train so far. At the Mongolian/Chinese border we were hoisted up high above the ground whilst the bogies were changed (he he) to fit the Chinese rail tracks. All the men on the train took pictures and passed comment pretending they knew what was going on, while most of the women just went to bed, or ate. On arrival in Beijing it was quite clear we’d returned to reality, it’s chaotic in comparison to Ulaan Baatar.
We were met by our guide and taken to our hotel before we went out to have a look around Tiananmen Square and Chairman Mau’s mausoleum before going out for Peking Duck and trying out our chopsticking skills.
For an uncultured northern girl such as myself this is beyond my mentality, surely the point of a food carrying utensil is to get as much into your mouth as possible. I’m dropping food everywhere into drinks, onto other peoples plates, underneath the table, no wonder Chinese people aren’t tubby!
We were up bright and early the next morning and off to the Great Wall at Jinshanling. We’d bought our supplies the previous night for our Great Wall picnic and whilst shopping for our sandwich contents I discovered a strange thing – Chinese people don’t like cheese they think it’s silly and smelly. Our guide told me so himself screwing his face up to convey his disdain. The silly and smelly bit was probably a personal comment but another thing I’ll never understand.
Focusing back on to one of the man made wonders of the world, we walked for approximately 4 hours from Jinshanling to Simitai and to be honest we hardly saw any other tourists but we did meet various local ladies selling tshirts, drinks, chocolate, hats and various wall related souvenirs.
It’s quite a tiring walk in some places and the terrain gets steep and uneven. In contrast some stretches have been renovated and are smooth.
The views are spectacular and for me it was one of those “I can’t believe I’m here” places. I loved every second but my photos really couldn’t capture its sheer magnitude so after a few shots for Mum I focused on filling up the memory chip in my head.
Unfortunately my time in Beijing was limited so I’ve promised myself I’ll return, I’m sure China has a lot more to offer (I’ll be sure to pack a fork and some cheese though!)
Zoe’s top 3 tips for the Trans Mongolian Railway 1. Allow yourself more time in Beijing – you’ll really love it there and there’s heaps to see and do so make sure you book some extra accommodation for before or after your train journey 2. It would be handy to take a bottle opener for the train – the door frame works though if you don’t have one (I’m probably not supposed to say that…) 3. Learn a bit of Russian, it will be more fun to be able to speak to the locals – at the very least take a phrasebook. A picture book where you can point at things would be a great idea.
I have recently returned from a slightly modified version of Tucan Travel’s Ballestas 1 tour. As I work in the London head office recruiting our tour leaders and drivers, during my trip I am required to also spend a bit of time in our Cuzco office struggling with their Spanish-speaking computers. This means that I don’t conclude my tour in La Paz, in fact I don’t get any further than Cuzco on this particular itinerary. Nonetheless, my experience was definitely something to scribble home about.
Our tour starts in Lima where you could be forgiven for cowering in your hotel room surviving only on room service and take away food so as to avoid muggings, kidnappings and car jackings just to name a few of the horror stories tourists post on forums. The reality is quite different and both of our joining hotels are located in the down town area shunned by the forum scribblers. However the downtown is ideal for shopping, sightseeing, eating out and getting a real feel for the city. It’s also surprisingly picturesque. Lima is one of those unfortunate places with a great deal of cloud cover so sometimes can look a bit sad and grey but the buildings in the downtown go all out to try to rectify this boasting bright yellows and oranges with ornate gardens located in its fountained squares. Even as we stroll around, monuments are being painted and gardens primped and premed.
From Lima we head to Pisco, our base from which we visit Paracas. Here we take a motorboat excursion out to explore the Ballestas Islands, home to penguins, cormorants, boobies (childish snigger) and pelicans and of course a few thousand sea lions. I have a slight obsession with the penguinos so I’m very keen to see them. We are advised straight away that a hat or hood is required as the birds like to target the boats. They certainly don’t disappoint and we all look like we’ve been doing a spot of painting I also come away with a full memory card.
Next on our itinerary is Huacachina, an emerald green Oasis sitting in the middle of an impressive dessert. Who knew Peru had its own dessert? Not I! Here we have the option of taking a dune buggy out over the sand dunes and sand board down the big ones. After a romp around the driver stops on a suitably terrifying looking dune and starts explaining the important aspects of hurtling down a vertical sand dune face first. The driver waxes the boards, shows us the safest position to take, how to slow down and most importantly stop, and which way to go down the dune (you would be surprised that some might struggle with this). He also explains where to stand afterwards so they we don’t end up playing human ten pin bowling. Those who don’t wish to participate are free to stay with the driver and the buggy or spend time by the oasis. After a few mouthfuls of sand I feel I have mastered the dunes and crown myself princess of Peru.
We then move on to Nazca where we have the option of taking a flight over the lines. My usual sceptical self is weighing up the pro’s and cons. It seems quite pricey so in honesty I am in two minds weather I should take part. Do they even look like things or are they squiggles? Is it like magic eye where you have to squint? What if someone gets in the way of the window, how many people are in the plane? Are the planes safe didn’t one fall out of the sky? Why don’t we get breakfast today? But what if they’re amazing? When will I get the chance to do it again? In answer to anyone wondering the same things; they do look like whales and monkeys and tree’s etc (although dog and frog are slightly ropey), you get your own little map and the pilot (quite fit) tells you what you’re flying over. You get your own window, safety belt, sick bag (some, not all people can suffer from air sickness – hence no breakfast). The planes are small and only 12 passengers per ride. However you get two pilots so double safe. The companies we use are very professional (hence the price). You get weighed before boarding and no baggage is allowed on board. The plane that crashed was apparently not a professional operator. It was amazing and I got very good pictures and thoroughly enjoyed my experience (no one was sick). I thoroughly recommend it and I’m still puzzled as to how they managed it.
As our base for the Colca Canyon we stay in Arequipa, Peru’s highest city? And if not highest certainly one of the prettiest. Here if you haven’t already it’s an excellent idea to start taking your altitude preventative remedies weather they be herbal or chemical or just chewing cocoa leaves. Being a creature of very little faith I go for chemical. We join a pooled tour consisting of Irish, American, and Belgian and set off on our way to Chivay stopping along the way for pictures, a brew (Cocoa tea) and various loo and souvenir stops. We’re all also chewing on our coca leaves. The method of chewing them having just been demonstrated. I am quietly buzzing and feel like having a little dance but I am assured that overdose is not possible…
Enroute to Chivay we make friends with various bambi/sheepy looking creatures. I have taken the initiative to Google them for the purpose of this blog (vicunas and alpacas). One orphan vicuna in particular was very friendly as he appeared to live by a café and had a nice time posing for photos and chewing my belt tag.
The wilder wildlife is also amazing and we see the condors in full flight riding the trefoils over the Canyon. Chinchilla’s bouncing around looking nervous. The scenery is spectacular and we can see for miles encompassing the villages, churches, rivers and farming terraces. We also visit the hot springs and watch the sunset over the valley before ending our visit with a trip to the local markets where a gentleman randomly pulls a python out of a sports bag. Who would buy that…?
Just as I’m thinking I am invincible to altitude and feeling quite intrepid it strikes (well I think it does being greedy I will just about eat anything except pears). We are having a look around Arequipa I am feeling a bit irritated and tired and opt to have an early night rather than visit the mummy. Next thing I am woken from slumber to find myself skilfully sitting on the loo whilst being sick into the shower. I adopt this position for some time.
Usually on a Discovery tour (or disco as we affectionately call them in the office) we would travel from A to B onTucan Travel’s trucks. However so that I get a well rounded experience I am also travelling by public bus. Sadly this is the case today and it’s a 10 hour journey to Cuzco. I am wondering what I have done in a previous life to deserve this. Someone has managed to spill a whole bottle of something that smells like bourbon and someone else has an exceedingly smelly sandwich, the loo has long since filled capacity and its very hot. As I hold on to dear life I try to appreciate the stunning scenery. I also watch the various on board movies and various sales people selling things that smell amazing but I daren’t eat. However it’s not all doom and gloom about 5 hours in I start enjoying myself I have learnt Spanish swear words from the on board movie and a nice lady has given me some sweets a gesture which I have returned. I’ve been winked at by the guy in the next seat and the child behind me is trying to touch my funny coloured hair thinking I haven’t noticed. We arrive in Cuzco by night and I meet some of the office staff for a wee drink (medicinal purposes only).
During my visit to Cuzco I am introduced to Tucan Travel’s office staff (a combination of Peruvian, British, Australian, Scandinavian and of course Focker the dog) all of whom work extremely hard to keep our Latin America product running as it should. I am shown around all of our hotels there by our destination manager Zac who I am later told couldn’t quite tell what I was saying most of the time (Derbyshire accent). I am also taken to the truck park where you will find our fleet manager, Bill, an exceedingly tall dusty looking gentleman (when at work) originally from the UK who potters around cigarette in mouth tirelessly maintaining and servicing our trucks as they pass through along with their respective drivers. I get a guided tour and inevitably quite dusty but leave slightly more familiar with our famous big yellow trucks. During my sightseeing I find myself somewhat out of breath however I am told this is normal.
From Cuzco we then fly to Puerto Maldonado for our excursion into the Amazon jungle. I’m very excited about this despite still feeling dodgy but I’m not about to let it stop me. I’ve become quite adept at running and having my own personal toilet roll about me at all times. The first thing that hits us is the heat. Due to the altitude of Cuzco its quite cool making the humidity of the jungle very apparent. We take a cooling boat ride along the river to the lodge where we are staying. En route we see macaws, capybara and cayman we also get a lunch box which I am dismayed to discover I have no appetite for. Upon arrival there is a football match starting in a clearing and our tour leader immediately runs off to get his kit on. The rest of us if not playing watch and explore our new jungle home. My jungle neighbours include a grumpy parrot that was rescued from animal traders (particularly dislikes women), howler monkeys, various multi coloured butterfly and a tarantula sitting in the roof of the football spectators area (a wooden platform thing). There are also a number of tamarins hanging around the kitchen area with the intent to nab some left over’s.
During the night I am woken by scrabbling and immediately switch on my torch to see who my visitor is excited that I might have a new pet monkey to share clothes with. It turns out to be a mouse climbing up my mesh window, slightly disappointed I leave it to scurry around. I check my shoes very carefully the next morning. Well I say morning we get up for breakfast at some ungodly hour for our first nature walk to the lake in the hope that we will see the giant otters. Our efforts are rewarded and we watch them take their morning swim across the lake.
On our return to Cuzco we prepare for the Inca Trail trek the part of the tour I have been most excited about but found slightly worrying at the same time. We have a briefing with our guide, Santi and were given our bags which must weigh less than 5kg. Once we have an idea of how things will run and the itinerary we spend the rest of the evening running up and down to and from reception weighing bags and deciding what we need and what we don’t. I’m also dismayed to once again be feeling quite rubbish. The next morning walking sticks collected and bags packed we are taken to the start of the trail. This is followed by group photos and the trek begins. Despite the number of people trekking I am surprised that the trails aren’t that busy. At certain points of interest we come across other groups but not at the volume I was expecting. We take hills at our own pace and the group walks together with plenty of stops for drinks and photos and snacks and of course lots of stories and explanations from our guide. The latter half of the day is mostly up hill and we start feeling the strain however by dusk we are settled in our first camp. We can also see Dead Woman’s Pass (so named as it’s the silhouette of a woman lying down breast included) far ahead its looks a steep long way away. I sleep through the evening meal and wake almost 10 hours later.
The next day I’m feeling revived and ready to take on the pass. We are provided with our snack packs (including chocolate) and once again we travel together as a group in stages. The weather is thankfully cool and we all motivate each other to the pass clapping and cheering when we each get to the top. It would be nice to gloss over this part of the trek however I am no mountain goat particularly on the steep bits although I am not at the back I am definitely not leading either and my stomach is being particularly uncooperative. At one particular point I find the only way I can get a decent breath is to bend down and pant (quietly regretting every cigarette I ever touched). Its feels like a huge achievement to get to the pass and after photos for mum and a few snacks etc. We begin our decent down the other side which I am very cheerful about in fact I’m practically skipping.
Throughout the trek the porters are carrying all of our 5kg bags and camping equipment resulting in load of 20kg each. We are told that all porters are provided with shoes by the Inca trail authority but most chose not to wear them preferring their own shoes. All trekkers are requested to give way to the porters and let them pass. As the trek progresses we soon learn which porters are ours and we all say hello and cheer for them each time we see them on the trail. We get little shy smile in response. They must think we are odd but the fact that these people have done the trek multiple times carrying the loads that they do makes our own accomplishments seem somewhat less significant by comparison. I hope they know how much it is appreciated.
The third day of trekking is particularly long and we arrive into camp at dusk but the scenery is stunning. We are literally walking above the clouds. We also stop at several feats of Inca architecture. It’s hard not to be impressed how advanced they were and how they adapted to surroundings many would find inhospitable.
The final day of the trek starts at 4am when we queue up at the checkpoint for the final leg of the trek towards the sun gate. The group is chilly but generally excited as we wait in line. We also know that the majority of the steep bits are over with.
I can hear a few disgruntled mumblings regarding toilets however I would feel terrible if the porters were asked to carry around loos as well. I conclude that maybe some people are aren’t dealing too well with the fatigue and would be better suited to taking the train from their hotel. I’ve also got bigger things on my mind. I’ve managed to lose the bottom of my walking trousers somewhere along the way so I am feeling particularly fresh this morning and as usual my tummy is talking to its self. I have lost all appetite and was almost sick on someone the previous night during the thanks giving ceremony for the porters. However this is the big day we’ve all been working towards and nothing not even a bodily malfunction is going to spoil it. Its starts to get light as we walk and my legs gradually begin to thaw. Tummy is still chattering away. We eventually climb up quite a steep set of stone steps and at the top is the view we have all been waiting for. We all scramble over and take a seat to make the most of the view as the sun gradually creeps over the familiar site of Machu Picchu. Photos are taken for mum and everyone is in high spirits no one or thing can ruin this moment.
Inspired by the James Bond movie The Spy Who Loved Me, this April we announce that travellers will be able to drive up out of the water and onto the beach, just like Bond did in his seriously cool Lotus.
Amphibious automobiles have been conceived from circa 1900, however the Second World War significantly stimulated their development. Now Tucan Travel’s very own Q has tinkered away to make our first fully-amphibious truck that drives over land and in any body of water. Employing our very own patented April Fools™ technology, we have created a sensation, taking adventure travel to a whole new frontier!
And what’s more it will be making its first run down the Amazon later this month if you want on board! To book, just phone reservations and quote: April Fools Day.
We are thrilled to announce that in the two years since we introduced our carbon offset scheme, we have raised £34,000 through clients and our own donations for the World Land Trust and its work restoring and protecting rainforests.
We also saw the percentage of clients contributing to the carbon offset scheme nearly double from 14% in the first year to 27% this year. As a result, total contributions rose 28% to a total of over £18,000 for the year.
Tucan Travel CEO Matt Gannan said he was genuinely delighted adventure travellers were showing an increased awareness about carbon omissions and contributing to the optional scheme.
“Tucan Travel is committed to a policy of responsibility on its adventure tours, and we’re very happy that this message is being picked up by more and more of our clients. We’re aware there will always be some impact from our tours, but with this scheme we can mitigate the negative effects of our tours, while maintaining the positive impact we have on both our clients and the communities we visit,” Gannan said.
As part of our policy of responsible adventure travel and to encourage clients to be aware also, it is policy at the company to donate at least 10% in addition to what clients raise for the World Land Trust. In the two years we have operated the carbon offset scheme, we haev donated an additional 16% to the amount raised by clients.
Carbon offsetting is the process of balancing carbon emissions by making an equivalent. The World Land Trust generates carbon offsets by restoring tropical rainforests and protecting imminently threatened forests from further destruction. Tropical rainforests act as carbon sinks, absorbing atmospheric carbon in to their woody tissue as they grow and locking that carbon in mature forests. Deforestation releases this carbon back in to the atmosphere, and is the source of 20% of all man-made carbon emissions. Restoring and protecting rainforests can help balance our harmful emissions and mitigate dangerous climate change.
“It’s great that nearly a third of all our clients are contributing to offset emissions from their adventure holidays with us, and we hope to see that figure rise as we encourage clients that they can help make a real difference through the important work of the World Land Trust,” Gannan added.
Gorilla trekking… the measure of adventure Have you ever heard of the human travel gauge? That’s when you tell someone you’re close to like your mom, grandmother, best friend etc. about your next off the wall adventure. The more shock they register, often the better and more authentic experience you will have. My human travel gauge is my mom and telling her that I was going to see the mountain gorillas in Rwanda got a good 8.5/10. It was great news, a sign that I was in for a real dandy. At the same time, this is to be the most expensive hour of my life. To see the gorillas, I’ve shelled out CAD650. That buys me one hour, just sixty minutes of face time with the gorillas. I had a lot of time on the overland truck to ponder this. It works out to $10.83 per minute.
Heading into Rwanda Perhaps there’s no African country in the world that is so notorious for bad things as Rwanda. It was here that over 1,000,000 people died in 100 days. So when we cross the border from Uganda, everyone on the Tucan Travel truck looks a little apprehensive.
The first thing we notice is the landscape. It’s hilly, green and the land looks well tended. Of the countries we have seen this one is distinct. Gone are the flat plains of Kenya and Tanzania. And it doesn’t have the red soil typical of Uganda. No wonder they call this the Switzerland of Africa. I thought it was a cliché. But as the truck groans its way up and down serpentine roads, it all begins makes sense.
It also makes me realize how much we’ve seen in the past few weeks on this tour. Africa has so much diversity and taking an overland trip, like the Tucan Travel tour I’m on seems and ideal way to see it.
On the truck I read Romeo’s Dallaire’s “Shake hands with the Devil” a book about the UN commander who saw the country fall helplessly into chaos. So when we entered Rwanda, I expect this country was going to carry the scars of this devastation. I expect downtrodden people, with dour, listless looks in their eyes.
I couldn’t have been more wrong.
As per everywhere in Africa, when we stop the truck for lunch, the first to approach are the children. They look very serious for their age. But after Matt takes some photos of them and shows them the images on his viewfinder, they break out into smiles.
Soon, younger children follow. They whisper amongst themselves and eye us cautiously. Again, after doing some pantomime, it’s not hard to get them laughing. Then, before we know it, it seems that they entire lunch spot is teeming with people. Kids, adults, everyone is standing around, mostly smiling, chatting. They do seem a bit more reserved than in Uganda but as soon as we approach, they smile brightly.
And when we pack lunch up and head back into the truck, they follow us and linger outside. Then, as the truck rolls forward, they follow. Most walk, but one young kid actually runs with the truck for at least a kilometer. I think to myself that maybe here is the reason East Africa produces so many world class long distance runners!
The lead up to the Gorilla Trek There are only 700 wild mountain gorillas left in existence. That’s it. If these 700 individuals are poached (which is still a risk given the high prices paid for gorilla parts) a whole species will cease to exist. So, aside from the obvious costs of paying the guides and trackers, my 650 will also go to conservation efforts that will ensure these animals persist. It makes the high cost a bit easier to swallow.
Our base for the trip is a nondescript town called Rhuengeri (also known as Musanze) and we’re staying on the grounds of a pastoral centre. Here we get upgraded. Being a camping tour, an upgrade means we get to sleep in real beds, with real mattresses. It’s amazing how luxury depends on what you’ve had before – the dorm feels like a sumptuous palace.
The Gorilla Permit Centre: Our gorilla trekking day finally arrives, and we’re up at 6:00 to head to the permit centre where we will meet our guide and learn which family we will track.
There’s a palpable excitement in the air, as this is the day we’ve all waited for. The road to the permit centre is beautiful. It seems that the parks name is apt – Parc des Volcans houses five extinct volcanoes and these loom overhead.
The land is verdant. Children meander down the road in packs on their way to school.
Finally, we arrive. After hanging around we meet our guide, and we group together. There eight permits per family and only seven of us so we are joined by Mark, a Brit living and working in Angola.
The silverback gorilla, Charles and his family:
The guide shows us a placard with gorilla faces. He points to the top right photo. “This is Charles” he says. “We’re going to meet his family”.
We learn that Gorilla life is a real patriarchy. The alpha silverback – in this case Charles – is responsible for the entire family.
Charles’ family is known as the Umubano group. The guide explains the history. “Before the genocide, in 1994, Charles was part of a different family,” he reminisces. “We stopped tracking the gorillas in Rwanda in 1994 because it was too dangerous with the war. When we started again in 2001, we found that Charles had started a new family. And because the war had ended, we called the family Umubano.” He tells us the word means peace in Kinyarwanda, the national language of Rwanda.
Turns out that Charles was a renegade gorilla who saw an opportunity to run away with two females and start a new family. And, fortunately for us, this family now has 12 individuals, four of which are infants. The guide tells us we’re lucky. Charles’ family is known to be an active, curious one, which means we’re likely to have lots of interaction.
Preparation for Gorilla Tracking Each day, before the tourists arrive, trackers head into the mountains to try and locate the habituated families. Trackers believe the family is about a two-hour walk from the centre. We’re told that gorillas generally only move a couple kilometers per day. The hard part is the terrain, since it’s very dense and locating the family can involve bushwacking potentially treacherous terrain.
We load into a small truck and our guide jokes that we’re off to get an African massage – a euphemism for one of the most boulder strewn roads I’ve seen – even by African standards. Finally, we arrive at the base of a towering, almost perfectly conical volcano. We’re given special sticks that have beautifully rendered gorilla carvings at the handle. And after some initial photos, we begin our walk.
We start walking through farmland. He leads us over a small ditch and says this is where the park begins. It’s immediately obvious, since after the ditch, the terrain changes. Here we’re in very dense bush. There’s a thin trail, but it’s poorly maintained. And soon we realize that mixed into the bush is stinging nettle. It’s a tough balance, because it’s hot, not the weather for long clothing. But, short sleeves can lead to a sting from the nettle.
We start ascending and the path is tough. But as we’re finding our groove, the guide starts muttering to the trackers on his walkie talkie. Apparently, we’ve gone the wrong way. We descend again back to the farmland and traverse along the base of the volcano. After another half hour on farmland, we re-enter the park and resume our ascent.
We climb for a couple hours. It’s a tough trek. We’re a relatively fit group but when I look back I can see some stragglers. The guide stops for a break, and I can see that Holly looks pretty wiped. We start again. And after another half hour the guide stops and points to some of the densest jungle I’ve ever seen.
Matt, who has a 300 zoom focuses in. “GORILLAS!!!!” We look carefully at the scene. And soon we realize there is something there. With my zoom I can finally make it out. There are, indeed, wild gorillas here.
The first thing I recall is that it all seemed absurd. Having a hauntingly human face staring back at you in jungle seems odd to say the least.
The hour begins At our first sighting the guide sets his clock. We get exactly one hour with the gorillas. He tells us leave our bags, and only bring our cameras as we follow a steep banked trail for the last 5 minutes to Charles’ family.
The next thing I remember is looking down a steep hill. Nick, who is a few paces ahead whispers “Gorillas, oh my god, gorillas!” Below us is a female with a baby and another young male. What amazes me is that my heart is going 1000 miles a minute, while they look so peaceful, so composed. I break out my camera and start snapping madly. This first contact is one of my favorites, because I hadn’t yet figured out the rules for the next hour.
The guide tells us that at all times we should keep 7 meters distance. But, as the young male approaches me, I quickly learn that the seven meter rule is one imposed by humans – this gorilla family obviously hasn’t been briefed!
The guide tells us we need to move, and we struggle up the steep embankment as the male easily gains on me. Finally I reach the flat trail and, unfazed, the gorilla pushes right past me into the bush, only a couple meters from where I’m standing.
The group idles forward to a flat clearing. It’s here we get our first glimpse of Charles. He’s unmistakable, on all fours with his massive knuckles pushed against the ground. It seems that he’s posing, pushing his silver back towards us. He’s an amazing display, and everything about him exudes power and strength. Around him are his family. There must be four or five that are busying themselves. They chew branches, and graze on vegetation, while all the while Charles stays poised on the hilltop.
Cameras are snapping and we’re all trying to reconcile the fact that we’re in a jungle in Rwanda, and that in front of us is a family of wild gorillas. You’d be surprised how often over the hour I thought this must be some bizarre dream.
The infant One of the little infant gorillas comes towards us. The guide tells us we have to move back – the little guys tend to be the most curious and he is likely to get too close. There’s a strange give-and-take here. We want as close an encounter as possible while the guide has the responsibility to keep us back. But the infant (we later learn he’s three years old) comes closer and stares at Matt in the eyes.
The guide starts making low grunts and waving a leaf. The little guy does an impish twirl, as if showing off his latest moves. He’s like a little kid who knows he’s adorable and is keen to have adults confirm it. He stares at us, with a look of curiosity, it’s not unlike what any kid does when confronted by a strange animal.
But as he almost touches Mat, the guide hollers again. The little gorilla does another roll and then continues down the path.
Charles A few minutes later, we have our best encounter with Charles. He’s been on the hilltop the entire time, but he suddenly gets up and starts walking towards us. It’s now that his size becomes apparent.
Up until now, I haven’t feared for my safety, but suddenly I’m a bit nervous. I mean, what if this gorilla doesn’t want us here? This is after all his home, and we are the guests. And what does a 300 pound silver back gorilla do with unwelcome guests anyway? But the guide doesn’t urge us to move. And soon, he’s right in front of us, only a meter away. And just has he passes, he stands up, beats he chest and walks off into the bush.
We’re all a bit stunned.
The next half hour we stick to roughly the same area. We spot a mother with a tiny baby on her back. This is the youngest gorilla, only 4 months old. We later learn that the gorilla population in Uganda (which has a separate group) is stagnant, but Rwanda has seen 12 new gorillas in 2009 alone.
We also see a gorilla in the trees, who is swinging, tarzan style. It looks like fun, I’m almost tempted to give it a try. Then the guide tells us there are 10 minutes left. We try to argue. It seems impossible that 45 minutes went by that quickly. But, he shows us his watch. For the final ten minutes I consciously put down my camera. I’ve been so busy snapping I’ve hardly had time to appreciate what I’m seeing.
In spite of their size, these are docile, gentle creatures. They are contented to munch on the thick vegetation while the little gorillas play. Perhaps, I think, it’s ironic that it’s me who feared the gorillas. After all it’s humans that have brought them to the brink of extinction.
And then, in the fastest hour of my life, the guide tells us we’re done. All of us try to sneak a few more minutes, but he urges us on.
It’s a tough hike back, but we’re all buzzing about our experience. And there’s one thing that we all seem to agree: $650 was a bargain for the experience we had with Charles and his family.
I always recommend trying the local dishes specific to wherever you are at the time, even though Vietnam is a relatively small country it is still diverse and has three distinctly different culinary zones; Northern, Central and Southern.
Northern Vietnam
Northern Vietnamese cooking is the least bold in flavor compared to the rest of Vietnam, a colder climate means less spices are able to grow. Northern foods feature light and balanced flavors with a little black pepper is used to give it some spice. In the past pork, beef, and chicken in dishes were rare, most dishes centred on freshwater fish, prawns, squids, shrimps and crabs, flavoured with fish sauce, soy sauce, prawn sauce, and limes.
Northern Vietnamese cuisine has a strong Chinese influence, so while rice is a staple in the rest of Vietnam, the North has a preference for noodles, Typical dishes include;
Pho– broth, noodles (made from rice), a few herbs, and meat – normally beef, often with a side of bean sprouts and coriander or spear mint for you to add as you wish. Bun rieu – crushed crab and tomatoe soup with hearty chunks of tofu, pig’s blood sausage and served with a side of beans sprouts and spearmint for you to add. Banh cuon – rice noodle roll filled with seasoned ground pork, mushroom, and shallots served with sliced cucumber, bean sprouts, and a Nuoc cham dipping sauce (fish sauce, sugar & lime). Banh Bao – steamed bun dumpling stuffed with onion, mushrooms, vegetables, egg or meat. Great for a snack or for eating on the go, you will find them steaming hot all day at most markets, bus stops or vendors with a trolley of them outside tourist attractions.
Central Vietnam
Central Vietnam is known for its spicy food, due to the abundance of spices produced by its mountainous terrain. They face harsh weather conditions throughout the year, so don’t have as many green ingredients as the rest of Vietnam, but the coastline around the central Vietnam area is known for its salt and fish sauce industries, two ingredients you will find in their daily diet along with plenty of chilli peppers.
Hue was the capital of the last dynasty of Vietnam, so their cuisine often reflects the influence of ancient Vietnamese royalty. Sophisticated meals with lots of complex, very decorative dishes, served in small portions. Typical dishes include;
Bun Bo Hue – a popular Vietnamese soup containing rice noodle (bun) and beef (bo) – sometimes oxtail or pig knuckle – served with green onion, bean sprouts, banana flower, raw onion, mint, basil and lime. Banh xeo – ‘sizzling cake’, savoury fried pancakes made of rice flour, stuffed with slivers of fatty pork, shrimp, diced green onion, and bean sprouts. Served wrapped in mustard leaf or lettuce leaves and dipped in a sweet and sour diluted fish sauce.
Southern Vietnam
The warm weather and fertile soil of southern Vietnam – especially the Mekong Delta – are ideal growing conditions for not just rice but a huge variety of different fruits, vegetables and livestock and seafood is a natural staple for the people of the south.
The South Vietnamese prefer sweeter foods and use a lot of coconut milk in their cooking.
Typical dishes include;
Ca Kho To – Caramelized catfish in a clay pot, served with (Com Trang) plain white rice. Canh Chua Ca Loc – Sour soup made with snakehead fish, pineapples, tomatoes, herbs, bean sprouts, tamarind, and various vegetables, served with (Nuoc Mam) Fish Sauce. Cha goi – Spring rolls: deep-fried flour rolls filled with pork, yam, crab, shrimp, rice vermicelli, mushrooms and other ingredients Goi cuon – Salad rolls: rice paper rolls that are dipped into water to soften and often include shrimp, herbs, pork, rice vermicelli and other ingredients wrapped up then dipped in nuoc cham or peanut sauce. Che – A sweet dessert made from beans and sticky rice. There are many different varieties to try all throughout Vietnam, each with different fruits, beans and other ingredients. They can be served hot or cold and often with coconut milk.
Drinks – Enjoyed throughout Vietnam
Jasmin tea – Initially Jasmin tea came from Persia via China but now it is grown in Vietnam. The local way of welcoming a guest into a Vietnamese home is to share a small cup of hot Jasmin tea, in the south it is often served with fresh seasonal fruits. Tea is for every occasion and almost any ware there is a group of people you will find small street-side stall selling tea. Watch how the locals drink there hot drinks, not straight from the cup but often poured into the saucer to cool it first. Ca phe su da – Strong iced coffee, served with sweetened condensed milk at the bottom of the cup to be stirred in. Now days you will find ‘iced coffee’ in almost every small street side tea shop, it’s a very refreshing drink on a hot day and cost a fraction of a starbucks. Bai hio – ‘Fresh Beer’, you will normally find it in small bars and on street corners. The beer is brewed daily and each bar gets a fresh batch delivered every day. It is a very light lager, aprox 3% and cost a fraction of the price of any western beer. If you are in Hanoi then the best place to try it is on Bia Hoi Corner in the heart of the Old Quarter, sitting on the small plastic seats chatting to locals and tourist alike watching the city come to life.
To try some of the dishes mentioned above, why not enjoy one of Tucan Travel’s Vietnam Tours.
About the Author: Owen is Sales & Marketing Executive for Tucan Travel. He has travelled and tour led extensively on Group Tours and independently to South and Central America, Asia, Australia, Western Europe and Africa. You can find him on Google+ or read his other contributions here.
One thing you should realise when travelling in Africa by road is that it’s a HUGE continent. It takes time to get from one sight to the next. Many people come not having thought much about this. They are shocked by the long days we spend driving to the next point of interest. To me, the distance travelling Africa by road is what it’s all about. The driving is part of your whole experience. Without that you’d have to fly from point to point. Although I am sure that that experience in itself would be fantastic, you wouldn’t really get a feel for the place. The people, the scenery or the distances, so much of this makes the continent.
It’s not just about the main points of interest. The drive days when travelling Africa by road give you a real insight into what Africa is really like for the millions of Africans who call this continent home. You’ll pass through their towns and villages. You will be able to observe daily life, watch adults and young children often walking many miles to collect water. You will see ladies balancing heavy loads on their heads (more often than not with a baby on their back). Locals washing their clothes and themselves in streams. People carrying huge loads on their bikes; whether it be bags of coal, firewood, building materials or the whole family.
You’ll see the differences from town to town, village to village. You’ll experience the cities, the hustle and bustle, the trading of goods at the local markets. Escaping the cities, see the pop up market stalls roadside…..All of this you will miss out on if you fall asleep and wait to get to the next destination, so embrace the ‘drive days’ see them as time to relax and reflect on the experiences you have enjoyed so far, a time to recharge and suck in the culture and scenery you’ll enjoy along the way, as without the travelling in between you will never arrive at your destination.
As we drive along, especially in East Africa we often stop to buy fruit, veggies and home-made charcoal along the way. It’s a great way to interact with the locals and not only helps the locals with some much needed income into the smaller villages, but keeps our costs down for the tour.
The roads in Africa present many challenges but that’s all part of the big adventure, so embrace the challenge; when faced with a sand-bogged vehicle or a flat tyre and get stuck in to get the problem solved. That way you really become part of the Journey which makes up your memorable travels in Africa and will have many interesting stories to take home…remember, it’s about the journey and not just the destination.
About the Author:
Nikki Self is a self-diagnosed travel addict and has travelled extensively around the world, tour leading in Europe and Africa with Tucan Travell.
Since Myanmar opened and after President Obama’s visit last year we have had a big boom of tourists visiting.
If you’re reading the guidebooks, the main place to visit is Yangon with its famous Shwedagon pagoda, Sule Pagoda and its old British colonial buildings, you have the Mt Kyaikiyo with The Golden Rock, Bago a former capital, Mandalay with Mahamuni Paya as the most important sight, a good hub to use for visiting Sagaing hill with all its pagodas and Monasteries, Ava, Amarapura and Mingun. From Mandalay you can do a day tour to Pyin Oo Lwin or longer tours with trekking in Kyaukme or Hsipaw.
You have to visit Bagan. With more than 4000 temples, it is an amazing place to visit and you can spend days travelling around by bike, horse cart or car seeing some beautiful temples. Some have many tourist but it is not difficult to find temples where you will be all alone.
Another beautiful place to visit is the highland around Inle Lake. It is a beautiful area where you can do trekking and see the local life of different minority groups. Near Kalaw you can visit an elephant conservation project and you can trek to around Inle lake for2 or 3 days or longer. On Inle lake you can see the market which is open five days a week with the fishermen rowing using their legs. There are magnificent floating gardens and you can see how people are living in houses on stilts on the lake. In Myanmar there is so much to see it is so difficult to mention it all. There are more temples, more stupas, more monks and more nuns than you ever seen anywhere else.
For me the highlight of Myanmar is its people. As soon as you get a short distance from a tourist spot there is no one trying to sell you anything or trying to get something out of you. Everyone is happy to see you, if you like taking pictures like I do it is amazing. Everyone loves to give you a smile. Wondering around in the back streets here in Yangon, taking the circular train, a local commuter train with 37 stops, crossing the Yangon river and visiting Dalla village on the other side is all great. The same in all the other destinations here in Myanmar. Meet the people, say “ming guh la ba (hello)” and give a smile. You will have a great time whether you speak the language or not.
If you come to Myanmar for the fancy hotels, nice cars, western restaurants, impressive infrastructure, fast internet and wifi you have chosen the wrong country. For sure, Myanmar will change, it is changing. It has changed a lot since I first arrived three years ago, but it will still be a different place to visit for some time if you compare to other countries in the region.
Guidebooks all recommend that you come in the winter between November and March, for me, there is no best time to come. Between November and February, the country is packed with tourists who want to have the best experience in a country which does not have enough hotels, good guides or the infrastructure to take care of them. If you are not here for a beach holiday (Ngapali Beach) come in the rainy season, in the low season and avoid the crowds, enjoy the country, with cheaper hotels and better guides available to spend the time with you. It is a bit hotter but after the rains, it is more beautiful, it is greener and fresher and you will enjoy your visit much more.
With a smile and showing respect to the local people there is no problem travelling around Myanmar. You will have a great time everywhere you decide to go.
Come with an open mind and do not expect things to be all up to date and you will have the best time ever.
Tucan Travel work with JP to give travellers the best experience of Burma. For more information on these tours, click here.
Tucan Travel Expedition Vehicles Are you planning a journey on one of Tucan Travel’s mighty overland expedition vehicles? Discover why our big yellow trucks are the best in the business.
Tucan Travel’s Overland Fleet We are proud to boast the best expedition vehicles in Patagonia and East and Southern Africa, today. We own a modern fleet of powerful Mercedes Benz Actros trucks, custom built and designed based on many years of overlanding experience in the varied terrain in South America and Africa. Our expedition vehicles have been built in the UK and South Africa by specialist vehicle builders, and provide maximum safety, comfort and accessibility. Specifically engineered for their job, they are the best way to take on the varied terrain in South America and Africa, from the vast mountain ranges to marshlands, deserts and open road cruising.
Why Quality & Experience Matter The landscapes you will cross on our tours will be made up of everything from dirt to mud and sometimes whole rivers. Some days there will be rain, wind and roads in poor shape. It is therefore very important that, in addition to providing robust, strong and versatile vehicles, we have a team that is able to handle these conditions behind the wheel. We employ drivers who have more experience than simply driving trucks up and down a highway – we take care to ensure they have experience driving in similar regions we travel to. Local driving conditions in these countries are very different and having a driver who can adapt to these, plus all the other hazards and obstacles on the road such as motorists, cyclists and wildlife, will result in a safe, stress-free overland expedition.
On Board On our trucks, you’ll find tinted sliding windows, large overhead luggage racks, carpeted interiors, comfortable forward-facing reclining coach seats (except in Africa, where seats do not recline), writing tables and 2 refrigerators. There is through-access to the driver’s compartment keeping you fully in-touch with your crew. Large storage compartments and long-range fuel tanks, water and oxygen supplies, spare parts and all the expedition and camping equipment carried are located in external lockers. You also have the added security of storing your personal baggage and other belongings within the vehicle.
Special Features In addition to the home comforts we provide, we have included some extra features to make those long driving days as relaxing as possible. For comfort while driving, we have fitted heating, full air suspension to smooth out the varied terrain you’ll be travelling on, and a passenger library to keep you entertained. We have also installed inputs, power inverters and charging systems for your ipods, mp3 players, laptops, cameras etc. To enhance your camping experience, our trucks have an outside sound system and outside lights, as well as BBQ plates and a spit roast system for cooking.
Mechanical Support All of our expedition drivers possess extensive mechanical knowledge and will keep the vehicle in excellent running order to avoid any major mishaps. Our trucks carry spares and maintenance equipment on board, and we have full support of Operations and Maintenance Departments in South America to guarantee smooth travel. We often have vehicles on stand by to ensure that replacement parts or vehicles can be dispatched immediately if necessary.
The Tucan Travel Overland Experience Experiencing South America on one of our overland expedition vehicles is the most exciting way to take in all of the diverse cultures and landscapes in the continent. Our expedition vehicles, complimented by our experienced overland crew and maintenance team, will guarantee that your adventure of a lifetime is hassle-free and adventurous all the way.
The wild, untamed landscapes of Patagonia in the most southern tip of South America may seem like a faraway destination. The region, situated between Argentina and Chile is remote. Famous for its vast national parks and jaw-dropping natural wonders, it is a destination to be conquered and explored. Maybe you are itching to discover Patagonia? Or maybe this is the first time the region has crept onto your bucket list? Read our interview with Julia Baulina about an adventure to one of South America’s most breath-taking areas. Discover her tips for visiting Patagonia.
1) What were your initial thoughts about an adventure in Patagonia?
I have been dying to visit Patagonia ever since I’ve travelled around South America for the first time. Unfortunately, due to time restrictions, I only got as far down as Puerto Madryn and I couldn’t wait to go back. I was very excited about Patagonia, knowing that it so different to every other place on the continent. I was expecting it to be cold as it’s a place that is practically impossible to visit during the South American winter, and there are penguins!
The hardest thing was deciding what clothing to bring as I’ve heard the weather can be very unpredictable. I knew that I would be doing a lot of trekking in Patagonia so I was little anxious about my abilities and also the camping in Torres Del Paine National Park. I was very excited about the possibility of seeing a puma in the wild in Torres del Paine as this is one of the best places in the world to spot these elusive creatures. Patagonia is remote and I hoping to see as much wildlife as possible, such as condors, guanacos, hare and of course, penguins! I was also very enthusiastic about exploring Patagonia onboard of a truck and hopefully meeting like minded people who are as excited about penguins as I am.
2) Do you think you need to be incredibly fit to experience Patagonia?
I don’t think you need to be incredibly fit to experience Patagonia, otherwise I wouldn’t have made it! Trekking is one of main things that draws people to the region and there is a range of options available for all levels of abilities. Of course to reach the most incredible viewpoints, such as the view of The Towers, you do need to put in the effort – it’s not easy, but it is doable. The good thing is that you can take it at your own pace as plenty of time is usually allocated. You will see people speeding past you while you are about to pass out, but you just need to take it easy and have plenty of rest stops. There were a couple of people in my group who did not make it to the end of the toughest treks and returned early, which is a shame, but the scenery on the way to a destination is often as amazing as the destination itself. Therefore, I would recommend for everyone to at least give it a go as you can often surprise yourself with your hidden abilities.
You don’t always need to trek for hours, however, to be rewarded with amazing views. There is a trek that many people did right next to our beautiful campsite at Lake Pehoe called Mirador Cóndor. It takes about an hour to reach the top and is quite steep but the views of the surrounding area are just stunning. Trekking is not the only way to see the best of Patagonia. Visiting the incredible Perito Moreno Glacier only requires light walking on man-made boardwalks and there is even disability access to some of the view points.
There are a number of pathways, each one leading to a unique view of the Glacier. Some have a great deal of steps but there is no scrambling involved! And to get really close to the Glacier and the countless icebergs floating in the lake, you don’t need to walk at all as there are numerous boat trips. If you are very lucky you might even witness huge blocks of ice calving from the Glacier, which is what Perito Moreno is famous for.
A similar boat trip can be done to the Grey Glacier in Torres del Paine National Park, if you don’t fancy the 11km hike (each way)! Apparently, during the trip, whilst enjoying the view of the Glacier, you can also can enjoy whisky with the ice from the Glacier! Another effortless way to experience the best of Patagonia is the Beagle Chanel cruise in Ushuaia. As well having a great view of the town from the sea, you will see beautiful scenery of the small nearby islands, plenty of birds all around you, as well as other wildlife such as sea lions and maybe even penguins!
Perito-Moreno-Glacier–taken-by-Julia-Baulina
3) What were some of your favourite experiences
I thoroughly enjoyed the entire trip and have a great deal of memories that will last a lifetime. One of my favourite experiences in Patagonia was exploring Torres del Paine National Park as I’m sure is the case for most people. The Park really is an incredible place that offers a wide range of experiences. Many people visit Torres del Paine to do the famous W trek. Our group didn’t as we stayed at the same campsite for 3 nights, but we got to experience the highlights of the W Trek by doing three of the main treks: The Towers, Trek, The Grey Glacier Trek and the French Valley Trek. In fact, we did all of the treks twice due to the fact that we had to return to our campsite each night!
What I loved was the fact that each trek was completely different to the rest, in terms of the scenery, terrain and difficulty. Each day we experienced something new and unique and saw so many amazing sights such as glacier lakes, geological formations and varied flora and fauna. The treks were challenging so it’s always a great feeling at the end of the day to sip Chilean red by the campfire, knowing that you have accomplished something.
French-Valley-Trek-taken-by-Julia-Baulina
One of my favourite experiences in Patagonia was travelling in a truck, the lovely Peggy, from one incredible place to another. It was great fun to be surrounded by friends you had made on the trip and having a laugh while taking in the views during the journeys. Dinner time with new friends was also great as you get to enjoy delicious food flowing days filled with adventures.
Peggy the truck, taken by tour leader Kim
4) Do you have any top tips for travellers wanting to go to Patagonia – What to bring ? Weather conditions?
One of the things you will probably hear before you go to Patagonia is how unpredictable the weather is. This is true! During the 12 days I spent in Patagonia I have experienced snow, rain, gustily wind and blazing sunshine. Overall, my group were very luckily as we mostly had good weather, especially in Torres del Paine. We had days where there was no wind at all which is very rare according to the locals. When it was windy, however, it was hard to stand up straight but luckily I’d mostly experienced this in places during the trekking days. Some days were overcast but it definitely makes trekking easier and somehow emphasizes the wilderness of Patagonia.
Incredibly, there was no rain during our time in the National Park. A group that was there just a few days earlier were not so lucky and apparently it rained every day. You really cannot predict the weather in Patagonia and need to go there with an open mind. We had some really lovely sunny days in Patagonia and I remember walking around in just a t-shirt at The End of the World in Ushuaia. I expected it to be freezing there but we actually had the best weather and it really felt like summer. The weather was particularly incredible during the Beagle Chanel cruise, with blue skies all around which is always good for photo opportunities.
Julia-at-Torres-del-Paine
Tips with regards to packing for Patagonia – be prepared for absolutely everything! Layers are key as the weather changes so quickly. Sometimes you go from a jacket and a fleece to a t-shirt in minutes, or vice versa! Definitely comfort and practicality over fashion as you will only have the wildlife to impress. Good walking boots are essential to trekking, though there was one person in my group that did absolutely everything in trainers, but this is not something I would recommend.
5) What was the food like?
I was definitely looking forward to the food in Patagonia but it had exceeded my expectations. Going through Argentina means incredible steak and Chile did not disappoint in this respect either. Typically, huge cuts of meat are cooked to perfection and while the prices in Patagonia are not cheap, steak is definitely much more affordable than it is at home and the quality is unbeatable. Patagonian lamb was also a great discovery for me, the portions are enormous and it’s so tender and overall delicious.
As you travel further south, the cuisine varies noticeably, with emphasis on seafood by the coast in Punta Arenas and Ushuaia. It’s as fresh as it gets and I discovered the most amazing dishes such as crab pancakes with cheese! King crab is a local delicacy in Ushuaia and many restaurants offer their own unique takes on king crab dishes. Even during our campsite stay in Torres del Paine the food was impressive as our guide and driver prepared some great meals that could rival restaurant food. And what’s better to accompany a great meal than incredible wine! Argentinian Malbecs and Chilean Carmenere and Sauvignon Blanc are my favourites and the prices of quality wine are unreal. I do not drink beer myself but it was a big hit with the rest of the group.
6) Do you think there is anything in Patagonia that is underrated?
I don’t think people realise just how incredibly beautiful Patagonia is. The pictures do not do it justice, when you are there the views are simply breath-taking!
END
If you would like to know more about Patagonia you can read our 10 Facts on Patagonia. Click here to discover our tours that venture to Patagonia.
About the Author: Rosanna is on the Marketing team at Tucan Travel. She has travelled independently and on group tours through Colombia, South East Asia, and Europe. You can find her on Twitter here
Zanzibar Spice Island; the name itself throws forward images of an exotic and chaotic scene of sailors, traders and pirates. Prior to arrival, I had a preconceived notion of Zanzibar that would not be that far removed from a scene in Treasure Island. This says that 1. I have an overactive imagination and 2. Zanzibar has a fascinating and colourful culture and history that cannot help but fire the imagination (or mine, at least).
We arrived into Zanzibar by ferry from Dar es Salaam and underwent an additional immigration process to the one undertaken at the Tanzania border although technically it’s part of the same country (self-governing autonomous region, for those that are interested). Research had told us that Zanzibar immigration requires you to have a Yellow Fever certificate, so we obediently produced ours although I cannot recall if they were checked. After a minor waiting period that seems to be obligatory at any port of entry to make officials feel they’ve done their job, we were sent on our way.
My initial impression was that Stone Town is a bit like Venice. There are no masks, no canals and no gondolas, but there’s a definite similarity in the feeling you get when wandering around its narrow alleyways losing all sense of direction. It’s a maze, perfect for wandering and exploring, and when you come across a small stall or artisan shop you feel like you’ve discovered something no one else has… although good luck ever finding it again.
There are two main markets to explore in Stone Town, the night food market in the Forodhani Gardens and the Darajani Market. The first is easy to find. The Forodhani Gardens are on the promenade on the coast, and the market starts before dusk. For anyone that’s a foodie or street food fan, this market will enchant. As the sunlight dwindles, stalls start to set up in a pre-organised yet unapparent order that makes you feel they’ve done this many, many times. The food on offer ranges from meat skewers, all manner of seafood, sugar cane juice, chapatis, Zanzibar ‘pizzas’ and much more besides. The portions are generally snack size and you can literally make your evening meal by going stall to stall choosing bits here and there. Standard logic applies with the street food; if it looks like it’s been sitting for a long time, don’t go there. If there are locals and a queue next to a stall, chances are you’re on to a winner.
The atmosphere at the Forodhani Market is part of the attraction. Locals and tourists converge to sit on the various concrete seats along the promenade with their families and friends, enjoying the mild air after the intense tropical heat of the day. Teenage boys challenge each other by running and launching themselves off the 15-foot coastal walls into the shallow water below, parkour-style. It’s a heart stopping moment each time they jump (and occasionally back out at the last minute) and you can’t help but cross your fingers wishing them to make it.
In contrast to the pleasant, sleepy hum of Forodhani Market, Darajani Market (the main market for the town) is bustling, noisy, smelly and chaotic. It is located away from the coast, just off Creek Road which runs north to south dividing historic Stone Town from the rest of Zanzibar City. Selling everything from suitcases, fabrics, jewellery, wood carving, electronics, fruit, vegetables, spices, fish, seafood and meat, it’s a one stop shop that is definitely aimed at the locals. Most of the market is housed in a red-roofed building constructed in 1904 and spills out to line the streets and surrounding alleys. It’s a place of business and a wonderful area to observe people going about their day to day lives. It’s also the perfect location to work on your haggling skills. If in doubt, hover inconspicuously and see what locals are paying to get an idea of the going rate for your desired purchase.
With such a diverse history that involves so many different cultures including Arab, African, Indian and European, Zanzibar’s markets are not to be missed and are truly special and unique. For an island that has been a centre for trade since the 15th century, it is unsurprising that its markets now offer such an interesting display.
I visited Zanzibar while on tour in Africa with Tucan Travel.
About the Author: Rebecca is Digital Marketing Manager for Tucan Travel. She has travelled independently and on group tours through South America, Africa, Asia, Middle East and Europe. You can find her on Google+ or read her other contributions here.
‘After you’ve finished we can take a pletna out to Bled Island.’ She said smiling.
‘There’s no rush is there?’ I replied, snapping out of my reverie.
‘No, no. You savour your kremna rezina. No-one rushes at Lake Bled.’
I skewered another piece of delicate pastry on the end of my fork and gestured towards the lake.
‘So those boats are called pletnas?’
‘Yes, think of them as the gondola of Slovenia. Just like Venice, no?’
‘They’re larger than gondola’s though.’
‘They’re cheaper too.’ She laughed. ‘So a better deal all round.’
We had arrived to Lake Bled that morning. My eyes had widened as we pulled into the small parking lot next to the lake. The weather, though tempestuous in the morning, had cleared up to bask the lake and island in light. Spela, my guide, had forewarned me that the first view of the island and the castle clutching the north cliff face had a habit of stealing one’s breath away. She was right. The picturesque beauty of the place made me involuntarily gasp. I understood well the emotion the naturalist Sir Humphrey Davis felt when he proclaimed that Lake Bled was the most beautiful place he had seen in Europe, having been formed after the recession of the Bohinj glacier at the end of the Ice Age.
After I finished the divine Slovenian version of a vanilla slice, Spela and I strolled down the lake to board our vessel and nestle under the colourful canopy as we were steered out to the island. I let my hand trail in the water as the baroque Church of the Assumption, which dominated the island, became even more dazzling as we neared it. Spela, ever the walking encyclopaedia, explained – as our boat rippled across the lake – that Bled had the only natural island in Slovenia. Once we had landed, Spela grabbed my hand and pulled me along the tree-lined path to the bottom of the stone stairs leading up to the church. She turned to me, a cheeky smile stealing across her features.
‘These 99 steps leading up to the churches have special significance.’ She said. ‘Thousands of grooms have carried their fiancée up them to ensure their marriage is both long and fulfilling.’ My eyes traversed the staircase and I let out a low whistle.
‘That’s quite a feat. But what happens to the one’s who don’t make it?’
‘Oh, we don’t talk about them.’ She said with a grin. ‘Now, are you going to carry me up or what?’
I laughed.
‘I think you’d have a better chance of carrying me at the moment.’ I replied. ‘I can barely move after that lunch.’
Spela declined the offer by poking me teasingly in the stomach and we climbed the stairs together. The church, containing preserved fragments of frescoes depicting the life of St Mary on the walls and an impressive gold altar, was a calming place to reflect for a short period before we exited the darkened interior and re-emerged into the sunshine.
The final destination we visited was the castle that towered above the lake. After climbing the steep mountain path, we stopped to regain our breath and, shaded by the impressive turrets and parapets, gazed in awed silence at the stunning scenery that spread itself below us.
The famous Slovenian poet Prešeren called the island of Bled a Slavic Sanctuary and, as I gazed down at the lake from my vantage point on the castle wall, the beauty of the place truly did make me feel at peace.
Never one to be patient and do things properly at 29 I decided I was due a mid-life crisis and resultantly handed in my notice as one of Tucan Travel’s destination managers. I then booked myself onto an Overland Tour from Nairobi to Cape Town to erm just gather my thoughts….
Head still slightly fuzzy from the leaving do and an arm that feels somewhat numb from all the jabs. I’ve filled the corner of our living room with all my gear which will never fit into my back pack, I’ve got my US$, multiple cash cards and some Kenyan Shillings I found in an office drawer – SQUEAK!!
Upon landing in Nairobi the first thing that hits me (after the heat) is that everyone is very very friendly, as anyone having lived in London for a short while will know this can be somewhat disconcerting. So it is with growing paranoia I get my visa and pass through the happy immigration staff. I’ve pre-booked an arrival transfer so apparently I am looking for a man named ‘Smiley’ with a sign saying my name. Smiley’s name is clearly no attempt at irony as I am welcomed by a beaming gentleman who is already laughing as I walk up to him. As we set off Smiley gives me the low down on Nairobi past and present and tells me what things are as and when I ask. He also points out some Zebra just casually hanging around the airport fence and after seeing my excitement he then points out every animal we pass after that, including a squirrel and various goatson the roadside…
After a pre-departure meeting, first group meal, tour of the truck and mandatory health and safety information (sponsored by Dettol) and a couple of tuskers (beer) we were sent off to our dorms to pack our bags for the Masai Mara excursion departing early the next morning. Following a cooked breakfast (made and cleaned up after by ourselves) we meet our guides for the excursion and were separated into two’ matatus’ (minibuses with a pop up roof) and we set off via the Great Rift Valley which is sadly covered in cloud. After a few hours, a couple of stops and some quite impressive bumps in the road we arrive at our camp in time for a short game drive. Everyone is very excited about this prospect but having not known each other very long we decide to make some rules for game viewing which mainly consist of speaking up if someone gets in your way and being aware that everyone wants to get a shot. First up we have the Gazelle, Impala and dic dic (stifled giggle) which were told sadly start to get overlooked and even dismissed after a couple of safaris and once ‘Big 5 fever’ gets its claws in. I’m sad to hear this and resolve always to be impressed when I see a Bambi type creature. These are quickly followed by Water Buffalo, Zebra, Ostrich flanked by its babies, a Jakal following the babies, Giraffe, Elephant, a Lioness with cubs, a lone Hippo mooching by a river and a Cheetah sat randomly in the open. After having barely had our fingers off of our cameras the entire group can’t quite believe our luck. No one was quite sure what to expect but so many animals in two-three hours was so much more than we could ever have hoped for. Our driver Gibson is doing a proud shuffle in his seat as we tell him what an amazing time we’ve just had. On the way back we’re like a parrot house chirping away and comparing photos. Upon our return to camp there is just enough time to get reacquainted with the permanent tents, including loo and shower and freshen up for dinner. The lights go out at around 10pm as this is when the generator stops but no matter as the next morning we’re up bright and early to take advantage of a full days game viewing. At 06.30 we’ve been fed and had our pre safari wee’s and were clambering into our matatus. We’ve also decided that we should rotate seats in the vehicle so that we all get different shots and viewing opportunities, although once we see something all squish ourselves into one corner and all courtesy goes out of the window, its ok though we have an understanding.
Today is equally as rewarding and almost straight away we’re treated to a Lioness with a kill, it looks to be a Zebra, or part of. She’s ripped the poor animals guts open and so the smell its quite over powering and the trees close by are slowing becoming inhabited by vulture’s, and other scavenging birds. We also see Black Rhino with her baby from a distance, warthogs and hundreds of zebra and wildebeest. We stop for lunch under a tree with clear views all around so that we cant be crept up on by any sandwich eating lions or elephant. It is here that we are invaded by flies, and straight away a distinct difference is notable between African and European flies which is that African flies don’t wander around quietly on an arm, a leg or a shoulder like European flies. No no no, they go straight for any open orifice, no messing about, straight up your nose, in ears, eyes and mouths in between chews. Before setting off for our afternoon game drive I’m acutely aware that I need a wee, no one else does but I can’t hold it (especially where potholes are concerned) so I ask Gibson where I can go, he laughs and points to a somewhat spindly bush. A nice Australian girl volunteers to accompany me and quite literally watch my back so nothing creeps up on me. Afterwards I text my mum to tell her that I just had a bush wee whilst in the middle of the Masai Mara, and a very proud parent she was to.
If we thought the day couldn’t get any better we were mistaken as Gibson gets a call through on his radio telling him to head to the river ASAP. He does just this but is careful not to tell us why (in case we are disappointed) and we see the iconic sight from all of the Africa documentaries of the wildebeest crossing the river in sheer panic as the crocs lie in wait in the water. We don’t see a kill as the crocs look quite full but we have seen part of the great migration from the Mara to the Serengeti. It’s a very quiet ride home.
Things I’ve learnt so far:
· The Lion King named its characters after the Swahili word for the animals, so therefore you already know some of the language before you arrive!! Zimba = Lion, Pumba =warthog · Zebra like to cuddle (well its a defence strategy but it looks like a cuddle) · Take water and snacks on game drives but you don’t necessarily need to drink all the water · Put the camera down and use your eyes from time to time
Zoe spent 53 exciting days on Tucan Travel’s Classic Africa Tour.
The Okavango Delta in Botswana is one of my most favourite places that we visit in Southern Africa. The day before we depart we are all packing and re-packing to condense our luggage, kitchen and food down to a manageable amount, so it is a bit hectic. However once we depart camp, the real fun begins.
The locals waving and smiling as we drive through villages is so welcoming, and once we arrive at the Mokoro Station our polers set us up nice and comfortably in the mokoros for a relaxing ride through the deltas peaceful watereways. And the experience is much more relaxing than any massage could claim to be. The soft reeds brushing over me, and the swish of the water, leaves me feeling relaxed and ready to set up our bush camp.
I love the fact that we have no rooms, no toilets, no bar and no electricity, we are able to enjoy untouched nature, and for some the struggle to keep themselves entertained is harder than not having anywhere to shower!
At night when we settle around the fire and share stories and marshmallows, I like to keep an ear out for the sounds of the wild, we have been lucky enough to hear frogs, birds, hippos, elephants and even lions, which, in my opinion, makes a great night in the bush.
For me, the closer the wild animals, the better.
All of Tucan Travel’s Group Tours through Botswana include an overnight stay in the Okavango Delta on a remote island. To get to the island, the group ride mokoros through the reeds. They have the opportunity to swim in a safe part of the delta, free of hippos and crocs and spend the night listening to the sounds of the wildlife. Does this sound like magic? Click here to browse tours.
Opting to leave Peru for Bolivia the day before Peruvian Independence Day was perhaps not one of my smartest decisions. It appeared that the entire Peruvian Population who reside in Bolivia were making their way back over the boarder to get ready for the celebrations. After resolving some issues with departure papers myself and my friend Clair were finally given the go ahead to cross the border on what should have been a quick three minute walk, however as soon as we stepped out of the immigration office we were engulfed in a rabble of people carrying all kinds of commodities. Huge planks of wood, cow carcasses, masses of vegetables and dried Llama foetuses to mention only a few. There were people on pedal bikes and people pushing carts stacked high with furniture. Now, generally speaking the Peruvians and Bolivians are not the tallest of nations, but when there is a sea of bowler hats ahead of you, it doesn’t make for particularly great visibility. It was utter chaos; there was a lot of pushing and shoving, and the rambunctious sound of Spanish Lingo rang out. To make things a little more arduous I was baring the load of my big backpack which acted as a bumper from the continuous knocks. As you can imagine this crossing took some time, but despite the mayhem – I was loving it!! I chose to embrace the moment and submerge myself in the culture. This being my first experience of Bolivia, I knew I was going to have a great time!
Bolivia is a fascinating place offering so much diversity. From the street parades, ‘witches’ markets and Death Road mountain biking in La Paz to the UNESCO World Heritage ‘White City’ of Sucre and the horse riding tours through the Andes. Oh wait.. I must also add the dodgy karaoke bars and Silver Mines of Cerro Rico in Potosi where you find yourself buying dynamite for the miners and sharing in their Andean Rituals to ‘Panchamama’ (Mother Earth) by drinking locally brewed spirits and witnessing the habitual Llama sacrifices (not for the faint hearted)!
You may be wowed and at times astounded by the cultural variance of such a country but Bolivia is more than just a cultural eye opener, it’s a place of spectacular landscape too. Much of Western Bolivia lies across the Altiplano, the widest part of the Andes and the highest plateau outside of Tibet, which in itself suggests that the scenery would be second to none.
I recall being on a seven hour bus journey from Potosi to the town of Uyuni. The bus made a brief stop at the side of the road where there was a broken down car. Myself and Phil (a fellow traveller) decided to offer a helping hand and push the car, foolishly not taking into consideration that we were at high altitude. Wow… Talk about hard work, I was almost passing out!
Pulling into Uyuni feels a little like you have reached the end of the road. This small dusty town in the middle of nowhere sits on the edge of the high altiplano with its primary purpose being to provide a gateway to largest salt flats in the world. It’s a bit of a strange town really, almost like being on a movie set where you are expecting to bump into John Wayne or see tumble weed come rolling by.
After arriving at our hotel my friend Jo realised that she had left her i-phone on the bus. Now let’s face it the chances of her ever seeing it again was pretty none existent right? But… Our honest and trusty bus driver had found the phone and was able to return it to her. Top marks Bolivia!!
The next morning we were up with the sun and away on our 3-day, 4WD expedition into Salar de Uyuni. This 4,086 square miles of salty residue is one the most surreal places I have ever been fortunate enough to see.
Our first stop was a train cemetery which lies on the outskirts of an old trading post in Uyuni. A resting place for old 20th century locomotives which have reached the end of the line. The fascinating but corroding and disintegrating shells provide an adventure playground for the many tourists passing through.
Without doubt our next stop provided us with a sizeable amount of amusement as we became competitive with one another to see who could obtain the best perspective–defying photographs. Anything from plastic toy dinosaurs and beer cans to pringle tubes and brimmed hats were being used to create these bazar illusions.
Inkawasi Island was a pretty amazing place to stop for lunch. It’s a hilly island of gigantic cacti which really emphasises the vastness of this region! Looking out from the top of the island gives you an infinite view of hexagonal shaped salt deposits.
This trip can be pretty tough going with some long travel days but the rewards are endless. As your 4WD speeds across the ivory like ocean you look to the horizon where the endless white salt meets the crystal blue skies. It’s just incredible!
Spending the night in a salt hotel was somewhat of a novelty. It’s exactly what the name suggests, a hotel built out of salt blocks, with salt tables, salt chairs, salt beds and salt ‘carpets’! The nights can be extremely cold in Salar de Uyuni so we were sure to layer up and drink a few pečenás (a local beer) to lock in the warmth! Beverage induced dancing on the salt tables was an optional extra but it isn’t for everyone!
Electricity is run off a generator and its lights out around 9:00pm, ‘if’ the generator lasts out that long of course! With no artificial light to taint your view a stroll outside into pitch black is essential, giving you a perfect and unobstructed view of the Milky Way. It’s really quite overwhelming being stood there in complete silence, just gazing up into the clear night sky.
The remainder of our journey saw us driving through yet more amazing landscapes, spotting Llamas, foxes and vizcachas.
Another fantastic stop – ‘Laguna Colorado’ (The Red lake). This picture perfect sight looks like it has been photo- shopped with the vividly coloured reds and whites created by the algae and rich minerals which lie within.
I thought that it would be hard to top Laguna Colorado but we made an equally amazing stop for lunch alongside Laguna Hedionda – another picturesque lake with a stunning backdrop of volcanoes. Hundreds if not thousands of pink flamingos line the shores of this lake. It’s a photographers dream!
Our last day in Salar de Uyuni had us up and on the road early, allowing us to arrive at the Solar de Manaña geyser basin while the sun was rising. There was a truly majestic ambiance as the sun began to penetrate the huge plumes of geyser steam. The lighting was spectacular.
If not fully awake by this point you soon would be with intense roar from the geysers as they release the pressure which lies beneath the ground. I was astounded as I walked around the boiling pools and watched the mud being thrust three or so metres into the air.
A perfect way to reflect on the sights and experiences that Salar de Uyuni had given to us was to submerge ourselves in the Termas de Polques hot springs. After a couple of full on days crossing the world’s largest salt flats it was a chance to relax and take it all in!
Bidding farewell to this inconceivable land of wonder we headed across the Border to Chile and into the Atacama Desert.
Anyone wanting to travel to Bolivia, I would urge you to visit this astonishing region. I guarantee you will not be left feeling disappointed.
There is something about Colombia that gets under your skin. ‘Colombia es Pasion’ boldly states one of their tourist board’s slogans and after spending just a few days there, it is hard to disagree. Writers, conquistadors and travellers alike have all fallen deliriously in love with this land over the years, yet with a lengthy guerrilla conflict and a reputation for drug production tainting its image, Colombia had fallen off the travel radar for a while…until now!
With the ink soon set to dry on a lasting peace deal between the government and the Farc rebels, and an educated and ambitious population emerging to take over, there has never been a better time to travel in Colombia. Snow-capped mountains, lost cities, wild jungles and the friendliest people in the world await you in this paradise-found. Now that the secret is out, make sure you buy your ticket as soon as possible and experience this extraordinary country while the magic is still in the air.
Drawing on some of my favourite experiences from various trips there, I have compiled my top three of the best things about Colombia, but please feel free to add your own at the end. Que te vayas bien!
Colonial Towns
Popayan – This sleepy town in the south of Colombia is an absolute favourite of mine. Every house in the centre is painted pearl-white and with a church on every corner and a university on every street (so it seems!) Popayan is a smart, clean and appealing colonial choice.
Cartagena – Not much more needs to be said about the most romantic destination in South America that hasn’t already been written in a thousand other heartfelt words. Certainly spend several days here to enjoy the architecture, history and seafood, and make sure to reserve a space on the military ramparts to watch the sun dip behind the Caribbean sea after a long day’s sightseeing, maybe even sipping a cocktail to take the heat off the day.
Villa de Leyva – This charming colonial town is only a few hours to the north of Bogota and is well worth a visit to enjoy its cobbled plaza (maybe the biggest in South America), colonial restaurants and the surrounding hills. Rent a bike for the day and cycle through sleepy hamlets and farms, waving to everyone you pass and condemning yourself to a lifetime of nostalgia.
Archaeological Gems
La Ciudad Perdida (Lost City) – A sweaty three day hike through winding forest trails and sloshing rivers will lead you to the ‘Lost City’ ; a huge complex of tumbled down ruins half-hidden by cloud and jungle creepers. A civilization once thrived here yet abandoned it to the Spanish Conquistadors. Forgotten for many years, it was ‘rediscovered’ by a local farmer in the 1970’s and it still remains a fabulous trip for anyone visiting South America. After the muddy trek back to civilization, relax on a pristine beach in Tayrona or Santa Marta and take in the sea breeze, swaying palm trees and Caribbean rhythm in this beautiful corner of Colombia.
2. Tierradentro – This curious and often overlooked historical area can only be reached via a bumpy and winding road through lush green hills to a valley unchanged in hundreds of years. A lot of mystery still surrounds the people that built the tombs and burial sites that dot the surrounding hills, yet the extraordinary scenery and the reflective tranquillity you get by wandering around the sites alone will make the journey worthwhile.
3. Bogota Gold Museum – One of the genuine highlights of Bogota, as well as one of the best museums in South America, the Museo del Oro in Bogota’s colonial district is a must-see. The intricate detail and stunning designs of the jewellery, swords, cutlery and costumes illustrates the astonishing skill and development of pre-Columbian America. A Tour of this museum can be combined with a visit to the Botero gallery as well as the various plazas and markets that make up the old district of Bogota.
Nightlife
1. Andres carne de res (Bogota/Chia) –This world famous restaurant/disco/experience is an absolute must when visiting Bogota. Sing and dance into the early hours before emerging into the cool morning air wearing random hats, badges and flags with a dozen new-found friends. The restaurant is decorated in whacky colours with hundreds of crazy pictures, drapings, sculptures and mirrors to entertain you, as well as enough beef steaks, salsa music and aguardiente to last you until the following Saturday night!
2. La Menga (Cali) – A vast, industrial area a short taxi ride from the centre is Cali’s party central, with neon nightclubs karaoke bars and all- night drinking dives! Don’t arrive until after midnight and dress smart if you want to visit the best clubs.
3. Parque Lleras (Medellin) – Famous with gringos and locals alike, this central strip is full of every type of bar, club and restaurant you can imagine. If you don’t have the mafia-mullet or funds to enter every establishment, just grab a bottle and watch every shape and colour of local life go strutting by.
Off the beaten track
1. Trekking in Boyaca – From verdant, rolling hills to jagged, snow covered peaks, Boyaca Province is a trekker’s paradise! It seems that the deeper you travel into this lost world of ponchos and ox-pulled ploughs, the further you go back in time. One of the top highlights of this amazing area is El Cocuy national park, where you can spend a week scrambling over icy passes and through boggy valleys before returning to the local town of Guican to join the cowboys crying into their beers to the mellifluous tones of Vallenato.
Tatacoa Desert – A bizarre yet stunning desert of Martian landscapes of orange and red rock, carved and shaped by the weight of millennia stand like statues as you wander through the hundreds of twisting trails in this national park. The handful of Colombians that live out in this desert are always quick to offer a weary traveller a refreshing drink and a plate of delicious food. At night you can lay on your back and stare up at a sky heavy with shining stars with only the sound of the wind and the hoot of an owl to add to the ambience.
3. Playing Tejo in Chia – Although not strictly out in the wilds of Colombia, this choice is still quite off the Tourist trail and will reward you thoroughly for the effort of getting there. You can get a bus to Chia from Suba la Campina in the north of Bogota or take a taxi. Get off around any of the main streets and ask around for the nearest place to play tejo. Even if it is 10 in the morning there will undoubtedly be a few blokes having a game and enjoying a crate of beer or two. Take an open mind and hollow legs if you want to keep up with the boys: They say that the more Aguila beers you drink the better you will play. But just remember that the loser pays for the crates of beer consumed at the end, so make sure you concentrate hard!
Naturally, one of the first things we wonder about is the name: was it really holy or is it just a dramatic pseudonym of more modern times? Our local guide has the answer and, after all, it doesn’t come as a surprise: the Incas did bow down to the grandeur and richness of this valley and expressed it in their official language Quechua. But in reality, they first had the river on mind and they referred to it as Huillca Mayu (Huillca=Sacred; Mayu=River) as it had so beautifully sculpted the valley that the Incas were now turning into the economic and religious heart of their homeland, adding to the landscape a string of palaces, shrines and retreats. More unfeeling bureaucrats of both colonial and republican epochs used other terms but the eruption of tourism some 60 years ago brought along some kind of resurrection of the original and due name, although now translated into modern languages and applied mainly to the valley: the Sacred Valley.
Exploring this area has a little cost: high altitude and its thin air. Fortunately, we’re not caught by surprise as we’ve done our homework and researched in advance: we drink plenty of liquids (no, alcohol doesn’t count), we keep away from fatty or heavy meals, at least for the first few days (so that tempting ‘Guinea pig and potato wedges’ should be postponed, just in case), we indulge ourselves in copious amounts of coca tea (overdose is an utter impossibility) and we will try not run madly around the ruins looking for the best shots. Also, one night’s sleep in Cusco does a lot for acclimatization and it may also help that the Sacred Valley is a little lower than Cusco –Ollantaytambo for instance, is located at only 2,800m. Actually, all of this soon seems irrelevant as we find ourselves so entertained that we don’t even think about the altitude anymore, except perhaps when we climb a few steps.
One of our first stops is an alpaca and llama farm: Awanacancha. Don’t know yet how to tell them apart? Well, this is the right place to learn as they are literally rubbing shoulders here, and they even seem to be pulling faces for our pictures. A few minutes later we catch our first taste of the fabled valley: a magnificent view of the old river snaking through a deep green valley and often running against the steep rocky hills. A narrow modern road also runs along but it doesn’t keep us from reliving the Incas’ affection for this portion of their country.
We take a detour off the main road to climb up to Pisac ruins, which sits atop a steep hill near the South-eastern end of the valley. The Incas’ passion for moving and cutting rocks is quite evident here and one understands that without them it would have been nearly impossible to finish such edifices, so there is simply no need to resort to alien intervention to explain their accomplishments. Pisac is one of the most important in a series of ruins and it seems like it had three functions: defence, worship and agriculture. Then again, almost every Inca building was multi-purpose as their conception of the world, however influenced by spirituality, was also pragmatic. The Inca Pisac is followed by a visit to the Spanish Pisac, a typical Andean village with its graceful main square at the centre, now permanently occupied by a colourful market where all sorts of local merchandise threaten to empty our pockets. You can practice your bargaining skills here or maybe your Spanish as a simple ‘No gracias’ should suffice to distance yourself from business. But be warned, there’s always something that you may find irresistible.
The landscape also speaks for itself. Towering mountains in every direction, a winding river that seems perfect for white-water rafting, a clear sky (at least most of times) and such fresh and clean air. But it’s not only the natural beauty but the man-made too. Besides the archaeological sites there are neat agricultural terraces that occupy almost every fertile piece of the surrounding hills thus maximizing the food output. Some are actually out of use now but it takes little effort to picture a scene of hard-working Incas everywhere you looked putting into practice their vast knowledge on agricultural techniques, for some areas within the Sacred Valley served the specific purpose of experimentation on varieties of seeds, crossbreeding and efficient irrigation technologies. It was a big and harsh country after all, with a population over 8 million spread across an extremely difficult geography. Providing for so many must have been quite a challenge that we sometimes tend to overlook as we feel more inclined to admire the Inca’s main artistic legacy: their command of masonry. But none of that would have been possible without the organization and ability for statecraft that led them to create one of the most harmonic societies on Earth. Do I seem biased by my being Peruvian? Probably, but I can actually cite some passages, among the thousands written by Spanish eyewitnesses at the time of the conquest, which may give a more objective view: ‘… (The Inca ruler) kept such excellent order that the entire country was calm and all were nourished…’; ‘… It is clear that the government in the past was better and more valuable: for under the Inca’s rule the Indians were always on the increase’.
After lunch in Pisac (or Urubambasometimes)and at an altitude of only 2,900m we are ready to continue. Ollantaytambo is the furthest of the Inca sites and it certainly is worth the extra hour-and-a-half’s drive. It consists of an imposing complex of Inca terraces and buildings looking out over a town designed by the Incas themselves. Despite the various changes of recent times, the village is considered one of the oldest continually inhabited villages of the continent as several foundations, the Inca grid of streets and even some names of the original blocks have survived. One of the first impressions is that the massive terraces must have been designed as a fortification and there seems to be no doubt about it when you hear of the epic battle that took place here as part of the Incas’ endeavours at resisting the Spanish invasion. Their true use however was agricultural but at a very sophisticated level since this site was an Inca royal estate. The experience of exploring this site is literally breath-taking, mainly because of its charm but also due to the effort it takes to climb up such high and broad terraces. It is all rewarding though: the Sun temple on top, again the views but mostly that special feeling that must be the closest thing to time travel. Ollantaytambo is therefore the perfect place as an introduction and prelude to the unique experiences of either the Inca Trail or Machu Picchu.
The Sacred Valley offers even more: the village and Inca site of Chinchero, set in the uppermost end of the valley, the salt mines of Maras, the enormous amphitheatre-like terraces of Moray… Obviously, so much is bound to take more than one day but what has been picked to be included in a ‘traditional’ Sacred Valley tour is guaranteed to begin a fascination for the Inca world here in their heartland, where they once enjoyed life and where their descendants still live in dignified and pleasant ways, proud of their heritage and still persistently rooted in ancient traditions. Such a setting can surely make even a single-day excursion a memorable one.
The Sacred Valley of the Incas day trip is included on all Adventure and Overland Tours and an optional excursion on Budget Expeditions. For more information on our tours to Peru, click here.
Travelling has the capacity to open your eyes so wide and show you a world that you may never have imagined existed. For me it’s a compulsion, it’s an improbable and unforeseeable adventure, which excites me immensely. The people, the culture, the scenery, the language, the smells, the atmosphere… Everything about visiting a whole new place is just so astounding and character building. Africa is certainly no exception to this rule!
Having had the opportunity to travel to such a diverse continent is a privilege in itself but when you find yourself free camping in the mist of the Serengeti National Park your senses are most definitely awakened. As you lay awake listening out for lions roaring in the distance, or feel your tent shake vigorously with the stampede of Zebras rushing past, you really start to realise that you are in another world, territory that doesn’t belong to you! From the early morning game drives in the Masai Mara, where you sit patiently waiting in the hope of witnessing a kill to the sunrise hot air balloons over the vast plains of the Serengeti, each and every moment is truly incredible.
As if all of this wasn’t amazing enough. Imagine my excitement when I happen to be there during the immense ‘Great Wildebeest Migration.’ The Great Migration is one of nature’s most spectacular events. With the movement of between 1.5 – 2 million wildebeest throughout the Serengeti and Masai Mara ecosystems it’s hardly surprising that it’s dubbed as ‘The Greatest Show on Earth’. Watching these incredibly courageous creatures as they begin to congregate and form an orderly queue spanning for miles and miles is quite remarkable, but nothing can prepare you for the mass pandemonium that occurs during the rush to cross the Mara River. All it takes is a command from one dominant Wildebeest and it’s all stations go.
I remember sitting patiently in our safari vehicle when all of a sudden the ground beneath us began to shake as these gallant but desperate beasts gathered speed and made a run for it, creating huge dust clouds. Imagine the scene from the Lion King, where Mufasa is being chased through the gorge by thousands of wildebeest. It’s like this but tenfold and it’s real!!! Entrusting the mighty Mara River with their lives they charge down the banks and leap boldly into fast flowing, turbulent water infested with hungry crocodiles lying in wait. This crossing is no walk in the park, it’s a blood thirsty struggle.
I was overcome with emotion and nerves as I watched this event unfold. My heart was pounding as I willed the beasts across the river, hoping that they all escape unscathed. This however was not a reality. This spectacular display of nature was being showcased right there in front of me, as many fell victim to the unforgiveable jaws of the powerful and relentless crocs that would take out their victim in a flash.
I feel incredibly lucky and privileged to have witnessed such a breathtaking and astonishing phenomenon.
These amazing memories will live with me forever!!
To see the Great Migration for yourself, browse some of Tucan Travel’s tours here.
Boom! I woke briefly, sleepily wondered what the noise was, then quickly fell back asleep. After years of being on the road, and living in noisy cities, I am an awesome sleeper. It wasn’t until about an hour later, when I stumbled out of my tent, and saw an unusual mist in the air, did I realize anything of significance had happened. Tungurahua Volcano was erupting!
Located near the city of Baños, Ecuador, Tungurahua is a highly active stratovolcano with a height of 5,023 meters. The current phase of activity began in August 1999, following about 80 years of relative quiet. Since then, volcanic rumblings and eruptions are not an uncommon occurrence.
What seemed like mist was actually volcanic ash settling over the valley after being spewed from the volcano’s top. Luckily, our beautiful campsite is located within the volcano’s “green zone”, so there was no reason to panic. We were able to have a leisurely breakfast while Marc caught us up on the details of the eruption. Marc and Suse, old friends of Tucan Travel who operate the Baños campsite, Pequeño Paradiso, also closely monitor the volcano’s activity. They’ve been known to wake campers up in the middle of the night after an eruption and drive them up to safe viewing point!
Since 1999, the city of Baños has been evacuated twice due to Tungurahua’s activity. There are bright green signs all over the city center advising residents and tourists the evacuation route should a violent and dangerous eruption occur. During an eruption in 1999, all 17,000 residents of the area were forced to evacuate their homes for weeks. However, once news reached displaced citizens that the Ecuadorian army had begun to loot businesses in the abandoned city, residents quickly returned, despite the danger, in hopes of safeguarding their homes. Understandably, residents are now less eager to evacuate unless the eruption is particularly threatening.
In fact, as we drove out of the city everything seemed to be business as usual. I had discussed the possibility of roadblocks and delays with my group, but traffic flowed freely and calmly even as Tungurahua blew out tons of ash and rocks the size of our truck in the distance. Pulling over on the side of the road, we were able to get some truly incredible photographs! Definitely an once-in-a-lifetime photo opportunity!
Visit Baños on Tucan Travel’s Overland Tours and Adventure Tours in Ecuador.
The Pantanal is one of the world’s largest wetlands, it’s located in Mato Grosso do Sul state, in the south of Brasil. The Pantanal extends also into Bolivia and Paraguay and the estimated area is about 195000 Square Km. It gets water from Paraguay river and another tributaries, on the rainy season the water level raises between 2 and 5 meters and gets really flooded.
The Pantanal ecosystem has about 300 mammals species, 480 reptiles species and more than 1000 species of birds. It’s very easy to see tucans, macaws, caymans and capybaras but if you are lucky you will see a Jaguar or a river otter!
You can go to the Pantanal from Corumba city (Border with Bolivia) and then drive for about 2 or 3 hours, maybe more in rainy season. You can also get to the Pantanal from Campo Grande city, the capital of the state.
The Tucan Travel excursion to the Pantanal is one of the highlights of our tours, we stayed in a nice jungle lodge and enjoyed the nature for a few days. We use local guides who grew up on this area as they know everything about the animals and plants here. The weather is usually very hot and humid but sometimes rains a lot.
Our excursion to the Pantanal.
Day 1.
We arrived to our jungle lodge about midday and our local guides Paulo and Carlos came to meet us and help us with our bags and show us our rooms.
Our lodge was located in front of Miranda river, this lodge has great cabins, a dining room, bar and a pool table, there was also a pi er where you can go fishing or just have a beer and see the nature. Around the lodge there were bridges so you can walk on your own and see monkeys, capybaras and birds.
After lunch we went for piranha fishing, our guides helped us and show us the best spots, we got loads of piranhas, saw a river otter and some caymans. We had a great afternoon and some of us went for a swim in the river as our guide, Paulo, told us the caimans and piranhas don’t bite humans. Later on Paulo and Carlos took all the piranhas that we caught to the kitchen as the chef wanted to cook them for dinner.
At night our local guide explained us about the activities for next day, then we had dinner and we went to the pier to have some wine and enjoy watching the nature, the sky was clear and we could see the stars and also listen the river and some frogs that were around.
Day 2.
We woke up early and had a good breakfast, eggs, local fruits toasted bread and Brazilian coffee. We packed a day bag and took a safari truck to go to the farm. On the way to the farm we saw a deer, an anteater, a few tucans and loads of caymans.
We arrived to the farm after a 1 ½ hr. drive, we left our stuff in the common area and then we went for a walk in the jungle, we saw a few monkeys blue macaws, parrots and a lake with probably more than 100 caymans. In the afternoon we had some lunch, then a siesta on the hammocks and some cold beers. Later on our guide called us for the next activity, horse riding!. Paulo prepared the horses for us and then we went for a ride, the landscape was amazing and we saw a few macaws and monkeys. The horse riding took about 1 ½ hours, the weather was very hot and Paulo explained us about the area and the farmers who live in the Pantanal. The locals have very big farms and loads of cows, the Brasilian cowboys are called Gauchos and they always drink a cold herbal tea called Tereré.
After a nice afternoon on the farm we took our safari truck to go back to the lodge, we arrived before dark and then had dinner, our guide explained us about the next day activities. After dinner we went for a walk by our own to see some animals, we saw some capybaras. That night we stayed on the pier for a few hours just talking about our jungle trip and all the animals we saw.
Day 3.
We woke up early in the morning and saw some howler monkeys around the lodge, they were very noisy and woke up everybody else. We had breakfast and went for a boat trip on Miranda river, the trip was for about 3 hours and we saw more animals, then we stopped on a little beach and had a swim. We came back to the lodge about midday, had some lunch and pack our stuff to continue our trip.
The Pantanal trip is one of my favorites excursions in Brasil as you can enjoy the nature and see loads of animals on the wildlife. It’s also interesting to meet the local people and listen to their stories about the jungle. Sometimes you can be lucky and see a jaguar but you never know what is going to happen in the Pantanal, it’s a great experience.
As Kenny, of Aussie portaloo fame once said, toilets ought to be the first thing that people think about when they’re organising things, but it’s not. Considering how often travellers in third world countries get diarrhoea, you’d also think it would be a top priority when you’re travelling. Wanting to get to the loo nearest you rather rapidly must be a common enough occurrence. So you’d think it would be bog standard for guide book maps to feature the location of public toilets, but no. You’d also expect the pocket language guides would have ‘where’s the toilet?’ high on their list of frequently used phrases. We had three, and you really had to search for it in all of them. What the Lonely Planet travel guide for Peru did have was a list of medications you should bring that was so extensive; you’d be up to your weight limit for flights if you brought them all. Yet the travel doctor we consulted only prescribed two: both for diarrhoea, with written instructions on how to deal with four different levels of the infliction. He knew what it was that we really needed to have under control.
My first experience of toilets in Peru was not auspicious. We’d flown direct to Cuzco. There was a queue for the ladies’ at the airport, yet everyone seemed to be avoiding the first cubicle and waiting for the other two. I put my head in the door, nothing suspicious, so I lifted the seat cover. I was greeted with brown. There was a smell in there that will outlast religion, as Kenny would say. I very rapidly put the lid back down and pushed the button to flush the toilet. Nothing happened. So there is no running water, I concluded. That explained the two litre bottle of drinking water by the taps that other travellers were using to wash their hands. Gerard assured me that the men’s didn’t even have that.
You can imagine that after that experience, we were both very relieved to find that our hotel in Cuzco had an en suite. Our tour company had advised us that the ‘comfortable’ level of accommodation we had chosen wouldn’t necessarily have an en suite. It’s normally the one thing Gerard insists on. The possibilityof diarrhoea was not the only concern; we’re at an age when bladder control is not what it used to be. He often needs to go to the toilet during the night, and does not want to end up lost or in the wrong room. I generally make it through the night, even if it is a bit of a sprint in the morning. However there was no way we could afford to stay in a five star hotel; and besides, we reasoned, if we wanted to experience the ‘local ambience’, we had to be prepared for the ‘erratic services’ that our tour company warned us about.
We’d decided to fly direct to Cuzco, at 3326m above sea level, to get used to the altitude. We’d read up on altitude sickness, and decided that a couple of days easy going before the tour proper began would get us one step ahead. We weren’t surprised to find ourselves more than a little out of breath at first, having to stop several times returning to the hotel from our orientation walk around Cuzco. We drank a leisurely cup of coca tea in the lobby, and feeling quite recovered, tackled the flight of stairs up to our room on the next level. We made it halfway up before stopping for a breather. Then I needed to stop another two times before collapsing on the bed for an hour. We took a number of these little naps over the next few days, but we weren’t worried: we were sure that it would pass. We drank plenty of coca tea (0.02% cocaine) which certainly helped, and drank plenty of water, another known cure. We were indeed most grateful that the en suite was only a few steps from the bed. Yet we never ‘got over it’. Gerard and I regularly stopped to ‘admire the view’ from the steps up to our room, and I could barely manage any more than about ten steps uphill without stopping for breath when we were walking around Cuzco.
Our view from the hotel
What made this particularly galling is that there was a superb bakery, El Buen Pastor, just around the corner and up a hill. It would have taken us less than 5 minutes to get there had it been in Wellington, but it was nearer to 20 minutes in Cuzco. At least this had the advantage of deterring some tourists, whose tactic for coping with altitude seemed to be to stop for a chat with every street peddler along the way. This must explain why every second local in Cuzco was either hawking some tourist knick-knack, or offering to polish your suede shoes, or wanting to pose for your camera in exchange for a tip. It meant that El Buen Pastor usually had plenty of space for us between the parties of people plotting their next activity over a leisurely espresso and patisserie! Unfortunately, it also took about 20 minutes to get back to the hotel. At that altitude fabulous sunny days mean freezing cold nights. And cold has another effect: a sudden drop of temperature invariably tempts my bladder to let go right then and there. I must admit, it didn’t make me the most adventurous traveller. ‘But do they have a functioning toilet?’ was the question I often found myself asking our tour guide, who was also our son, Eoin, whenever we were discussing where we would go.
However, I should say, in all fairness to Lonely Planet, when I checked the Peru guide on my return home, that I did find a paragraph on toilet etiquette in Peru: towards the back, buried deep in all the boring stuff. It may well also have been somewhere in the thirty-six pages of essential reading to have mastered before you go, that the tour company so thoughtfully provided, but I missed it there as well. Eoin got rather huffy when I said someone might have told us not to put toilet paper in the toilet, after I managed to flood one of the restaurants we were visiting. He did mention it in the forty five minute orientation he gave at the beginning of the tour, he insisted. Besides, he opined, isn’t the bucket full of toilet paper next to the toilet a bit of a give away? Well, it would be if you are used to visiting the men’s toilets, I suppose, but waste containers in the ladies are not that unusual….
That public toilets are of variable standard perhaps goes without saying. What I found most difficult to contend with was not the occasional absence of the toilet seat, or the more frequent lack of flushing mechanism, or the build up of debris from being infrequently cleaned. We have the same issues here in New Zealand. What I found perplexing was the national pastime of hiding the toilet paper. Sometimes it was in the cubicle. Not often, but often enough to fool you into complacency if you didn’t spy any on the way in. Sometimes the attendant would reluctantly give you a couple of pieces ration in exchange for your fee, but the payment of fees did not in any way guarantee the provision of toilet paper. Sometimes there was a tidy pile of two- piece rations on the table next to the donations jar, so you could collect one and only one on the way in, under the watchful eye of the attendant. Sometimes the toilet paper would be located up high, or in some other obscure place where you wouldn’t have a hope of finding it unless someone in the know was in the queue in front of you. At Machu Picchu, Peru’s premier tourist attraction, with over 2000 visitors a day to a 5 square mile site, there is one toilet block. You can help yourself to as much toilet paper as you like, if you can find it. The roll is attached underneath the admission desk on the way in, when you are distracted with finding the change to buy your ticket. My guess is that the rationale is that if you can’t find the toilet paper, you can’t flush it down the loo.
At least there were a good number of toilets in the block at Machu Picchu: we only had a ten minute wait. At Cruz del Condor in Colca Canyon, there were the sum total of two toilets for women. The Lonely Planet Guide to Peru has a full page map of Machu Picchu and four pages of description without one mention of the toilets. On the Cruz Del Condor page, it did mention that you might not get to see the condors, but not that it might be because you spent the whole time queuing for the toilet!
So why bother queuing? Why not just find yourself a discreet and convenient spot somewhere as you would in New Zealand? Indeed the tour company pre-tour information did comment that the crew may chose not to stop at public bathrooms along the way, as they may ‘leave a lot to be desired’ and ‘the great outdoors is usually far better’. So I was expecting to stop along the roadside to ‘go behind a bush’ as they so prosaically phrase it. The only problem was that there was rarely a ‘bush’ to go behind. In the desert there may be the occasional cactus. On the passes there were usually some rocks around, but on the high altoplano there wasn’t anything but plenty of passing traffic on the Pan American highway.
Our strategy of arriving early at Cuzco paid off when we visited Machu Picchu. At an altitude of only 2430m, I could make it about 20 steps before having to stop for a breath; but Emilia, the local tour guide, was stopping more often for Robert, the most recent arrival. I knew that Lake Titicaca at 3830m would be more of a challenge. We arrived at a decidedly steep looking Amantani Island, and our local guide, George, assured us it’d take about 20 minutes at a leisurely pace to get to the Coloquicachi community where we were being billeted. George stopped once for us on the way up. I lost count of the number of times I stopped. I felt consoled that Jane, one of the fit young things that had trekked the Inca Trail also had to stop, insisting that it was not the altitude, it was the midday heat. Turned out, Coloquicachi was the highest community up the track, and our host lived in the house that was further up than any other in the community!
Note the stairs in the background
There is no electricity supply on the island. Some homes do have a solar panel, and our room did have an electric wire going across to a light bulb, but that was purely for decoration. There was a candle, but no matches, until the father came up to light the candle some time after it became dark. There was a ‘staircase’ going up to our room. It did have two or three stairs, and then it became more like a ladder. One ‘step’ was a drop of 40cm, another two drops of 30cm. The toilet was outside the house. Even though my brain was deprived of oxygen, I still managed to work out that, to make it to the long drop at night, I’d have to use my hands to cling to the hand railing to minimise the jarring going down, which left me with nowhere to put a torch but between my teeth, and even then I’d be lucky to get there in time. I considered camping out by the long drop, but I knew it was going to get very cold. Our hosts had lit not one, but two candles in our honour. Their first language was Quechua, but they were fluent enough in Spanish. We weren’t. It was too cold even to remember the few phrases I’d learnt by heart precisely for this sort of situation. Between us we’d managed to leave all three phrase books back in Puno. We must have been the worst guests they’d ever had. The only thought in my head was of our toilet predicament. I talked about that to anyone who would listen, but got very little sympathy. Then Claire said she’d found a chamber pot under her bed. We checked when we got back to our home stay, and there it was! I have never been so glad to see a potty in all my life!
I must admit, though, that things became much more civilised after we got to Arequipa. Not only was there a steep decline in the number of street hawkers at the lower altitudes but we started finding notices requesting that we refrain from putting toilet paper in the toilet, in English as well as Spanish!
So yes, we did experience the ‘local ambience’, and survived the ‘erratic services’, and even managed to entirely avoid the diarrhoea that we were dreading. Overall, though, I am most grateful to Marion for the best travel tip anyone ever gave me: never chuck out your old knickers, save them for when you’re travelling, so you can bin them as you go. I should add, though, that if you end up bringing some home, make sure that you put them in the same luggage as any souvenirs that you have to show MAF/ DoC / Customs on your return. You’ll be amazed at how quickly they wave you on!
Visit Machu Picchu, the Colca Canyon, Lake Titicaca and Arequipa on Tucan Travel’s Peru Completed Adventure Tour
The Galapagos became famous when Charles Darwin visited in 1835 to conduct his landmark research that led to his revolutionary theories on evolution by natural selection. Nowadays it is one of the most remarkable wildlife adventure travel destinations you will ever visit, the amazingly diverse range of unique land and marine animals and birds that inhabit these seemingly barren islands will astound you and when you get into the water you will understand why it is known as one of the “Seven underwater wonders of the world”
Straddling the equator the Galapagos archipelago is an island group consisting of 13 main islands, and over 100 smaller islands, islets and rocks. The archipelago is located on the Nazca Plate which is moving east diving under the South American Plate at a rate of about 2.5 inches per year. On a place where the Earth’s crust is being melted from below, creating volcanoes. The first islands formed here at least 8 million and possibly up to 90 million years ago. Though the older islands have disappeared below the sea, the youngest islands, Isabela and Fernandina, are still being formed, with the most recent volcanic eruption in April 2009.
Animals such as sea lions, marine iguanas, lava lizards, and different coastal birds like herons, tattlers and plovers can be seen almost anywhere on archipelago, but many of the different islands are known for their specific scenery, vegetation and wildlife. You can walk alongside the endangered giant tortoises that gave the Galapagos Islands their name and visit brightly-coloured blue-footed boobies, scarlet throated frigate birds and many other diverse and fascinating species.
The Galapagos Islands are also perfectly situated so that marine life can take advantage of the Humbolt current bringing the plankton rich cold waters from the Arctic and the ‘El Nino’ current bringing the warm waters from the west giving swimming, snorkelling and diving an almost tropical feel at times. You can swim with the only penguins found north of the equator as well as a huge variety of fish, sharks, rays and even swimming marine iguanas.
Flights from the mainland can arrive at two airports either Isla Baltra just north of Santa Cruz or Isla San Cristóbal. The two major airlines flying to the Galápagos Islands are TAME (Transportes Aereos Militares Ecuatorianos) and Aerogal. They both operate flights daily from Quito via Guayaquil to both the Isla airports. Which airport you fly into depends mainly on where your boat is and what route you will be taking.
My parents spent a day exploring the Ecuadorian capital city of Quito before getting an Aerogal flight the next morning from Quito which connected with me in Guayaquil and landed in Isla Baltra, after paying our conservation fees we were transferred across Itabaca Canal to Santa Cruz Island and on then to the town of Puerto Ayora where we stayed the night before our live-on boat expedition started.
If you are unsure of what type of expedition to do, I can fully recommend a live-on boat based tour as opposed to a land based tour sleeping in hotels on Santa Cruz or San Cristobal each night and getting the very early morning boat rides to the nearby islands.
A live-on boat may not be as spacious as your average hotel room but the huge advantage of a live-on boat expedition is the extra time you have to explore the different islands. You will often cruise for 2 – 4 hours each night, and each morning you awake moored at a new destination with new sights to see and things to explore, it really is the only way to get a proper perspective on what Galapagos really has to offer and you won’t have to spend 2/3 of your holidays daylight hours motoring to and from your hotel room.
The United Nations and the government of Ecuador have both recognized that growing land based tourism is a threat to the islands. But by taking a live-on boat based tour you have a much smaller ecological footprint because you are not contributing to the construction of more and more hotels, bars, restaurants on these fragile islands.
On all boats you have to get used to its rocking motion, and maybe the occasional whiff of diesel. But there are different advantages of exploring on different size boats. My parents and I chose a small, 12 client boat. It did roll a bit in the swell. The engine was directly under my bunk – which made getting off to sleep a little difficult.
But having a smaller boat with less clients on it meant there was only 12 clients for our two guides who really got to know us well and were always on hand to do whatever you were most interested in. Our guides would be up early each morning to swim me and the rest of the kids pointing out all the amazing marine life, they would then lead fascinating and informative explorations of the island pointing out the different species of plants animals and birds telling us all about their unusual courting, and mating practises and easily answering all the detailed and complex questions posed by the parents. Throughout the day they would hold educational lectures on everything from birds breading to marine forecasting and humans impact on the environment.
There are also much bigger boats, some carrying 300+ clients and almost as many crew who can make your stay aboard ‘5 star’ and almost as comfortable as a hotel. The main down side of a bigger boat is, as on most cruise ships, because there are so many people all wanting to see the same site and the boat has a limited time at each site you are often rushed through it and spend a lot of time waiting for the rest of the group.
Boats need to buy permits for each island you visit and these are valid for specific times on specific days, You will have to book well in advance if you have a particular interest and want to visit a specific island, some wild life photographers chose to spends thousands of dollars on private charter of boats and can easily spend even more than that on island permits.
My parents and I did a seven day tour and visited dozens of different islands on our expedition.
After the boat section of our expedition my parents and I spent an extra two days on Santa Cruz, in a great little hotel near the water front. The next day while my dad when back to the Conservation centre to chat a little longer with Lonesome George and mum went to watch the local fishermen bring in the mornings catch I was strapping on a BCD and enjoying one of the best diving experiences I have ever had.
Scuba Iguana took myself and three other Padi divers to Floreana Island, south of Santa Cruz to dive the Devils Crown. Experienced divers have often told me ‘if you never explore under the sea, then you are going to miss half the life on the planet’ and after this experience I now know they are absolutely right.
If you had the time you can get your full PADI training on the island but most sites around Galapagos are recommended for advanced divers as the currents can be disturbing to new divers, but this makes it absolutely spectacular of the shark diving around the devils crown. The dive master was relaxed, confident and very informative. Up near the surface we had inquisitive seals chasing and playing amongst us, along the dive we spotted rays, eels, crayfish and a whole lot of sharks! We were given bright red gloves to hold onto the rocks when the current got strong you can grab a hold and just chill and watch as the amazing amount of underwater life passes around you. It is an exhilarating experience to be clinging to a rock while dozens of hammer heads cruse above and around you in the current being groomed by smaller fish so close that you could almost touch them.
About the Author: Owen is Sales & Marketing Executive for Tucan Travel. He has travelled and tour led extensively on Group Tours and independently to South and Central America, Asia, Australia, Western Europe and Africa. You can find him on Google+ or read his other contributions here.
Let me start by saying I hate snakes. In fact, I am not sure that hate is a strong enough word for something that makes my skin crawl, my hands sweat and my pulse race. I blame my Dad for this phobia, as when I was about 12 years old he insisted on allowing a Moroccan snake charmer to drape a horrible long, brown, heavy snake around my shoulders, for the sole purpose of getting a photo! I was terrified and the fear has stayed with me ever since.
So as you can imagine, I was more than a little nervous as a sat in a motorised canoe travelling up the Rio Napo and into the Amazon Jungle in Ecuador. As my fellow travellers enjoyed the beautiful scenery on the 2 hour journey, I started to question what on earth I was thinking when I booked this. However, I was fascinated by the Amazon Jungle, sometimes described as the “lungs of our planet”, and I wanted to go there and see this incredible rainforest for myself.
We passed a few lodges along the way, I tried to ignore the fact that one was called Anaconda Lodge, but mostly all we could see were trees and the river and its tributaries. Eventually we arrived at our Lodge, it was basic but clean and most importantly there were no snakes hiding in the room – trust me I checked thoroughly. Shortly after arriving we were introduced to our guide for the duration of our trip, his name was Fausto and he had grown up in one of the local villages and was going to be showing us around and teaching us about life in the Amazon.
Our first guided walk with Fausto was an incredible experience. After putting on our Wellington boots we headed off on smaller canoes to the starting point for our walk. The walk was to be 4 hours long and I was quite nervous, the canopy of trees was so thick I was concerned about what could be lurking there.
Fausto was a quiet man, but we quickly learned that unlike us he had a sixth sense for the jungle. He would point out animals and bird life that had been meters from us but we hadn’t noticed. He poked around in little crevices and brought out all sorts of weird and wonderful insects, most of which I had never seen before. After about 1 hour with him, I trusted him completely, when he said a creature was safe to touch, or a seed or berry was safe to eat, I didn’t question him.
He showed us which plants the locals used to cook with, introduced us to the pungent taste of jungle garlic and showed us which plants they used as medicine. On one occasion he made a paste in his hands and told each of us to put a little on our lip, a few minutes later and I had a very numb lip. This was the natural anaesthetic used by the locals to pull teeth.
The whole experience was amazing, like being in the jungle with the Ecuadorian equivalent of Bear Grylls. I found myself hanging on his every word. At one point he poked a stick into a hole and it came our covered in ants, he told us local kids went crazy for these ants and called them jungle candy, he then proceeded to eat them. If anyone else had asked me to taste live ants, I would have told them where to go, but when Fausto asked I thought why not. Honestly, there weren’t bad, the ants had a lemon tangy taste, a little like the popular Haribo sweets Tangfantastics.
The walk itself was not tough, but it was warm and as we got deeper into the jungle it seemed that the trees got larger. We came to the largest tree I have ever seen in my life, the 14 people in our group holding hands could not surround this tree. It was here where Fausto pointed out my biggest fear. High in the trees above our heads was a snake enjoying a lazy afternoon snooze. I am not going to lie and say my experience in the jungle had changed me and that I suddenly felt enlightened and had a rich understanding for every creature and its purpose here on our planet. That was certainly not the case, my pulse started racing and my hands started sweating. However, did it ruin my experience? – definitely not. After a few minutes I was hanging on Faustos every word again and keen to learn all about the seeds that the local women ground down to make lipsticks and dye for clothes.
The time I spent in the Amazon Jungle is still one of my favourite highlights from my whole 6 months travelling in South America. The rest of my days in the jungle were spent swimming in waterfalls, visiting an animal rescue centre and drinking the local brew in an indigenous village, but the walk with Fausto was the thing I remember the most. It was fascinating and I would love to go back to learn more about this incredible place. Where else on land can you discover a place so unexplored that scientists are still finding new species there?
Jac visited the Amazon Jungle on one of Tucan Travel’s Budget Expeditions in South America.
About the Author: Jac is Sales & Marketing Manager for Tucan Travel. She has travelled extensively on Group Tours and independently to South and Central America, Asia, Australia and Africa. You can find her on Google+ or read her other contributions here.
We got married on Saturday 6 April 2013 in Pittwater, Sydney. An amazing day. One week later, after leaving our jobs, moving out of our apartment in Sydney, we packed our bags and set off on our honeymoon – 9 months backpacking around the world!
The Masai Mara NR
It was a long bumpy drive along dusty roads to the Masai Mara, but after being in Africa for just two days, we were taken on an introductory game drive that afternoon – what an incredible way to start the trip! We saw Lions with their cubs, Cape Buffalos, Zebras, Wildebeest, Impalas, Thomson’s and Grant’s Gazelles and Antelope. We were all buzzing with excitement as we ate dinner at the camp that night, as we started to get to know each other over a beer or two.
The next morning three of us were picked up from the camp at 4.00am for the experience of a lifetime – a hot air balloon flight over the Masai Mara at sunrise! As the balloon gently lifted into the sky the views all around us were just incredible. We glided over a family of Elephants, and couldn’t believe our luck at spotting a group of Lions lay in the tall grass eating their prey. We also saw herds of Wildebeest and other small game. After the hour-long flight we landed in the middle of nowhere where a champagne breakfast awaited us.
We were then taken on a game drive on route to meet up with the rest of the group, where we spotted a Lion, a family of Elephants, Baboons, Giraffes, small game and birds. Once with the group we spent the rest of the day on a game drive, where we saw Hippos and some giant Crocodiles in the Mara River, as well as Lions, Elephants, Warthogs, Zebras, Wildebeests, Antelope. We then visited a Masai village where we saw what life was like in a traditional community and Ian even got involved in the ‘jumping completion ‘where the height of your jump determines the number of brides you will have – apparently Ian will have 3 wives…!
Read about more of Ian and Danielle’s honeymoon on their blog here.
I have always said there is nothing quite like a good old border crossing. Whether your crossing the border from Chile to Argentina to get over to the Mendoza side to just sample some the amazing wines that are on the Argentina side. Or maybe even crossing the Bulgaria to Turkey border where as you have to take out everything in your backpack in order for the Turkish police to check your things for drugs or weapons.
Ah but today I want to share with you one of the most adventurous border crossings that is right here in South East Asia. The one and only border crossing from Thailand to Cambodia! This has got to be one of my craziest border crossings as it goes for border crossing over here in this region. The whole day is go go go go until finally you’re at the end of the day sipping on some awesome local beers on pub street in Siem Reap.
On this new tour I had a very mixed group of ages and nationalities that seemed like they were very much up for an awesome adventure from the start of the tour. I had about 12 passengers for this fun leg of the journey. So for those who have not been to Bangkok and have not taken some of the local long haul buses to border towns this should be a fun one for you. At the start of the day I get my group going at about 6:30am to depart our hotel, and have a briefing before setting out into the start of another blazing hot day in South East Asia. We have our chat and everyone is ready to rock and roll as I say when out on tour, ( with TL Brian, or you can just call me TL Bri). So on this Tucan Travel adventure tour we use local transport, by taking local taxis, buses, tuk tuks, and well at times ferries too.
Out we go onto the main street to find our taxi’s, but I always call it taxi fun as most of the taxi guys seem to always have their meter broken for me and well maybe every western in Bangkok. Or they don’t know where one of the biggest bus stations in Bangkok is or better yet they think that I just fell off the turnip truck and try to have me pay 300 Baht (close to $10 usd) for a trip that should cost about 125 Baht or about $4 usd. After many taxis go by that don’t want to put their meter on for us I finally get the four I need for my group and head over to the huge bus station that is Mo chit bus depot. At this point when we get to the bus station it’s about 7:30am. I get the group to get some fast breakfast items and we all get on the next bus out of Bangkok and off we go. We take the local bus out of Bangkok to the border town of Aranyaprathet in Thailand
The local bus from this now second leg of the journey is just awesome, as there is me and my group all westerners tossing our backpacks under the side of the bus and then slowly trying to find our seats, all the while the local Thai people look at us as if we have just entered onto the wrong bus. Somehow there is always a crying baby or a the perpetual crying baby for this 5 hr bus trip. Stopping a few times along the way. When we have finally made it to the Aranyaprathet border town. We get dropped off in one very dusty random bus parking lot. All of my passengers stumble out and say oh hey Brian is the border very far from here. Where I eek out “naa mate just a short tuk tuk ride and we are there.” After a very long bus trip with spotty air con and random stops along the way the passengers always seem to love the less than 10 min tuk tuk right directly to the border. With everyone holding their backpacks between their legs or has it teetering on the middle bit of the tuk tuk we peter off into a dust cloud to loads of “whooo ahhhh here we goo” from my group.
Just as all the people on my tour are just starting to get into the tuk tuk trip we finally arrive at the border. “Ahhh Brian how much further from the border are we now?” and I go “mate, it’s right behind you there but first let’s get some lunch supplies for the next leg of the journey”. ‘The huddle’ I should call it now is when I get the group to just drop off all their backpacks in one pile and run off to the 7/11 or random fruit sellers at this border, or one mean ice coffee from the guy that always remembers my name even though I see him once every 2 and a half months.
Right, so off the local transport for a moment and onto our feet to walk across this awesome border. This tour had about 6 people still needing to get their Cambodian visa. Which is great as I feel it gets everyone to stop and look at all the local wagon pushers and random casino workers hurrying to work. The local wagon pushers stack up their goods so high in their cart that it’s sometimes hard for just one of the guys to push it or to even keep it level. These guys, I should point out are all covered from head to toe in sun protection gear as the sun always seems the strongest at this border crossing. They have these hats that cover their head, face and neck completely from the burning 36C heat and they are always wearing long sleeved shirts and long pants.
As we are now slowly leaving the Kingdom of Thailand and entering into the Kingdom of Cambodia it’s always great to stop and remember that one burning hot moment on tour, with a photo.
One of the many roles I play out on tour, team photographer is one of them capturing this awesome group shot moment.
After we have finally gathered everyone together after crossing these two border crossings it will compete our 4th leg of the journey and that was by foot. Finally we have made it into Cambodia to the non-stop hectic busy border town that is Polpet. From there we jump onto the local bus transfer to the bus station. We than climb aboard our private mini bus to our final destination of Siem Reap home to the famous Angkor Wat.
As everyone is just thrilled to learn that this will finally be out last form of transport until we can finally check into our hotel. After we check into the hotel I give the group the low down and the ins and out outs of Siem Reap as it will be home for the next few days. The last and maybe best part of this day is finally taking my group out into town for our orientation walk into this awesome town of Siem Reap. As we stroll into town everyone will hear the call of the tuk tuk guys, “hello lady/ hello Mr. tuk tuk, tuk tuk”.
As I always like to bring the group to one of the best spots in town for our first night, it has great local food and awesome culture. This could be none other than the Temple balcony bar and restaurant. This is where we get our first taste of local Cambodian food and drinks too. The awe inspiring traditional dance of the Cambodian people is called the apsara dance.
This is one awesome day out on tour with Tucan Travel and one very adventure filled day as well. It is followed by an awesome celebration in Cambodia as well an awesome meal and show right in Pub street. For those that were counting along the way up until we ended the day with our meal on pub street you would have then 7 total legs to finally make it to our dinner table that night. As for Tour Leader Brian it’s all in a day’s work.
As I pulled myself up the steep hill to the next view point, still shrouded in cloud, I wondered really why I was bothering to climb this volcano at all.
The tour had arrived in Antigua, a city in the central highlands of Guatemala. The cooler temperatures were definitely welcomed by the group after nine days of humidity. It’s a charming colonial city to wander around, sight seeing and taking in the Spanish Baroque architecture, which was what most of the group had opted to do on our free day there. Antigua has a reputation for great coffee and chocolate, so it’s very easy to while a way a day between coffee shops, people watching at the market and the main square. Other members of the group took a chocolate making tour, proudly showing off their creations when we met in the evening for dinner.
Around every corner in Antigua is another dramatic ruined church after many destructive earthquakes have caused irreparable damage to the city. The two volcanoes that frame Antigua, Volcan de Agua and Volcan de Feugo are reminders of the effect mother nature can have on this city. I wasn’t just content at looking at the volcanoes though, I wanted to climb one.
Volcan Pacaya is a short drive from Antigua and a hike on it is offered by most tourist agencies around the city. It’s only a short hike of less than two hours although there is no let up in the steep track until you reach the more barren area near the crater. Because of the current status of the volcano it wasn’t possible to reach the crater, with a sign system signalling to the guide which paths were safe to take. The last significant eruption here was only in May 2013.
At the next viewpoint, the clouds started to clear. Before us lay a beautiful vista with the peaks of the other volcanoes peering through the thick cloud cover. As we continued upwards, it cleared further and we were rewarded with stunning views in all directions. It was time for a quick breather so we took it in turns to drop into a crack in the surface of the volcano to feel the heat being emitted. A sauna service on the side of a volcano was not what I expected!
In order to fuel ourselves for the downwards journey, our guide produced a packet of marshmallows from his bag and we promptly set to work scavenging for suitable marshmallow roasting sticks. Just four minutes, our guide reckoned, for the perfect roasted marshmallow. Apparently last year it would have only taken one minute. Satisfied, we turned back down the volcano side for our descent, just in time to see the dogs lick up the remains of our snack.
What’s at the top of your bucket list? If you are among the people who voted for the New 7 Wonders of the World, there is a 1 in 7 chance you would say Machu Picchu. It was certainly near the top of mine, and enough of a motivating factor for me to plan a week long trip to Peru. Approximately a year ago, I rallied up my friend Kristen, and we decided to make this trip happen. We spent several months researching different tour options and taking into consideration cost, time, and the places we could visit. We narrowed down our “must see” list to included Machu Picchu and the Amazon. We were still up on the air about whether or not we should hike the Inca trail or take the train. Based on our time constraints, we decided to opt out of the Inca trail.
Since we arrived so late the night before, Kristen and I missed the pre-departure group meeting and walking tour of Lima with our Tucan guide, David. The next morning we were up by 6 and we were quickly informed that morning of having to transfer all of the things we needed for the next 3 days in the jungle to our “day packs” because we were putting our main bags in storage. I was never told that a “day pack” needed to be big enough for multiple days and I had packed the smallest day pack imaginable, so you can imagine my surprise! Fortunately, I also had a carry on tote from the plane that was slightly larger. After catching a flight from Lima to Puerto Maldonado (via Cusco), our group of about 18 people was herded onto a lodge bus and taken to the office to repack and store our main bags. After 10 minutes, we were transported again via bus to the dock to jump on the motorized canoe. The canoe ride lasted 1.5 hours down the river, and the weather was beautiful even though the water was a dirty brown color! We passed several lodges along the river before getting to ours. The lodge was impressive for being out in the middle of nowhere. There was a nice dining hall, a bar, pool, hammock lounge, and many individual bungalows for the visitors. The only 2 cons were the lack of hot water and the fact that we only had electricity for about 4 hours a day. A cold shower is not very fun, especially when you try to take one in the dark. Since we arrived around 2:30 to the lodge, we had a late lunch of chicken and rice wrapped in a banana leaf. Chicken and rice is a staple in Peru, and I’d say we ate it (or something very similar) at least 10 more times during our trip. By the time I got home, I was craving a salad! After lunch, we had time to relax and enjoy the pool. It was freezing (or as described by the staff, refreshing!) and I did not last very long in there before going back to my bungalow.
That evening, we had a delicious buffet dinner before regrouping for our night canoe excursion on the river to search for caiman. We swiftly moved along with our guide carrying a giant flashlight. We were lucky enough to spot multiple caiman by the glow of their eyes. They are much smaller than the average crocodile, but I still wouldn’t want to cuddle with one. Even more amusing than the caiman were the stars! Maybe I should have known this, but the constellations in the southern hemisphere are different than those in the northern hemisphere. The Southern Cross was shining brilliantly in the sky! Before bed, we hit the bar for a traditional pisco sour and some socializing with the group.
Our second day in the Amazon was very busy because we had to squeeze in a trip to Monkey Island that was intended for the day before. After an early morning breakfast buffet, our group split into two for our journey into the jungle. The group I was in started off with a long hike through the wilderness. Our local guide, David (not the Tucan guide also named David), led us along a path from the lodge. As we walked into the first clearing, I decided it was a good time to try out my Off fan. I switched it on, only to be dismayed by the louder than expected noise that was now coming from it rotating around. David immediately stopped talking and looked directly at me, saying “What is that noise?” Uhh… I tried to explain to him that it was the fan that was clipped to my belt loops, but I’m not sure he ever really understood what it was meant for. After a good laugh from the group, I noticed more people walking beside me trying to mooch off of my insect repelling technology. It may have been loud, but it definitely worked. I did not get any mosquito bites while in the jungle! It may have also been because I started dousing myself in 100% deet mosquito spray. That is not something I would recommend for everyday use, but I figured two days can’t be that bad.
Along our walk, we came across monkeys, fire ants, a termite nest, and many other creepy crawlies. At one point, David noticed a tarantula hole and decided it would be a good idea to try and coax it out by poking it with a stick. Sure enough, the tarantula crawled out of the hole for a quick photo op! Further along our walk, our path was intercepted by a family of peccaries, or wild pigs. There were really aggressive and we had to stay back. Earlier in our walk, David told us that if we got attacked by a peccary we would have to climb a tree to get away. You can bet I was scooping out trees while we waited for them to pass. By the time our walk was coming to an end, we were all very hot and sweaty, but the last stop of the walking part of our morning was to the lagoon to search for anacondas. You may be wondering what type of incredibly safe boat we took to protect us from these large snakes. The answer is… a rickety old canoe that almost tipped over several times! As David paddled us around the lagoon, vultures soared overhead. Taking that as a good sign, we continued for about 15 minutes, but could not find any animals.
The second part of our morning tour was to paddle a canoe down a small river. After walking for hours and literally dripping with sweat (Kristen’s hair never dried that day), we all piled into a canoe and attempted to row with 30+ lb. wooden oars. I can honestly say I was not a very effective contributor to the team that day. My oar was so heavy, but after switching with Kristen, I found hers was even heavier, so I made her switch back. Good thing she is such a good friend! We saw a few other birds, including a fly catcher, but nothing really crazy. I did manage to pluck some aguaje fruit from an overhanging tree. They are supposed to be very healthy and delicious, but it takes two days to soak them in water so they are soft enough to peel and eat.
During our morning hike, David continuously cracked open various nuts in search of the elusive “white worm” also known as a Sago worm. As we made our way back to the lodge, we finally found some. As he was handing them out for us to hold and inspect, the popped one into his mouth and spent the next 10 minutes trying to convince us of the wonderful health properties of this worm. We all looked at each other trying to decide how much we believed him and who would be the first to eat the live worm. The first victim was a guy from Germany. He ate it right away and said it tasted like coconut. After him a few other people gave it a shot, including me. Yes, I ate a live worm and it wiggled in my mouth. Just kidding, it did not wiggle, but it tasted like goo, not like a coconut. It wasn’t crunchy either. Was it delicious? No, but it wasn’t horrible either. I probably wouldn’t want to eat a bowl of them though.
We made our way back to the lodge for lunch, and then had a quick turnaround to Monkey Island. The island is owned by the lodge as a place to put monkeys they rescue, including capuchins, spider monkeys, and tamarinds. We only saw capuchins during our visit because they are bullies and gang up on the other monkeys when they try to come out for bananas. I think I was least impressed by monkey island because I’ve been to other countries where they have “monkey parks” and excursions like this. We only stayed there for an hour before jumping in a canoe to go fishing for piranhas.
Off the main river was an inlet where piranhas like to hang out. Mind you, we are still in a little canoe that could easily tip over if someone were to stand up too quickly. We did not even have life jackets on at this point. When we reach our destination, David hands everyone a stick with a piece of rope tied to it and some kind of meat fastened to the end. Most of our sticks had make shift sinkers made from some nails, a washer, and various other rusted tools. After about 10 minutes, someone catches a piranha! We all oooh and ahh because it is actually a pretty little fish. It gets thrown back in and we continue to fish. Shortly after, the next person catches one! She flings her fish into the boat where it falls off the hook and starts flapping around. Mind you, this fish has very sharp teeth and could easily bite someone’s ankle, so we all kind of back away and huddle on one side of the boat. As David tries to reach over to grab the fish, it bites a hole through his pointer finger and he starts bleeding profusely. Our other guide catches it by the tail with pliers and throws it out. Since David is now bleeding all over the place, he thinks it’s a good idea to wash off his finger in the piranha infested water. They decide it is time to go, so our boat driver starts to pull away. As he is pushing us away from the shore, he gets bit by a piranha too! Now we have two guides with blood spurting from their fingers. Oddly (or not so much) enough, none of the guides have first aid kits on the boat. Lucky for them, we all have extensive kids in our bags and are equipped with a doctor in our group tour.
At some point that afternoon we return to our bungalow and Kristen announces that she has to pee. She rushes into the bathroom and comes right back out screaming! Much to her surprise, there is a frog hopping around in our shower. In any normal situation, one of us would probably grab the frog and haul it outside, but we are in the jungle! There are poisonous frogs in the jungle! Neither of us wants to seem like a sissy, so we decide not to go find someone to help. Kristen grabs a plastic zip lock bag and tries to convince the frog to jump in the bag. By some miracle, he jumps right in and she is able to take him outside to freedom. How the little guy made it into our completely screened in lodge is still a mystery.
Tina enjoy Tucan Travel’s Amazon & Incas Adventure Tour.
It’s been three months since the heat of Mexico prickled under my skin. There are still moments in days where I catch myself staring vacantly into the Brisbane sky, waiting for the waft of toasting corn chips or the squeals of Mexican children yelling ‘Hola’ to the pasty white tourists being herded through the protestors in the Zocalo. Mexico was all and nothing that I had imagined.
I had pictured myself eating crickets, being laughed at for my white-washed sensitive sunburnt skin, and I’d pictured the dancing that would happen in the famous clubs of Cancun. What I hadn’t pictured was the way a country like that could stop you in your tracks and drag you back there three months after you’ve been home and continued the never ending cycle of work, washing, gym and grocery shopping. The Mexico I’d seen, or ever known, was founded on the stories of the drug trade, the escaping people across the borders of Texas, the skulls of the day of the dead plastered on the skin of ‘the alternative’ in the streets of West End. I was expecting the heat, the ruins and the Spanish but I wasn’t expecting a new lease on love for refried beans at breakfast.
Two years prior I’d been to Los Angeles and stumbled across a Mexican market place. The bougainvilleas, the walls of wrestling masks and the bright plastic flags swallowed me whole. I bought a pack of plastic flags and hung them above the front window in my house. I looked at them daily and had made a decision long before I bought them that a place where wrestling and tequila went hand in hand was probably somewhere I needed to be. I bought a skull moneybox and the saving began.
My Mexican adventure came from the back of two and a bit months of Tex-Mex American and French Canadian adventures. I’d been travelling solo a long while and had grown used to making part time friends and spending the endless hours waiting for something to happen. That’s what people forget to tell you about solo travel, it’s not the eating alone that’s tiresome, it’s the waiting. Waiting for transport, for other people to finish in communal bathrooms, on buses, planes, in restaurants and queues. That’s the time solo travel will get you. It’ll eat you up and spit you onto the first plane home if you’re not careful.
The taxi ride to the hotel was uneventful. If I closed my eyes and just listened I could have been anywhere. Another big city filled with the sites and smells of too many people and not enough space. The food carts, the market places, the hanging ‘rip off’ merchandise, it could have been the back streets of Phnom Penh. It was when we rounded the next insane traffic corner that I saw it. A Lucha Libre wrestling arena. The walls and windows of a building that was probably once state of the art and ready to rival Madison Square Garden had fallen into a state of disrepair. The paint was peeling, there were holes in the walls and the posters of upcoming events were serving less as advertising than makeshift walls. I let out some semblance of a choked chuckle and the cabbie glanced at me in the rear-view mirror. He smiled and pointed at the mask layered in fluoro green and silver and gave me a thumbs up.
I spent two days lost in the throng of Mexico City. Walking along its grubby streets, taking photos of its once opulent buildings and searching for the entrances of the hidden subway system. I sought out palaces and gardens, churros and hot chocolate, mariachi bands and ponchos. I turned an innocent looking corner one afternoon and stumbled into Mexico. There were no tourists, no signs in English – a small pedestrian street that was filled with Mexican cantinas. The locals ate set menus and simply ordered by meat. I took a seat and the locals smiled. My Spanish was limited to ordering a beer and I had no hope interpreting the chalkboard menu. The small family next to me smiled and nodded at my presence. The little girl kept staring and broke out into all round laughter. Her mother scolded her and smiled at me apologetically. I could only imagine that she had said something similar to my mother when I used to get caught staring at people who looked somewhat different than I did.
I ate what I can assume was an enchilada drowned in green sauce and rambled aimlessly around a city I still couldn’t quite understand. With soft serve ice cream machines on every corner, over the top and fancy dress shops and locals who spent more time outside than in their own homes, Mexico City was a city of contradictions. I’d spent that last afternoon waiting to meet my tour group hopelessly lost. Not being able to read a map and having a political conversation about the state of affairs in Mexico with a woman named Ophelia, the woman, in broken English, was able to point me in the right direction. Two blocks to my left was the hotel.
I had invented a number of excuses not to make it to the meeting. Got stuck in traffic, wasn’t driving. Got lost, was in the lobby. I knew I’d have to meet them eventually but there is nothing like that sense of dread when you meet a new group. Not knowing how many of them are in couples, how old they are, will there be anyone who thinks like I do and what if this time I am that one person in the group everyone else just can’t seem to stand. I’d spent two and half months on my own and was beginning to crave the company of others. I was conscious of coming across too desperate to make friends and had made a plan of action to keep myself together.
I knew our tour leader’s name was Jacob. We’d emailed a few times about wrestling (watching – not doing). He seemed intelligent and his emails were witty and funny. I was going to make him my friend whether he knew it or not. Turns out, like most things I am afraid of in this world, the fear was unfounded. They were well balanced in ages and interests and there seemed to be a representative from all walks of life and most of them liked beer. I was worried about nothing.
In the next two weeks we bused and walked our way through central Mexico to the coast. We laughed after the fifth descendant of the Ancient Mayans and Aztecs clapped in front of the eighth pyramid we’d seen that week and reeled at the tales of eaten hearts and beheaded ball game captains. We stifled in the heat up the third mountain and slapped at the mozzies in the overgrown forests. We crawled down the rickety ladders set in old tree roots and jumped from the wooden platforms built in underground cenotes. We clambered at the bar for another glass of mezcal and threw down another cerveza. We danced our way through Coco Bongo and swam with the largest fish in the ocean.
It was nothing that people had said it would be. Instead I had been treated to a people overly generous with their food and culture, willing to share their space and heritage and show us what Mexico was best at, tequila and cactii. While I spend my days whiling away the time between my trips I am still haunted by the Mexican sun. The whiff of a bougainvillea, the whir of an ice cream machine, the radiating heat of a desert sun; I can see, hear and feel it all the moment my mind begins to wonder. I regularly meet two of the members of my tour group for dinner at a local Mexican restaurant and we laugh at the three corn chips sitting up right in the refried beans. One dinner, mid-laugh, I glance up and see Lady Guadalupe smiling from her alter on the wall. I smile back and give her a wink. She can feel the Mexican sun too.
Anna travelled on Tucan Travel’s Magical Mexico Adventure Tour.
I have just returned from your FABULOUS tour of Sri Lanka. As I do on many of my holidays, I wrote a poem about our experiences and read it to the group on the last night.
We came to Sri Lanka to see the land, Experience the culture, learn it all first hand.
Prisanth was our guide; he looked after us well, He took us to places, had lots to tell.
Ranjit, our driver was careful and sure, Pubudu was there to open the door.
Polite and helpful were these two, Was it Pompidou or Scooby Doo???
We started in Negombo and met the team, It all seemed like a bit of a dream.
The fish market was buzzing, sellers everywhere, Then to a Hindu temple, in Sri Lanka more rare.
We searched for animals in the national park, We drove around till it got quite dark.
Anduradhpura had the ancient tree, A solid white stupa, a moonstone to see.
Mihintale is a most sacred site 1850 steps to the top was quite a height.
Very hot on the feet, we scampered up fast, We really didn’t want to be the last.
The second tallest Buddha made us stare in awe, At these special sites we had to be careful what we wore.
The Sigrya Fortress was very high, We climbed and climbed, some of us thought we would die!
An offer of marriage was a surprise, Were they tears we saw in Gill’s eyes??
The view from the top was a sight to see, It really was an amazing place to be.
The Polonnaruwa ruins we cycled around, Without any shoes it was hot on the ground.
Dambulla Rock temple had 5 caves to see, The painting and Buddhas were from 1st Century BC.
We saw lots of plants to help people heal, A massage was nice, then we had a meal.
On the side of the road we had a picnic for kings, On all of our trays were many nice things.
Hotel Thilanka in Kandy was nice, The monkeys were thieves didn’t have to ask twice!
They stole Gills’ swimwear, we all heard her screech, The monkey culprit was just out of reach.
We walked in the gardens, the evening a show, They walked across fire, it was all aglow!
Hoppers for tea, the next morning the train, A ride into the mountains, heading for rain.
White water rafting was lots of fun, Only two went, the rest swam in the sun.
Went to a tea factory and bought some tea, Then on to the Hill Club, so much to see!!
The amazing building was very old, Hot water bottles and heaters ensured we didn’t get cold.
Up early next morning heading for World’s End, Walked 9 kilometres, through forests we did wend.
The animals were great, the walk lots of fun, Unfortunately there was mist, but at least we had sun.
The dining room for tea, it was all very flash, Prisanth did a deal so we paid less cash.
Off to the waterfall and elephants too, With 30 young babies there’s lots to do.
The campsite was great, the food sublime, We’ll be on their website in very short time.
The beach was a lovely restful spot, The weather warm, to very hot.
We watched the wedding in the dining room, The guests, the bride, and of course the groom.
A day in Galle to look and shop, Our bags are now beginning to pop.
We had our last dinner at the old fort, In the town of Galle, near the port.
The trip on the river had lots to see, The turtles would soon be allowed to go free.
Dave’s jokes kept coming and made us smile, They kept us amused for many a mile.
We’ve memories and gifts and new friends made, This trip was a bargain, not much was paid.
Yusra and David, Sarah and Emma, Carol and Jo, Dave and Sarah,
Chris and Gill, Gail and Sue, Ranjit , Prisanth and Scooby Doo.
Our happy little band has come a long way, But now it’s time to call it a day.
We may meet again at a time yet to come, But for now it’s farewell, we’ve had tons of fun!!
I don’t know about you, but there are some words that automatically transport me to a much better place than where I am at the moment. For example, I hear “pyramids”, and I automatically think “Egypt”. I hear “vodka”, and I think “Russia”. I hear “curry”, and I will often think “Indian” vs any other region. When it comes to Latin America, if someone says “empanadas”, I am sorry, but I am going to think Argentinean vs any other countries’ version, and that is simply because I was more exposed to these while I lived in Buenos Aires. If I hear “vino”, I think either Chile or Argentina, and that’s that!
There is one thing that will always remind me of the exotic city in Brazil. I have seen three of them, and by far, the most glamorous one has to be the “largest party in the world” back in February of 2012. I am talking about the “Carnival” in the marvellous city of Rio de Janeiro.
When I signed up to attend this party, I didn’t know how the night or the weekend would turn out. You never do. All I knew at the time was that there is a massive procession with all these floats, and loads of dancing and well as little clothing as possible. I knew it was going to be a legendary night, didn’t know it would be in my Top three Nights of all time for me.
We arrived in Rio at the end of our two-week tour, which we saw some of Argentina, Uruguay and Brazil. I can definitely feel this city was preparing for their best Carnival to date and everyone was excited. How excited? Well let’s just say that if you needed to do some banking, or see a Consulate for a Visa extension, good luck because the way I saw it, the only shops that were open were little stalls selling water, beers, and some goodies. The entire city shuts down during these 5 days, and you just have to go with the flow and well…do as the Cariocas (residents of Rio) do, and party.
What exactly is Carnival and how did it get to become the world stage for an amazing party? Basically, it is a massive 4-day festival that is always ahead of Lent, sort of a way to let loose, and go all out. The Friday night is usually reserved for the little kids and the Access Group A (one level below) to come out on the Sambadrome, and do the parade mostly in front of family and friends. Our schedule for the carnival meant we were going to the festival on the Sunday night, and we had all day Friday to Sunday to see all of Rio.
We got there the Friday night, so we did what Rio is known for on the Friday night – we went to Lapa and enjoyed the street party. We headed over to the Arches of Lapa and the night began. There was so much music in the air, but I have to tell you, you need to be careful. My tip for a good night out means ONLY bring what you need. This means only bring the money you need for the night, a photocopy of your passport, hotel card, and that is it. DO NOT bring bags, cameras, phones or anything that makes you a target. You are in a midst of thousands of cariocas who are partying, and it’s very jammed packed, an you do not want to bring any valuables to this party that starts around 11:00pm and goes on all night.
The next day, many of my fellow travellers joined those on Tucan Travel’s Rio Carnival package people and went about to do some sightseeing. The majority chose to do a Favela Tour in the morning, after a very hearty breakfast buffet. Did you know Brazil is the only country where they will set up a separate table with desserts for breakfast?? After the favela tour, many chose to do the city tour which included the Sugar Loaf for sunset, which turned out to be a phenomenal experience.
Finally, the day has arrived. Sunday was going to be a great day where we would all dance the night away and well, we had no choice. We planned to meet around 7:30pm at the lobby, and there is a reason for that. You see, everyone, and I mean everyone , is out partying on the streets, known as blocos. So for a taxi, bus or any transport to move 150 people from one hotel to the Sambadrome, is as feasible as me swimming from Havana to Miami. So we did as the cariocas did and walk to the Sambadrome to prepare for our night.
Our walk was great! There were soooo many people on the streets, the party has been going on since noon and we were just about to start! It didn’t take very long before we ended up at the actual sight, the main stage, where we will be among the 90,000 in attendance, all here to admire one of the great spectacles that life has to offer.
We decided to hit up a local bar first, since it was just before 9pm when we arrived at the stage. After a couple of killer caipirinhas, the night was young and so were we, and we were ready to be in the spotlight. We walked to our Gate 13, along the way, we find some left over pieces from the parade and we don them to fit in.
As soon as we walked in, it is a free for all. The entire section 13 was just vibrating! On our left-hand side, there was a sea of hands in the air and no one was sitting down. On our right, was the famous pasarela, or the parade avenue where thousands and thousands of cariocas will be living many of their dreams in front of thousands of spectators and been seen by millions across the world.
We managed to grab a few spots along the bleachers and this is the view we will get to see for the entire spectacle.
The way Carnival is set up is unique as well. Many samba schools from Rio compete for the grand prize of bragging rights upon being crowned the Champion of Carnival. Each school presents about 4000+ participants, who in 90 minutes will try to impress the judges as they all sing, dance (think choreography), and smile for the entire ½ mile parade.
Each school presents a theme, with elaborate customs and very impressive floats. Some school will have up to 8 of them and over 4500 participants who give their heart out to be part of a night to never forget.
Now you need to know this party really starts after 9:30pm or so, by the time all the schools parade through the pasarela and it’s all set and done, you are looking at finishing up around 7:30 am. The reason of course is that during the summer months of February and March, it is way too hot to do this during the day. So if you like going to bed around 10:00pm, you will need about two espressos and two açaí shakes laced with guarana to get you to stay up for the entire night.
At the actual venue, you will be able to purchase some food (burgers, etc) and some beers, water, etc. So it is essential that you have a proper dinner before getting ready to pull an all-nighter.
I have to tell you, I thought Carnival was going to be something else, and was I ever wrong about this?! It was such an amazing night with good people, great music, perfect weather, and lastly loads of happy cariocas singing for 90-minute rounds. It was such a fabulous night that I will most definitely never forget.
About the Author: Tony is Sales & Marketing Executive for Tucan Travel. He has extensive experience tour leading in most of Tucan Travel’s most popular destinations. You can find him on Google+ or read his other contributions here.
When you think of Romania the first thing that comes to a lot of peoples’ minds is Transylvania and Dracula. It is true that there is plenty of myth around the infamous vampire, however Romania is much more than this one story. It is a world of quaint wooden villages, horse drawn carts, rolling fields and magnificent Churches, with a rich history of invasions, battles for land, knights and of course castles.
Driving along the winding roads through the traditional villages feels like you have driven into 18th century peasant life as you pass farmers cutting and baling hay by hand, women standing in the sun mending clothes, or families simply passing the time of day on their front steps. The rural areas of Romania feel a little untouched by the modern, materialistic world and is in stark contrast to the hustle and bustle of city life in Brasov and Bucharest. Even in the cities though, Romania still feels like you have found a place where time does not move quite a quickly as the rest of the world. The pace is slower and the people are in no rush to get things done.
Romania really has it all, from cities to the villages, to forests and lakes and everything in between but two of its more spectular features are the fortified Churches and Castles. The immense Fortified Church of Prejmer is one of the best preserved in Europe and it has been painstakingly restored over many years to its current condition. The Church itself is modeled after the Churches in Jerusalem and is built in the style of the late Gothic churches in the Rhineland. Surrounding the Church are massive defensive walls which were also home to villagers in times of trouble. It is an awe inspiring structure and most definitely worth a visit.
Another wonderful Fortified Church is in the village of Viscri. The Church was built around 1100 and is very different to the imposing structure at Prejmer. It definitely has a more rural feel but is no less beautiful. Viscri Village is one of the best examples of traditional Romania life and because of this, in 2006, the Prince of Wales, bought and restored houses in the village to help protect the unique way of life and promote sustainable tourism. It is beautiful little village that you can wonder around and enjoy the sights and sounds and even a cup of tea in the back garden of one of the residents if you fancy it!
Making the move from Churches to Castles is no less exciting! The castles in Romania are spectacular and range from the creepy, Gothic Bran’s Castle- better know to many as Dracula’s Castle to the mystical Peles Castle. Bran, meaning gate, was originally a fortress, built to defend the Southeastern border of Transylvania from the Cumans and Pechenges around 1211. It was only in the 15th century that the castle became connected to the infamous Vlad Tepes, also known as Vlad the Impaler or Dracula. Perched on a hill top overlooking the surrounding lands, it is very easy to imagine the blood thirsty Vlad stalking the walls looking down on his potential victims.
Peles Castle on the other hand is a stunning fairy tale castle. If you have ever wondered where the idea for the castles of our fairy tales originated, I believe you just have to take one look at Peles Castle and your question is answered. With its turrets, statues, landscaped gardens and opulent interiors, this castle bring fantasty of Sleeping Beauty’s Castle to life. it is simply magical, and not to sound too cliched, that really sums Romania up. it is a truly beautiful country and one that everyone should experience.
Explore Romania and Bulgaria on Tucan Travel’s Adventure Tour, the Transylvania Tale.
About the Author: Sarah is Africa Destination Manager for Tucan Travel. She has travelled independently and on group tours through Central America, Africa, North America, Asia and Europe. You can find her on Google+ or read her other contributions here.
India – ahhh where to begin with you. Before arriving at the airport of Delhi, you know you are going to experience one of the most fascinating countries this wonderful world has to offer. I am doing the Rajasthan Explored tour and I have never been more excited to see a country that everyone had said to me “you’ll either love it or hate it”…but I know myself pretty well, and I knew I was going to fall totally in love with this massive country.
Before I set off, I was already warned about the positives and the negatives of visiting India. We have all heard of the “Delhi belly” phenomenon, well we tourists have many ways to combat that. Our guide, Beebol, shared some stories on the first night’s meeting about one guy would take showers with swimming goggles on and duct tape his mouth shut so no water gets in there! I know that is one way, but maybe too extreme for me. I am hoping the only thing my belly would suffer from (knock on wood as this is only Day 6) is too much laughter, as this is by far one of the funniest, most entertaining places I have ever seen. Another great thing I was told is that if I wanted to avoid that phenomenon that hits about 1 in 2 tourists, then I should go vegetarian and avoid meat at all costs. After my first couple of days, I knew this would not be a problem since this is a veg heaven! So far I have bought goggles (kidding), but in all seriousness, I am avoiding the water by buying 1L water ($0.20 USD), and use that also to brush my teeth. About veg-ing out, well Beebol insisted I try the chicken in Jaisalmer’s “El Trio”, so I tried a little bit and I am still alive (48 hrs later).
My flight from Toronto left on Thursday through Frankfurt and I finally arrived at DEL around 2:00 am. After getting some rupees out of the ATM, I got myself a police-run taxi to the hotel, finally arriving around 4:00 am. You want to know something? I have never in my life seen so much traffic towards a major city at 3:00 am! What are they doing? I am not joking when I say to you it was bumper to bumper for the entire 2+ hour journey. I finally got to the hotel and of course, I felt bad waking up the staff that were sleeping on the sofas. I wanted to get some zzz before my 1st day started, as now it is Saturday, 4:30 am Delhi time. After a nice chai tea, I set off on a taxi and I had a great day planned out. I am going to visit this fort, then drive south and see this museum, then definitely visit this temple and this one too…did I tell you where I was? Delhi is a big city and there was one factor I should have considered. Put it this way: if traffic was bad at 3:00am, what you think it might be around noon?
Getting to Old Delhi was a nightmare. Don’t get me wrong, I absolutely love exploring new places, but I just can’t understand how this city functions. First of all, they all drive on the wrong side of the road J (I am Canadian and I had to, sorry) and for what should be a two-lane street somehow turns into 4, and if you count the rickshaws and cyclotaxis, then maybe 5 (not to mention the fact that no one walks on the sidewalk/pavement). I could touch the car beside me while I am sitting in the back of my taxi! I finally arrived at my first stop, Jamir Jasmid (Mosque) and it was worth the hour drive. The actual mosque was very beautiful from the outside, and since I am developing an appreciation for architecture, it is needless to say the inside was stunning.
After visiting this mosque, my next move was to go to the famous Red Fort. Again, how’s my day going?
So an hour later, even though they are about 20 min walk from each other, I arrived at the Fort, saw it from the outside since I knew I wouldn’t have the necessary 2-3 hours to see it properly, but it was also a Saturday and it’s worse than a zoo in the capital of the second-most populated country in the world! Then from there, I decided being inside a car and being stuck in traffic was not y way to start my Indian experience, so I got dropped off at the Connaught Place, had a little bite to eat and then slowly made my way back to my hotel. I met the rest of the group and we all had a quiet night since some maybe be victims of jet lag or (cue the music) Delhi belly!
The next day we were off to Bikaner and we had a sleeper class train for the 7 ½ hr journey. It was a lot better than we expected…India + train = an unforgettable journey. Although you could definitely lie down and take a kip, you didn’t want to miss out on seeing something amazing along the ride. When I tell you that India is a pure assault on your senses, I mean it 100%! The sights never fall short of breathtaking, and as far as smells go, well they take your breath away too! The landscape varied but the common theme was dry, hot and sunny as we were heading west.
My Monday morning a week ago meant waking to up to -11 in snowy Edmonton, and a week later I am at a very peculiar place here in Bikaner. The Karni Mata temple is home to some 2000 holy rats that may carry the soul of the Karni Mata, which means when you walk inside (no shoes, socks are allowed) you will have to be very careful not to step on any of them and just admire how these little creatures are adored. They are fed milk, coconut shavings and the best thing is if you spot the white rat, it’s meant to bring you good luck. I guess I have to come back to Bikaner to spot it. The other great highlight here was the Junagarh Fort which blew me away on the every architectural aspect.
From there, we moved onto Jaisalmer, the “Golden City” and I was looking forward to seeing this amazing city but also our included Camel Safari. We had time to walk around in the morning and visit the very impressive Fort while zigzagging through the streets and its very tempting shops. There is nothing better than getting a chai tea ($0.20 USD), a samosa ($0.13 USD) and people watch around Gate 1 of the Fort, as you will see it all – cows, cops, rickshaws, camels and all with their corresponding smells and sounds. I just knew this would be a highlight for me and we still had another full day when we come back from the desert.
After a very nice lunch at “El Trio” (remember my chicken experience? Probably not the best timing), we packed up and were now heading to the desert for our overnight camel safari. We drove about an hour and then met our friends. Kalu is only 5 and he didn’t want any of me on him, but after feeding him a banana, we went for round 2 and off I went on top. We rode for about 90 minutes onto the beautiful sunset over the Thar Desert, some 30 km away from Pakistan.
After a very lovely dinner, we just sat back and enjoyed a chilly, quiet (finally!) night under the stars before heading into our tents capping off a very unique and memorable experience in India. We returned the next morning back to Jaisalmer, where after a well-deserved shower, I hit the city, explored the nearby sights, sipped on endless chai and indulged on delicacies that rhymed with “veg” or “no meat right?” There are no words to describe how magnifi-scent this city is and as a bonus, how safe and friendly the locals are towards us gora/gori (white male/female – kids yelled it at us all the time).
On Thursday morning, we boarded another local bus and this time we were heading to Jodhpur for two nights. The local bus ride was quite good since we managed to stop a couple of times for toilets and grab some more local snacks and we got here in about 6 hours. The rickshaw drive up to our beautiful hotel was fascinating, not to mention almost running into motorbikes and people.
After checking in, we went for a walk along to explore the “Blue City”. What a great place this is, you have very friendly people once again while you are trying not to get hit by a rickshaw on the narrow streets. Shops are tattooing the streets and there is no shortage of roof-top restaurants to gaze at the very massive Mehrangarh Fort. We got up this morning and trekked to the top, and it was one of most gorgeous buildings I have ever seen. We spent about two hours walking around, and the view of there is a great panoramic view of the city from above.
This is a great place to relax, catch up on laundry, walk around, shop for spices and teas and loads of souvenirs, and most of all, have a delicious meal while catching the sunset over the fort. Which reminds me, it’s time to go and do that right now! Stay tuned for Part 2 of this India blog as we head to Udaipur tomorrow and then follow the Golden Triangle capping it off with the majestic Taj Mahal next week.
About the Author: Tony is Sales & Marketing Executive for Tucan Travel. He has extensive experience tour leading in most of Tucan Travel’s most popular destinations. You can find him on Google+ or read his other contributions here.
After three hours of trekking through the wet and slippery undergrowth we take a breath, “we are close” the ranger whispers and motions for us to place our walking poles on the ground. We had been instructed to do this back at the base, the sticks reminding the gorillas of the poachers and hunters who used to roam the dense forest in search of trophies.
Quietly we placed our sticks on the ground, feeling suddenly vulnerable after relying on them so heavily during our climb. The ranger motions to us to follow him and silently we do, sliding our cameras from our pockets where we had been so carefully protecting them from the torrential rain we had experienced earlier and now, the oppressive humidity.
We tread on the sodden ground, careful now not to snap any twigs or to make too great a sound. Brushing past the last damp bush, mindful of the thorns, we all stop in our tracks. There sat one of the twelve creatures we had battled through the rainforest to reach. She sits in the tree, so close that we can see the moisture clinging to her dark hair, observing us between mouthfuls of lush green leaves. Unlike the gazelle and wildebeest we had seen in the Masai Mara just days earlier, she observes us with fascination, not fear.
Venturing only slightly deeper in to the forest we meet more members of the gorilla family. On a soft bed of leaves lies the great silverback, his front turned away from us giving us prime view of his shimmering coat. Next to him, hidden away we see a bundle of dark fur, obscured by bushes. Whispering between us, we know there is a baby there, protected from the elements and sheltered from the humans. Collectively, we all hold our breath, our cameras focused on the silverback and the space next to him, wishing with all our might that the mound moves.
Many of the other members of the our Tucan Travel group had hoped to see a silverback during the hour with the gorillas and with three in this particular gorilla family, the ranger had informed us that this was guaranteed. What he hadn’t told us about was the newest arrival to the family, a six month old baby, curious and inquisitive, but tiny and delicate. I had hoped to see a baby during my gorilla trek being far more interested in them than the grumpy patriarch. I knew sightings of babies were not guaranteed and if anything, quite rare so I never imagined I would see one still so young.
It was with delight that we watched the baby’s mother shift position, allowing the small creature to clamber on top of her to take a look at us. Its tiny eyes peered out in curiosity, moving from each of us in interest. Its small hands, gripped the hairs on his mother’s shoulder. Alert, he would turn to gaze through the bushes at every sound made and seemed like he was looking for someone to play with, although not quite big enough to do so.
The gorillas’ humanlike qualities were immediately noticeable but we were all struck by the reactions of the female gorillas when the youngster took a fall, falling off the sturdy perch they had created. In unison, two gorillas rushed to the rescue, hauling the baby into their arms and patting him on the back. It was as if a toddler had taken a tumble in the playground.
The hour that we spent with the gorillas flew by, feeling like minutes as we observed the creatures pave their way through the jungle, following in their footsteps. Any exhaustion experienced by the trying trek vanished and we marvelled at the privilege of being surrounded by some of the most endangered animals on the planet.
Later, with beers and wine in hand, we shared stories and photos, watched videos and reminisced. All to the crackle and hiss of the campfire in the background.
Jess travelled with Tucan Travel on their Gorillas and Game Overland Tour.
About the Author: Jess is Communications Coordinator for Tucan Travel. She has travelled independently and on group tours through Central America, Africa, North America, Israel and Europe. You can find her on Google+ or read her other contributions here.
When I came to Patagonia, I expected to wind down after my travels through Antarctica, after what has been a very hectic year of travel. But Patagonia has forced me to sit up and notice her and continued to challenge me physically, dishing up new challenges and stunning vistas that have left me awestruck at the beauty of this planet we live in. I am on a high. I have just spent the morning with my fellow Tucan Travellers ice climbing Viedma Glacier, Argentina’s largest glacier.
There are few places in the world, where beginners can ice climb, especially with such a stunning back drop! I had never done this before but the chance to do something so completely outside my comfort zone could not be turned down! It was an amazing feeling to get to the top of the wall, and hit my pickaxe on the ridge! I feel an amazing sense of achievement at completing this basic climb. It is my first ice wall climb, (as it is for the rest of the group) and the buzz I get from reaching the top stays with me for awhile.
After lunch we make our way back to the glacier for a walk on the ice. We conquered a number of different ice walls this morning but now it is time for something different. While I have done this once before in New Zealand for many in our group this is a first as well. The scenery is spectacular and I am looking forward to taking more photos of the glacier close up. We still have all of our safety gear on from this mornings ice climb. We walk on narrow ridges and there are crevices and canyons on either side of us. Our health and safety is our responsibility but the guides are amazing and keep a close watch as we negotiate the glacier.There are 3 guides to the 11 travellers in the group, which is a really good ratio. They are extremely professional and attentive and I am feeling on top of the world! The guides chisel the ice on the really steep bits, making it easier for us to get a grip.
Unfortunately, the weather has turned and the infamous Patagonia winds are blowing a gale. At times, it feels like we could get swept off the mountain. We crouch low and wait it out, till it is safe to walk up right again. We look out over fabulous view points before the guides lead us to a special place and promise us a surprise. Plastic glasses are whipped out and they chisel away at the glacier, filling each glass with ice. Then, out comes a bottle of baileys, the alcohol is passed around and we drink a toast to an amazing day! I can hardly believe this. I am standing on Viedma Glacier, drinking Baileys with 400 year old glacial ice! This gives a whole new meaning to Baileys on the rocks! It is time to head back to camp and the catamaran that will take us back.
What an amazing day! Perhaps one of the top ten highlights of my life!
Check out some of our exciting Patagonia tours here
There had been talk of ‘the walk’ since we arrived in Costa Rica. Who was in? Who was out? Who was in, then out? Who was in, but when they woke to the La Fortuna skies dripping and black contemplated a rich warm coffee and accidentally, on purpose, missing the bus? Turns out my best friend and I were in.
We travelled the winding roads through lush greenery and bright splashes of flowers to the drop off point for Cerro Chato – otherwise known as short hill or, six-hour extreme hike. Following Fredrico, our local guide, we set off upwards in the pitter-pattering rain – we were on a mission! Meters later we were stopped enchanted by the hundreds of hummingbirds keeping us company along the path. We set off again, we were on a mission! And stopped – hibiscus flowers as big as your face! And this is how it went – a miniscule orchid so small and precious that you had to lie down on the ground to get up close and personal with it and a leaf so big it sheltered you and your bestie from the rain. No wonder it was going to take us six hours, we had not even reached the start of the trail.
Stepping into peaceful tranquility we started the trail that led us up through dark green hanging vines, misty clouds that engulfed the person in front of you and ferns that left intricate droplets of water on your skin. A canvas of leaves sheltered us from the temperamental weather and allowed dimpled light through. ‘And what do you think that is?’ Fredrico asked as we stood around looking at a small hole in the moist soil next to the path. Apart from a hole it was obviously home to something and as we bent closer to have a look Fredrico announced with great flourish ‘A tarantula’s hole! But I don’t think he is home at the moment.’ We were happy to keep moving just in case Mr. T decided to take a stroll over our shoes. Colorful critters and plants were introduced to us as we made our way up to the rim of the extinct volcano crater that was Cerro Chato. On arrival to the rim the view of Arenal volcano that La Fortuna is famous for looked rather like grey clouds however, we were not in the least bit concerned. We were surrounded by beautiful pure life, or ‘pura vida’ as Fredrico would say.
The adventure continued as we slid our way down through the mud to the lagoon crater where we splashed about amongst the frogs and massaged our feet on the pebbled shore of the lagoon. How fortunate we were to have this beautiful place to ourselves, the whole crater of a volcano, imagine if we had accidently, on purpose, missed the bus? Fresh bursting pineapple was our reward for when we had finished. As was the three keel billed toucans that hang around to congratulate us. Plus the pina coladas in town. And lastly, but certainly not least, the fact that we still had ten fabulous days of our tour to go.
Having never been anywhere in Asia before, finding out that I was going to be traveling to Burma/Myanmar gave me a mini anxiety attack. I had no idea what to expect and the CNN documentary with Anthony Bourdain that aired in April didn’t set my mind at ease. Not only did it confirm all that I had feared the trip would be, it spurred on all my friends, family and coworkers to question my ability to physically survive the entire trip.
In a panic I booked a trip to Singapore, Malaysia and Thailand for July, a month before my trip to Burma to ease myself in to all that is South East Asia. I started with the cushy-ness of Singapore and eased myself into the culture one day at a time. It was a success. I survived.
At this point I was sure that I could conquer the world nothing will stop me – except my expired passport. Once I got that sorted I jumped right into getting the Burmese Visa. It seemed really intimidating but was really easy and only £14.
Then the day came when I was sent off! Off to the untouched land of Burma where, rumor had it, all ATM’s were running on dial up internet or just don’t exist, you need specifically numbered US $100 bills for exchange or you are out of luck, everything thing is old and probably falling apart: buses, trains, streets, cars, hotels. False.
I have to admit, when I first arrived in Yangon and walked out of the airport the specific smell that hit me was like a punch in the face. Unpleasant. But after 48 hours you get used to that. There were ATM’s everywhere as well as currency exchange kiosks. The best part was all the currency exchange rates in Yangon are regulated, so whether you exchange your money at the airport or the kiosk waiting for you at the top of Shwedagon Pagoda there is no worry about getting ripped off! (Just don’t exchange your money with the random men on the street, they will rip you off!) Although I have to say, the bigger the bill the better the exchange rate so showing up with a stack of USD $1 will do you no favors. This I learned from experience.
Next was a 10 hour bus from Mandalay; just the thought frightened me. I quite enjoyed the shabby-chic overnight train from Ao Nang to Bangkok BUT the overnight bus to Mandalay was beautiful! Giant cozy, reclining seats with fluffy blankets, hardwood floor and snacks provided. I know that all the buses are not the same but my understanding is that that fleet isn’t too bad no matter which bus you get on. Regardless, it was a smooth ride on the “Road to Mandalay”.
But the thought that frightened me the most (aside from the food) was the hotels. Are they run down? Clean? How was the staff? What were the washrooms like? DID THEY HAVE WIFI?? Funny enough every hotel had WiFi, was clean and comfortable with fully functioning washrooms and in no way rundown. Some even had some amazing grounds with beautiful pools and gardens.
Besides the sights what was the best part? The locals. And that wasn’t just my thought but most if not all my group agreed. The people were fantastic! They were more than happy to help you all the time and made me feel so safe. They anticipated our every need in every possible situation and did so with the biggest smile on their face. Whether it was our amazing local guides, our fantastic driver and drivers assistant (because every driver needs an assistant), the taxi drivers, the servers in the restaurants, the hotel staff, everyone! I can not stress enough how amazing the locals made this trip for me. Having recently been traveling around Bangkok alone I got such a different vibe here. No one is trying to rip you off or take advantage of you. They are just happy to have the opportunity to provide for you a service and hopefully bring a smile to your face while doing so.
And they did such an amazing job that I will never think of Burma and not smile.
About the Author: Amanda did Tucan Travel’s Spiritual Burma Group Tour. Amanda is Sales & Marketing Executive for Tucan Travel. She has travelled independently and on group tours through North America, the Middle East and Asia. You can find her on Google+ or read her other contributions here.
If you were wondering the place(s) to be for Semana Santa (Holy Week) and Easter in general – look no further than our Quetzal Highway tour running from Cancun, Mexico – party central to Antigua, Guatemala – the only place to be for Easter Sunday!
Starting in Cancun but heading out the next day to beautiful Playa del Carmen, which can be taken in two ways, a resort town or the sleepy fishing village off the beaten track! Gorge on seafood, margaritas or take some steps back in time and visit the Mayan ruins of ‘Tulum’. Next we’ll head out to Belize and take in some ocean time, snorkeling or diving or just relaxing is what Caye Caulker is known for. Lobster and rum are a must (together or apart). Next stop before heading into Guatemala is San Ignacio – famous for Actun Tunichil Muknal – a sacrificial chamber that is on the very adventurous side of adventurous. Often a highlight of this tour!
Departing Belize early we’ll take in the mighty Mayan ruins of ‘Tikal’. Listen to the howler monkeys that mimic King Kong or try and figure out which temple featured in the old Star Wars and the new one (which is currently been filmed). It’s a great day before we settle into the cute island town of Flores. The Easter celebrations will be in full swing with processions throughout the town.
After a night taking in the celebrations in Flores we’ll head to Rio Dulce where we’ll stay at fabulous and relaxing Catamaran Island. This day also includes a stunning tour up the Rio Dulce (Sweet River) for a look into Lago Izabal (Lake Izabal, the largest freshwater lake in Guatemala), through El Gulfete (the Gulf) and into a canyon where the first ever (I’m talking the 40’s) Tarzan was filmed! Breathtaking scenery ending in the Caribbean town of Livingston!
Holy Saturday we’ll be heading through several areas in Guatemala before settling into the full action of Semana Santa in Antigua! The town streets will be decorated with ‘alfombras’ (carpets made of saw dust) and processions will be in full swing. A solemn time during the day but at night time, it’s a different story with many local Guatemaltecos choosing Antigua for Semana Santa week! Antigua is the place to be for Holy Week – the sites and sounds are a feast for the senses!
Bec will be tour leading Tucan Travel’s Quetzal Highway, departing on Friday 11th April 2014 from Cancun. For more information on this tour, click here.
The Songkran festival is celebrated in ,a href=”https://www.tucan.travel/destinations/asia/thailand”>Thailand,/a> in mid-April. Different provinces may have varying lengths of celebrations but the main dates are April 13-15. This is the Thai equivalent to New Year.
Traditionally Songkran is a time to cleanse Buddha images and then use this same “blessed” water to pour over family and friends shoulders to bring good luck for the New Year, and wash away the bad. Traditional ceremonies still take place at temples (Wats) and in some places Buddha images are paraded through the streets for people to throw water and cleanse as they pass by. Other traditions include bringing sand and building sand pagodas decorated with flags and coins from the sand accidentally removed from the temple on your feet throughout the year.
Recently the festival has grown and grown and the water throwing ceremony has turned into the world’s biggest water fight!
Whether it is water pulled from the moat in Chiang Mai or the Chao Phraya River in Bangkok, you are going to get wet! Thousands of people roam the city with water guns soaking each other and passing vehicles. Groups of people sit in the back of pick-up trucks with barrels of water, sometimes icy cold, dousing pedestrians as they drive past.
Me (white T-shirt) taking a direct hit to the face from passing armoured vehicle in Chiang Mai.
For Songkran 2013 I was in Bangkok with my group. We only needed to go as far as the front door of the hotel and we were in the thick of the action, we spent hours ‘defending the hotel’ on the hotel steps. Attempting to make your way down the small narrow Soi (lane) lined with water guns became known as ‘running the gauntlet’. With a deluge of water falling from people with buckets on a 3rd floor balcony of another hotel and about 100 super soakers on the street – the outcome was inevitable.
A man ‘running the gauntlet’ passed our hotel. (Blurred photo is the best I could do given the situation).
For three days the area around our hotel was packed full of festival goers soaking each other and enjoying the many street parties and live music.
Tip: If you are arriving or leaving your hotel with luggage during the Songkran please make sure it is waterproof. New unsuspecting people arriving from the airport, looking for their hotel, were not given any special treatment. See photo.
Me and some of my group preparing to leave the hotel to the train station on the final day of Songkran. (Prepared!)
Our tours visit the two most famous places for Songkran in Thailand, Chiang Mai old town and the Khao San area of Bangkok. Take a look at the website and join in a tour for Songkran 2014!
Chris is Tour Leader for Tucan Travel in South East Asia. He will be celebrating Songkran in Bangkok this year with his group. Browse Group Tours that will be around Bangkok for Songkran here.
We are delighted to announce that Anna Bauer has won Tucan Travel’s Blog & Win competition for 2013. She delighted us all with her account of her Magical Mexico Group Tour describing the days spent exploring Mayan ruins and nights sampling the tequila and mezcal the country is known for. Joining a Group Tour on your own can be a scary and intimidating experience but Anna explains how her Tour Leader, Jacob, and the rest of her fellow passengers immediately put her at ease. Read her entry here.
Congratulations Anna.
What was the highlight of your Magical Mexico Tour?
My highlights of the Magical Mexico Tour are plentiful. From swimming with the whale sharks offshore in Cancun, the clapping guides of Mayan and Aztec ruins to the wild night and never ending Tequila at Coco Bongo. But what I loved the most was meeting new people. Not only the people on my tour but the locals. Siesta beers on the streets of San Cristobal, rambling home at all hours of the day with new friends, running through the streets chasing local buses covered in fairy lights – it all lead me to meet some interesting characters, locals and tourists alike, and it’s those things that I will remember the most about Mexico. That and three little corn chips standing upright in beans.
Did you write a blog of your travels and if so, why?
I did write a blog while I was away and I’ve kept at it since I’ve been home. I’ve dabbled in blog writing in the past but didn’t really stick with it. While travelling I could invest more time into writing and found that I actually really loved it. I didn’t think anyone would read it except my mum (she was missing my long emails that told her I was still alive) but it turned out to be pretty well received with the rest of my facebook friends. I wrote the blog so I’d remember the small stuff. The moments I couldn’t bring home with my camera lens. With the blog, I could pick the good stuff. The stuff that happened that was funny or out of the ordinary. So while it wasn’t really a travel blog in the traditional sense – it was a blog and it was about my time away and the way I see the world. Calling it Life in Big Frilly Knickers was probably my biggest mistake… it ended up being nothing about Frilly Knickers.
Where are you going to travel to on your winning trip and why?
I can’t decide! The options are so broad but I think it could be Cuba or India. I’ve always wanted to go to both but have been apprehensive about travelling solo to those parts of the world and the winning trip absolutely solves that problem. Salsa dancing, white rum, cigars or the rat palace, Varanasi and marigold strung cows? It’s a terrible problem to have and one I am sure won’t be so difficult to solve with a little bit of research. (My gut tells me India but I’ll have to see about timing!)
Do you have any other tours planned?
While nothing is physically planned … After Mexico, I’d started mentally planning the rest of South America immediately. I desperately wanted to see Carnivale and giant Jesus but, at heart, it’s always been Africa. Until I see a hippo wallow in the mud and smell its breath, I won’t rest. Everytime I leave Australia, my wanderlust only grows stronger and I’ll just have to keep working to fund the next adventure. Africa is still a little while away, there’s a lot more little trips in the meantime I think.
About the Author: Jess is Communications Coordinator for Tucan Travel. She has travelled independently and on group tours through Central America, Africa, North America, Israel and Europe. You can find her on Google+ or read her other contributions here.
The Gorilla Trek is something you will probably only do once so you want to make sure you get it right. Having just returned from my hike, I sat down and compiled the ultimate Gorilla Trek Packing List. The Gorilla Trek is the ultimate adventure and complete privilege to complete. I loved every minute of my Gorilla Trek, a trip I did last month with Tucan Travel. I’m not going to lie, it wasn’t a breeze. It was hard. It was made tougher by the adverse weather conditions which we experienced, not unusual for Uganda, but definitely different to the mild weather I am so used to living in the UK. Below is my ultimate Gorilla Trek Packing List.
Once completing the Gorilla Trek and while enjoying an east African beer around the campfire that evening, it was easy to contemplate on the experience and wonder whether there was anything that would have made the experience easier, or whether I had something that already did that. Below is what I came up with.
1 Good Walking Boots
This may be obvious but there will be plenty of people out there who will try to chance it in sneakers or trainers. Good walking boots are number one on my ultimate Gorilla Trek Packing List for a reason. I may sound like a broken record saying this but never have I found good sturdy walking boots to be more essential. I wore mine to work for the weeks before my tour began and I was confident that they would not rub. Hiking through the jungle, you are not walking along any trail. In some places, the rangers cut out a route specifically for you. Your walking stick (if you choose to get one) may test the ground ahead but but at times, you don’t know where you are stepping and you must still have the grip to not slide down the mountain.
2: A small and comfortable rucksack
Your Gorilla Trek can range from 15 minutes in length to six hours. Mine was a comfortable three and a half hours. During the hike, it is important to have both hands free to hold on to vines or branches. You do not need a bag swinging and banging at your leg as you do so. It is also important that you get comfortable rucksack as the last thing you want is a long hike with backache.
3: Waterproofs
Okay so not as essential as above but this is definitely something to consider when travelling in Uganda, particularly in the rainy season. As in most countries that have a rainy season, in Uganda it only rains for a short period of time. When it rains though, it pours and if it rains during your hike, there won’t be much cover but trees and leaves. When cowering under a tree with my valuables in my waterproof jacket pocket, I found myself wishing I had a waterproof cover for my rucksack. My valuables were safe in my pockets but the contents of my bag were soaked.
4: A USB Stick
This is not something specific to a gorilla trek but an essential for all Group Tours. Despite having done several group tours in the past, this time I failed to bring a USB stick with me. You may want photos of the gorillas or group photos that someone else captured and on those long travel days, it is much easier to transfer the images on to a memory stick than continually badger someone to send over the images on your return.
5: Clothes you don’t mind getting ruined
After slipping on the sodden ground and bouncing off the mud, the dirt was ingrained in the pores of my trousers. Since returning I have washed these trousers twice but the smears of mud, although faint, remain. Make sure you either buy good quality trousers that don’t stain easily or cheap ones which you are prepared to throw away. While I don’t want to throw out my gorilla trek clothing, the only thing they are good for now are similar hikes or excursions.
Jess travelled on Tucan Travel’s Gorillas & Game Group Tour.
About the Author: Jess is Communications Coordinator for Tucan Travel. She has travelled independently and on group tours through Central America, Africa, North America, Israel and Europe. You can find her on Google+ or read her other contributions here.
One of the best things about traveling to a distant, exotic, foreign countries is meeting the people who call those countries home. You can see different temples, shopping centers, restaurants or any kind of attractions in every country, but people are what really makes the difference. Cambodia didn’t disappoint – not with temples and definitely not with its wonderful people. Khmer people always had a big smile on their faces. They also seemed very sincere and genuine, possibly because they actually wanted to talk to tourists as opposed to just wanting to sell stuff. It was refreshing. It also involved a lot of pantomime and talking with one’s hands, but interesting enough, you can always find common language with someone if you want to.
Batman tuk tuks, hostess in a cocktail bar will hug you and call you sister by the end of the night, tuk tuk drivers wont sleep all night to make sure they are up early enough to take you to Angor Wat at 5 am, or even random person who steals your coconut in the early hours of the morning while you are trying to dance around it. These are just some of wonderful personalities you could meet and share your Cambodian experience with.
Siem Reap has several markets, and is bustling with life – different produce, seafood, crabs trying to find their way out of the buckets, spices, dried fish, clothes and so much more. You can buy cracked eggs in plastic bags, cooked rice and any fruit imaginable! I had a walk through Old Market in the afternoon one of the days, and saw people just having a nap in the middle of their stalls!
Actually napping seems to be the thing to do in Cambodia! If you have a walk through Siem Reap, you get to see people taking naps in the most unusual places – gas tanks are one of those! And having a nap in random tuk tuk is pretty much a given at any time! For real, there were people taking a nap in tuk tuks that don’t actually belong to them!
If you have ever been to Asia, you know that street food is very big part of the culture, and Cambodia is not an exception. Anything from amazing smoothies, soups, to scrumptious kebabs, scorpions and tarantulas is on offer! Literally, you can get any type of grub on the wheels. It is cheap and delicious!
One of the days, I went off for a tour to floating villages. The lake wasn’t all that far from the city, but difference in the poverty levels were striking – people living in the floating villages have no electricity nor plumbing. They literally make their living out of mini businesses they run from their own houses and they get by on so little it is unbelievable.
Lidija travelled on Tucan Travel’s Cambodia or Wat Group Tour. Read more about her travels here.
There is a lot more to India than just the typical Golden Triangle route, which of course is an epic tour on its own. If you choose a tour that explores the Rajasthan area, then you will notice many visit Jaisalmer, and there is no denial why. It is a very beautiful and historic city painted in yellow sandstone, headlined by its very impressive “Golden Fort” which also doubles as the world’s only inhabited medieval fort. You can get some spectacular city shots from the top, and if you’re lucky, buy all your souvenirs and have some of the best Indian food you’ll ever have.
Walking around this stunning city is amazing, going into the markets and shops is also a must, but another major reason to travel this far west (55 km from the Pakistani border) into the heart of the Thar Desert, is to ride a camel into the sunset followed by a night under the stars.
After a great lunch in Jaisalmer, we jumped on our Safari vehicle (4×4 jeep) and drove the 45 minutes to meet the camels. Mine was named Bokie and once aboard, we started riding through the desert on this picture-perfect day in Rajasthan, a.k.a. “the land of kings”.
It was a hot day in December, so if you are preparing for your camel ride bring some water, sunglasses, and buy a couple of scarves to cover your face and head, in case you have great hair and don’t want to ruin it with a hat.
After 90 minutes of camel riding, we arrived at our destination, which coincidentally is in the middle of nowhere. We climbed up some dunes and took in the stunning sunset, thus completing the perfect day in the desert. We were treated to some delicious pakhora snacks and a great thali meal under the stars? It really was an amazing night, to sit on the sand, after a nice meal and chat about life and what India is all about with our guide.
When it was bedtime, we all had a tent where we slept the night. And since this was December, I definitely suggest layers to wrap up warm because it can get a little windy. Many people ask about the toilets on the camel safari. Well this is the great outdoors and when nature calls, go wild.
After a nice sleep, I got up early for a sensantional sunrise and a delicious simple breakfast which hit the spot, before we set off for our return to Jaisalmer.
I was amazed with India and loved the fact that other than cultural shows, temples, forts and shopping and sightseeing, there was this option in the area which not too many countries can offer. Tucan Travel includes this excursion on their tours in India.
When choosing where to travel to on your next big trip, it is always important to research when the best time to travel is. If India/a> and Nepal are on your radar for an upcoming tour, check out our recommendations below for the best time to venture to these two fascinating countries.
Weather
As the seventh largest country in the world, defining India’s weather is a tricky task. There are several climatic regions from the tropical climate of Kerala to the arid northwest of the Thar Desert. Neighbouring Nepal also has a mixture of climates; including alpine and subtropical.
The most influential weather pattern is the annual monsoon which affects both India and Nepal at different times. It sweeps up from the Indian Ocean, starting in the south in late- May along the Kerala coast. It travels across the continent in June and July finally reaching Nepal in July-September.
The period after the monsoon from October onwards is generally considered the best time to travel to both Nepal and India (with the exception of southern India which gets a second drenching during the retreating monsoon between October and December). The air has been cleared by the rains and the cool, dry weather is ideal for exploring the forts and colourful cities of Rajasthan, visiting the Taj Mahal and taking in Nepal.
Nepal can get chilly in January and February particularly in the higher regions and trekkers are advised to pack well and expect cooler climes. The plus side is the trails are quieter at this time of year. February to April is spring and the second ideal time to visit Nepal – it is very picturesque with the spring blossoming of wild rhododendrons.
In India, the ideal time to visit most of the country is between November and March. The sites of Delhi, the Taj Mahal, Varanasi, and the forts and colourful cities of Rajasthan as well as Goa and the south can be combined during these months.
Events
Such colourful, vibrant cultures bring about an almost ceaseless calendar of celebrations throughout the year. Many festivals are local to an area, such as the Goa Carnival in March. The carnival is a lively combination of floats, processions, music and dancing. It was brought to the region by the Portuguese. The best time to travel to Pushkar is in time for the Pushkar Fair in Rajasthan, a 5-day camel fair in November and one of the largest of its kind.
The largest national festivals are Holi in March. Holi is a popular festival of colour. People throw coloured powder and water at each other. Diwali is another, occurring in October or November. It is the festival of light and the largest festival in India.
The people of Nepal are a combination of Hindu and Buddhist faith. Many of the celebrations in India are also found over the border, including Holi Festival and Diwali, called Tihar in Nepal. The largest and longest festival in Nepal is Dashain. This lasts 15 days and falls sometime between September and November.
About the Author: This article was written by Rebecca Thompson. Rebecca has travelled extensively around the world. Some of her favourite countries are Argentina, France and New Zealand, where she is from. To read more from her, click here.
Imagine that it is 6am, the Sun is just rising and your jeep is in the middle of the African Savannah. So many beautiful creatures surround you and this is the perfect time of day to see them.
Giraffes and zebra make their way to watering holes where they are joined by elephants, buffalo and even lions! Seeing a lion take a drink of the murky water while the nearby zebra herd remain on heightened alert is exhilerating and you feel so privileged to have seen such amazing creatures that people dream of coming close to one day.
Then as your guide drives you along in the jeep you spot a wild cheetah, such an incredibly majestic animal, I challenge anyone not to be breathtaken by this site. You are within a couple of hours drive from the Tanzanian border, where the Masai Mara meets the Serengeti, an area definitely worth a visit to witness one of the world’s largest migrations: the Wildebeest migration to fresh pastures, a migration which makes this part of Africa unique!
As far as your eyes can see there are hundreds upon thousands of wildebeest, zebra and antelope gathering and moving in search of food. Witnessing their epic journey across the Mara River, with its large resident hippo and crocodile population, is a nail-bitingly tense experience. Tented accommodation is widely available in the region and you have to see these tents to appreciate how luxurious they are! Hot running water, grand beds fit for royalty and a vast array of fine food delivered directly to your accommodation makes you temporarily forget that you are in the heart of Africa, until you wake up overlooking the savannah and see a family of meerkats running in between the hooves of zebra across the Mara River!
This story is one of my favourite stories to tell because it was so unexpected – one of those days where everything just fell into place.
I was in San Ignacio, near the border of Guatemala in Belize, and I was with my Dutch friend, Ellen. Us two had decided that we wanted to go Horse Riding instead of caving, which is where the rest of our group had gone for the whole day. I have done a lot of caving in the UK as I was a Sea Scout, so fancied something a bit different. Plus anyone that knows me knows that I adore animals so anything involving them will be high on my list.
Our horse riding tour took us through the fields and grasslands of the area, across a river – my horse took quite a bit of encouragement to walk him onto the boat platform – and finally up to the ruins of Xunantunich. There, we had our own guide and the ruins were practically empty apart from just two other groups. They’re not particularly popular ruins but the lack of people there makes them great if you want to wander around at your own pace without the hustle and bustle of over touristy ruins, like Chichen Itza. Surprisingly though, it’s quite popular with the Royals, Prince Harry being the most recent visitor.
After making it back to our eco-lodge campsite me and Ellen were at a bit of a loss as to what to do. The rest of our group weren’t getting back for another 5 hours or so. We decided that we would pop into town to get to a cashpoint, come back and maybe play some frisbee golf. What we actually ended up doing was MUCH better.
We asked the receptionist how we could get into town and she said just flag down a cab (cars with a green license plates) so there we stood for a few minutes watching all these full green-plated cars go by. Eventually a pick up truck, with a white license plate, stops just ahead of us and Ellen goes to talk to them. At this point i’m just thinking ‘ummm i’ve never hitchhiked before, there could be some creepy guy with a baseball bat and bad intentions in there’.
Turns out it was an old Dutch lady so she and Ellen hit if off immediately and off we popped into town. She dropped us off at a cashpoint and even offered to pick us back up again when she’d been round the block. Brilliant! She then asked us what we wanted to do then and we said we wouldn’t mind going to a supermarket. She also needed to go to the market – brilliant! She took us to the supermarket, a couple of other shops and then said she was going to her friends house to pick up some cheese. We were up for a little adventure so we said we’d like to come and we arrived at a wonderful house with an absolute jungle of a garden. Turns out the woman who owns it moved here 30 years ago from Yorkshire (where I was born) and we had a lovely chat talking about places we both knew. They have their own chickens and cows and produce their own eggs, milk, bread, pastry and loads of different cheeses, which they sell at the market on the weekends. It was called Cool M Farm and they also have accommodation, and who doesn’t want to wake up to fresh bread and milk. Her daughters brought us some lovely coffee and then they mentioned the best news I think I had ever heard…
A litter of 13 6-week old puppies were in the back room… YES! The broadest smile immediately crossed my face and we sat there chatting for another hour or so with 3 adorable puppies sleeping in my lap. Eventually I was forced to leave this paradise behind and retreat to my puppy-absent campsite, but not before I bought some fresh yoghurt for the next morning. Just before we left though, the young girl only counted 12 puppies so I guess i’ll never know where the 13th one was hiding.
After a couple of days in the sleepy town of Lumbini visiting the birth place of Lord Buddha and playing cricket in the pitch black it was time to get on our way again and head for Chitwan National Park.
There was a petrol shortage in Nepal at the time so the bus drove around for a while before finding a ‘completely legit’ sales man selling fuel at the side of the road. An hour or so into our journey we traded the public bus for a small minivan which had a state of the art entertainment system with a pull down TV screen in the back – Not exactly what we had expected. As we wound our way up the mountain roads and around the fearful hairpin bends we were entertained by a 1993 MTV video which supplied us with the likes of Rhythm is a Dancer by Snap, No limit by 2 Unlimited and Shaggy’s – Oh Carolina. Just brilliant!!
The journey was a good 4 -5 hours so we made a brief stop at a rustic roadside ‘restaurant’ situated at the top of the mountain pass. The makeshift shack was home to some super happy locals who seemed delighted to see foreigners. No sooner had we seated ourselves on the uneven and broken chairs, food was placed in front of us. I have to say I am not entirely sure what most of it was but it tasted delicious.
On arrival in the village of Chitwan we made our way to the accommodation situated on the outskirts of the national park. That afternoon we headed out to an elephant breeding centre, which has been introduced due to the depleting number of elephants in Nepal. The centre provides a safe environment for the elephants to give birth and nurture their young; they are not held captive here and are free to roam the jungle. We were lucky enough to see a perfect little Ellie who was less than 24 hours old.
As we wondered around the sanctuary a few boisterous and curious calves came over to say hello and check us out. In their playful manner they pushed us around and tried to stick their trunks in our pockets to see what you have to offer!
Back at the resort that evening there was time for a few drinks and some tasty buffalo steaks before hitting the sack in preparation for an early start the next day.
Wakey wakey, rise and shine… We set off at 5:30am taking a short walk to the Narayani River where we met our next mode of transport – long, narrow canoes, carved out from old tree carcases. We climbed aboard one by one, precariously balancing ourselves in the attempt to not capsize. Sitting extremely low and close to the water we proceeded on our journey down river for around one and half hours spotting wildlife as we went. With the river full of fresh water and rare long snouted Gharial crocodiles you feel a little nervous when the canoe rocks as they swim beneath you.
Now far enough into the jungle we could continue our adventure on foot but before that could happen we were required to undergo some intense jungle training which consisted of nothing more than standing looking at one another wide eyed as our unarmed guides gave us instructions…
1) If you see a tiger, leopard or other jungle cat then maintain full eye contact and back off slowly
2) If you see a Rhino within 15 feet then climb the nearest tree but if you don’t have chance and it starts to charge then stand your ground until it gets very close and then jump out of the way at the last minute as they can’t make sudden changes in direction. (I guess that all depends on how long you can keep your nerve).
3) If an elephant comes within 15 feet and starts to quickly approach you, then turn around and run as fast as you can
I wasn’t overly keen on testing out any of these theories to be honest! Never the less filled with ‘an abundance’ of confidence we set off through the long 8ft high Elephant grass. If the truth be known my biggest fear was coming face to face with a spitting King Cobra. Thankfully this did not happen!
We made regular stops to check out the sambar deer, wild boar, sloth bears, langar and rhesus monkeys, antelope and various bird species. Although at this stage we hadn’t actually seen any of our ‘potential threats’ we did come across some pristine rhino tracks and fresh tiger poo which apparently indicated that both creatures could be in close vicinity. Every little sound we heard our guide would tell us to get back and get down while he went ahead to investigate. Imagine eight nervous travellers all huddled together, crouched on the ground – Hmmm… Obviously if you look vulnerable to predators then they are going to leave you alone right??? What happened to that all important jungle training?
As we made our way towards one of the lookout towers where we would stop for lunch a thunderous roar echoed around us, the roar of a TIGER. Now we’re talking!!! At this point I think adrenaline kicked in and our hearts began to race. Where did it come from, how far away was it?? Unfortunately or fortunately I should probably say we didn’t catch a glimpse of this magnificent creature. Booooring!!!!
From the lookout tower we had an infinite view of the park allowing us to appreciate the vastness of our lush surroundings. After lunch we nervously continued our trek for a few more hours before finally reaching our camp for the night. The barbwire fenced camp consisted of several mud huts with thatched roofs. We were hosted by an incredibly hospitable Nepalese family who had a camp fire going in no time. A simple but exceedingly tasty dinner was served and the Khukhuri Rum flowing. There was lots of storytelling, dancing and all sorts of shenanigans; it was an interesting night that’s for sure!! As we like to refer to it, ‘Jangal Mein Mangal’ (fun in the jungle).
I recall going to bed and shining my torch in the doorway of the hut to find an enormous Orb Spider (one of the world’s biggest spiders) which must have had a body size of around 4-5cm in diameter and these really long gangly cartoon legs. This is the stuff nightmares are made off! Anyhow, I climbed into bed and tucked my mosquito net tightly under the indented mattress and fell swiftly asleep, but not for long. At 4:15am we were awoken by the holler of our guide shouting ‘Rhino, Rhino’… I dived out of bed almost breaking both legs in the process and quickly made my way outside to check out the huge rhino which was just outside our compound. It may have been an earlier than planned wakeup call but I think it was worth it.
As we were already awake there was no real point in going back to bed. Instead we sat and watched the world go by as the sun came up over the river. After breakfast we were again off on foot exploring the jungle and trying to consciously stay fifteen feet or more away from the Rhino’s and elephants which were peacefully wondering around collecting branches from the trees and letting out the occasional fanfare.
Later that morning we visited a crocodile breeding centre before hopping into our 4X4 vehicles and heading back to Chitwan Village.
Following a delicious BBQ lunch back at the resort we made our way down to the river where we were to have a close encounter with some very playful elephants. I had ridden elephants before in other countries but this experience was something of a different kind. Myself and two fellow travellers climbed onto the back of one these mighty animals and made our way down the river bank and into the water. Wading deeper and deeper until his legs were fully submerged he then proceeded to blast us full felt with high pressured water from his trunk. The force of the blast was enough to see us off his back and into the water where we swam and bathed with a group of them. For such huge creatures they were be extremely gentle and elegant. Having said that they suddenly become a lot less elegant when you spot a mass of elephant poo floating down river towards you!
That evening we played more cricket in the rain and watched a huge electrical storm as we sat on the terrace talking about the adventures of our last few days.
The following day we left Chitwan and headed for Kathmandu. Our bumpy five hour journey was compensated by the stunning scenery that surrounded us. Driving through the foothills of the Himalayas and catching a glimpse of the incredible Mount Everest was simply breathtaking.
As we drove down the valley towards Kathmandu it gave us a chance to gage just how big the sprawling metropolis of Nepal’s capital was. Our next experience was upon us, one that would overwhelm the senses leaving us wonderstruck.
Nepal is blessed with an incredible diversity of natural beauty and cultural heritage which is just waiting to be explored. Without a doubt this is one of my favourite countries. – Go see for yourself!!!
Recife, Brazil’s fifth largest city is located along the northern coast. This vibrant city has the old colonial charm, city vibe and laid back beach culture. Bridges and canals connect this city surrounded by water- hence known as “Venice of Brazil.”
Visitors shouldn’t bypass the historical sites, art, beaches and of course, football of Recife.
History
Founded by the Portuguese in the 16th century and conquered briefly by the Dutch from 1630-1654, Recife offers visitors a glimpse into the past left behind by the Portuguese and the Dutch. Take a tour to Olinda, a UNESCO heritage site and a living museum of Brazil. Original and renovated Baroque churches, gardens, forts and small passos frame the historical part of the city.
Climb to the highest point to Alto da Sé, Olinda’s must-see place and visit other remarkable colonial buildings like the Church of Graça, Convent do Carmo and Episcopal Palace. In recent years Olinda has been also known as a city of art.
Beach
Relax and chill in a beach chair in Recife’s trendy beach neighborhood of Boa Viagem. This area is relatively safe with eight kilometers of sand, palm trees, dunes and high-rise buildings.
Many consider Boa Viagem a great place for nightlife and restaurants. Restaurants serve beer, regional food and lots of fish, shrimp and crab. Besides restaurants, the local vendors offer the real taste of Brazilian delicacies and drinks at a cheaper price.
Shark warning signs do appear at Boa Viagem.
Culture and local crafts
Casa de Cultura is housed in an old prison built during the late 1840s. The old cells have been transformed into 150 craft shops, footstalls, bookshops and galleries. The outdoor patio is now an area for folklore, concerts and a food court. Casa de Cultura is the largest cultural and art center of the district of Pernambucana.
Most of the crafts are from the locals in the region. Locals and visitors alike will find unique pieces of clay or ceramic dolls, chess sets, angels and sacred images. Also, leather handbags and sandals, hats, linen, renaissance laces, native woodcrafts, embroidered shirts and more.
Festival, dance and music
To understand Brazilian culture one has to check out the festivals, dance and music. African and Portuguese cultural roots are found in the dance, music and Folclore Nordestino festival. The Folclore Nordestino festival is in the month of August.
Music lovers must visit Paço do Frevo for forró and other local music inspired by local musicians including Luiz Gonzaga, Brazilian’s most influential musician. Check out the maracatu dance, a type of Afro-Brazilian dance movement.
About the Author: Claudia is a New York based copywriter, traveller and wine enthusiast. She has travelled independently and on group tours with her family through South America with Tucan Travel. You can find her on Google+ or read her other contributions here. You can find her at www.travelwritingpro.com.
A sight not to be missed from Manaus, the meeting of the waters is the point where the dark Rio Negro meets the sandy colours Amazon River. Along a stretch of the river, the colours muddy together to the point where you can see exactly where the waters mix.
Visit the beach
While nowhere near as beautiful as the remote beaches on Brazil’s northern coast or as exciting as Rio de Janeiro’s Copacabana Beach, it is possible relax on beaches along the shore. Ponta Negra even has several bars and restaurants where you can admire the views with a drink or two.
Teatro Amazonas
Manaus’ famous Opera House was mentioned when we talked about more unknown facts about Brazil. The building is a must see when visiting Manaus, a relic of times past and an important landmark in a city now on the steep decline. It is home to the Amazonas Philharmonic Orchestra and if you are lucky, you might be able to catch a performance in the famous hall. Made of European materials which were painstakingly shipped up the Amazon River, the roofing tiles is decorated in the colours of the national flags while auditorium theatre was painted by Italian artist, Domenico de Angelis.
Amazon Jungle
Just 100km from Manaus it is possible to reach virgin rainforest and an abundance of wildlife. For many, the Amazon Jungle represents the unknown, unparalleled only by some parts of Africa like the jungle in the Congo. The Jungle has long been a place of mystery and danger. Today, new species are discovered all the time and with an experienced guide, it is possible to experience the real Amazon Jungle.
Try the local food
The food in this region is heavily based on the resources that can be found in the jungle combined with the Portuguese influences brought over during the period of colonisation. Instead of wheat, manioc is most commonly found and you can enjoy pancakes and cakes made from it. While in Manaus, try tambaqui, the local fish or pirarucu, the biggest fish in the Amazon.
You can visit Brazil on one of Tucan Travel’s Overland Tours. Click here to find out more.
An instrument decorated in the colours of Brazil’s national flag, the caxirola is destined to be the sound of the summer and become as well known as the dreaded vuvuzela. The caxirola is the official musical instrument for the 2014 World Cup and designed by Carlinhos Brown and the Ministry of Sports.
A round instrument with slots to place your fingers for the best grip, the caxirola is easy to use.
Where did it come from?
Critics of the caxirola have argued that the instrument is an adaptation of the caxixi, an instrument native to traditional tribes, cultures which are fast becoming extinct due to the growth of westernisation.
What does the Caxirola sound like?
A little like a rattle, the sound is similar to a maraca. When comparing the caxirola to South Africa’s vuvuzela, you would have to play over 2,000 of the maraca like instruments to create the same deafening dim.
Where can I buy a Caxirola?
If you are not heading to Brazil for the World Cup, you can order your own Caxirola in your country’s colours off of Amazon. However, if you want to wait till you visit Brazil, we are sure that the Caxirola will still be available in tourist shops and stores for a while to come. We even expect a slight revival in time for the Olympics.
While the caxirola is banned from being taken in to all stadiums, the soft sounds of the instrument will echo around the Amazon Basin, bounce off the mountains around Rio de Janeiro and reflect off the walls of Sao Paolo’s sky scrapers.
It was only a matter of minutes after stepping out of the dugout canoe when our guide, Bishnu came running out of the jungle to say that he had spotted our first rhino.
The irony of the situation was not lost on me. Having spent two weeks in eastern Africa on Tucan Travels Gorillas & Game Group Tour, we had spent days criss-crossing the national parks searching for the fascinating creatures but to no avail. Now, I was here in southern Nepal, much closer to South East Asia where demand for rhino horn was so high, that the rhino seemed abundant.
Bishnu took off into the bushes, ordering us to follow him. He kept close to the river, often breaking in to a run to get us there as soon as possible. The further we walked, the more amazed we were that he had managed to spot the creature from such a distance.
Coming to a stop, we found ourselves peering down at the river from above the bank. There in the middle of the shallow river, munching on weeds and grass with his giant head and horn underwater was a lone adult rhino. It was quite an incredible sight made even more special by being on foot. I could have spent hours looking at him (or her).
Throughout the morning’s game walk and the afternoon jeep safari, rhino was the only mammal we saw (we saw evidence of plenty of other animals) , and we saw plenty of them. From a dark mass wading through high grass to a mother and baby a few hundred metres away, it seemed that they were everywhere.
The success of rhino conservation in Nepal is unsurprising. A religious country comprising of Hindus and Buddists, religion plays an important part in the treatment of all animals and I was surprised at the good condition of most of the animals that I came across. Today, there are over 550 rhinos in Chitwan National Park.
While some people may be disappointed at only spotting rhino on a full day in Chitwan National Park, I was delighted. The poaching going on in east and southern Africa is devastating and the lack of rhino I saw on my trip to that continent only highlighted this but in Chitwan National Park, they are thriving and it is a true success story which can hopefully be replicated for their cousins in Africa.
About the Author: Jess is Communications Coordinator for Tucan Travel. She has travelled independently and on group tours through Central America, Africa, North America, Israel and Europe. You can find her on Google+ or read her other contributions here.
Overland tours are a unique and adventurous way to explore South America. Overland travelers can visit cultural and historical sites including the Chauchilla Cemetery in Peru, shop for indigenous goods in Bolivia and Peru and even trek the Inca Trail.
This South American overland tour packing list contains a list of recommended items and travel gear to take on an overland tour across South America based on what I brought.
Backpacks:
Overland tours tend to cover more rugged and untouched areas, so I would recommend bringing a backpack rather than a rolling suitcase. When choosing a travel backpack, you don’t need to spend a fortune, but make sure your choice is durable, comfortable to wear and lightweight.
1 Main Backpack: Kelty Redwing 50
1 Day Pack: REI Flash 18
Clothing:
*Note: Depending on your needs and activities, you may need to bring more or less clothes. These are the clothes I brought with me on our 46-day overland tour through Brazil, Paraguay, Argentina, Bolivia and Peru.
1 Pair of Jeans
1 Pair of Convertible Pants
2 Pair of Athletic Shorts/Shorts
3 T-Shirts
1 Polo Shirt
2 Long Sleeve Shirts
1 Rain Jacket
1 Jacket
1 Swimwear
Undergarments
4 Pairs of Socks
1 Beanie or Warm Hat
Be sure to save space inside your backpack or suitcase, because South America has several great places for purchasing souvenirs such as at the Witches’ Market in La Paz.
Footwear:
1 Pair of Sneakers
1 Pair of Sandals or Flip-Flops
If you are planning on going on the Lares Trek or the Inca Trail, you may want to bring your own hiking boots or you can rent a pair in Cusco. I trekked in my trail running shoes and was fine. The tour guides recommend hikers to “wear shoes you are comfortable in”, whether that is a pair of hiking boots or normal sneakers.
Toiletries and Hygiene:
There are several places in South America to purchase toiletries, so it isn’t completely necessary to bring all of your toiletries from home.
Soap
Shampoo
Toothbrush
Toothpaste
Sunscreen
First Aid Items
And other personal medical or hygiene that suit your needs
Electronics:
Before leaving home, load up your smartphone with some game apps and music, which will be useful during the days on the road. Our driver, Martin and tour guide, Alvaro recommended that we look out the window while on the truck, but eventually I spent most of my time playing board games with other travelers and sleeping while on our truck, named Frank.
I had downloaded several board game apps such as Monopoly and Risk on my iPad, which I played for hours with other travelers while on the yellow truck. You may also want to purchase a protective case for your smartphone.
Smartphone and Smartphone Charger and Apps
Headphones or Earbuds
Music
MacBook Air and Charger
External Battery
Flashlight or Headlamp
Voltage Converter
Hard Drive
Other:
Passport
Money
Credit cards
Deck of Cards
Books (optional if you have a Pad device)
Travel Journal
Pen or Pencil
Money Belt
Sunglasses
Camera
Luggage Lock
Jonathan Looi travelled with his parents and sister on Tucan Travel#s Altiplano (LLR) 46-day overland tour from Rio de Janeiro to Lima. At 15, he was the youngest overlander on tour with Tucan Travel at the time. Find out more about Tucan Travel’s Altiplano Overland Tour here. http://www.tucan.travel/tour/overview/altiplano/llr You can find Jonathan at www.thetravelgearreviews.com.
The World Land Trust is an international conservation organisation that takes direct action to save rainforest and other biologically important lands. Since it was founded in 1989, it has helped local conservation organisations to purchase and protect over 400,000 acres of threatened habitats in Asia, Europe Central and South America.
Tucan Travel has been working to raise money for the World Land Trust since 2009 by adding a further 10% of all money raised in their Carbon Offset Scheme to go towards the World Land Trust. Since Tucan Travel began running their Carbon Offset Scheme with the World Land Trust, they have managed to save parts of the Ecuadorian Rainforest and stop the illegal logging and destruction of ecosystems.
The Borneo Rainforest Appeal was launched by the World Land Trust less than a year ago. The money raised will go towards cause which is attracting significant concern and action at the moment. The Kinabatangan is under serious threat from companies looking to expand the lucrative Palm Oil business and these companies have no qualms logging the rainforest and destroying the delicate ecosystem. The region is one of the last strongholds of iconic animals like the orangutan, pygmy elephant and proboscis monkeys.
John Burtan, World Land Trust CEO commented: “Meeting the million pound target for the Borneo Rainforest Appeal is a landmark in the Trust’s 25 year history. The scale of our achievement in Borneo renews my confidence in the Trust’s ongoing ability to raise the funds that are so desperately needed to stem the tide of habitat destruction worldwide.”
World Land Trust’s efforts in the region is not over and they continue to fundraise to buy land of strategic importance in Sabah.
Yesterday it was announced that one in three people in the UK cannot place Brazil on a map. This is despite the football mad nation making up nearly half of the South American continent. With the kick-off of the World Cup now less than 36 hours away, Brazil is getting ready to have all eyes on her.
Brazil is the only Portuguese speaking country in the Americas.
Along with pinning Brazil on the map, those asked also struggled to name the most common language used in Brazil. Unlike the rest of South America, Brazilians speak Portuguese. As the only Portuguese speaking nation in the southern hemisphere, they take their language seriously and it is part of their national identity despite being independent from Portugal for nearly 200 years.
Rio Carnival is one of the biggest parties in the world
A devoutly religious Catholic country, the world renowned Rio Carnival takes place on the weekend before Shrove Tuesday and the beginning of Lent. Today, in Rio, the Carnival weekend is slightly more sordid than the original organisers intended with revealing costumes and swaying hips. The four day weekend is crammed full of masquerade balls, street parties and sun-bathing in the tiniest of costumes on the busy beaches. At night, the Sambadrome comes alive with parades of samba schools showing off their best routines to win the prize of best samba school.
The Amazon Rainforest is the largest rainforest in the world
Not a surprise here but the Amazon Rainforest actually holds more mysteries than any other place in the world. It is constantly the source of new discoveries, species and ecosystems and the Amazon currently shelters up to 70 indigenous tribes who have had little or no contact with the outside world. The Amazon Jungle cannot be completely attributed to Brazil however as it spreads in to its neighbouring countries although Brazil retains a 60% chunk of it.
Brasilia looks like an aeroplane from the sky
Brasilia was not always the country’s capital city. Before 1960, Rio de Janeiro was the federal capital of Brazil. The idea was to move the capital city to a more central location, Rio de Janeiro being nestled on the south east coast, was many hours flight from the northern territories. The city was designed by Lucio Costa and Oscar Niermeyer during an era where the world was infatuated by air travel. The wings were the residential areas while the fuselage was the cities centre. Since 1960 the city has expanded in to an urban sprawl in all directions but the outline of the plane can still be seen.
Cachaça is the most popular liquor in Brazil
The number one export of Brazil, sugarcane has multiple uses and one of them is the distilled spirit, cachaça. Brazil makes over a billion litres of the liquor and the majority of it is used to make the country’s national drink, caipirinha. This drink is made with sugar and lime and like its more well-known sibling, the mojito, can come in a variety of different flavours.
The Teatro Amazonas is one of the most beautiful and elaborate opera houses in the world
You would never expect to find one of the most beautiful Opera Houses in the world deep in the heart of the Amazon Jungle. The theatre was built during the 1890’s when rubber was in demand and the city of Manaus was booming. Built from materials found mainly in Europe, the theatre is a symbol of the wealth and extravagance of industrial era, now long lost and depleted.
Tucan Travel run Group Tours to Brazil year round. Browse their collection here.
Imagine the possibilities when visiting Sao Paulo- 110 museums, 240,000 stores, 200 helipads, 12,500 restaurants, 1,500 pizzerias, 70 nationalities and a population of almost 12 million. And over three football stadiums that sit 40,000 and more.
Sao Paulo, the megalopolis city has always been the economic, sports and cultural center of Brazil. Nothing is stopping this city from flourishing or attracting 12 million tourists every year.
Head spinning?
Let me help you find 4 things to do in Sao Paulo if you have two days or two weeks in the city-
Football Museum
To Brazilian football enthusiasts, the Football Museum is like a house of worship. Located in the Pacaembu Stadium, this is the first national football museum of its kind in Brazil.
The museum takes visitors through two floors, 15 rooms with collectors’ items, memorabilia, visual displays and a series of stories and glorious football memories told through LCD screens. A life-sized Pele on TV will greet you in three languages when you arrive.
Even if you can’t make it to a live football match in Sao Paulo, watch and listen to the thunderous cheers on a metal platform in a special room beneath the Pacaembu Stadium. You will feel as if you are with the crowd in the stadium.
Mercado Municipal de Sao Paulo -Municipal Market
A burst of colours, sounds and smells will greet you as you enter this fresh market. Fruit vendors and cheese mongers will ask if you would like to take a sample. If you are not shy and your stomach is strong, you could easily fill your stomach if you take a slow stroll around the Municipal Market.
Clean and tidy with decorative stained glass windows like a cathedral, Mercado Municipal does not sell cheap souvenirs and clothing like many local markets in South America. In fact if you take the stairs to the second floor you will find the best place for Sao Paulo’s pastel de bacalhau and mortadela sandwich.
Museu de Arte de Sao Paulo (MASP)
If you love art, you will be in for a treat at the MASP. Van Gogh, Monet, Cezanne, Renoir, Raphael, Botticelli and Mantegna’s masterworks are displayed here. This small museum holds a great collection of impressionist art and art that dates back to the 1400’s.
The rectangular shaped MASP building is a unique work of art. If you are there on Sundays you can visit the antique fair under the museum or walk across the street for an outdoor market and savor some local food with the locals.
Note: Free admission on Tuesdays.
Ipirapuera Park
Ipirapuera Park has over two million square meters of space for locals and visitors to walk, bike, skate, roller-blade, sunbathe, read, eat and play. It is green and calming with trees, flowers, birds and fountains and even houses the Sao Paulo Museum of Art, Planetarium and OCA Museum.
Ready to take a trip to Sao Paulo Brazil? Tucan Travel has a broad range of Group Tours that go to Brazil. Take a look here.
About the Author: Claudia is a New York based copywriter, traveller and wine enthusiast. She has travelled independently and on group tours with her family through South America with Tucan Travel. You can find her on Google+ or read her other contributions here. You can find her at www.travelwritingpro.com.
One of our most travelled Tucan Travel team members shares her thoughts on her favourite place in Africa:
Working at Tucan Travel, I have been fortunate to see many countries but Namibia definitely has to be one of my favourites. It is packed full of wonderful things to see and do. One of the best places we visit on our journey from Victoria Falls to Cape Town along the Western coastline of Namibia is Sesriem.
After crossing the Tropic of Capricorn as we head South from Swakopmund, we explore the Sesriem Canyon, a natural canyon carved by the Tsauchab River as it carves through the sedimentary rock. The name Sesriem is Afrikaans and means “six belts”, given by settlers who had to tie together six belts in order to lower buckets down into the canyon to scoop up water. An amazing variety of wildlife had adapted to the harsh conditions here, and you may see rock pigeon, crow, starling and owl, as well as various species of lizard.
We camp overnight in the beautiful Namib-Naukluft National Park, and very early the next morning, I wake the tour group up and drive to Dune 45. This is a large star dune in the Namib Desert. Standing over 170m, it is composed of sand that is 5 million years old, accumulated in the Kalahari Desert to the East and then blown here. We take a short walk up to the top of the dune for sunrise.
It is normally a little cold as we start to climb in the dark. As you reach the top you feel the warmth of the sun rising on your skin, and watch the sand change colour from a dark brown to a deep red and finally to a glorious warm orange. It is always so peaceful up there, watching the desert waking up and the insects starting to scurry across the sand. After watching one of the world’s most beautiful sunrises, we then slip and slide down the dune to tuck into a cooked breakfast. It is such a beautiful place, and a great start to the day.
After breakfast, we depart Sesriem for Fish River Canyon, one of the world’s largest canyons. It is quite breath-taking in its immensity and is rivalled only by the Grand Canyon in North America for sheer grandeur. We park at the viewpoint overlooking the canyon and from there you can take a short walk around the top, stopping along the way for photos of the incredible views.
The Fish River running through the bottom of the canyon is one of Namibia’s few permanent rivers and beautiful turquoise pools can be seen in the distance during the dry season. As you walk and enjoy the colours of the rugged scenery, you may be lucky enough to spot hardy mountain animals in the distance, as well as numerous bird species. We normally have lunch up here, surrounded by the immense rugged scenery.
By Jac McPherson
Tucan Travel operate numerous Overland Tours which travel through the vast and dramatic landscapes of Africa. Click here to find out more.
It can seem pretty overwhelming when you first contemplate leaving your normal life behind for a year. Especially if normal involves a house and other possessions that need to be looked after while you’re away. The trick is to find someone you can trust to mind your stuff, check your mail, pay your bills or email you the information to pay them yourself. Cos no matter how many automatic direct debits you arrange to cover your regular bills there will always be something you miss. And it’s no fun to come home to a debt collector’s letter or wrecked credit rating. Oh, and make sure you let your banks know where you’re going, otherwise their clever little monitoring systems may determine you’re a 15 year old hacker from Russia and knock back your withdrawals.
Next step is to pack light: what gets you through a week will get you through a year. Having enough clothes to survive in both tropical and arctic conditions simply means buying the lightest thermal gear you can find. The uncrushable little black dress can double as a robe to dart to the shared hostel bathroom. But a girl needs a second pair of shoes. The partner tells me I look cute dancing in the little black dress in my walking boots but I’ve seen the video. I know he lies.
Some tips for the environmentalists among us (shouldn’t everyone be?):
Take reusable plastic breakfast bowls, which can also double as lunch & dinner plates, for when you’re eating in hotel bedrooms or the hostel crockery’s too scroungy.
Take a set of stainless steel travel cutlery each (fold-in-half knife, fork & spoon).
Take sturdy nylon or cloth bags to put the washing and shopping in.
Other useful tools are a travel clothesline and universal bath plug for the constant hand-washing when you’re travelling with just a few clothes. Blow up neck pillows are great for the all night and all day plane/train/bus trips, as are ear plugs and eye masks. Take a doctor’s letter confirming your need for any regular medications and make sure you’ve got enough of them to last the whole trip, as well as your vaccination certificates for diseases like yellow fever. It’s worth taking antibiotics with you in case you get a respiratory or urinary tract infection; much easier than trying to find a doctor or fill a prescription overseas. Take a copy of your spectacles prescription too.
But the most important things to take are an E or I pad, and a mobile phone for everything but making calls. They’re your best friends if you want a free wheeling trip where you only plan a few days or weeks in advance. You can use them to find and book all your accommodation, transport and tours. Not to mention your phone’s ability to take photos, give you a compass reading and GPS coordinates, track your steps, play games, convert currency, make diary entries, act as a torch and keep you in touch with home through Facebook, email and blogs. But write down addresses and instructions for getting to places you’ve booked in case your phone battery dies on the way there. If you’ll be hiring cars then buy a GPS rather than hiring one; it’s a lot cheaper.
If you’ve got a set itinerary save all details electronically in case you lose your paperwork. Keep a copy of all your important documents (passport, itinerary, travel insurance policy, driver’s licence etc) in both your hand baggage and checked baggage. Don’t forget to take adapters for all the countries in which you’ll need to charge batteries. And take rechargeable batteries as well as battery charger for your camera; much cheaper than chewing through disposable batteries if you’re taking lots of photos.
Remember to pack the brolly, cutlery, sewing kit and nail scissors in the checked baggage, not the hand baggage. Remember to pack spare batteries in the hand baggage, not the checked baggage – airline rule due to the possibility of batteries starting a fire in the hold.
Best form of luggage? Hybrid travel packs that can be both wheeled and placed on your back. We took 50 litre capacity hybrids but never put them on our backs because pulling them is just so much easier and we don’t want to work any harder than we have to, but the option is there. They also unzip all the way around making it easier to live out of them. Buy brightly coloured ones that you can’t miss on a crowded airport carousel, with matching day packs that can be attached to them.
Most important is to take your commitment and enthusiasm because you have to enjoy what you’ve decided to do or it will become too much like hard work. Finally, if you are going with a partner then remember they may be your only support and companionship a lot of the time; our motto is ‘look after each other’ and that has worked really well for us.
Michael & Elizabeth Fab have travelled with Tucan Travel on their Villarrica, Wonders of India and Nepal, Trans-Mongolian Railway & Mandarin Sunrise tours.
A full day excursion through the northwestern Romanian region of Maramures, home to many villages where century-old traditions are still part of daily life, has been added to the itinerary of our tours that cross from Hungary to Romania, such as our Transylvania Tale tour. This addition enables us to explore the traditional rural lifestyle of the Maramures villages and their wooden churches, some of which have been recognised by UNESCO because of their characteristic high roofs and tall, narrow, pointed steeples.
Traditional wood carvings in Maramures
Coming from Debrecen we take the train across the border arriving in the half-Romanian, half-Hungarian town of Satu Mare (Szatmar). At the train station we get picked up by our guides in private cars to take us over the mountain pass to the isolated land of Maramures. Along the way we pass the strange town of Certeze, where 90% of the working population has left the town to work abroad. The money they make is sent back and invested in bricks and mortar, leading to the most expensive corner of real estate in the country outside of Bucharest. Here everybody is trying to outdo their neighbour, which leads to ridiculous extravagance. Once over the mountain pass we reach the Tisa river that forms the border with Ukraine. We follow this until we reach the village of Sapanta with its unique cemetery. The brainchild of a local artisan, who began carving gravestones out of oak, with an image of the deceased, a humorous epitaph in the local vernacular, and painting them with bright colours. Soon the cemetery gained the nickname of “Merry Cemetery” thanks to its positive and light-hearted approach to an often depressing subject. There is literally no cemetery in the world quite like the Merry Cemetery of Sapanta and was voted number 2 in the National Geographic’s “Top 10 Cemeteries“.
Merry Cemetery in Sapanta, Maramures
From there we travel to the village of Barsana where the local, rich tradition of woodcarving is alive and well, with picturesque wooden houses fronted by giant, ornately-carved gates. In the evenings the older people of the village sit on benches outside and tut tut about “young people today”. The old-new monastery (there has been a monastery there for hundreds of years, but it was ruined and neglected during Communism, so has been rebuilt from scratch) has been built according to traditional methods and affords great views over the Izei valley, where people still farm using centuries-old techniques.
Characteristic wooden churches in Barsana, Maramures
From there we drive to the small village of Serb where the villagers still use an old, water-powered mill to grind their corn to make mamaliga, the staple of Romanian cuisine. And finally we stop at Desesti (maybe not always as the person with the key may not be in – but if not we would visit a similar church) with its wooden church that is inscribed on the UNESCO world heritage list. The naive, folk paintings inside are unique and show rural representations of heaven and hell, including tortures for such egregious sins as short-changing customers or falling asleep in church.We then drive back over the mountains to Baia Mare where we spend the night.
You can pass through this beautiful corner of Romania on our Transylvania Tale tour, which explores many of the most fascinating historical sites and cities in Eastern Europe.
Tucan Travel have launched a new Adventure Tour called ‘South America Flyer‘, In just 11 days, you will be able to admire colossal natural wonders and get to know Latin America’s most electrifying cities as you travel across the continent from Santiago to Rio de Janeiro. Encompassing South America’s principle gastronomic region, you’ll have plenty of opportunities to sample world class cuisine and taste some truly exceptional wines.
Day 1 – Santiago
Today, Santiago is a bustling cosmopolitan capital, but in the past it has been the backdrop for dark, dramatic events in the nation’s history. Just walk past the Chilean presidential palace, the ‘Palacio de la Moneda’ in the city centre, and you will discover bullet holes that can still be seen on certain lamp-posts and buildings around the Plaza de la Constitucion. In the 1970s, with the then-President Salvador Allende Gossens still inside, the palace was bombarded by the Chilean Air Force during the military coup d’état, ushering in a dark period in Chile’s national history in which the civilian government was abolished and Augusto Pinochet ruled a brutal dictatorship.
Palacio de la Moneda, Santiago
Nowadays, Santiago is a modern metropolis, and the best way to see it all is on a walking tour through the city centre. You will pass the Plaza de Armas, bordered on one side by the impressive Metropolitan Cathedral of Santiago, the Museo Nacional de Bellas Artes, an impressive fine art gallery housed in a colossal neo-classical building, and the city’s most renowned markets, such as the Mercado Central, one of the best seafood markets in the world. For the best views of the city, take a cable car or hike to the top of San Cristobal Hill, where the Statue of the Virgin overlooks the sprawling capital and the distant Andes that tower over the beautiful cityscape below. On San Cristobal, you can taste some of Chile’s best wines and seafood dishes in restaurants that offer exceptional views, especially at dusk.
Days 2-4 – Mendoza
Mendoza is the epicentre of Argentina’s wine country. Rebuilt on a grid system after a devastating earthquake flattened the city in 1861, the resulting tree-lined avenues and beautiful green plazas are reminiscent of certain European cities like Lyon, and make for a perfect aimless wander. Situated on the foothills of the Andes, the city is a great base to explore the surrounding countryside. For the adrenaline junky you can go white-water rafting, rappelling and horseback riding, the latter finishing with a steak BBQ and campfire that offers some great opportunities for star-gazing. But of course no trip to Mendoza would be complete without touring the surrounding vineyards. You can hire bikes and cycle the ‘Ruta de los Vinos’ (wine route), visiting both ancient bodegas and working commercial wineries, tasting some of the best Malbecs in the world.
Vineyards in Mendoza, Argentina
Days 5-7
Buenos Aires, known as the ‘Paris of South America’ due to its lovely green parks, plazas and wide boulevards, is home to quirky local neighbourhoods where European and Latin American influences have mixed together to create a city like no other. Stroll down Avenida 9 de Julio, the widest avenue in the world, spotting the impressive Teatro Colón, an opera house that offers some of the best acoustics in the world. You can also visit the famous Casa Rosada, Argentina’s presidential palace, from where Juan and Eva Perón famously addressed the crowds gathered on Plaza de Mayo in 1945. Argentina’s capital city is a great destination for culture lovers, with the Museo Nacional de Bellas Artes boasting an impressive collection including original works by Monet, Renoir and Cézanne. You can also learn about the national heroin ‘Evita’ at the Museo Eva Perón.
Buenos Aires has a variety of craft markets, and if you stroll through them at the weekends you may come across live bands, barbecues, make-shift bars and practising tango dancers for a truly atmospheric Latin-American experience. San Telmo is the best market for antiques, while the market at Recoleta has great hand-made craft items. The nearby Recoleta Cemetery is also worth a visit – it has beautiful marble tombs and Eva Peron’s family tomb can be found here. No visit to Buenos Aires would be complete without a stroll around the upmarket boutiques and cafés of the Palermo district, and the contrasting bohemian barrio of La Boca, where poor inhabitants of the area used left-over paint from the nearby shipyards to paint their humble houses made of scrap metal in bright, block colours.
Painted Houses in La Boca, Buenos Aires
The city is also world-renowned for its incredible night-life, with many nightclubs, bars, restaurants and cinemas open all night. Go to any club at the weekend and you will see why ‘porteños’ (people from Buenos Aires) are known to party hard. You can see an authentic tango show in the city where the dance originated, and this usually includes a tango lesson and a traditional Argentinian dinner – and yes that means some of the best steak in the world!
Days 8-9 – Iguazú Falls
Iguazú Falls is one of the most magnificent natural wonders in the world. Unlike most other waterfalls that have just one or two cataracts, at Iguazú Falls there are 275 cataracts in a colossal 3km-long U-shape that can be visited from both the Brazilian and Argentinian sides. Visiting the Argentine side of the falls offers the opportunity to get up close to the many cataracts by walking on steel walkways that jut out of the rocks and take you through the surrounding rainforest. You can get so close to the falls that you’ll be covered in spray as the Iguazú River tumbles over the edge of the Paraná Plateau to become the Lower Iguazú River. Visiting the Brazilian side of the falls will give you a completely different perspective, as you come to understand the sheer size and power of the falls by walking on platforms that offer views of the whole panorama.
Iguazú Falls
Days 10-11 – Rio de Janeiro
Incredible Rio de Janeiro needs no introduction. There are countless things to see and see in the ‘Marvellous City’ full of beautiful people. A highlight for many would be to experience the majestic gaze of Christ the Redeemer at the top of Corcovado, the breath-taking panoramic views from Sugarloaf Mountain, and the vibrant coloured tiles of the Selarón staircase. You can walk from the edgy Lapa district to the cobblestone hill-top neighbourhood of Santa Teresa, where you can take the old tram across the famous white viaduct into the historic centre of the city. Here, you can admire Rio’s old colonial mansions and government buildings built when the city was the former capital of Brazil. Alternatively, you may like to visit the Botanical Gardens, or the beautiful Rodrigues de Freitas Lagoon. You can’t leave Rio de Janeiro without dining out at one of its famous ‘churrascarias’, where different cuts of meat are seasoned and barbecued to perfection, or at one of its ‘rodizio’ buffets where you pay by the kilo! End the experience of a lifetime by watching the sun set behind the Two Brothers mountain from Ipanema Beach, making a toast to your next adventure with a well-deserved ‘Caipirinha’ in hand.
Ipanema Beach and the Two Brothers, Rio de Janeiro
About the Author: Marcus Hunt is Marketing Assistant for Tucan Travel. He has travelled independently throughout Europe and North, Central and South America, and has studied or worked in France, Italy and Brazil. You can find him on Google+ or read his other contributions here.
The Inca Trail is an incredible 4-day trek through the Peruvian Andes, culminating in a first glimpse of the Lost City of the Incas from the Sun Gate on the fourth and final day. It is one of the most famous treks in the world, where you will literally be following in the footsteps of the Incas, treading the stone pathways that they paved hundreds of years ago. It is challenging yet rewarding group trek experience, and ticking it off your Bucket List is a must-do for any intrepid worldly traveller.
Admiring the views of the Andes whilst on the Inca Trail
This week, the Peruvian government has released the permits for Inca Trail treks departing in 2015. Permits often sell out several months in advance, so it’s best to book as early as possible. If you want to embark on the trek in the high season between June and August, that means booking within the next month or two.
Tucan Travel has a team based in Cusco that is able to book and collect permits in person for you, once passport details and deposits have been received. Once confirmed, you cannot make any amendments to your Inca Trail permit, so it is very important to make sure you provide your details exactly as they appear on your passport – that means full name, date of birth, passport number, passport expiry date and nationality. If your passport is approaching its date of expiry, it is important that you apply for a new one at the earliest opportunity in order to apply for a permit using your renewed passport.
A group at Kilometre 82, the start of the Inca Trail
In an effort to preserve the historic Inca Trail Trek and its surrounds, the Peruvian authorities currently cap the number of Inca Trail trekking permits to 500 per day. However, only about 200 of these are allocated to tourists, while around 300 are assigned to the porters, cooks and guides necessary to escort them through the trail. 200 tourists a day is not a lot – so book well in advance to avoid disappointment.
Local guides and porters on the Inca Trail
The Inca Trail is closed each year throughout the month of February to allow for repairs, conservation and maintenance after the wet season, which puts considerable strain on the well-trodden stone steps and pathways of the trail. This is a necessary procedure to ensure that the Inca Trail remains well-preserved for posterity and is not worn down by over-use or exploitation. But don’t fret! In February, Machu Picchu remains open as normal – most people travel to the Lost City by train and bus combinations from Cusco.
The Lost City of Machu Picchu
If you are looking to trek to Machu Picchu in February, an alternative to the Inca Trail trek called the Lares Trek is available all year and is not affected by the annual closure of the Inca Trail. As it is not as famous, you will come across fewer trekkers and have more opportunities to interact with locals living by traditional means along the trek route in the heart of the Andes. The Lares trek is also a good option if you have made a last-minute booking or if Inca Trail permits have run out for the dates that you are looking to trek to Machu Picchu. For an in-depth comparison of the Inca Trek and the Lares Trek, click here.
Local children living along the Lares Trek
Tucan Travel is an adventure tour operator with 28 years’ experience offering group tours around the world. With Latin America as our main product, and with a dedicated Operations team based in Cusco, we are a specialist in providing advice and guidance on trekking the Inca Trail, which you can do with us either on it’s own as an Add-on, or as part of a group tour. For more information on trekking the Inca Trail with Tucan Travel, click here.
About the Author: Marcus Hunt is Marketing Assistant for Tucan Travel. He has travelled independently throughout Europe and North, Central and South America, and has studied or worked in France, Italy and Brazil. You can find him on Google+ or read his other contributions here.
Russia is the largest country in the world. It spans over 9 different time zones and neighbours 14 different countries by land, making it one of the globe’s most diverse countries. Unfortunately, many people are put off visiting Russia due to visa issues, remote locations, and generally by presumptions about how mysterious and bizarre the country seems. But if you’re looking for an adventure, you should definitely visit this magnificent country! Oh, and just so you know, with the strength of the Russian currency (the Ruble) currently at an all-time low, now is the best time to visit!
When people are reminded of Russia, thoughts immediately go to its two most iconic cities; Moscow and St Petersburg. Moscow is commonly known as the city of billionaires, with its decadent underground network, the magnificent Red Square and the brightly coloured onion-shaped domes of St Basil’s Cathedral; it really is a fascinating place. Whilst St Petersburg, on the other hand, is often described as the ‘Venice of the North,’ offering a slightly more relaxed European vibe. The city is networked with an abundance of picturesque canals that are perfect for taking a boat ride down on a warm summer’s day.
Canals in St Petersburg by night
1 ) Art scene
St Petersburg lays claim to one of the world’s largest and oldest museums, the Hermitage. Home to over 3 million items, you could wander for hours and hours here and still not see everything. Additionally, the city has also recently gained a museum dedicated to the world-renowned Fabergé Eggs; embellished with gold and gemstones, these eggs were commissioned by Russian Tsars for their wives and mothers as Easter gifts. Not to be forgotten, Moscow also enjoys a multitude of Art Museums such as the Tretyakov Gallery and the Pushkin Museum of Fine Arts.
The Hermitage Museum in St Petersburg
2) Russian Cuisine
The Russians are known for certain delicacies that are not to be missed! You may want to try one of their many soups such as Okroshka (cold soup made from kvass – fermented rye break) or Schi (cabbage or sauerkraut soup). If soup doesn’t appeal to you, how about some Stroganov (beef sautéed with onions and mushrooms), or Shashlik (skewers of meat)?
Pelmeni are also highly recommended. These are dumplings stuffed with meat or mushrooms and are a very popular dish in both Russian homes and restaurants alike.
Pelmeni, a traditional Russian dish
Last but not least, don’t forget to end your meal by washing it all down with a shot of vodka, just like the Russians do. Za vashe zdorovie! One shot not enough? Why not try out St Petersburgs’ Vodka Museum and participate in a tasting session, if you can handle it!
3) Architecture & Design
Russia is home to some of the most unique buildings in the world. Perhaps most well-known is St Basil’s Cathedral in Moscow. Towering over Red Square, this building was originally constructed in the 15th century, with its colourful onion domes being added in the late 16th century (originally the whole building was painted white). Looking like it came straight out of a fairy-tale, this Cathedral draws in visitors year-round from all over the world, and it’s not difficult to see why.
St Basil’s Cathedral, Moscow
Not to be undermined, St Petersburg also has its own extravagant displays of wealth and architectural design. Examples of these are its solid bronze statues looking over the Fountains of Peterhof and Catherine’s Palace, home to the spectacular Amber Room; with every inch of its walls adorned in Gold or Amber it really is a sight to behold. It is commonly referred to as ‘the eighth wonder of the world’ and is suggested to be worth over a whopping £150 million!
4) History
With many of its major cities laying claim to cathedrals and palaces all hundreds of year old, visiting Russia really can be like stepping back in time, and the country is oozing with fascinating local history and culture waiting to be discovered!
If you fancy swotting up on your knowledge of Russia, try visiting one of the many Museums. The Hermitage, the Kremlin Armoury and the State Historical Museums are all great examples of the cultural highlights on offer.
The Kremlin, Moscow
5) Entertainment
Most people think of ballet when they think of Russian entertainment, with the world-famous Bolshoi, Mariinsky & Mikhailovski Theatres all putting on shows almost on a daily basis. However, you should not forget about the other great activities they offer too, such as awe-inspiring opera performances, circus acts, and a great selection of bars and restaurants to enjoy your evenings in. Oh, and they have some fantastic department stores too!
Jenny Aitken works in the Operations Department for Tucan Travel. She has travelled extensively through Central and South America, the Middle East, Europe and South East Asia.
Christmas shopping for a passionate traveller who’s already got all the guidebooks, scratch-maps and travel accessories they could ever need? There’ll be something for everyone in this alternative list of travel-inspired gifts. You heard it here first!
1. The Nubrella
Any intrepid explorer has experienced the misery of plodding through torrential rain with squelching boots and near-0 visibility. Now, with the ingenious Nubrella wearable umbrella, your head and shoulders can stay snug and dry no matter what the weather. This bizarre yet highly practical space-age device also keeps your hands free, so you could even Instagram the dramatic skies on the go. And with a new version soon to be released with wireless Bluetooth technology, you can even listen to music or Skype your family as you trudge through the rain! The future of weather-proof travel has arrived folks! Available here.
Gizmag.com
2. The Ostrich Pillow
Nap anywhere with the Ostrich Pillow, whether it be against a bus window, against a tree or on a kind stranger’s lap. With a soft-cloth lining and holes to put your arms through, this is the perfect present for the pro power napper. And with your eyes and ears covered, you’ll be unaware of the insults and strange looks cast in your direction! Perfect. Available here.
Kickstarter.com
3. Travel Pillow/Bear
This is the perfect 2-in-1 present for the intrepid child traveller or an adventurous grown-up that just wants some company on those long overnight journeys. Turn this neck pillow inside out and you have a cuddly travel companion! Escaping the lonely travel blues and getting a good night’s sleep at the same time? What could be better! Available here.
Uncommongoods.com
4. Miss Army Knife
Perfect for the image-conscious traveller, this quirky adaptation of the original means you can maintain that Hollywood glamour even in the depths of the Amazon Jungle! Incorporating a needle and thread, a mirror, a nail file and even a mini perfume bottle – now there’s no excuse not to look your best no matter how far away the nearest bathroom is! Available here.
Knifecenter.com
5. Beer Holster
Cutting some shapes in a Bangkok nightclub? Gesticulating wildly to try to communicate your need for a hostel bed when you know none of the local language? Taking photos whilst carrying a ¼ of your own body weight on your back? Now you can do all those and never be more than an arm’s reach from your beer. This real leather holster hooks over your belt and can hold bottles or cans – so if the stresses of travelling become too much, that much needed brew will never be too far away! Available here.
Totally-funky.co.uk
6. Reef Stash Sandals
Do you get anxious every time you go for a dip in the sea thinking about the valuables you’ve creatively hidden in an empty crisp packet or buried under your beach towel? Worry no more! Reef’s ingenious Stash Sandals contain a secret tray in the soles, which slide out to hold personal items like keys and cash. Just hope no one recognises them! Available here.
Thefw.com
7. The Portable Bidet
This ‘bidet in a bottle’ by Giraf is small and lightweight, with a strong water flow and an adjustable neck for all those ‘hard-to-reach places’. With this ‘superior alternative to wiping’ – the manufacturers’ words, not ours – you’ll be clean as a whistle! Buy it here.
Amazon.com
8. Ring Of Fire After Curry Wipes
If you’re not into that ‘European style’ of bathroom cleanliness, perhaps you’ll want to try the Ring Of Fire After Curry Wipes, containing 40 ‘soothing and moisturising’ wet wipes. Now you can go for that extra spicy Vindaloo with added piece of mind! Available here.
Amazon.com
9. Big Pocket Travel Jacket
Tired of having to leave behind those much-needed outfits due to pesky budget airline baggage restrictions? No more! Now you can say ‘yes’ to that fourth pair of impractical shoes with the Rufus Roo Big Pocket Travel Jacket. An apron-shaped layer that goes over your clothes, it has 8 large pockets that can fit books, laptops, shirts, shoes, handbags, you name it! You may look like a school dinner lady as your board the plane but who cares? You’ve managed to take an extra 5kg of outfit changes on holiday without having to pay a fine! Who’s laughing now? We’ll let you decide. Available here.
Firebox.com
10. VinniBag Inflatable Travel Blog
Bought some delicious Malbecs in Mendoza and heading through the Andes on a public bus on which the suspension hasn’t been functional since the 80s? You need the VinniBag Inflatable Travel Bag, a reusable plastic bag that can be inflated to suspend your valuable bottles in an air cushion. Available here.
Amazon.com
11. Sandal Socks
Not really practical but hilarious nonetheless, this is the ideal present if you know a middle-aged Brit who loves to rock the dreaded socks-with-sandals look on mainland Europe. Conjuring up memories of their ‘glowing tan’ (read: terrible sunburn), al-fresco fry-ups and karaoke conquests even in the depths of winter, this present will go down a treat. Available here.
Prezzybox.com
About the Author: Marcus Hunt is Marketing Assistant at Tucan Travel. He has travelled independently throughout Europe and the Americas, and has studied or worked in France, Italy and Brazil. You can find him on Google+ or read his other contributions here.
You have researched your top 10 destinations, earmarked your favourite pages in the travel brochures, and even started learning some basic Thai but here comes the tricky bit- how do you save up for the trip of your dreams? Travelling can be expensive, but luckily for you we have come up with 7 top tips so you can add a new stamp in that passport as soon as possible.
1) Ditch the Starbucks It might seem obvious but so much money is spent on buying food and drink at work. It’s easy to grab a coffee to go for the journey in, then visiting the local Italian deli for lunch but the next thing you know you have spent a small fortune on food and drink all in one day. Instead pack home made lunches, and save the cash – ditching your local coffee could have you visiting the coffee plantations in Colombia in no time!
2) It’s all about the piggybank Collect those pennies. Seriously. How many times have you paid 4.99 for something and just left that lonely penny floating aimlessly in your wallet. Getting a piggybank is a great way to round up all the loose change you have at the bottom of your bag- and once you have filled it just take it to your local supermarket (slight fee but it sorts it for you) or your local bank branch and you will be surprised at how much you have saved.
3) Be a savvy shopper With websites like Groupon, LivingSocial, and Time Out there is no excuse to be paying full price for anything. Your eyebrows look like the overgrown Amazon rainforest but you don’t want to break the bank at your local salon? Or maybe you have your anniversary coming up and want to take that special person somewhere nice. Keep an eye out for the regular deals that appear on these offer based sites so you can still enjoy your luxuries whilst saving for your flight.
4) Harass family/friends/neighbours Ok not too much. But if you let the people in your life know about your passion for an adventure you can try and steer this direction for birthdays/Christmas/Valentines. Advertise your skills too. Maybe not the skills you employ on a Friday night (save the tequila for Mexico) but offer babysitting services, cleaning / dog walking as an extra way to earn some cash.
5) Got a spare room in your house? Rent it out. This is especially the case if you are lucky enough to live in London and somewhere on a tube line. Think about how much you want to travel – now think about how many people want to travel here. Try AirBnB for short term rentals, or maybe a travelling student lodger – either way it’s a great way to save for your own adventures whilst being able to accommodate someone on theirs!
6) Text alerts. Now if you are like me you sometimes get that mild fear of terror when you have to check your bank account- especially when it’s coming to the end of the month. Although it’s initially depressing to wake up to a message from HSBC on a Monday morning overall it’s not a bad idea to sign up for text alerts from your bank. You can track how much you’re spending and be aware of how much you have left to put in the ‘Lake Titicaca Fund’. Just don’t get too disappointed if you’re expecting a text from someone and it turns out to be your bank balance.
7) Book on a budget! It shouldn’t have to cost you the world to see the world. Keep an eye out for offers, and specials so you can visit the places you want without having to remortgage the house. Tucan Travel have a great range of budget expeditions for 18- 35 year olds as well as a load of other offers so you can be weaving round the markets of Delhi or travelling via tuk tuk in no time at all.
About the Author: Rosanna is on the Marketing team at Tucan Travel. She has travelled independently and on group tours through South East Asia, and Europe. You can find her on Twitter here
Blocos! Blocos everywhere! Greg and Carole from Travizeo spent the the Saturday of Rio Carnival weekend at the many parties around Rio de Janeiro! Catch it all the action on their Youtube Channel!
Travizeo’s Greg Brand and Carole Charreteur have been out and about filming the run up to the huge and infamous Rio Carnival weekend, following three of our Overland Trucks as they complete the monster of all journeys. Every day they will be uploading a video of what they have got up to. You can browse all of their blogs and videos here of follow them on one of the many social platforms out there, Facebook, Twitter, Youtube or Instagram.
We are delighted to be hosting the very lovely Greg Brand and Carole Charreteur in Brazil this week during the countries biggest celebrations, Rio Carnival. Greg and Carole will be updating us on their journey every day with photos and videos on Instagram, Youtube and Facebook so check back here or subscribe to their channels to keep up to date.
Greg and Carole land in Rio de Janeiro and immediately head south to Paraty where the party starts!
It’s not just Rio de Janeiro where the Carnival celebrations are in full swing. Streamers and flags are up all over the country as everyone prepares to celebrate
A flight delay and a missed connection were to blame for my first visit to Colombia. The visit was a short 14 hour trip to the slightly chaotic, somewhat gloomy Bogota. The airline offered me a hotel for the night and an old friend in town picked me up to take me to the bi-yearly Iberia-American festival of Theatre that was taking place at the time.In that one night I was not only introduced to some exceptionally funny shows on the many stages, but also live salsa bands and was given a short introduction to what I am sure are the friendliest and most welcoming people in the world.
I was hooked, from day one.
Of course, I’ve been back more times than I remember since then and have been very lucky to see many sides of this magnificently diverse country. Colombia is a country of diversity and contrasts. From paradise beaches on the pacific and Caribbean coasts, to the gigantic metropolis of Bogota in the high Andes, to the deserts of Guajira to the lush green and virgin Amazon jungle of the south-east, Colombia has so much more to offer than Cartagena and a good cup of coffee.
One of the places that has particularly captured my interest during my visits to Colombia is the incredibly charming town of Salento. Salento is the oldest town of the department of Quindio. During colonial times the town was a main stop on the route between Popayan (south) and Bogota, but Simon Bolivar ordered a re-route/upgrade to the road during the 1830s by-passing the settlement. The town was left untouched for many years and never caught up with modern day development of the rest of the country. The small community of some 300 people at the time grew stronger and today we’re left with this gem of history. The town has an approximate population of 4000 people today.
Salento is situated centrally in Zona Cafetera, the coffee region of Colombia some 8-9 hours from the capital by road. The route is not ideal for those with a weak stomach, but the drive through the Cordillera Central is spectacular and well worth the small intestinal twists that your body might be put through.
The coffee region is full of brightly coloured fincas (ranches/country houses), houses and churches, each with accompanying porches and/or balconies. The architecture and exceptional use of the native giant bamboo (in recent years made famous worldwide by architect Simón Vélez) is its own chapter, but no place is quite as alluring and complete as Salento.
Things to do in Salento:
EAT (STREET FOOD): Mazorca – corn on the cob with butter and salt. Cheap and delicious.
EAT (STREET FOOD): Arepas de mais – a type of cornmeal bread, but these are incredibly addictive. They are made simply with corn flour, a little oil, water and a lot of love. They should be cooked on hot coals and then have a coat of butter and even a generous layer of cheese, yum!
EAT (STREET FOOD): Chorizo on a stick. You’ll see them everywhere, just try them. Greasy goodness!
EAT: Trout – local speciality in Salento from the surrounding rivers. Get a trout “a la plancha” (grilled) and make sure it’s served with a generous side of patacones and you can’t go wrong.
DO: Get yourself on the back of a Willy – The Jeep Willy first made its way to Colombia in the 1940s as a military vehicle but quickly became very popular with the coffee farmers due to its very sturdy nature and ability to drive in the mountainous terrain. The vehicles are still used today in the region, for all types of farming, and in Salento you can jump on the back of them to go to Cocora as a means of public transport.
DO: Coffee tour – there are countless of them and they are certainly something not to miss. Visit an estancia/functioning coffee farm and learn everything about the process of the black gold of the region.
DO: Play Tejo – The game must be the second national sport (after football). In short it consists of throwing a metal puck of about a kilo along an approximately 15-20m track or field aiming for the gunpowder covered centre. You hit the target, similar to a bull’s eye in darts, and you score big. Additionally to the big bang, you will get cheers from everyone around, lots of cheers and pats on the back. A great sport and very popular with all Colombians.
DO: Salto de La Cruz/Salento Viewpoint. Some 200 steps and a sharp rise up the mountain will quickly get you to the viewpoint of the city with the very impressive views of the small town and the surrounding areas. You can see the yellow and blue steps from the Bolivar Square. This is an activity best on a clear day.
If you want your own Colombian adventure check out some of our adventure tours and explore the region of Salento for yourself.
There are 3 important questions during wedding season. 1) Will you marry me? 2) Do you take XX to be your lawful wedded spouse? 3) Where shall we go on our honeymoon?
Now we can’t help you with the first two unfortunately (unless you happen to get engaged on one of our tours) but we can definitely help with the third. Put down the glossy bridal magazines for a second and consider an exciting adventure honeymoon which can take you and your partner to some of the most fascinating corners of the globe
Below we have listed some absolutely amazing destinations for post wedding exploits- though we can’t promise you won’t be that smug couple when you return.
1) Buenos Aires
Get hot and steamy in saucy Argentina- take a tango lesson before soaking up the city vibes over a succulent steak and a deep glass of red wine. Why not include an Estancia day trip and horse ride through the hills on a traditional rural ranch before heading back to sexy Buenos Aires?
2) Kerala
Imagine you and your partner are lazily sailing down tranquil waters on a traditional barge, the scent of exotic spices drifts subtlety in the breeze whilst the sun sets in the distance. Get away from it all on this peaceful slice of paradise in India and start wedded life in bliss.
3) Galápagos Islands
Walk on the wild side with your spouse. Hike, swim, snorkel and view the ridiculous amount of wildlife on offer. A photographers dream, build those new marriage photo albums with shots of sea lions, giant tortoises, penguins and seals. And obviously selfies of you two too.
4) Mendoza
What could be more romantic than cycling through the vineyards of Argentina sampling sensational wines on your way? After getting deliciously tipsy you can then wander the tree lined streets and relaxed plazas reminiscing about what your bridesmaids got up to on the wedding day.
5) Costa Rica Immerse yourself in the beauty of Costa Rica. Whether your partner is an adrenaline junkie and you just want to soak up the sun, this Central American gem has something for everyone. Relax on deserted beaches, taste delicious chocolate at authentic cocoa plantations and listen to the calming sounds of the waterfall whilst cuddling up under the stars.
6) Amazon Jungle
“Welcome to the jungle we got fun and games…” AND AN ADVENTURE OF A LIFETIME. Like the popular lyrics of Guns and Roses, venture deep into the tropical jungle and spot a whole host of incredible wildlife before snuggling up in one of our 4* awesome jungle lodges. Maybe not the most romantic getaway but definitely a tropical adventure!
7) Cuba
Sway to the sensual rhythms of salsa whilst you explore beguiling Cuba. Wander the capital of Havana with its fascinating 1950s feel and absorb the romantic sounds of jazz as you and your partner lounge in authentic rum bars before swimming in the stunning natural pools of Trinidad.
If you have the adventure bug and want to start wedded life with a bang, give our fantastic tailor made team a ring to create honeymoon memories of a lifetime, personalised for you.
During Marcus’ adventures across Central America he rounded up some of the best dishes for all the eager foodies out there! Try and get through this post without salivating- we dare you!
Guatemala
1)The local speciality when you’re near the coastal areas of Guatemala is a rich seafood stew called ‘tapado’ made from fish, shrimp, shellfish and coconut milk spiced with coriander. It is served with a side of plantain and another whole grilled fish just for good measure! A delicious dish that is definitely not to be missed if you’re a seafood lover!
Belize
2) If you’re in Caye Caulker head to Meldy’s restaurant for hearty homemade meals made from fresh local ingredients. One of Meldy’s colossal Belizean breakfasts will definitely set you up for a day of snorkelling or diving on the nearby Belize Barrier Reef – it’s a huge platter of American-style pancakes served with banana, watermelon, papaya, bacon, eggs and maple syrup that will leave you full for yours while you’re explore the marine life of the world’s second biggest barrier reef.
3) June to February is the lobster season in Belize. Expect huge lobsters at great prices, normally served with conch fritters.
Mexico
4) Mexico’s Yucatan peninsula in the East of the country is renowned for its heritage of delicious cuisine made using fresh ingredients. Try the ‘Pan de Cazon’ (literally ‘dogfish bread’), which are corn tortillas layered with dogfish stew, cooked in a sauce of roasted tomatoes.
5) ‘Panuchos’ are a famous local speciality that is not to be missed. They are precooked tortillas with refried beans, lettuce, red onion, avocado, tomato and the local Xnipec sauce layered on top, together with pibil-style chicken (chicken that is marinated in annatto/achiote and sour orange juice, then wrapped in banana leaves and baked).
6) Yucatan salad is a simple yet tasty dish, great for a light lunch if you’re relaxing on the beaches of the Maya Riviera. It consists of tomatoes, cucumbers, lettuce and a stringy Mexican cheese, all covered in pesto.
Costa Rica
7 ) ‘Gallo pinto’ (literally ‘spotted rooster’) is the breakfast of choice for most Ticos (people from Costa Rica). A stir-fry of rice and beans, it is usually served with eggs, cheese and/or ‘natilla’ (sour cream).
Our very own Natalia who has worked at Tucan Travel for a number of years is undertaking an exceptional challenge. She and the rest of the Coxless Crew are a four woman team who are attempting to achieve a world first by rowing 8,446 miles across the Pacific Ocean unsupported. They will be rowing out from San Francisco on the 18th of April with the aim to reach Australia all on their own.
This brave venture is with the intention to raise a quarter of a million pounds for their two chosen charities- Walking with the Wounded and Breast Cancer Care. Walking with Wounded help fund the retraining and re-education of those wounded in the army and help with the transition after active duty. As it is an all-female crew the charity will be putting the money raised from this towards injured service women in particular who have risked their lives on the front line. Breast Cancer is the most common cancer in the UK and the numbers of cases are rising. Breast Cancer Care is the only UK wide charity providing specialist support to those affected. The Coxless Crew are hoping to raise awareness and funds for both of these inspirational charities from their incredible adventure.
If you would like to donate towards their heroic efforts please visit their fundraising page here. You also have the option to ‘Buy a Mile’. For £10 you can get your name or the name of a loved one written on the inspirational wall inside the cabin of the boat so you too can be a part of their journey across the ocean as well as helping raise money for 2 truly worthy charities. There are no limits to the amount of miles you buy – the bigger the donation the bigger the name on the wall! There will also be an informal, light hearted event on the 26 March from 7pm at the London Rowing Club. If you would like to attend and wish your farewells to the crew, tickets will cost £5 on the door.
Natalia has worked at Tucan Travel on-and-off for a number of years in almost every department and every office we have in operation! For nearly a year, she has worked tirelessly, raising money for the Coxless Crew, preparing herself physically and mentally for the challenges that await her on her journey across the Pacific Ocean all while working in London as part of our Reservations Team.
Good luck ladies! We have the upmost admiration for your tenacity and spirit! Go get em!
About the Author: Rosanna is on the Marketing team at Tucan Travel. She has travelled independently and on group tours through South East Asia, and Europe. You can find her on Twitter here
The Taj Mahal is open to the public from sunrise to sunset every day except Friday when it is closed all day. Once a month it is also possible to view the Taj Mahal in the evening when there is a full moon. You can check the night viewing dates here: http://www.tajmahal.gov.in/faq_taj.html. As tickets to the night time viewing are more limited they do book out quickly, so try to book in advance to avoid disappointment. If you want to see the Taj by night but your dates don’t coincide with the full moon, then I would highly recommend that you make your way to the other side of the river in the evening as you can still get a great view of the Taj Mahal at night from outside the walls.
It is often said of popular tourist attractions that the earlier you get there the better. In the case of the Taj Mahal, it is definitely something to consider. Our tour leader got us up super early and although I might have been grumpy at the early morning alarm call, every time I look back at my photos and compare the 8am photos, which hardly had any other people in them, to the people-packed photos taken at noon, I am extremely grateful. It is worth noting that it can sometimes be hazier first thing in the morning.
Before you go
If you are going around sunrise or sunset then I would recommend wearing mosquito repellent as the gardens do have several water features that attract the biting insects. Also don’t forget your sunscreen.
What to bring
If you can avoid taking a back pack then do, as the security can be time consuming and the list of contraband is a long one. Anything they deem to be unsuitable to take in will be confiscated, such as pen knives and marker pens. When you buy your ticket, you are given a bottle of water and shoe covers. On top of that you can take in one camera only. Video cameras and tripods require a special permit. No food, drinks, chewing gum etc are allowed inside, other than your bottle of water.
Popular spots
There is a small bench halfway down the gardens that Princess Diana was photographed on. It is a great location for getting the perfect photo as it is far enough away that you can get the entire Taj Mahal in the image, but close enough that you can pick up the detail, so obviously it is extremely popular. If you want that photo then go there first before you do or see anything. As we were leaving we saw lots of people queuing for the bench, it looked like they had a long wait!
Avoid
As soon as you enter the gates, you will be bombarded with people wanting to act as your own personal photographer and of course they all claim to know the best places to have a picture taken. This knowledge obviously comes at a fee and I would highly recommend that you avoid them.
Allocate some non-camera time
When faced with a structure as beautiful and full of history and romance as the Taj Mahal, the tendency is to spend every minute taking more and more photos – one of them has got to capture it just perfectly, right? I think the best thing you can do is put your camera away and truly take in the wondrous sight that is the Taj Mahal.
You can visit the Taj Mahal on a number of Tucan Travel tours found here
Say hello to the final video of Rio Carnival 2015 from Greg and Carole over at Travizeo. Jam-packed with the top highlights from their adventure, it’s a three minute extravaganza into what to expect at the greatest party of the world as they followed one of our Budget Expeditions (18-35s) groups around
A year and a half ago I was fresh out of university and still had no clue what I wanted to be when I grew up. Considering I was 22 with a student loan and spent the best part of my life in education this was pretty awkward. Peers around me were joining graduate schemes, putting deposits down on flats and all in all scaring the hell out of me.
I had other ideas. Armed with a ton of brochures, a map of the world and a degree in spontaneity, my best friend and I decided to travel across South East Asia. It was the best decision I ever made if I may say so myself. Starting in Thailand and ending in Indonesia we were to explore some of the most colourful countries in the world for 3 incredible months.
The first few weeks were spent on tour. This was a great way to make new friends from all over the world, and there is nothing like sharing fried scorpion on the Koh San Road to bond a group. It was also a fantastic way to discover sights that we easily could have missed. Activities had been planned, that if left up to us, we would never have done independently (Tianna and I have an incredible lack of decisiveness. It’s almost a skill.) From visiting the incredible White Temple in Chang Rai to sailing down the incredible Mekong River en route to Laos it was an once in a lifetime experience.
Travelling allows you to make friends for life. Beers on the beaches of Thailand whilst watching an infamous fire show with the stars in the sky will be a memory you won’t forget, and whilst your new pals may live on the other side of the world you will always have this experience together- as well as a future vacation destination!
For me travelling was to path the rest of my life choices. Arriving back to London I couldn’t shake the feeling that my adventures weren’t over yet. I spent a year working in the crazy world of advertising earning money but constantly having massive wanderlust withdrawals. And then a vacancy occurred at Tucan Travel – and I knew it was the right move- so for me, travelling really inspired all aspects of my life even once I had put down the passport.
Although we had some mildly awkward moments I would not change a single step of this adventure. From my pal’s hangover causing Cambodian airport staff to throw tiger balm at her (NB: it doesn’t work. Stick to aspirin and Bloody Marys) to a cultural clash in Malaysia concerning food and bus drivers, I explored some of the most sensational places on the planet. Travelling allowed me to uncover new cultures, cuisines and countries and get a view of the world I wouldn’t have otherwise. It also makes great dinner party conversation, interview answers and dating profile paragraphs!
For your nomadic adventure why not try a Tucan Travel tour and start your own travel chapter in life- who knows where you will end up!
About the Author: Rosanna is on the Marketing team at Tucan Travel. She has travelled independently and on group tours through South East Asia, and Europe. You can find her on Twitter here
So the first film you ever watched was the Lion King. You used to always drag your family to the zoo every weekend and your collection of stuffed toys was out of hand. You also became a PRO at photography and got great shots of the neighbour’s dog doing something viral worthy. Now though, you’re bored of playing fetch with Milo and maybe fancy something a bit more roarsome? Luckily we have put together a collection of the top destinations for wildlife spotting below!
Get your cameras ready for one of Kenya’s most popular safari spots. All aboard the specialty safari vehicle, this nature reserve is home to thousands of animals. It’s also one of the places where you can spot the BIG FIVE! Lions, elephants, Cape buffalos, leopards and rhinos all inhabit this stunning region as well as cheetahs, hyenas and over 500 species of birds. If you want to walk right into a scene of the Lion King this one’s for you.
You will be overwhelmed with the amount of spectacular wildlife available to see whilst cruising in the Galápagos Islands. Snorkel with playful sea lions, spot giant Galápagos tortoises as well as scores of species of birds. Flamingos, penguins, blue-footed boobies and Darwin’s finches will leave your feathers in a flap.
Well the largest rainforest in the world had to get a mention didn’t it? Spanning 9 countries and having one of the longest rivers in the world it is a haven of wildlife. It is home to 2.5 million insect species, tens of thousands of plants and around 2000 birds and animals. Caiman spot down the Amazon river at night, be lucky enough to catch a glimpse of the aloof jaguar and be amazed by the giant river otters. Just don’t forget your mosquito spray.
Borneo
This Asian island is perfect for those wanting to get off the beaten track and see nature at her finest. Spend your days in the Deramakot Forest reserve and watch the globally threatened orang-utan in the wild. Take part in a nocturnal safari and try and spot the clouded leopard as well as a river cruise through the Kinabatangan Region- just don’t feed the crocodiles! Don’t forget the Sun Bear Conservation Centre too- home to the world’s smallest bear species.
Everyone loves sea turtles right? Well Costa Rica prides their conservation of them plus a host of other amazing creatures too. Explore Tortuguero National park and between the months of July and October you may be able to watch the hatching of them. Apart from our sea turtle friends there is also the local sloth sanctuary in Cahuita where you can see baby sloths up close and personal.
Explore the continent left to the bravest and catch sight of whales, penguins and dolphins. Although there are no mammals here, you have the chance to see a number of species including an abundance of seals and whales breaching the icy waters. If that isn’t a photo moment I don’t know what is!
Trek through the Virunga mountains of Uganda and spot small families of gorillas. Watch the mighty silverbacks as they interact with baby gorillas in their natural habitat. A once in a life time opportunity indeed!
To follow in the paw-prints yourself why not check out our tours!
About the Author: Rosanna is on the Marketing team at Tucan Travel. She has travelled independently and on group tours through South East Asia, and Europe. You can find her on Twitter here
On a map, the Zona Cafetera (“Coffee Zone”) of Colombia is relatively small, however the extremely hilly landscape of the region helps the Andean country to be the second largest coffee producer in the world. This very same landscape, recently declared a UNESCO World Heritage Site, also allows for some incredible hiking.
Unlike the likes of the Inca Trail in Peru, Cotopaxi in Ecuador or Torres del Paine in Chile, the trekking landscapes of the Zona Cafetera in Colombia are incredibly green. This is not to take anything away from the likes of the Peruvian Andes or the majestic Torres del Paine, however the flora and fauna of the luscious green hills and jungle that you walk through if you opt for a day hike in the Cocora Valley is quite incomparable.
Visiting the Cocora Valley is a mini-complete experience of Colombian tradition, culture and hospitality. There are a number of ways to explore the valley, most known for the national tree and symbol, the Quindio Wax Palm Tree. As the world’s tallest palm, it can reach up to 60m and creates a very impressive, unique and almost surreal landscape.
Once no longer actively used on the coffee farms as “mulitas mecánicas” (mechanical mules), old Jeep Willy’s from the 1940s, 50s and 60s leave from the nearby town of Salento and serve as a means of public transport to the very small village of Cocora. The 15-20 minute trip on the Willy is a great experience in itself. The Willy has become an important symbol of the Zona Cafetera since their introduction in the 40s from the US army, and the drivers of the cars look after them with impeccable care – the nearby city of Armenia even has a yearly festival dedicated to the Willy and the art of Yipao, loading up your Jeep with unthinkable amounts of coffee and bananas, then balancing it on two wheels while parading through the city’s high street. Back in Salento, the Jeeps fill up with tourists and locals alike, and if you’re lucky you get to stand on the back of them for a cool breezy ride through the stunning landscape.
Cocora itself consist of a few cattle farms and some fincas (ranches), but otherwise everything revolves around horse rentals and restaurants. The region still does not see the same amount of foreign tourism as other areas, but it is very popular among Colombians coming from the capital or other cities nearby.
The valley and the symbolic palm tree views can be seen only 15-20 minutes’ walk away, which is what the vast majority of people come for, but there is also a fantastic 6-8 hour hike available to do both starting and finishing in the village. On my first visit to the region I didn’t have time enough set aside for this hike which I was always gutted about. Luckily I recently had the chance to return and it turned out that the wait was worth every bit of it.
The circuit can be done in either direction, and with the same starting and finishing point neither direction will consist of more or less amounts of uphill challenges, however I would highly recommend the trek in the anti-clockwise direction, meaning starting at the bottom of the village. In this direction we began by walking through the valley adjacent to that of the palm trees, seeing the tops of them in the distance on one side, and wonderful farming land on the other. The tracks were muddy and wet, but easy enough to walk with good shoes/boots. The landscape quickly changed to jungle, crossing about 6-7 bridges across rivers. We then began ascending slowly until reaching a finca where we were served a hot cup of coffee while watching the nearby hummingbirds dancing around us. Horses of those who did the walk assisted were given a rest and for those who had the stamina to do the additional 800 ascend to Finca de la Montana were able to do so. That final 30 minute walk to the top was tough, but worth the effort.
From Finca de la Montana it was all downhill with stunning views as we descended through everything from cloud forest to pine and bamboo forest and finally the famous Quindio Wax Palm fields of the valley before returning to Cocora.
On arrival we opted for the local speciality of trout, if you ever go make sure to keep it simple with “trucha a plancha” – grilled trout cooked in garlic butter, obviously served up with a generous portion of patincones (fried plantain).
It had come to the end of a long day, but it was without a doubt one of the best day hikes I have done in my 10+ years in Latin America. The spectacular views across the valleys, the flora and fauna, the river crossings and let’s not forget the great ride on the back of the Jeep, which is exactly how we finished, returning, by Jeep, last few sun rays in our faces as we stood on the back en route to a comfortable bed in Salento.
N.B. The circuit hike is relatively demanding and does require a reasonable level of physical fitness. Horses are available for those who don’t wish to hike.
Our Instagram account this month has been flooded with some of the most exciting, colourful images that have been sent in from your adventures with us! Below are some of the best photos we have received that inspired our wanderlust. Remember to hashtag #tucantravel so we can share yours too! https://www.instagram.com/p/9knG3iIfaW/embed/?cr=1&wp=658&rd=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.tucan.travel&rp=%2Fblog%2F2015%2F11%2Fbest-of-instagram-for-november%2F#%7B%22ci%22%3A0%2C%22os%22%3A2778%7D https://www.instagram.com/p/9wnyKouy4X/embed/?cr=1&wp=658&rd=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.tucan.travel&rp=%2Fblog%2F2015%2F11%2Fbest-of-instagram-for-november%2F#%7B%22ci%22%3A1%2C%22os%22%3A2796%7D https://www.instagram.com/p/-AtoylkykQ/embed/?cr=1&wp=658&rd=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.tucan.travel&rp=%2Fblog%2F2015%2F11%2Fbest-of-instagram-for-november%2F#%7B%22ci%22%3A2%2C%22os%22%3A2798%7D https://www.instagram.com/p/9ye9itmVmw/embed/?cr=1&wp=658&rd=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.tucan.travel&rp=%2Fblog%2F2015%2F11%2Fbest-of-instagram-for-november%2F#%7B%22ci%22%3A3%2C%22os%22%3A4401%7D https://www.instagram.com/p/9qhcLruGHd/embed/?cr=1&wp=658&rd=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.tucan.travel&rp=%2Fblog%2F2015%2F11%2Fbest-of-instagram-for-november%2F#%7B%22ci%22%3A4%2C%22os%22%3A4421%7D
Our tour leaders are hard to track down. You may find them hiking up volcanoes in Central America, trekking through the Amazon Jungle or playing “spot the lion” on one of our overland trucks somewhere in Africa. You may even find them at the most southerly tip of South America showing our travellers mammoth glaciers.
As a special treat, we have managed to pin down two of our amazing Central America tour leaders for a short interview on a lowdown of their favourite continent, before they go whizzing off taking more excited passengers on an adventure of a lifetime!
Welcome Bec and Scott!
Let’s get straight to it- which bits of Central America really stand out as must-visit destinations?
Bec: All of Nicaragua is brilliant. The activities we do in Leon are awesome. We arrive late Saturday, you have a city tour on Sunday morning, and then on Sunday afternoon we do the twilight tour to Telica Volcano. Oh and the rum tasting challenge is excellent, not only for group bonding and tasting Nicaragua’s famous rum, but the guide (Carlos from Hokano) gives you an excellent insight into life in Nicaragua. And Roatán, Roatán is a highlight!
Scott: So many things that it’s hard to choose! The ancient Mayan ruins of Tikal in Guatemala are spectacular. Still half-buried in a dense tropical rainforest, the calls of Howler monkeys and sights of toucans flying above the branches only adds to the magic of experiencing this massive sight. It never disappoints!
Sounds awesome- what about any hidden gems or anything “underrated?”
Bec: Ometepe Island. I find most of my passengers love to chill out in the lovely hotel we use here. Especially if they are on the Costa Rica section because that is action packed!
Scott: Probably Teotihuacan, the massive pyramids just an hour outside of Mexico City. I say they are underrated because they are one of the sights that guests seem to have the least knowledge of before starting the tour. They are the first ruins that we visit on the Magical Mexico tour and the guests are always very pleasantly surprised.
When is the best time to go in your opinion?
Scott: It depends a bit on the area. Panama and Costa Rica in particular can get quite rainy from May to November, in fact “ticos” (Costa Ricans) call this their winter. Even so it’s still a lovely time to visit with less crowds. In general, November is a perfect time to visit Mexico and Central America, with the rain tailing off and still not too many tourists!
Bec: Honestly? All year round. Hottest time of the year is normally Easter (April) and June, July and August. There are different things that happen at different times. Whale sharks are July to September, but August is the best month to spot, which also happens to be hurricane season (but that is generally a non-event.) Rainy season isn’t too bad either as the rain hits in the afternoon! And for example in Costa Rica, activities such as rafting and rappelling are better in the rain!
Any tips for families hoping to go to Central America? – when to go, if to go, which countries are best, food, things to do etc.
Scott: I think all of the destinations on the itinerary could make for a great family vacation, but in particular I would recommend Costa Rica. There are so many fun activities including horse riding, zip lining, white water rafting and canyoneering, all provided by extremely professional and safe operators.
What about foodies? What are some of your favourite Central American delicacies?
Bec: Tacos in Mexico, Baleadas in Honduras, the list is endless…! People think they will lose weight in Central but the food is amazing!
Scott: Definitely Mexican food! In particular there are a few delicacies that cannot be missed:
– Mole poblano, a dish served with rich dark sauce made from cocoa, cinnamon and a bit of pepper. Found in Puebla
– Tylayudas are big tortillas served with a thick mole sauce, shredded meat (quite often chicken), tomatoes, avocado and delicious Oaxacan cheese. Found in Oaxaca
– Cochinita Pibil is a delicious dish of Mayan origin, slow roasted pulled pork marinated in acidic citrus juice and served in a banana leaf. Fund throughout the Yucatan Peninsula.
What about shopping? Are there any particularly good souvenirs to buy?
Scott: One of the best things you can buy are the beautiful handcrafted hammocks made my deaf workers at the Café de Sonrisas in Leon, Nicaragua. By purchasing a hammock you’re supporting a fantastic non-profit organization that helps the deaf, and they’ll ship to anywhere in the world.
Bec: Mexico and Guatemala because of the indigenous population have great crafts and are very cheap. Nicaragua has some great fair trade stores (lovely coloured leather etc) but I generally tell people to shop in Mexico and Guatemala. All depends on what they are looking for.
Any particular seasonal events that you can recommend, something most tourists wouldn’t know about?
Bec: Day of the Dead celebrations (31st Oct, 1st and 2nd of November). Any Hipica through Central America is cool. It’s like a horse/agriculture type party -Granada in Nicaragua is amazing. And Semana Santa in Antigua or Mexico is great!
Scott: Yes all of these! Dia de Muertos or Day of the Dead is a Mexican tradition now famous worldwide, where the living pay tribute to their deceased friends and relatives. In particular, Oaxaca is a great place to experience it. For Semana Santa, Antigua is transformed for a whole week with beautiful alfombras laid out on the street (carpets made with colourful sawdust and flowers) and processions marching up and down. It’s a truly magical time to be in this charming colonial city. (Easter Sunday is March 27 in 2016).
Finally, do you have any last minute tips for travellers wanting to go to Central America?
Scott: This is an adventure tour with a little bit of walking and many different types of overland transportation, so packing light will definitely make things easier! You’ll need a couple layers for some higher elevation spots where it can get down to 5 degrees in the winter, but nothing like some of the extreme cold you’d see in South America. Otherwise you’ll mostly be wearing shorts & t-shirts. Definitely also pack sunscreen, bug spray with DEET, a bathing suit and some good shoes for walking & hiking. Also you might want to learn a little bit of Spanish before arriving, in some parts you won’t hear hardly any English at all, a few words can go a long way!
Bec: Always have a rain jacket (or poncho) and one of those little raid plug in things that costs you about $2 is a life saver when our hotels don’t have air con or a fan. The lighter you pack, the better!
You can find Bec and Scott on one of our tours through Central America. Check them all out here!
With only six weeks till Christmas, the festive season is sooner than you think (the radio has already started playing those all known favourites.) Christmas is a time for loved ones, however, a little known fact, is that it’s also the time for travel, and if you’re anything like us, you’ll want a little sneaky trip away. Father Christmas will be visiting our group tours at a whole host of amazing destinations, below are just some of the tours which are celebrating Christmas Day in some seriously stunning locations.
Replace turkey and Brussels sprouts with mouth-wateringly tempting seafood from Zanzibar. Famous for their deliciously tasty cuisine using locally grown spices, Stone Town is a perfect place to spend Christmas Day after spending sometime on the beaches snorkelling in the turquoise seas. During this 23 day tour from Nairobi to Livingstone not only do you get to spend Christmas on this slice of paradise, but you also can enjoy safaris in the Masai Mara and Serengeti!
You know those Christmas Days you hear about where the family is fighting over the last Christmas cracker and the dog has managed to pull the tree down? You won’t get any of that on Ometepe Island on Christmas Day. Switch off from the world at this paradise destination in Nicaragua. Located in the middle of Lake Nicaragua, you can enjoy the tranquility of this Central American gem as you hike up volcanoes, ride horses on the black sand beach or simply swing gently in hammocks watching the world go by. This two week tour combines Mayan ruins and gorgeous colonial towns as you travel through Guatemala, Honduras and Nicaragua and Costa Rica!
This tour will make sure you spend your 25th December with natures finest.Walk on the wild side and spend Christmas Day spotting wildlife in the steamy tropics of the Pantanal Wetlands in Brazil. From caimans and crocodiles to jaguars and exotic birds, there is a plethora of wildlife to be found. You may even get the chance to try your hand at piranha fishing! Once you have spent Christmas and Boxing Day rivaling David Attenborough with your wildlife spotting skills, we head to Bonito where the brilliantly blue waters are just asking to be swam in! Culminating in the vibrant city of Rio de Janeiro this will tour will certainly give you a Christmas to remember.
Soak up the culture of Vietnam at Christmas. From the floating markets on the Mekong Delta to the gorgeous beaches of Nha Trang we get an insight into Vietnamese life before spending Christmas day in the former Royal Capital of Hue. A UNESCO heritage site, wander down the winding and picturesque Perfume River and explore the ancient citadel and emperor tombs that previously held some of the most powerful rulers of Vietnam. Discover the exotic, enchanting tastes of the local specialities including “com hen” – rice with baby clams.
You could be lounging on Mexico’s miles of golden beaches with a margarita in hand at Playa del Carmen this Christmas Day. Our Quetzal Highway group tour arrives here after travelling through Guatemala and Belize on this 10 day tour. After soaking up the sun, why not spend the afternoon taking a dip in the nearby cenotes- fresh swimming holes connected to underground limestone caves!
An adventure through Peru, this tour will make sure you reach dizzying heights on Christmas Day. After spending two nights in the tropical Amazon Jungle we head to Cusco where you can hike the Lares Trek to Machu Picchu. Wake up Christmas morning en route to the Lost City of the Incas and trek through this beautiful Andean valley passing local villages and herds of llama. Although this trek is hidden in stunning mountain scenery we are sure Father Christmas will still be able to visit!
Soak up the beauty of Myanmar and spend the 25th December cycling around Bagan’s beautiful landscapes. Discover ancient Buddhist temples and climb impressive pagodas in a region where the sunsets are unparalleled. This tour also takes you Inle Lake where you can discover traditional markets, and villages built on stilts upon the water. Starting and ending in Yangon you have the chance to marvel at the golden Shwedagon Pagoda, a must-see for anyone visiting Myanmar.
About the Author: Rosanna is on the Marketing team at Tucan Travel. She has travelled independently and on group tours through South East Asia, and Europe. You can find her on Twitter here
Escape to the tropics of Central America next month for the ultimate colourful getaway. September is known as the “green season” and although it has some rainfall, it also brings out some of its most famous wildlife. There are also festivals throughout its regions which will delight travellers wanting to see Central America away from the crowds.
Costa Rica
From July-October, giant sea turtles come and hatch on the beaches of Tortuguero National Park. Female turtles will crawl out of the ocean to deposit their eggs on the white-sand beaches and it truly is a once in a life time spectacle. Watch them build their nests, and lay their eggs away from the watchful eye of seabirds and other predators. Costa Rica and Tortuguero in particular is also home to lush vegetation and flora, intensified by the rainy season, so you can cruise down jungle canal ways admiring nature at her finest and stopping off along the way.
Chichén Itzá
Come and see one of Mexico’s most famous attractions at one of its most important times of the year. Around September 22nd in the late afternoon, the autumnal equinox occurs, and sunlight bathes the main stairway of the El Castillo pyramid. The sun pattern forms the body of a serpent which joins the carved snake head at the bottom. This natural phenomenon attracts astronomers, scholars and historians as well as Mayan descendants as they work out how this ancient culture could build something so precise to create such an effect.
Whale sharks
One for the bucket list, you have the opportunity to go swimming with whale sharks. From June to early September it is possible to go snorkelling with these mighty but harmless creatures off the islands of Mexico. The largest sharks in the world, they are slow moving, with large filter mouths to feed on plankton. Snorkel alongside them in the warm waters of the Caribbean sea
Panama
Panama is beautiful in the “green season” and also has great rivers that benefit from the rainfall. Try your hand at kayaking or rafting in its rivers from Boquete. There are also several coffee plantations whose flora will flourish in the green season, as well as farms selling the sweetest of fruits!
It’s (generally) cheaper!
Generally September is low season for Central America, meaning savvy travellers may be able to get cheaper flights. September also is a time that many are back to school and work. With this in mind, places may be quieter with less crowds blocking the views of Tikal, Chichén Itzá and Copán!
Have a look at our range of exciting adventure tours to Central America here
About the Author: Rosanna is on the Marketing team at Tucan Travel. She has travelled independently and on group tours through South East Asia, and Europe. You can find her on Twitter here
Why travel the world? I’ve put together this short list of reasons why I think you should do your best to see as much of our beautiful planet as possible.
1. We are not guaranteed old age.
It’s only in recent times that people are coming around to the idea that you don’t have to wait until you’re ‘a responsible adult’ to travel far and wide. We are not promised to live to an old age to be able to tell stories to younger generations. Young people now are taking more time out and travelling further, which is great. I’m now in my mid-thirties (which I don’t see as being very old), but I prefer to buy experiences, instead of objects. If you have a destination in mind, go there, even if it’s not right away, start planning a course of action that will lead to you getting there.
2. It will create meaningful relationships.
I will never forget the last sunset on a volunteering trip to Singida, Tanzania in Sept/Oct 2008. At the volunteer camp in a small remote village called Mughumbu, 3hours drive from the market town of Singida, the local choir and villagers had come to sing and say goodbye to us. It was my last day as a volunteer in the village before I went travelling for 8days, I had been in the village for 4weeks previous and had made some close friends with other volunteers as well as some of the locals. The last trip I went on to Africa, over Christmas and New Year 2014/15 with Tucan Travel, I made some great friends who were doing the same overland trip as myself and also made friends with locals. This is one of the most rewarding things about travel.
Below is my favourite photo, which I took of the choir singing on my last night as a volunteer in Singida and was the starting point of my photographic passion.
3. Say goodbye to your comfort zone.
I have to admit, I’m a big user of Facebook & Instagram, but going place where there are little or no internet or phone reception is a great thing. It gives you time to enjoy and take-in all that is going on around you. Everyone should go on a camping/overland trip at least once in their lives, it really is a rewarding experience. You get to learn new things, from camping skills (proper camping), to how to communicate with other cultures that may not speak English, this can also be very fun and funny. Food is another thing, you’ll amaze yourself just how much food you eat back home, may not be available all the time but you’ll have alternatives and they are usually healthier for you, which is great. Also, the satisfaction of pushing yourself to reach the top of that mountain, crossing a gorge, sleeping in a hammock in a jungle, ordering something in a rural restaurant in China, all things that feel great to accomplish. You will however, find a different kind of comfort on your travels, especially when you are sitting on the edge of a river with your feet up and enjoying a nice cold beer, like my friend Adam in the photo below. This image was taken on the shore of the Etosha National Park lake/pan. Amazing sunsets in Africa.
4. Time slows down.
When at home and doing regular, everyday things, time seems to fly by. I think this is due to the fact we don’t think about many of things we normally do. How many times have you driven to work without really paying attention the the journey? It’s done nearly every day, it’s boring and mundane. When you travel to another part of the world, your mind is working harder than ever, but it doesn’t seem that way because you are enjoying the new sights and experiences. The mind is a very powerful thing, and when I am away from home, I can honestly say, the time does seem to slow down. New experiences and adventures make us more knowledgable and better people. I will never forget climbing to the top of Dune 45 to watch the sunrise at 5am on Christmas morning (2014) over the towering sand dunes of the Namib Desert. This will always be with me, as will countless other fantastic experiences while on my last 19 day tour of the southern half of Africa with Tucan Travel.
I hope you have gotten some inspiration to get up and travel from this short blog. If you have, I would love to follow your journey or hear about your trip.
2016 will certainly be a year to remember.The last 12 months have had everyone talking, from controversial politician debates to the colourful Rio Olympics.
Meanwhile, we have had a great year taking our Tucan Travel passengers all across the globe. But which destinations were the most popular? Below is a list of the top ten tours from 2016 including the highlights which made our passengers say “WOW!”.
Highlights include: Two different UNESCO sites, KGB Museum tour
About the Author: Rosanna is on the Marketing team at Tucan Travel. She has travelled independently and on group tours through Colombia, Mexico, South East Asia, and Europe. You can find her on Twitter here
There is so much more to Africa than wildlife safaris (although visiting the Masai Mara and Serengeti is a breath-taking experience in itself.) Reservations Manager, Steve Burke recently came back from our Zanzibar to Zambezi adventure and couldn’t wait to share his experience! Read his interview below to get an insider’s knowledge of travelling through Tanzania, Malawi and Zambia on a group tour.
What attracted you to this tour?
I had long wanted to visit Zanzibar, but also take in a road less travelled in Africa. I far prefer to overland and camp as, even though it can mean long travel days and some early starts, with a good group of people I find it a very rewarding experience. The opportunity to finish up at Victoria Falls was also another major travel box ticked!
2) What were some of the highlights? Anything underrated that people should explore?
My favourite part of the tour was actually Kande Beach, Malawi. While it is mostly just one overland resort by a lakeside beach, the variety of things we did there, along with an overland oasis style atmosphere, made it the best part of the trip for me.
We had a ridiculous dress up party and kept going all night in the amazing bar, took a very enlightening village walk with a local guide that was refreshingly authentic, hired a boat to go fishing and swimming on a rock island, went for a village dinner and saw the village kids sing and dance, and some went horse riding. Coupled with some chill out beach time, it was a terrific variety.
Victoria Falls also has a wealth of activities and the Zambezi Waterfront where we stay has a fun night time atmosphere in the bar. The white water rafting was an incredible white-knuckle experience, jaw dropping scenery but an experience most definitely not for the faint of heart!
3) Do you have any tips for people visiting Africa? What to bring, what optional excursions to book?
Don’t forget that some nights can be very cold! I completely forgot to bring a warm sweater which meant I needed to wrap up massively on what was an extremely cold night’s camping in Tanzania.
It is an overdone phrase, but you also will be well served with a good sense of humour and patience. Don’t expect things to always go as planned, and keep some wet wipes handy!
There will be times in tourist areas when you feel like a walking cash machine, so don’t forget to make some time for wandering away from the group too. It was nice one day to go in to Livingstone for an afternoon without the group and have some lunch where all the locals were eating (always go where the locals eat) and feel a little like a local for a couple of hours. Learning a couple of greetings in the local language is also essential.
And for peat’s sake, bring anti-sickness medication for the afternoon Zanzibar ferry crossing!
4) What was the food like?
A great many meals were made by our group and they ranged from basic but functional to absolutely amazing! It’s incredible what you can do with a little planning. The meals I had in restaurants mostly varied from delicious, to mega-delicious. A good rule is that the more foreign/western a dish is, the greater the chance you will be disappointed by it, so stick to things that have a local flavor and so will always be prepared well.
5) Would you recommend a group tour for visiting this region of Africa?
Definitely, to do what we did with local transport only would massively add to the time it took, and the stress involved. Not only that but a good group of people adds immeasurably to the journey.
Yes, there were times that we felt like we stuck out a bit in our big yellow truck, but the alternative would have required so much more time and discomfort!
Steve Burke did the 14 day Zanzibar to Zambezi tour from Dar es Salaam to Livingstone, part of our Adventures for 20s & 30s range. For a full list of our Africa tours, please click here
Empanadas – small, golden brown bites of deliciousness, filled with a variety of ingredients, but in Colombia one of the most common recipes comes with beef. These are perfect for a snack on the go or a starter, and during my time in Colombia, I couldn’t get enough of them! Below is a recipe for how to make these savoury treats, served best with Aji – a typical Colombian hot salsa.
Ingredients (20 portions)
For the dough
2 cup precooked yellow cornmeal (masarepa)
3 cups of very hot water
1/2 tablespoon sazon Goya with azafran, or 1 beef stock cube
1/2 teaspoon of salt
For the filling
2 cups peeled and diced white potatoes
1/2 lb ground beef
1 chicken or vegetable stock cube
1 tablespoon olive oil
1/2 cup chopped white onions
1 cup chopped tomato
1/2 teaspoon salt
1/4 cup chopped spring onions
1 garlic clove, chopped
2 tablespoon chopped fresh coriander
2 tablespoon chopped red bell pepper
1/4 teaspoon black pepper
Vegetable oil for deep-frying
To Make the Dough
In a large bowl mix the cornmeal, sazon Goya, hot water and the salt mixing thoroughly. The sazon Goya is a traditional Colombian seasoning that can be found on Amazon but if you cannot get it you can use a beef stock cube in its place.
Stir well, kneading it until it forms a dough. Let it stand, covering it with cling film while you make the filling.
To Make the Filling
Boil the potatoes in a pot with water and the stock cube for 20 minutes or until soft. Drain and mash the potatoes. Set aside.
In a large frying pan heat the 1 tablespoon of olive oil. Add the onions, the tomatoes, spring onion, garlic, red pepper, coriander, salt and black pepper. Cook, stirring often for about 15 minutes.
Once the tomatoes have reduced in the pan, add the ground beef. Break up the meat with a wooden spoon, for 10 to 15 minutes or until the mixture is quite dry. Add salt, pepper and cumin to season.
Once your beef and vegetables are cooked add this mixture to the mashed potatoes bowl and mix well to combine.
To Make the Empanadas
Break small golf ball sized portions of dough about 1 1/2 tablespoons for each one, and form each one into a ball by rolling between it into the palms of your hands.
Place the balls of dough on a chopping board between two pieces of plastic cling film and roll each out very thinly to form a circle (roughly 6 inches).
Peel off the top plastic and place 1 tablespoon of the filling in the center of each. Next, carefully fold the dough over to enclose the filling, forming a half circle.Tightly seal the edges by crimping with the edges of a fork.
Boil a large pot of oil, making sure it gets hot enough for deep frying. Using a large spoon with slots in, slowly place 3 or 4 empanadas at the time in the heated oil and fry for about 2 minutes until golden brown on all sides.
Transfer the empanadas to a plate lined with paper towels and let them drain. Serve warm with ají and lime on the side.
Top tip: When visiting Cusco, Peru you can enjoy another Colombian empananda experience when you visit Zenith Brewery . Order traditional empanadas from their in-house menu to be delivered and wash them down with a locally-brewed glass of beer!
When I decided to pack-up my bags and spend 9 months travelling around South America, exploring Colombia and more specifically Medellín was my no.1 priority.
Medellín was of course home to the most legendary cartel kingpin of all time – Pablo Escobar.
Thanks to the hit Netflix series Narcos, we’re all aware of his excessive & indulgent life but here are my top 10 truths; facts I learnt about him whilst in his hometown:
In his hey-day he was earning a staggering $60M per day
Forbes once ranked him the 7th Richest Man In The World
All his properties were painted white to represent his product
He never dabbled in cocaine but often smoked cannabis
He had a Colombian footballer killed because he scored an own goal
His cartel would spend +$2,000 every month on rubber bands to hold the money
Whilst on the run from the CIA, he once burnt $1M to make a fire to keep his daughter warm
His Medellín cartel was responsible for over 80% of the cocaine trade to the US
In an attempt not to get extradited, Escobar offered to pay off Colombia’s national debt – a cool $10 billion.
He built a zoo on his Hacienda Napoles estate complete with elephants, hippos and giraffes. One hippo once escaped!
There’s an abundance of articles online about Escobar’s crazy world but if you really want to understand the impact of his legacy on the community today, you need to visit Medellín in person. Aside from being an incredibly vibrant and safe city nestled in a quaint mountainous valley, it’s fascinating to see that his legacy is still well and truly alive despite being killed over 23 years ago.
A polarized character To this day there is still a real love/hate divide for Escobar from the ‘paisas’ (locals from Medellín ). For many he was an egotistical maniac who littered streets across the world with cocaine. A guy who terrorised Medellín throughout the 80’s and sole-handily tarnished Colombia’s reputation to the outside world. A reputation they are still desperately seeking to shake. I remember taking a photo of where he was born and a local paisa lady in her early 50s’ yelled at me “He’s not a hero, he was an evil man!” Emotions are still riding high over 20 years on.What striked me the most however was that for others, Escobar was and still is a modern day Robin Hood; a guy who looked after the lower-class by taking from the rich and feeding the poor.In this case, the rich were the US who, at the time, were the biggest consumers of his ‘product’. Whilst I don’t condone what he did, I saw this satirical poster in a local bar which did raise a valid point:
Uncle Sam: ‘Here is the a list of our most wanted Colombian drug lords’ Colombian government: ‘Well here’s a list of your 22M cocaine users’
Opulent facilities around Medellin Signs of Escobar’s Robin Hood-esque status are still everywhere in the city. From fresh flowers and notes still being left at his grave to lavish out-of-place sports facilities in the poor parts of town. After a few days exploring the city you’ll soon be-able to recognise what was funded by Escobar! I’ll never forget getting the cable car up to picturesque Parque Arvi. It rides over a huge barrio then out of nowhere appear this enormous black marble building right in the thick of a shanty town. It’s of course a luxurious library that Escobar built for the local community. That guy never did things in half measures!
Narco Beauty Colombians are often known as the most beautiful women in South America. However plastic surgery does play its part. The level of silicon hit me as soon as I flew into Colombia – they were advertising plastic surgeons in the in-flight magazine! Enhancements were noticeable in Bogota and Cartegena but it’s on another scale in Medellín. I was once told that most girls will receive a new pair of breasts for her 16th birthday. I thought it was a joke but it is indeed true. Plastic surgery is rife and a very normal part of life over there. Why? The legacy of Escobar’s cartel culture. We’ve all seen the hip-hop videos – gangsters with guns surrounded by a bevy of beauties. Well Escobar’s cartels were the OGs (original gangsters). Back in the 80’s, cartel members wanted the most beautiful girls on their arms and with money being no object, they were able to buy their ladies silicon enhancements. It’s been coined ‘Narco Beauty’ and the legacy continues today.
Why visit Colombia? Having explored 9/12 countries, people often ask me where they should visit first. My answer is always the same – Colombia. It was easily my favourite country on the continent for a multitude of reasons but here are the main 3. Firstly, Colombia is still haunted by its cartel reputation which on a positive note means it’s not crawling with tourists therefore you have the opportunity to get off the ‘gringo trail’ and really explore the country. Secondly, you have everything you’d want in one country – Caribbean beaches, vast coffee regions, adventure towns & cultured cities. Finally and most importantly, Colombia is home to the sweetest people you’ll encounter in South America. They’re extremely welcoming and will go out of their way to show you their country in a bid to eradicate their unfortunate and unfounded bad rep. If you’re planning a trip to Latin America, please head here first!
About the author: Laura is a Tucan Travel customer that is pursuing a career in travel photography. In August she’ll be off to Africa – camping & photographing her way down from Nairobi to Cape Town then working on a Great White Shark project in Gansbaai. Keep up with her adventures here
From ancient ruins steeped in history, to natural wonders that hide hidden beasts, there are plenty of myths and legends that surround some of our favourite destinations. Some have been told through the years to scare misbehaving children whilst others are ingrained in historical textbooks – below are just some of the most interesting tales from across the world.
Greece- Delphi
Perched high on the hillside of Mount Parnassos, the ancient ruins of Delphi are one the most important sites in Greek history, second only to the Acropolis of Athens. Dedicated to Apollo, the God of the Arts, Healing, Prophecy and Light, the Temple of Apollo is the focal point of Delphi. In books showcasing myths and legends from Ancient Greece, Delphi was originally depicted as the centre of the world by Zeus. According to the tale, he released two eagles at opposite ends of the earth in order to find Goddess Gaia – Mother of the Earth. The eagles then met at Delphi and Zeus marked the spot with a large egg shaped stone called the omphalos which marks the navel of Goddess Gaia and the centre of Earth. The omphalos (a large marble carved stone) is currently located in Delphi Museum. The omphalos was guarded by Pytho- Earth Dragon of Delphi and son of Gaia. Apollo killed Pytho and then made Delphi his home. He then appointed a Greek Priestess to become the Oracle of Delphi and passed on some of his powers which included prophecy telling. The Oracle of Delphi was also known as the Pythia and many came to her asking for their prophecies. You can wander among the ruins of Delphi on our tours to Greece
Amazon Jungle
There are no shortage of myths and legends that surround the deep and mysterious Amazon Jungle. The Lupina Tree is found in many parts of the rainforest. It ise iconic, huge in size with deep roots and a wide trunk. They are considered protectors of the Amazon Jungle and are said to curse anyone who may offend them. El Chullachaqui is another protector of the jungle. He is said to be a small man that has one peg leg which leaves a unique circular trail. El Chullachaqui often appears in legends leading people to get lost deep within the forest. The Amazon River also holds its own tales. The pirarucu is one of the largest freshwater fish that can grow up to 10 feet long. Natives in South America believe that the fish was once a vain warrior from the Uaias tribe. According to the legend he was very cruel and often insulted the Gods. One day they were angered by his behaviour and sent a ferocious storm upon him. Pirarucu was fishing at the time but simply laughed. The gods, even more furious with his attitude, threw lightening over the region. The warrior, becoming struck by the storm, fell deep into the river where he later turned into the fish that can be found today. If you want to get to heart of the Amazon Jungle, take a look at our tours that go there.
Myanmar- Golden Rock
Perched precariously on the edge of cliff in Yangon, Kyalktiyo, known as Golden Rock attracts tourists from far and wide. It is one of the most sacred sites of Myanmar, gilded in gold and topped with a large pagoda. Legend has it that the boulder is held in place by a single strand of Buddha’s hair that was given to a local hermit. It is also said that if you visit Golden Rock three times in a year you will be blessed with wealth and happiness. Soak up the beauty of Myanmar on our Classic Myanmar tour from Mandalay to Yangon
Colombia- Emeralds
Many who travel to Colombia are entranced by one of the country’s most famous produce- emeralds. However, there is more of a story behind these precious jewels that many do not realise. Colombian mythology tells of a god, Ares who created two immortals named Fura and Tena. They could enjoy an ageless life and populate the Earth- as long as they stayed faithful to each other. Unfortunately, the woman Fura broke this rule with a young man named Zarbi. Both Fura and Tena aged rapidly. Tena, distraught about his wife’s infidelity killed himself whilst Fura wept beside. Her tears became the emeralds that are found in the Muzo region, one of Colombia’s most famous emerald region. Ares then changed the couples into large rocks which can be seen today. Zarbi in anger changed into a river running between the two rocks in order to separate Fura and Tena forever.This tragic love story is one of the many legends which have their origins in the indigenous communities of Colombia. Discover the magic of Colombia on our group tours through the region here
Guyana- Kaieteur Falls
Tucked away in a pocket of South America, Guyana is still very much off the beaten track. Nestled within deep jungle is the mighty Kaiteur Falls. The great waterfall brings the most avid of travellers to Guyana as they feel the spray on their face from the powerful water. Translated to “Old Man’s Fall” there is a certain legend linked to this natural wonder. According to stories, an old man named Kai was sailing down the stream towards the edge of his waterfall. As he was hurtling towards his demise the great spirit Makonaima turned him immortal. Kai’s boat was changed into a pointed rock which can be seen from the bottom of the waterfall. Legend has it that the elderly man is said to be living in a cave behind the vast waterfall and when the falls are misty, it means he is cooking. An adventure to Guyana is available in our Budget Expeditions range here.
About the Author: Rosanna is on the Marketing team at Tucan Travel. She has travelled independently and on group tours through Colombia, South East Asia, and Europe. You can find her on Twitter here
Do you have a hankering to visit Colombia but don’t know where to start? Perhaps you have always wanted to get under the skin of this feisty country but have been unsure where to begin? Have no fear! We have compiled some top tips for visiting Colombia that will help if you’re planning an adventure to one of the most exciting countries in South America.
Learn some Spanish
Colombia is still a relatively new country in terms of tourism. Unlike some other destinations, you will find it hard to hold conversations just in English. If you’re travelling to Colombia, you will benefit from learning a few of the most basic phrases. Not only will it make your life easier, but it is part of the charm and fun of travelling! Joining a group tour through Colombia will ease any language barriers but it is often handy to pack a phrase book just in case.
Sample the local delicacies
Each region in Colombia has its own dishes, influenced from a number of different cultures. Avocado lovers can rejoice here as “aguacate” is sold in huge quantities. It is ripe as can be and often served alongside hearty soups. For your avocado fix you can sample “ahiaco”, a soup usually made with chicken. With the protein, it combines potatoes, corn, rice, avocado and a small arepa. The latter is made from corn and can be filled with a variety of delicious treats such as cheese, meat or fish.
For those with slightly braver stomach head to Bogotá and try morcilla. This blood sausage is often served in a dish known as Bandeja Paisa. If you have an even braver appetite, or you just want to show off to your friend who tried scorpion in Thailand that one time, then you should sample a giant ant in Villa de Leyva. A speciality in the Santander region, Hormigas Culonas, literally translates to “big ass ants” and originates from pre-Columbian tribes. Crunchy and salty, they are often an acquired taste!! To wash everything down, you should definitely try one of the fresh fruit juices bought from one of the many street vendors. From guava to orange and coconut to lulo, there are so many flavours to sample! For something slightly stronger, raise your glass, say “salut!” and enjoy the local spirit of aguardiente!
Pack multiple memory cards
Colombia is home to fantastic art, stunning architecture and delightful cobbled streets. Discover the street art of La Candelaria in Bogotá. From doe-eyed pugs to fearsome Mexican warriors, each corner pops out in an array of colour and design. You can even take free walking tours around the area to really get an insight into the huge amount of detailed and artistic graffiti.
For colonial charm and picture-perfect architecture, Salento and Villa de Leyva will fill your photo albums. Meanwhile, Cartagena has a distinct Afro-Caribbean culture set amongst the romantic, vibrant buildings that line the old walled city. Meander through the narrow alleys and admire the pastel painted houses and balconies dripping in flowers.
Remember mosquito spray
With steamy tropical jungles and paradise beach locations, Colombia is an ideal place to soak up the sun and discover a world of wildlife. Just don’t let the wildlife discover you too much! Pack mosquito spray especially if you are hiking through Cocora Valley or Tayrona National Park. You should also make sure you take plenty of sunscreen as the proximity to the equator means Colombia gets very hot!
Keep an open mind
Colombia has had a tumultuous past. This has resulted in it suffering from an undeserved reputation. Nevertheless, it is a country that has opened its doors to tourism. It boasts some of the friendliest locals you will ever meet as well as diverse cities and landscapes. It is one of the most diverse and exciting regions in South America. Accept that things may run slower at times, or there may be a language barrier and just soak up the beauty and history. From indigenous handicrafts sold on street corners, to ancient traditions displayed through artwork, Colombia is a melting pot of culture and colour. It is quite simply a country that aims to enchant.
For your own South American adventure discover our range of tours through Colombia. You can find them here
About the Author: Rosanna is on the Marketing team at Tucan Travel. She has travelled independently and on group tours through Colombia, South East Asia, and Europe. You can find her on Twitter here
Machu Picchu is easily one of the most coveted highlights on every avid adventurer’s list. Located high in the Andes, thousands flock to the ancient Inca city to explore the legendary ruins. Getting to Machu Picchu is a huge part of the experience. Many follow the well-trodden Inca Trail, a four day trek which includes camping en route. Others may prefer the quieter Lares Trek, four days travelling through traditional Andean villages along the way. But what if you don’t have time to do the four day trek? Or what if you are travelling with a friend who does not want to trek at all? That’s where the day trek to Machu Picchu comes in.
New for 2017, we have introduced the new one day trek to Machu Picchu. You can experience a small portion of the Inca Trail, enjoy a guided tour of Machu Picchu and be in Cusco before the day is up! It is perfect for those who want the famous hiking experience but cannot take the full four days out do it. Like the Inca Trail Trek, it is regulated by the Peruvian government. Permits must still be applied for. The one day trek to Machu Picchu is included on four of our group tours in Peru.
The Day Trek to Machu Picchu Itinerary
You will get a very early start as you wake in Ollantaytambo where take the train to km104 (2100m) to start the trail to Machu Picchu.
Begin your hike crossing the River Vilcanota until you reach the ruins of Chachabama. This is your first sighting of Incan ruins, located on an old Inca road that ran alongside the Urubamba River. As well as being a religious site, these ruins acted as a gate house, guarding the entrance to Machu Picchu.
Follow the Inca Trail south, hiking for about 2-3 hours passing beautiful landscapes until you arrive at the foot of the Wiñay Wayna ruins (2700m).
The trail continues up the mountainside, and you will reach a flight of 50 steps that leads up to the final pass known as the Sun Gate (2700m). Here you can see Machu Picchu spread out in front of you, a sight that will leave you in awe! Descend slowly down arriving at the world wonder in the late afternoon. As many of the Inca Trail trekkers arrive in the morning you will be able to explore the site when it is a little more quiet.
After enjoying some time exploring the ruins you will take the bus down to Aguas Caliente to get the train back to Ollantaytambo. You will arrive back in the evening, where a transfer will be waiting to take you to Cusco with an arrival time of about 10pm.
Day Trek Quick Facts
Timings: 06.10am train from Ollantaytambo – 10pm arrival in Cusco
Meals: Boxed lunch is provided
Transport: Transfers (minibus, bus and train) are included.
Group: The group size will vary depending on demand. However the trek group is subject to a maximum of 16 passengers (per guide).
Staff: English speaking guide
Extras: Please budget for extra drinks and tips.
This is a long day so it should definitely be considered before undertaking but it is a fantastic way to experience both a portion of the Inca Trail and Machu Picchu. View our tours which include it here.
About the Author: Rosanna is on the Marketing team at Tucan Travel. She has travelled independently and on group tours through Colombia, South East Asia, and Europe. You can find her on Twitter here
Thousands of people include Europe in their travelling plans. Yes Italy, Spain and Portugal are absolutely beautiful but there are lots of places in Europe that are often overlooked. Emma Nelson recently travelled through Hungary, Serbia, Montenegro, Kosovo, Macedonia and Albania on a visit to the Balkans, before finishing in Dubrovnik. She wants to share her experiences why this part of the continent needs to be on the top of your list.
1. What attracted you to visit the Balkans?
Well to be honest, the photos I saw of the locations, and the blogs I read about it! There seemed to be so many really beautiful places in the Balkans with a good range of activities for everyone. I love a mixture of city, countryside, mountains and the coast and a visit to the Balkans seemed to tick all those boxes. It also hasn’t been hit by mass tourism just yet (except Dubrovnik!). I really wanted to explore while the places were still relatively quiet. Not having to avoid selfie sticks made the trip that more fun for sure.
2. What were some of the highlights? Anything underrated that people should explore?
Kosovo was definitely a highlight for me as I didn’t really know what to expect, which made it all the more exciting. We took the bus out to Prizren and climbed the hill to the fortress which had lovely views of the city and was definitely one of the highlights of the trip.
I also loved Lake Ohrid, it was very serene after all the city walking tours we did! Macedonia as a whole I think is underrated and if people are in the region they should definitely try and visit. You have Matka Canyon just outside Skopje and then you have the capital itself which I absolutely loved. It was so culturally vibrant and interesting. They have statues all over the place. No matter where you turn there is something fun to see. Then you have the old Bazaar which made me feel like I just stepped into Turkey, it was incredible!
Budapest is also amazing. From the castle to the ruin bars to the spas, I could spend days just walking the city! But I wouldn’t say it’s underrated, it gets the attention it deserves.
3. Do you have any tips for people visiting Europe? What to bring, what to see?
Good walking shoes! Most of the destinations provide free walking tours which can last up to three hours. You will get a real insight into the city and way of life there as well as an in depth history lesson. If you want to reach some of the castles and fortresses, you will also need to do a bit of hiking in order to enjoy the views.
I would also suggest to at least learn how to say hello and thank you in each place you visit. We had great fun showing off our language skills to taxi drivers and even when you can barely communicate it gives both of you something to laugh about. It’s just that bit more respectful to at least try! What to see….well there is way too much to fit it all in. The great thing is all the highlights are included in the tour so I don’t think I missed out on anything. All I would say is if you visit Pristina in Kosovo, you must get a bus to Prizren! And the same with Skopje, if you go there you must get out to Matka Canyon!
4. What was the food like? What can you recommend? Which countries stood out in particular?
The food is always a highlight for me when travelling, even just walking around a supermarket to see what weird and wonderful things they sell is fun. Other people do that right? I didn’t really know what to expect but I was so surprised and loved all of it. Being vegetarian I was preparing to live off salads (although I definitely could have lived off Shopska salads!) but they had so much more. One of my favourites was called Tavche Grache, which is a bean stew with tomatoes and onions, flavoured with spices. It sounds basic but I found myself ordering them whenever I could. I am currently trying to find recipes online to re-create it too…
They also add cheese to everything which makes it even more delicious. I ate my body weight in fried, baked, sliced and everything in between local cheeses. As a vegetarian, I didn’t pay much attention to the meat dishes but there are a lot available and everyone else seemed to love them. I can safely say there is something for everyone! It’s also important to mention the local wines, they were amazing! I was sad I could only fit two bottles in my luggage…
Macedonia, Serbia and Kosovo stood out the most for me overall. You can get very high quality for the price and some of my favourite meals were had there. By the time you get to Montenegro and Croatia, while the food is still very good you are looking at double the price.
5. Would this tour appeal to various age groups? Can you describe some of the activities that may appeal?
There is definitely plenty to enjoy for all ages. If you like history and culture, and are partial to a fortress or two with an incredible view then you can’t go wrong. Since the countries are relatively small, you can easily get round the region at a reasonable pace without spending all day travelling, which I think appeals to everyone! There is a big party scene in the capital cities, especially Budapest and Belgrade, so it’s not just all castles and culture which makes it that bit more appealing to a wider age range.
It’s perfect for everyone interested in history and local knowledge. In Ohrid and also once you get to the coast there are endless water based activities such as boat rides and kayaking, and there are also countless opportunities for hiking and cycling. We also did a few wine tasting and winery tours which seem to be popular in the area! The tour and region is definitely suited to people who love being outdoors, whether you are exploring the Old Towns, walking city walls or relaxing on the shores of a lake.
6. When is the best time to visit the Balkans?
At the start or end of the summer season if you can. I traveled in May and the weather was warm enough but not too hot that it’s uncomfortable, and I imagine it would be much the same in September. Having traveled previously to Croatia and Bosnia & Herzegovina in July, the height of the season, I know how hot it can get! Obviously there are also more tourists in the main cities around in July/August too, meaning longer queues and generally hiked up prices!
7. How much spending money would you recommend
The Balkans in general is cheap. You can expect to pay anything from 5 euros upwards for a main meal. I had glasses of wine that cost 2 euros or less! The most important thing is not to blow your budget before you reach Kotor and Dubrovnik. These are the most expensive places and you can expect your meal prices to skyrocket.
Local buses are also very inexpensive. If you want to take a day trip anywhere, and in general entry to attractions is a lot lower in cost than in Western Europe. There is a lot included in the tour price, which means less to pay out on the road, such as the city pass in Dubrovnik which gets you transport and entry to the city walls.
I personally spent about €300 over the two weeks. This went mainly on food (and maybe wine) so I think that is pretty good value! I’m not a souvenir kind of person though so when I say it all went on food and wine…it’s true. If you want to shop you definitely need more!
8. If you could only pick one Balkan country to return to, which one would it be?
I would have to choose Albania as I would love to explore more of the coast and beaches, oh and the mountains! It probably has one of the darkest histories in the Balkans and it’s really transforming into something special. The locals were welcoming and friendly, the food was great. I could just tell it had so much more to offer than Tirana, the capital city. I would love to see more of the countryside and get really off the beaten track there!
9. Any final comments?
Get in there while you can! I think over the next few years we will really see the Balkans appear more on tourist’s radars. It has already started in Dubrovnik and parts of Montenegro and when people learn how beautiful, cheap and safe the neighbouring countries are everyone will be visiting.
Emma went on our Budapest to Dubrovnik tour which you can view here
Sri Lanka is increasingly becoming high on people’s travel hit list. This is no wonder why when the Teardrop Island offers history, culture, beaches, wildlife spotting and spectacular scenery in one place. There are very few destinations that allow you to experience so much in one holiday. After touring the country for over 2 weeks last year, here are a few of my top tips not to be missed when you make a visit to Sri Lanka.
Cycle around Polonnaruwa
In my opinion this is by far the best way to view the ruins. Bike rentals are easy to organise in the area and the roads to the ruins are relatively quiet, though watch out for cows. Exploring them by bikes means that you can go at your own pace and you feel like you are out exploring them on your own. The ancient ruins are fascinating so you can easily spend a few hours cycling between them all.
Take in the views from the top of Sigiriya Rock
When you first arrive at Sigiriya Rock it looks like quite a daunting climb. Once you get started you realise it is neither a long hike, or too strenuous. On a visit to Sri Lanka, go to Sigiriya Rock as early as possible in the day to try and avoid the hoards of tourists on day trips. The views from the top are truly breathtaking and just the idea that people lived at the top is quite impressive. Don’t miss the Sigiriya Frescoes paintings that are over 1600 years old too!
Take a hike in some of the country’s rural scenery
Sri Lanka has hikes and walking trails for all abilities. For a nice simple hike try Little Adam’s Peak, in Ella, which is around an hour and a half round trip, but with fantastic views. Also in Ella is a hike along the railtrack to Rawana Falls which is not too demanding. Other longer walks in hill country include Adam’s Peak and the World’s End. Make sure to get an early start if you want to do these hikes as the mornings are the clearest and have the best views, with the mist coming down later in the day. Don’t forget to take enough water along with you too, as hiking in Sri Lanka’s heat is thirsty work.
Tour a local tea plantation and taste the local wares
Tea production is a huge part of Sri Lanka’s history and the development and processing of this industry is very interesting. Many of the tea plantations throughout the country offer tours and also tastings. These are great places to grab souvenirs and samples to take back home too!
Explore the many historical and religious temples
Sri Lanka has a host of temples that you can visit; deserted temples in remote rural locations, temples filled to bursting with local worshippers, temples beautifully lit up at night, temples with beautifully decorated giant statues or temples with huge sacred trees in them. Be prepared to remove your shoes before entry and dress modestly. You don’t want to offend any of the locals.
Take the train
Sri Lanka is an easy country to travel around with a private driver or in a group. A visit to Sri Lanka would not be the same without hopping on one of their famous trains through hill country. I personally wouldn’t recommend going in 1st class on this route as they can have on very cold air- conditioning and have tv’s playing throughout the journey. Go 2nd class and spend the journey with your head out of the window breathing in the fresh air and admiring the incredible scenery that you pass!
Eat local
Sri Lankan cuisine is truly delicious. You will find that most restaurants and guesthouses will not make food as spicy for tourists. If you like you food fiery make sure to let them know. If you are by the coast make sure to try some seafood. It will be really fresh out of the ocean. Grab a coconut on the side of the road on a long journey. A friendly local will happily crack one open with a machete for you to have fresh. If you are on a budget head to the local cafeteria’s for a roti and dahl or curry. This is where you will find the locals eating. If you have time try and take a cooking course to take some of the flavours of the Teardrop Isle home with you!
Enjoy the coast on a visit to Sri Lanka
Sri Lanka has some beautiful beaches that are perfect to relax and unwind for a few days. With white sand, palm trees and sometimes the odd cow these beaches will offer sunsets and gentle strolls that will stay with you long after you have gone home. Along the coast at certain times of year you can go whale watching and dolphin watching too, where you get up close to these fantastic animals.
If you are interesting in a visit Sri Lanka, take a look at our Jewels of Sri Lanka tour. Over 15 days you explore all of the countries highlights, making sure you have an unforgettable trip! Not interested in doing Sri Lanka as part of a group tour? Our Tailor-made team can put together a private itinerary for you, just drop them an email letting them know what you want to do at [email protected]
Whilst we are not deep-sea divers we do love to explore the unknown and care deeply about the welfare of our planet and its oceans. Below you can find the nine of our favourite destinations for visiting the world’s biggest oceans.
Watch the Pacific Ocean surf roll into the endless beach from Manuel Antonio National Park whilst monkeys swing around in the tree tops. The haze stretching up the coast from the National Park as far as you can see truly echoes the Costa Rican saying ‘Pura Vida.’ Languish on the beach whilst watching the waves of the world’s largest ocean beating against the sand in this tranquil corner of the country. There are fabulous diving opportunities in Manuel Antonio and almost everywhere else along the Costa Rican Pacific coast. Why don’t you go and see it for yourself?
The Indian Ocean is the warmest of the world’s oceans and home to some of the best colourful tropical islands, atolls and coral reefs. Sri Lanka is one of those islands, boasting pristine coral reefs and excellent whale watching opportunities.
These uniquely biodiverse volcanic islands stranded in the middle of the Pacific Ocean are on every traveller’s bucket list, for good reason. With a busy calendar of wildlife events above and below water there is always something amazing to experience in the Galapagos Islands. Humpback whales migrate with the Humboldt current, arriving in June and July. Sea lion pups make their way into the water in late September and Green Sea Turtles start to lay their eggs in February. Nowhere else on our planet have iguanas evolved to swim underwater and feed on algae. A trip to the Galapagos offers the chance to leave land behind and embrace life on the ocean.
Beautiful Hawaii is synonymous with its legendary surf culture. Needless to say the ocean is a big feature of these islands. Visitors can see humpback whales from Maui between January and March. They can watch lava flow into the ocean all year around (the Kilauea Volcano has been erupting continuously since 1983) and snorkel with sea turtles on Molokini. Obama made sure to safeguard the ocean around his homeland by expanding Hawaii’s ocean reserve to cover 582,578 square miles. This protects more than 7,000 marine species, a quarter of them found nowhere else on earth.
No need to choose between the city or beach, Rio de Janeiro is both with a whole load of Brazilian personality to boot. Catch a cable car up to the top of Sugarloaf mountain for panoramic views over the Atlantic. Those with more time should explore the surrounding area or take a trip to Ilha Grande.
The short boat ride from Dar es Salaam to Zanzibar on a calm day is thrilling (pack seasickness pills in case you are not blessed with still conditions). The bright, cobalt coloured waters slip past with the ferry’s effortless transit as the tropical island of white sand and palms reveals itself. Zanzibar conjures myth with every street corner. It is a centuries old trade route with traditional dhows still sailing past daily. The island is truly in tune with the ocean that surrounds it. Visitors can enjoy dhow sailing, dolphin spotting and first-class diving and snorkelling. As tides ebb and expose the shallow shore of the northern beaches, you can walk through rock pools exposed by the low tide. There is so much ocean to discover on this tiny island.
7. Indian & Atlantic Oceans – Cape Town, South Africa
Cage dive with great whites or take the ferry to Robben Island. The South African coast offers something for both adrenaline junkies and those keen on contemporary history. Cape Point, the south western tip of the African continent, is where the Atlantic and Indian Ocean meet. South Africa also has a wealth of dive sites. If you have been on safari, now it’s time to explore South Africa’s underwater wildlife.
We couldn’t leave this off the list. This tiny Central American nation joins both North and South American continents and the Pacific Ocean with the Caribbean Sea. Panama is famed for it’s manmade feature and it’s easy to see why. The Panama Canal is more than 100 years old. It remains one of the world’s most impressive engineering feats. Approximately 14,000 vessels transit the Panama Canal each year. Take a tour of the Miraflores or Gatun locks!
The Southern Ocean is the most formidable of our 5 oceans. Navigating across Drake’s Passage is not for the faint hearted. Even those with strong sea legs may find it a challenge to manage the large swells. It’s worth it when you get to Antarctica and see marine animals thriving in the frozen wilderness. Want to see Antarctic penguins and orcas for yourself?
About the Author: Laura is on the Marketing team at Tucan Travel. She has travelled independently and on group tours through South America
South East Asia, packed with beautiful temples, delicious food, breathtaking beaches and endless rice paddy landscapes. But when is the best time to go? Many people want to avoid the rainy season when making their travel plans, but actually, this can be the best time to visit!
When is the rainy season in…..?
1. Thailand
Thailand’s monsoon season varies depending where you are going. On the side of the Andaman Sea such as Phuket or Krabi it begins in June and ends in October, but can occur as early as May. For the Gulf Coast like Koh Samui and Koh Phangan it starts in November and ends in May.
2. Myanmar & Laos
Both Myanmar and Laos have a shorter rainy season with it running from May to September. The actual main tourist spots of Myanmar like Bagan, Inle Lake and the Northern Shan states only get rainfall on 25% of all days during this season!
3. Vietnam
North Vietnam which includes Hanoi and Halong Bay experience the most rainfall in their summer months from July to September. For Central Vietnam like Hoi An and Hue, rainfall occurs in the winter months of October and November. South Vietnam is similar to North Vietnam with their highest rainfall occurring in June, July and August.
4. Cambodia
Cambodia is similar to Myanmar with the the high temperatures bringing rainfall from May to November.
If you have booked your South East Asia in the months listed above then don’t let this put you off. The rainy season is also known as the ‘Green Season’ and we have compiled a list of reasons why you should visit during this period!
Why visit South East Asia the rainy season?
1. Dramatic but short lived
Rainfall in South East Asia is very different from the drizzly, depressing rain you may experience back home. It is powerful, fast and may leave you drenched but it doesn’t last very long. It also tends to be quite warm as it is usually the tropical temperatures which have caused it.
2. But not too hot…
The climate generally is more pleasant than the dry season. It is not too hot making sightseeing a much more comfortable experience.
3. Green as far as the eye can see
From lush paddy fields to tropical jungles, the landscapes are bursting with the green from the trees and plants. Your photos will look fantastic!
4. Fruit and vegetables are at their prime
Your ‘5 a day’ will be more than accounted for. Fruits and vegetables are at their most ripe and can be found in most restaurants, street stalls and hotel breakfasts. Why not try something exotic like jackfruit, native to South East Asia.
5. More hours of daylight
Pack in more time for sightseeing as there are more hours of daylight! Wake early, catch the sunrise, spend the day exploring the sights and even watch a late sunset! Make the most of your adventure travelling in the rainy season.
6. Less queues
We have all been there. You want to get the best photo of a particular tourist attraction..but so does everyone else. Peak season means more people so why not visit when there are a little less tourists and cut down your queuing time!
7. Good promotions
It’s no secret that low season is generally when you get more for your buck. Prices tend to be lower from your flights to your excursion. Save some money and see the world!
8. Sustainable tourism
Travelling in the low season means your supporting the communities who work there. Instead of a six month tourism season, countries can have a stable, year-round income which supports the locals who live there.
9. More availability
Like point number 5, less people means more choice. If you are booking extra nights, or have a specific interest, low season means more guarantee of getting it. Whether its a particular hotel or an optional excursion, you won’t have to fight the crowds!
10. Less dust
South East Asia can get pretty dusty. The rainy season generally washes it away which is always good!
If you are looking for an adventure in South East Asia we have a great selection to choose from. Browse them here
We have been catching up with some familiar faces that are also the faces of our awesome overland trucks in Africa and South America. Sue who used to work with us gave us an interview on all things travel!
1) Can you tell us a bit about your time at Tucan Travel? When did you start, what was your first job role, what made you get into travel
After a round the world trip that included a 14 week Tucan Travel Overland trip in South America I was hooked with the travel bug. I’d given up my job of 10 years in London and didn’t want to go back. When I got to Australia I decided to pay a visit to Tucan Travel and enquire about becoming a tour leader. I met with Pip and Liliana Tyler and they gave me an interview. At this point I had also booked another 5 week trip with Tucan Travel in Central America. Pip said if I could improve my Spanish then I could do a training trip after my Central America tour. I was then full steam ahead learning Spanish. I went back to Central America and did my tour and Bec Whiffin was my tour leader, she was the tour leader I always aspired to be. After Central America I spent 6 weeks in intensive Spanish school and then I headed back to South America where I did another tour through Colombia and Venezuela. After this I returned to Guatemala for my training trip. So it was a long journey to finally get to do the tour leading gig. I absolutely loved being a tour leader, I had an amazing 4 years working in South and Central America. After I retired from tour leading I worked in the London office in Operations for another 5 years.
2) What were the first countries you travelled to with Tucan Travel?
All up I did 20 odd weeks as a Tucan passenger, so I visited most of South and Central America as a passenger before I started tour leading. I never made it to Antarctica or the Northern part of Brazil though
3) Can you tell us some of your favourite experiences had whilst working at Tucan? Anecdotes from the adventures you had?
I loved helping people to experience Latin America it is the most amazing area to visit. One of my favourite places was Lake Titicaca on the border of Peru and Bolivia, the highest navigable lake in the world, the peace, quiet, beauty and simplicity of the islands was amazing. When we stayed on Amantani Island we stayed with local families at homestay accommodation. This was always a highlight for me, the families were so welcoming and generous, even though they had so little themselves and their homes were very basic. I was once on the Island with another group and the other tour leader (Georgina Young) and I stayed with the same family. Their little boy was just about to turn 1 and we were asked to cut the hair of the child to help him transition from baby to boy, apparently this was a custom and seen as a very important event in a child’s life. George and I did feel very honoured! We were provided with a pair of very blunt kitchen scissors to cut his hair with, and we ended up improvising with Swiss army knife scissors that at least were sharp! Not sure about the quality of the hair cut the boy got but he did look like a boy rather than a baby when we finished. We were very proud of ourselves and the family were very happy too. So much so that they decided to kill their prized old hen and make a meal for us. George and I were presented with hen soup for breakfast with beak and foot included….luckily they left us in private to eat the soup. Neither of us could face it at 7am in the morning but we didn’t want to leave it and cause offence. Luckily we had eaten some Pringles the night before so we were able to take out the bits we really just couldn’t eat and hide them in the Pringle container and then we ate the rest. Everyone was happy and we left the family in high spirits but we rather wished they had kept their hen to enjoy themselves!!
4) It may be hard to pick, but what’s your favourite destination and why?
So hard to pick a favourite destination as the region is so diverse. I think I would have to go with the waterfalls at Foz do Iguazu, I went there about 20 times and never skipped talking a walk there. So much to see and do around the National Park and different throughout the seasons. With over 200 amazing waterfalls to take in I would always leave in awe of nature.
5) Any tips for people wanting to travel but don’t know where to start?
I really didn’t know where to start when I decided to take a year off and travel. None of my friends were interested so I was going alone! Back then (1998) there wasn’t a lot on the internet so I went to the Adventure Travel Show in London where I got loads of info, met specialists and picked up lots of brochures. Even with the amount of info available on the internet now I think it really pays to talk to experts, so would definitely recommend visiting a travel show. You get a feel for who all the different companies are, and it was meeting the people from Tucan that made me pick them and I am so glad I did!
6) Have you met your truck?
Alas I have not met my truck. Sail and I would love to head back to Africa at some stage to meet our namesakes.
7) How do you feel travel has changed (if at all) ?
Travel has changed a lot since I first did my Overland trip back in 1998. Overlanding (travelling on a truck and lots of camping) was very popular back then, now travellers like a bit more luxury and to stay in beds rather than tents. The world has opened up enormously and it’s much easier to travel to more far flung destinations.
8 ) If you could live with any local community around the world, which would you choose?
If I were to move overseas again (I now live in Australia) I would probably pick somewhere like Buenos Aries.
9) What are the tastiest and grossest things you have eaten?
The best food I have had when travelling was in Malaysia, a melting pot of cultures means an eclectic mix of different cuisines. Nyonya, Chinese, Indian and Eurasion, cheap, cheerful and delicious food. Grossest food would be at the night food market in Beijing where you can find anything from starfish to centipedes and scorpions to sheep’s penis, you name it they eat it there and usually barbequed on a skewer! It is such an interesting place to visit and see what can be eaten, and it’s really a really colourful place, a photographers dream.
10) What is the most adventurous thing you have ever done?
I feel like I have ticked a few adventurous things off the bucket list since I got the travel bug. The most adventurous (for me anyway) were tandem sky dive over the desert dunes at Swakopmund, Namibia and conquering the summit of Mount Kinabalu in Borneo.
11) Finally, which destinations are still on your bucket list?
I am hoping to get to my 100th country by the time I am 50 (2 years to go and 3 countries to go) and have always got lots of trips in mind, my current wish list is Myanmar (booked for October with Tucan Travel), Japan, Ethiopia, Sri Lanka, Nepal and the Caribbean. So much to see so little time and so little money!!!
If you would like to travel on one of our overland trucks why not consider an adventure in Africa or Patagonia?
We have been catching up with some familiar faces that are also the faces of our awesome overland trucks in Africa and South America. Sail who used to work with us gave us an interview on all things travel!
1 ) Can you tell us a bit about your time at Tucan Travel? When did you start, what was your first job role, what made you get into travel?
I was already working for Matt Gannan when his trucks were part of Kumuka. Matt then bought into Tucan Travel and my blue Kumuka truck named Jock was painted yellow and became a Tucan Truck. This was in 1998. I continued to drive tours for Matt and Tucan Travel until 2008. Altogether I spent 19 years driving tourists around Africa and South America.
2 ) What were the first countries you travelled to with Tucan Travel?
The first countries I travelled to with Tucan Travel were Brazil, Argentina, Chile, Paraguay, Peru, Bolivia and Ecuador.
3 ) Can you tell us some of your favourite experiences had whilst working at Tucan? Anecdotes from the adventures you had?
I loved enjoying meeting people and really exploring the continent. One of my highlights was meeting my wife on a tour, we also travelled through Central America on a Tucan Travel trip and then worked together in South America. I particularly enjoyed Patagonia and made some great friends there.
4 ) It may be hard to pick, but what’s your favourite destination and why
My favourite destination is Rio at Carnival time, the city comes alive with colour, music and samba!
5 ) Any tips for people wanting to travel but don’t know where to start?
Double the size of your wallet and half the amount of things you pack
6 ) Have you met your truck?
No I haven’t maybe Matt will get us a flight to Africa so Sue and I can meet our trucks!
7 ) How do you feel travel has changed (if at all) ?
Everyone seems to prefer luxury these days rather than basic backpacking and getting as much for your $ as possible.
8 ) If you could live with any local community around the world, which would you choose?
I would like to live in Argentina, good weather, good scenery, good people, and good food, ice cream and wine.
9 ) What are the tastiest and grossest things you have eaten?
Best steak in the world in Argentina. Grossest thing blood fish from the Amazon Ferry.
10) What is the most adventurous thing you have ever done?
Crossing the Sahara dessert in an overland truck
11) Finally, which destinations are still on your bucket list?
Japan, Antarctica, The Stans, Korea and Ethiopia, I could go on for ever!
If you would like to travel on one of our overland trucks why not consider an adventure in Africa or Patagonia?
As part of our 30th Birthday celebrations we are collating stories from Tucan Travellers. Charlotte’s story shows how travel can make for the best friendships! Read her story below.
“I met a very dear friend when I went to Vietnam. Within half an hour we were joint at the hip! After the tour was over we met in Thailand and continued to travel. We stayed in touch and when Tess, who is from New Zealand, said she was moving to the UK, I was thrilled! After 4 years of not seeing each other, we were reunited and it was as though nothing had changed! I live in the north but we have met several times since she moved to London. We have just come back from a weekend in Amsterdam and plan many more trips!Our guide when we were in Vietnam was called Jen Anderson and was absolutely fantastic. Her bubbly luck of the Irish charm had us all laughing from start to finish! It was a brilliant trip and one I will hold dear to my heart.”
To follow in Charlotte’s footsteps, why not check out our Vietnam Experience tour here.
Our *very authoritative* in-house astrologers (ahem) have been studying the stars and have compiled a list of the best destinations you should go to based on your horoscope!
Aries (March 21 – April 19)
Costa Rica!
Aries are known for being active and energetic so there is no better to place to burn off some of that energy than Costa Rica! From zip-lining to canyon there plenty of activities to get that adrenaline pumping! Aries are also drawn to the sun, so the tropical climes of Costa Rica will be right up their street
Taurus (April 20 – May 20)
Italy!
Taureans are known for their love of delicious food and very good wine. An adventure in Italy is ideal. They can stay active by walking the villages of Cinque Terre before indulging in sumptuous Italian fare. The postcard-perfect views will appeal to their love of aesthetic.
Gemini (May 21 – June 20)
Brazil & Argentina!
Representing two sides, Geminis should definitely head to Brazil ANDArgentina – and see the famous Iguazu Falls from both sides of the border. Just like a Gemini each side offers a different perspective!
Cancer (June 21 – July 22)
Croatia!
Known to be a fan of home-comforts, Cancerians would be suited to a trip that doesn’t put them too much out of their comfort zone. A trip to Croatia is perfect! This water-sign can spend the day exploring the sun-kissed islands before feasting on a delicious meal with friends
Leo (July 23 – August 22)
Kenya!
We don’t mean to be obvious but a trip to Kenya is perfect for Leos! Get face to face with the star sign emblem, spotting lions and more in the Masai Mara! This could even be combined with a trip to Tanzania to see the big five in the Serengeti too!
Virgo (August 23 – September 22)
Japan!
Know your friend that is messy, chaotic and a little bit crazy? (Looking at you Aries.) Well Virgos are the opposite of this. Prone to list-making and organising, Virgos need to go to a destination which has a bit of everything, which they have researched months in advance. A trip to Japan is perfect for them. With so many sights to see, restaurants to visit and culture to learn about there are plenty of things to keep them busy. Plus, the transport here is so efficient they won’t be wasting any time!
Libra (September 23 – October 22)
Mexico!
Represented by the scales, Libras love a bit of balance on their travels. Think adventure mixed with beach. A trip to Mexico is perfect. Libras can learn about the life of the Mayas at archaeological sites such as Chichen Itza before relaxing at the end on the golden beaches of Playa del Carmen.
Scorpio (October 23 – November 21)
Patagonia!
With a taste for passion and adventure Scorpios are looking to get off-the-beaten track. A trip to the remote wilderness of Patagonia is ideal. There are plenty of epic hiking trails to conquer and burn off any energy. This can be combined with intoxicating Buenos Aires, where Scorpios can master the art of the sensual tango dance!
Sagittarius (November 22 – December 21)
Cuba!
Now Sagittarius are known to be the ultimate travellers. They crave freedom and adventure and are extremely curious. They will not be hesitant to get off the grid, exploring new destinations that others may shy from. Cuba is calling their name. From staying in local homestays and practicing their Spanish to learning to Salsa in a tiny village, they will be kept stimulated on a adventure in Cuba.
Capricorn (December 22 – January 19)
The Baltics!
Capricorns really love to learn and have a passion for culture and history. A trip through the Baltics is a great idea. Capricorns can visit countries steeped in history and traditions such as Poland, Estonia and Latvia discovering medieval cities and Baroque old towns.
Aquarius (January 20 – February 18)
Sri Lanka!
A lover of nature and also a water-based sign, the destination that is perfect for Aquarians is Sri Lanka. Packed with beautiful national parks and wildlife sanctuaries it is also the ‘Jewel of the Indian Ocean’.
Pisces (February 19 – March 20)
Galapagos Islands!
Pisces is a water sign so naturally a cruise through the Galapagos Islands is perfect. Pisceans can make friends with sea lions, snorkel with turtles and even try their hand at scuba diving.
In honour of Swaziland celebrating 50 years since its independence, we’re bringing you our top five experiences to have in what’s considered to be ‘Africa in a nutshell’. Stretching just 200 kilometres from north to south and being one of the few remaining monarchies in Africa, this tiny country is not only easy to get around, but is considered much safer than that of South Africa and a true reflection of African culture.
1. Go wildlife Spotting
The kingdom of Swaziland is arguably Africa’s best kept secret. Filled with unspoiled nature and some of the friendliest locals you’ll ever come across, this is a country that was built for adventure. Coming face-to-face with exotic wildlife on a picturesque forest trail or on a visit to a game reserve is just one of the many adventurous experiences you can have on your trip.
2. Experience Marula Season
Every year between February and mid-May Swazi people celebrate the harvest of their most popular fruit, the Marula. Women and children gather the fallen fruits which are stored until ripened and mixed in water and sugar to ferment into beer. With culture and tradition being of great importance to the Swazi people, the ceremonies and festivities that take place throughout the season are not to be missed!
3. Visit Hlane Royal National Park
Hlane Royal National Park is home to all of the major wildlife including lions and elephants, making it a perfect day trip to take those all-important wildlife snaps, go camping or take off on a nature-filled bush trail. The park also has a range of facilities available to enjoy, includiing an open-air restaurant and game-viewing deck.
4. Go on a village tour of Lobamba
The village of Lobamba is the oldest in the country and is located in the Ezulwini valley. Visitors can opt to take off on a village tour that usually starts at the Swaziland National Museum where local guides can fill you in on the rich history, culture and traditions of this fascinating kingdom.
5. White water rafting in the Usutu River
What many don’t know about Swaziland is that is really is an outdoor lover’s paradise. This is a kingdom filled with adventure around every corner, with one of the many adventure-filled activities being white water rafting on the Usutu River. White water rafting is best experienced between the months of January-March where the river is at is most lively and gets your adrenaline pumping.
Why not join the quarter of a million tourists that visit every year and experience a royal kingdom like no other?
Check out our exciting tours that go to Swaziland here
The time to pack your bags and take off on the ultimate group adventure is fast approaching, but whether you’re a newbie or a pro group traveller there’s always something new to learn with every experience. That’s why we’ve gathered our top tips and advice for making the most of your group tour so you’re ready to go.
1. Pack light
Never underestimate the importance of packing light! This one’s especially important if you’re travelling on a group tour. Group tours can be relatively fast paced due to hopping from one location to another, and the last thing you need holding you back is the burden of carrying extra weight with you to each new location that you visit. Packing light means making tough calls on certain ‘luxury’ items that you don’t necessarily need vs the essentials, but is worth taking the time to do before your big trip (time to wave goodbye to those curling irons for the next few weeks).
2. Mingle
One of the best reasons to go on a tour is for the new people you meet along the way. That’s why the golden rule is getting to know your new travel buddies, and you can be sure to meet like-minded travellers as everyone who joins you on the adventure is willing to make new friends and talk about their life and travel experiences. Some of my best memories on tour has been meeting and talking to people that I would not normally meet on a day-to-day basis which is often one of the most refreshing things about the world of group travel.
3. Travel Smart
If you think you packed the essentials think again. Sure you’ve got your hiking boots, pocket torch and passport ready, but what about the little things that you know don’t seem like a big deal but make all the difference? Some of those ‘smart essentials’ can range from anything like pens to a few extra pair of socks, which is why travelling smart is the way forward. You might have the important parts of your tour covered, but make sure to do your research such as finding out which Wifi card is eligible in the country you are visiting (we all know is there Wifi is going to be the first question you ask yourself upon arrival).
4. A lesson in flexibility
Travelling on a tour means having to give up your creature comforts for a short period of time, but it’s also part of the fun! Just remember that not everyone will have the same tastes or preferences when it comes to dining or in their choice of optional excursions but that’s never a bad thing when you’re already out exploring new sites and surroundings that you’re unfamiliar with.
5. Embrace the unknown
Some of the greatest memories you can make on a tour are those that go unplanned. Maybe you and your new tour mates will stumble upon a delicious boutique restaurant on an evening out or make friends with a local who shares an interesting story or two. The world is your oyster when you go on a tour, let yourself go with the flow and experience the adventure as it unfolds each day.
Why not take off on the ultimate adventure with a tour? Check out our unmissable worldwide group adventures here
Tropical Thailand has thick jungle and stunning beaches as well as unmissable heritage sites. Here’s a round-up of our favourite places to visit if you are planning a trip to this magical kingdom.
Grand Palace
The Grand Palace is the must-see heritage site in the Thai capital. Nestled in the heart of Bangkok old town and on the banks of the river Chao Phraya, the gold tipped complex was home to the Kings of Siam, the Royal court and the seat of the government and its grandeur is palpable. Its opulent and intricately detailed architecture is a sight to be seen to be believed.
The Grand Palace complex also houses the Temple of the Emerald Buddha, one of Thailand’s most sacred places. The Buddha is believed to be more than 2000 years old, originally from India and misleadingly carved from green jade. Murals within the temple depict events in the life of the Lord Buddha and the Thai King himself ceremoniously dresses the sacred figurine with the changing of the seasons.
Make sure to go dressed appropriately, it is the royal residence and a sacred place therefore appropriate clothing is important.
Khao San Road
This famous backpacker haunt is crowded and full of character, every visitor to Bangkok should go at least once. It’s fun to spend an afternoon or evening among the mosaic array of electric signs stretching into the road. Order some pad thai and a beer and watch the world go past.
Eat
No trip to Thailand would be complete without experiencing the markets to see where locals buy ingredients they use to put together their internationally renowned curries and noodle dishes. The Klong Toey Market supplies half of Bangkok and the food is unbelievably fresh – the seafood is still alive. Feast on street food at every opportunity and take a cookery class to see how you get on making your own fragrant Thai dishes.
Sukhothai
Visitors to Sukhothai will discover 13th – 15th century with white buddhas sitting peacefully among classic lotus-bud chedi temples. This expansive historical park is best explored by bicycle. The partially restored ruins comprise Royal Palaces and temples surrounded by four large ponds complete with flowering water lilies.
The Islands
The attraction to Thailand’s pristine white beaches and clear turquoise waters is obvious and with 5000 miles of coastline the choice is almost endless. Take a day boat trip from Phuket to Phang Nga Bay’s dramatic limestone cliffs and explore. Or head to the Phi Phi islands where great snorkeling by day combines with a hedonistic party atmosphere by night.
Floating Markets
A quintessentially Thai experience, you can’t take a trip to Bangkok without visiting one of its floating markets. Marvel at the colourful selection of fresh fruit laid out on banana leaves and buy a meal from a floating kitchen. Don’t forget to take your camera, you won’t want to miss the chance to snap plenty of pictures of the stallholders whilst they paddle and navigate the waterways with ease.
National Parks
Last but not least! Did you know that almost a third of Thailand is covered in jungle and is home to thousands of species? Why not visit Khao Sok National park from Phuket. It’s thought to be the oldest rainforest in the world.
There’s not 5, not 10 but 8 (yes, we went there) reasons you really shouldn’t save up your hard earned cash to visit what was once voted the happiest country in the world. I mean, why would you want to put up with the loud salsa dancing on the streets of Cali, endless mountains and all that coffee? Let us tell you why…
1. Christmas is taken very seriously
Colombian’s love Christmas. So you’ll need to mentally prepare yourself for streets and streets of bright lights, nativity scenes and epic displays of candles and illuminations all across the country. December 7th is where it really kicks off with what is known as Dia de las velitas (day of little candles) where everywhere from homes to town squares are decorated with candles, lights and decorations in what can only be described as an explosion of Christmas.
A popular tradition that also takes place throughout the festive period in Colombia are Novenas, where families and neighbours also come together to pray and sing Colombian Christmas carols. You’ll often see scheduled Novenas taking place in public places such as shopping centres and parks where local schools and communities get very Christmassy and share traditional Christmas food like Natilla, a sweet custard ‘flan-like’ pudding that is usually served with shaved coconut on top. Expect smiling children and festive parades for an entire month if you visit from end of November onwards. Bah humbug.
2. Flower power
If you’re not a fan of festivals then you probably wouldn’t want to visit the city of Medellin around July-August time, because that’s when the famous Feria de las flores (festival of flowers) takes place across the city. Flowers. Flowers everyyyywhere. Tourists from across the globe will gather to see a range of attractions from flower exhibitions featuring colourful flower arrangements made on large wooden pallets, large flowery floats for the big annual parade, and concerts. It’s no wonder Medellin’s flower festival lives up to the city’s nickname of ‘city of eternal spring’. Yeah, it’s probably best to give Medellin’s biggest event of the year a miss. Too much Colombian pride for one person to take in.
3. All that coast
Just when you thought Colombia didn’t have enough frustrating reasons to make you jealous, you’ve got the beach life to dive into. All that beach to explore along the Caribbean coast will only result in giving you square eyes and tan lines from wearing your sunglasses for too long. With temperatures ranging between 27-32°C in Cartagena alone (imagine the amount of bottles of sunscreen you’ll need!), there’s 19km worth of beach to explore across the coast and an abundance of fresh seafood on offer. Not big on coconut rice and freshly cooked fish? (we didn’t think so) then there are plenty of traditional dishes at local restaurants in and around the city of Cartagena.
There’s also what many consider an undiscovered gem when visiting Cartagena, and that’s the Rosario Islands. Getting to the islands which are 27 small islands off the coast of Cartagena involves a 45-60 minute boat ride and take you into a land of crystal blue waters and cocktails served in coconut shells. Colombia’s beaches certainly attract attention, as you have hotspots like San Andres and Palomino beach’s off the beaten track appeal, but we know getting all that soft white sand in your shoes is a bit of a hassle.
4. Old buildings
Colombia is full of these. For those travelling to Medellin you have access to visit the famous ‘Pueblito Paisa’ a replica of a traditional Antioquian town, which consist of pebbled streets, colonial style houses and even fountains in the middle of a typical town square. Similarly, the town of Salento located in the coffee region of the country is pretty much like all those colourful colonial towns that you’ll come across when travelling around Colombia. Lots of colour, plenty of traditional art and old backstreets that take you back in time when you’re very much living the latino life in the present day. Just another reason to get uploading to Instagram if that’s your thing.
“Welcome to the jungle!” Nope…sorry. Not in Colombia. You’ll need to find it first on a scenic 4-5 trek to the Lost City in the Sierra Nevada. The mighty trek usually starts from Santa Marta and gives adventurous trekkers the opportunity to learn about the indigenous communities living there from when the Lost city was built in 800 AD. If the Inca trail was too epic and nature-filled for you then you probably shouldn’t trek the Colombian jungle to the Lost city. Nevermind those panoramic views and waterfalls of the jungle.
7. A whole lot of history
From the Spanish colonisation to being home to one of the world’s biggest drug cartels, Colombia is filled with a crazy amount of history. But the truth is, the the country has turned over a new leaf and is actually growing in tourism. With increased security since 2002, a changing government and far less violence than ever before, you’re more likely to come across helpful locals than be part of a drug related crime scene out of Narcos I’m afraid. If however, you fancy learning more about everything from the Indigenous history to coffee farming traditions, there are a variety of museums and national parks spread across the country to visit. Highlights include heading to the Gold museum in Bogota to come face to face with the largest pre-Hispanic collection of gold and visiting The National Coffee Theme park located in the Quindio region (El Parque del cafe) to enjoy the rides but also learn about Colombia’s agriculture and coffee making history.
8. Football fever
Football in Colombia is a huge deal. As soon as there’s a national game on, expect to see crowds of proud Colombians wearing their football shirts from the early hours of the day. So if you’re paying a visit to the country in between June-July 2018 for the World Cup you’re in for a treat…not so much if you’re not a big footie fan. Known to be big social events in their own right, Colombian football matches don’t just start and end with the game itself. Some of the bigger cities like Bogota will have bar events and socials taking place throughout on big game days.
Yep so, you’ve got no reason to visit Colombia really. No reason at all…
Did our reverse psychology get you buzzing for a trip to Colombia? Check out our top adventure tours here
Wherever you are in the world, whatever you are doing, there will be moments to do things that would normally terrify you. One of the best things about embarking on an adventure is getting outside of your comfort zone. This year, in celebration of Halloween, we have compiled a list of our ultimate scares.
Ziplining in Monteverde National Park
Home to the longest zip line in the world, ziplining in Monteverde National Park is not for you if you have a fear of heights. With no end in sight, you have to trust that there is something on the other side as you push yourself off the ground and into the cloud. Far below you sits the rainforest canopy and the cold, damp air rushes into your lungs and leaves you breathless.
To top it off, the tarzan swing waits for you at the end of the final zip line. All you can do is watch as your friends walk to the end of a long platform, leaving you to wait for your time to come. A scream as they jump off the edge indicates that is your turn to walk the plank, legs shaking more and more with each step.
Whitewater rafting in Jinja
The whitewater in Jinja is some of the best worldwide. Keen kayakers descend on the tiny town to test the rapids. Lifebelted up, a quick safety briefing throws you into calm waters and it is not long before the roaring of the fast moving water are within earshot. A small waterfall comes first. Paddle. Holding on for dear life still throws you out of the raft and the water can hurl you downstream at a powerful rate.
Frothing rapids give way to smooth waters. They are so calm you can swim or float on your back while the guide feeds you fresh pineapple kept in waterproof bags (true story). But it isn’t long before it is time to climb back in, usually with a little help, as more white water approaches and over and over again you are thrown into the water.
For some, jumping off the side of a mountain for the best views of Sugarloaf Mountain, the beaches and houses below are the number one adventure, for others, it is one of the ultimate scares. But instead of falling as your feet leave the ground, imagine swooping upwards and over the city.
It is not an activity for those with a fear of heights. With nowhere to look but down and a 25 minute glide back down to earth, there’s nothing to do but admire the views.
Bungee Jumping over Victoria Falls
And if jumping off the side of a mountain wasn’t enough for you, imagine jumping off a bridge in no man’s land, in between Zambia and Zimbabwe with the Zambezi River 365 feet below. If that’s not bad enough, the adrenaline rush causes the blood to rush, not to your heart but to your head.
After that initial descent, there is several more to go before you get winched back up to the bridge so you get to relive that feeling over and over again.
Volcano boarding in Nicaragua
Prepare for the butterflies deep in your belly to get stronger and stronger as you hike up Central America’s youngest volcano. You’re going to be sandboarding down. Dressed head to toe in a jumpsuit, goggles and gloves, all there is to do is enjoy the ride.
With volcanic ash in every orifice, you’ll be lucky to reach the bottom without a few bumps and bruises. You can even race against your friend, reaching speeds of up to 55mph.
Deep fried spider in Battambang
Many people would have heart jitters at the sight of a house spider hiding in the bathtub. A well deserved of ultimate scares, imagine reaching for this deep fried delicacy. Imaging touching it with your own bare hands and then (deep breaths here) putting it in your mouth, chewing its little furry legs and with one final breath, swallowing it down.
In Cambodia, all of this is possible. It isn’t even the small, cute spider you sometimes find lurking in corners or under the sofa but the big, hairy tarantula that get dished up and only your plate.
Death road in Bolivia
If the name doesn’t give it away, the stories of people plunging to their deaths will. The North Yungas Road was once the most deadly road in the world with an estimated 200-300 people dying a year. Today, cycling the road is a popular activity out of La Paz and terrifies many.
“Babies heads” or big rocks jutting out of the ground riddle the road. Loose gravel and steep inclines can give you quite a scare with one wrong move. Combine all of that with altitude sickness and one wrong move can become the stuff of nightmares.
Shark diving in Cape Town
Duuuuh-dun, duhhhh-dunnnnn! Shark-diving is not recommended if the Jaws theme tune is enough to keep you up at night. Plus, if the idea of swimming with these deadly (yet beautiful creatures) isn’t enough to turn your stomach, then battling the high seas to reach them will.
A short journey across sometimes choppy waters will take you to Shark Alley. Sliding into thick wetsuits, you have to hold your breath underwater as the sharks, sometimes up to 15 feet long swim by. It that’s not terrifying, we don’t know what is.
Putting it all on red in Vegas
It’s the ultimate scares this Halloween, there’s nothing worse than waiting for the tick, tick, tick of the wheel to stop turning. It’s a 50:50 chance and you’ve wagered your bet. Unlike the other experiences on our list, this one lasts seconds, a minute maximum but it can feel like forever.
That feeling of winning, that buzz, makes you want to do it all over again.
When we found out that a couple had got engaged on one our tours in South America we had to find out more! Sophie kindly told us her story about her wonderful group tour to Argentina, Uruguay and Brazil!
Sophie & Deiniol’s Story
“We did the Buenos Aires to Rio Flyer tour. My partner booked it as a surprise as he knew that Iguazu Falls was on my bucket list. I came across the falls by chance online and ever since then had always wanted to go visit!
The trip was incredible, my favourite parts were Colonia, Paraty and of course, Iguazu Falls. Paraty was just so serene and beautiful, I think I could have stayed longer there. It had quaint shops with loads of nice things like handcrafted jewellery and home-ware. Plus all the locals sold their handmade crafts on the streets which was great too.
Colonia was another lovely town, peaceful like Paraty but the wild parakeets in the trees certainly let you know they were there! It was really nice to hear them throughout the day. Buenos Aires was a fantastic city. I highly recommend the hop on hop off bus tour, as it kept us busy all day and we got to see most of the city. In Rio de Janeiro we did the city tour which I would do again. They take you to all the best sights and give you snippets of facts and stories about favelas and the history as you journey through the city. It ended perfectly by going up Sugarloaf Mountain to watch the sunset! Perfect end to an amazing trip.
We had loads of great local food throughout the tour. In Iguazu there is a fantastic all you can eat called Gaucho just down the road from the hotel. It had great salads and veggies and perfectly cooked meat all for around £10!
As for the engagement, my partner did it on the Brazilian side of Iguazu Falls. We had an amazing day on the Argentinian side the day before – we walked up to the top walkway with the most spectacular views, did another walk around the middle and then did the Devil’s Throat boat ride which was so much fun. I hate boats but I would definitely do that again! Even though you get soaked it doesn’t take long to dry off on a hot day!
The day of the engagement we opted for the helicopter ride first thing in the morning. It really put the falls into perspective seeing it all in one go, it was so beautiful. Then we went to the bird park straight after which was wonderful. It is home to so many healthy birds which was really great to see.
After, we went on to do the falls on the Brazilian side. We got the bus to ‘The Path of the Falls’ stop and walked the route to the falls, where there were some seriously stunning views.
A hundred pictures of the waterfalls later my partner sneakily pulled me to one side on a more private pathway and popped the question! Totally taking me by surprise in the most beautiful place I have seen on Earth, of course I said ‘yes’!
We shared the news with our fellow travellers and got to enjoy the rest of the day by the Iguazu Falls. Later in the evening, Jana our Tour Leader had left us a bottle of wine with a note and handmade paper diamond ring around the neck of the bottle outside our hotel room, to congratulate us again. This was so sweet of her!
It really was a trip of a lifetime!”
If Sophie and Deiniol’s story has inspired you to visit this corner of South America, why not check out our Buenos Aires to Rio Express tour here
At the moment, Argentina is great value for money due to recent sharp decline in the value of the peso. It is a seductive, diverse and vast country full of contrasts. From the icy end-of-the-earth Ushuaian wilderness to the European influence of the capital. The indigenous north in the Andean foothills, to gaucho estancias and the fast-developing viticulture, there’s a lot to sink your teeth into. Take advantage of how far you can make your money go in Argentina and undertake an all-encompassing adventure.
We’re publishing a mini-series on all things Argentina, starting out with its capital city – the one and only Buenos Aires. So what’s so special about it?
Buenos Aires
No city will tug on your heart strings more than Buenos Aires. It’s a place where romance and dance halls still reign. As some of it’s most famous exports might suggest, it’s also a mecca for football and foodie fanatics. Not only that, it’s a shoppers paradise, home to a vibrant art and fashion scene. When you first arrive though, the thing that’ll impress you the most is the architecture.
Architecture
Many of the most important buildings in the city were built during the capital’s golden age. At the turn of the last century, Argentina was one of the ten most powerful global economies. Whilst that might be hard to imagine in today’s world, as soon as you set foot in Buenos Aires you will understand, it’s epic. Argentina welcomed thousands of immigrants from Europe, offering a Latin version of the American dream. It became a magnet, so much so, that in the year 1914 half of the population was foreign-born. When the country’s economy was booming, the city’s wealthy elite started making their mark on the urban landscape. The scale of the city’s buildings testify the scope of their ambitions. You will be amazed by the opulence and grandeur of the city’s most famous landmarks, exquisite in detail. Explore as much of it as you can by foot and you will be surprised at what you unearth along the way, even in the low-key districts.
Start along Avenida Mayo, go past the National Congress and Teatro Colón, then get lost in the labyrinth of Recoleta Cemetery. The real charm of the city’s architecture though, is its faded edges with each district offering its own distinct translation of faded grandeur. Each corner you turn in the city presents another crumbling gem, some plastered in graffiti. Nowhere manages to marry old and new quite as well, in all the history, the city’s modern voice is never far away. One of the oldest and most characterful districts is San Telmo. It’s dilapidated colonial houses and bohemian atmosphere make a great day out once you’ve been to the Evita Museum and eaten all the steak, pizza and empanadas you can manage.
Milongas and Tango
Tango in Buenos Aires isn’t a tourist cliché, the dance is deeply woven into the fabric of the city. It has unusual origins, in fact owing its existence to choreographed fighting that men developed whilst waiting outside brothels! Overtime this choreographed sparring became the sexy dance it is today. Hard to imagine, right? Trivia aside, don’t miss out on going to a show. Some of the best known places in town are Escina Carlos Gardel and Café de los Angelitos but there are many other options. And if you want to give it a go yourself, try your moves out at a Milonga or take a class. The city is full of dance enthusiasts and teachers happy to introduce visitors to their national dance. If you get bored of dancing, or trying to, the night-life in Buenos Aires is fantastic and an night-long affair, even on week nights. You’ll find that you’re spoilt for choice.
Boca
Ramshackle Boca and its colourful corrugated buildings is unmissable. It’s best to join a walking tour because you’ll gain more insight into the quarter’s history and get the best recommendations on where to eat if you decide to stay for lunch. If you do head there without a group or a guide, it’s advisable you don’t stray off Caminito. The district is among the poorest in the city and therefore not safe. Another good reason for joining a walking tour is the included visit to the Boca Juniors Stadium. The Boca Juniors Club is the country’s most successful team. Many of Argentina’s most famous international footballers have represented the club. Even if you are not usually a fan of football, the sport is part of the Argentine identity and the football fever on the streets that approach this famous stadium is palpable with houses surrounding the stadium sporting the team colours.
Shopping
Buenos Aires is a fashion-forward capital with a burgeoning fashion set. It is arguably one of the best places in the world to purchase high quality leather goods. If you want to shop local and international brands with price ranges to suit all budgets, Galerías Pacífico will cater to all your retail needs. It’s a huge shopping mall complete with a food hall and cinema. Just make sure that you have enough space in your suitcase to take home your spoils. For a more relaxed shopping experience, head to San Telmo for its artisan offerings and antiques. Fashionistas will enjoy Palermo where the city’s style elite will be sporting cutting edge trends. This is also where many of the Buenos Aires designers are based.
Why not join one of our group tours to Argentina and go and see Buenos Aires for yourself?
Do you believe in ghosts or other paranormal presences? For years many have been fascinated by the stories and experiences that people around the world have had with other-worldly beings, often wondering if we’ll ever really find out if they’re real or fake. So whether you believe or not, and with Halloween fast approaching, let us indulge you in a spooky tale or two on some the most haunted destinations that you could be visiting on a group tour with Tucan Travel…if you’re brave enough.
1. Forbidden City, China
While the Forbidden City in China is very much a popular spot to visit on a tour, it also holds a haunted past. With over 600 years of history and assassinations at the hand of the Emperor, it’s no surprise that guards have reported paranormal activity around the grounds of the Imperial Palace. A common story is of a woman in white who as recent as the 1990s could be heard sobbing loudly around the grounds at night.
If you’re brave enough to explore the halls of the Forbidden City its surroundings, why not check out our Tailor-made tour of China?
2. Castle of Good Hope, Cape Town
When you think of Cape Town you think of it’s natural beauty, from the majestic Table Mountain to its white sandy beaches. But did you know one of its oldest buildings is said to be haunted? The 17th century Castle of Good Hope was originally built by Dutch colonists and was once a well known government building that has since been declared a historical monument in Africa.
It is said that the ghost of a tall gentleman has been spotted jumping off the side of one of the castle walls. That’s not all that has been spotted at Africa’s haunted castle, as phantom footsteps have been reported to have been heard along with the ringing of one of the bells from the old bell towers overlooking the castle.
Why not pay a visit to the castle in your free time on our Windhoek to Cape Town tour?
3. Bratislava, Slovakia
There’s no doubt about it – Europe is arguably home to some of the most haunted destinations in the world, but have you ever thought about Slovakia? It’s capital city of Bratislava is known to be one of the oldest cities in Europe and is not only surrounded by vineyards and the picturesque Carpathian mountains, but is filled with ghost stories that have been told by its residents for years.
Legend has it that a local woman called Ursula fell in love with the same man as her friend, to which angered her and led her to accuse the other girl of being a witch. The accusation resulted in the death of the girl who was burned at the steak, which left Ursula feeling tortured by her guilt. Many say that her ghost has been spotted in the tower.
Visit the tower at your own peril whilst exploring the stunning city of Bratislava on our Slovakia tours.
4. Bogotá, Colombia
Colombia is known for having a dark history, enough to inspire plenty horror stories, but there are infact many local legends and spooky sightings that have spanned for years. One of which, concerns the Candelaria neighbourhood of the capital city of Bogota. La Candelaria is known as the birthplace of Bogota, meaning some of the houses and buildings are over 200 years old. And of course, there are plenty of unusual ghost stories from every corner to go with them. One of which, is the tale of the headless ghost dog…
Rumour has it, that the ghost of a headless black dog roams the streets of the La Candelaria neighbourhood. There’s even an entire road named after it, called ‘La calle de la cara de perro’ which translates to the street of the face of the dog. Bet you weren’t expecting to hear this kind of tale coming from Colombia, eh?
Peruvian cuisine might not be on the map in the same way as some of its Latin American neighbours, things are set to change and there’s a lot to shout about. It has a strong identity, whilst empanadas might be Latin American thoroughfare Peruvian dishes are uniquely Peruvian and brilliantly diverse. Not surprising when you consider that Peru has 30 microclimates ranging over the Sechura Desert into the Andes and onto the Amazon jungle.
Peruvian food isn’t for the faint-hearted, anticucho (heart) is a street-food staple. Needless to say, If you’re as adventurous with your culinary exploits as you are about travel and you haven’t already visited, then you need to head to Peru.
You might have noticed cevicherias popping up or have heard that a popular Peruvian dish is guinea pig, but did you know that Peru is the birthplace of the potato? It boasts no less than 3000 varieties as well as a museum dedicated to this humble root vegetable.
Facts aside, we wanted to share a typical Peruvian dish that doesn’t involve hunting down purple corn, guinea pig or heart.
Peruvian Tacu Tacu
What do you do when you have leftover rice and beans? Make tasty Tacu Tacu of course!
Originally created as a way of utilising leftover food to fill the stomachs of working African slaves who arrived in the country towards the end of the slave-trade, Tacu Tacu is a common and nutritious Peruvian dish bursting with flavour. The dish itself is commonly served in a pancake form with a side of steak, plantain and a fried egg on top.
Why not give it a go with our handy recipe for it below?
Ingredients you will need
1 chopped brown onion
2 cloves of fresh garlic
1 teaspoon of chili powder (or chilli paste)
1 ½ cups of long-grain rice (cooked)
1 tin of beans to your taste (canary or butter beans is recommended)
1 egg
Method
We begin by preparing the seasoned beans. Fry the garlic, onion and season with chilli in a frying pan over a medium-low heat until lightly browned.
Stir in the beans and mix together in the pan.
Stir in the pre-cooked rice and turn up the heat in order to fry the rice and bean mixture. Stir regularly to avoid burning, lightly mashing up the beans until a thick mixture is formed. Stop stirring for the last few minutes until the rice is golden brown and crisp at the bottom.
Turn off your rice and bean mixture, leaving to settle and cool for a few minutes. Following this, Fry an egg in a separate pan.
Looking for an all year destination with culture, a warm welcome and the chance of a bargain? Look no further than Egypt, where history, hospitality, heat and the chance to haggle collide, offering you the adventure of a lifetime.
History
For over 7000 years Egypt has been a source of wonder and delight. With one of the oldest recorded written languages and home to two of the seven Wonders of the Ancient World, it is the perfect destination for anyone with a passion for history.
Start your adventure in Cairo, a cosmopolitan city straddling The Nile where the ancient and modern worlds jostle side by side. Though the streets are busy, transport is cheap and you can catch tantalising glimpses of of the pyramids as you travelling through the city.
Massive and imposing, the Pyramid complex at Giza is a must see whether your passion is history or art, or simply a love of all things wonderful. Take the opportunity to climb high inside the Great Pyramid of Khufu to the burial chamber, and marvel at the night sky carved into the stone. Take a camel ride across the dunes, marvel at the views and then head over the enigmatic Sphinx. Don’t miss out the Necropolis at Saqqara where you will see even older monuments, such as the Stepped Pyramid built by Djoser over 5000 years ago.
You cannot leave Cairo without spending time at the famous Cairo Museum. Permanent home of the Tutankhamun exhibition, his golden sarcophagi is just one of the many treasures on display. The museum is rich with priceless papyri and room upon room of gold and precious jewels. You can even come face to face with some ancient mummies.
Take the overnight train from Cairo to Aswan, an adventure not to be missed, and be woken to breakfast and the contrasting views from either side of the train. Desert, sand and mountains on one side, and fertile flood land on the other.
Whether you take a cruiser or a local falluca, a cruise on the Nile is exhilarating. Relax with a drink as ancient monuments, palm trees and beautiful scenery glides by.
Another adventure awaits in Luxor and The Valley of the Kings. Nothing can prepare you for the astonishing vividness of the colours inside the tombs. As your eyes accustomed to the light, brilliant gold, blue and red jump out at you as the paintings bring the glory of ancient Egypt to life.
Hospitality
Since ancient times, Egyptians, have organised feasts to honour their guests, the warm and welcoming hospitality has always been a part of Egyptian culture. Our local guides will take you to the best places to find a bowl of the national dish, Koshari (rice, macaroni, and lentils mixed together, topped with a spiced tomato sauce, and garlic vinegar, and garnished with chickpeas and crispy fried onions ) or a cup of sweet sahlab (vanilla and milk).
Whether it is your first visit, or your 100th, Egyptian hospitality never wavers. Travel blogger and Iain Shiels never tires of their hospitality. Iain recently joined Laura Morrison, both ex Tucan staff, as she passed through Egypt on her amazing journey from Scotland to Africa to raise money for Cancer Research. You can find out more about her journey here.
Heat
It’s Africa! So you are pretty much guaranteed sun all year round with the added bonus of beautiful sunrises and sunsets to mark the passing of the days. The summer months, June to August can be very hot, with temperatures often rising to a melting 40 degrees. If you like it hot, then that is the time to go. But for the best experience, we recommend that you plan your visits between October and April when the weather is cooler. It may be cooler, but the temperature can still rise to 30 degrees during the day.
Haggle
If you love markets and shopping for a bargain, Egypt is your ideal destination as every town and village has its own marketplace. In Cairo you will find the famous Khan El Khalili Market, a 500 year old bazaar selling everything from spices to handmade jewelry. A first step into the market may be overwhelming, but with the right attitude and some top-level bargaining skills, it is a fantastic place to pick up some beautiful souvenirs and meet some amazing locals. Be prepared for some amazing sites, from donkey carts stacked with vegetables to motorbikes piled high with merchandise. You will come for the bargains, but we know you will stay for the people.
If you want to plan a unique experience, combining history and relaxation to create your own your adventure of a lifetime, Tucan Travel have three new group tours in Egypt.
When you think of Colombian cuisine really, what springs to mind? Spice? the endless consumption of coffee? (which is all totally fabulous by the way) or you know, that famous Colombian dish everyone raves about… The Burrito.
Okay, okay, so whilst Colombian dishes aren’t exactly the same as Mexican there is still plenty in the way of flavour. Bursting with a Caribbean influence and the freshest ingredients, Colombian cuisine has just a little bit of everything that you could ask for in the perfect dish.
With that in mind we’d like to share the recipe for what is arguably one of the most popular foods in Colombia – The Arepa. There’s no way you will miss out on spotting these classic cornmeal cakes in their different variations on a trip to Colombia. They’re just about anywhere from a restaurant or coffee shop to being sold by local street food vendors. Best of all, they’re super easy to make!
A typical Colombian kitchen will contain the key ingredient that goes into making the perfect Arepa which is cornmeal flour (also known as ‘Masarepa’). Stock up on this, and you’re already halfway to making a truly tasty Colombian dish.
Ingredients
For the dough (Makes approx 4 Arepas):
2 cups of Masarepa (cornmeal flour)
½ cup of feta cheese (note that queso fresco, a traditionally white crumbly cheese is used to make Arepas in Colombia, but feta is the recommended alternative).
½ a tablespoon of soft melted butter
1 ½ cups of warm water
½ a teaspoon of salt
Method
Mix the dry ingredients in a bowl along with the soft butter and cheese.
2. Warm up the water in a pan. Once warm (but not boiling) gradually pour into the cornmeal flour mixture until mixed well and a soft dough consistency is formed.
3. Continue to knead the dough until soft.
4. Separate the dough into small balls and flatten between your palms to form a thick patty (thickness can also vary to taste).
5. Heat up a large non-stick skillet over a medium heat and add a tablespoon of olive oil until simmering.
6. To get that perfect crunchy texture, fry the Arepas on both sides until golden brown (it normally takes between 8-10 minutes to fry). TIP: For an extra buttery flavour, spread a teaspoon of butter over the top of each Arepa when frying in the skillet.
Arepas can also be sliced in half and filled with anything that your heart desires. Common fillings you’ll find in Colombia are melted cheese and shredded beef (take me back already!). Almost every region across the country has its own take on the Arepa, from the Arepa de huevo which is filled with a fried egg inside to the Arepa de choclo which has a slightly sweeter taste.
They say a recipe has no soul because you as the cook must bring the soul into the recipe, and that’s definitely the Colombian approach to cooking. They don’t serve up big portions for nothing
Fancy treating your tastebuds to some amazing Colombian cuisine? Check out our adventure tours in Colombia here.
When it comes to travel or even thinking about where to go next, few think to consider the Amazon Jungle. This remote location covers an area of 2,300,000 square miles, with a mass of rainforest filled with an incredibly rich variety of biodiversity. It’s almost unbelievable to think that you have the opportunity to catch a glimpse of such a different and intriguing part of the world that we live in.
How to get there
Naturally with the Amazon Jungle being so impressively large, there are different ways in which to reach the jungle within South America. Common ways to reach the Amazon Jungle are through either the cities of Manaus in Brazil or Puerto Maldonado in Peru. Tucan Travel currently offer a choice of tours which visit the great Amazon Jungle such as the Peru in Two Weeks tour which combines the jungle trek with the breathtaking climb of Machu Picchu, to the Peru In Depth tour which stops off at some other main highlights of Peru including Lake Titicaca, Cusco and Colca Canyon. Tucan Travel have a particular emphasis on the Tambopata province within the Madre de Dios region of South-Eastern Peru.
Trekking through the Jungle on an excursion
Puerto Maldonado
A visit to the small but vibrant city of Puerto Maldonado in Peru is an adventure in itself! Not only does it act as your gateway to reaching the Peruvian Amazon, but it’s a bustling city of varying sights and sounds. From the buzz of motorcycles racing down streets, to the smells of exotic jungle fruits on sale at the local market. It’s definitely a world-away from life outside of this jungle town! Once exploring the city, you hop on to a riverboat for a 2 hour journey that gives you your very first glimpse of the river that leads you to the surprises that await…
Tambopata
The advantage of visiting the Tambopata province is that there are plenty of opportunities to go on day excursions. One of the most popular ones is a visit to Monkey Island (or Isla de los Monos in Spanish). Monkey Island is a conservation project that aims to rescue and protect three main species. These include the Brown Capuchin and the Squirrel Monkey. The excursions you take there, aim to teach you more about their way of life. Plus you get a chance to get up close and personal for feeding time!
Monkey Island
The wildlife
With risk of sounding too obvious, the amazon is absolutely teeming with wildlife! Just sitting back, listening to the sounds of the jungle is an incredible experience. It’s also a fun game trying to match the sound to the animal (You’ll never win though!). Every corner you look will be slathered in creepy-crawlies, from termites to purple tarantulas. The rivers are flanked by birds fishing in the shallow waters alongside alligators. The waters are packed with fish such as piranhas, ready to be caught. And the trees are full of sluggish sloths and a myriad of monkeys swinging through the branches. And if you’re lucky, you’ll spot our favourite – the toucan!
In hindsight, a journey to the heart of the Amazon Jungle will change your whole outlook on travel. There is more than meets the eye when you journey to this mystical part of the world. The jungle teaches you about the wildlife that it inhabits, still kept pure, just as nature intended. Best of all, a visit to the Peruvian Amazon means it’s also the perfect opportunity to add other bucket-list activities to your time in Peru, such as taking on the iconic Inca Trail or visiting other nearby cities likeCusco.
From big bowls of mac and cheese to hearty roast dinners, comfort food comes in all shapes and sizes. However, through my adventures around the world, I have noticed one dish, that is served as a comfort food globally. And that, my fellow travelers, is the infamous rice and beans!
Rice and beans are staple in each culture for some very good reasons. Rice is full of minerals and vitamins, and it has many health benefits such as controlling blood pressure and cancer prevention. It is also full of carbohydrates so it’s a great way to fuel your body! Beans are also a nutrient-dense food, that is high in protein and is an antioxidant. All of this means it is a great meal to have while traveling! Depending on the recipe, it is also great for gluten-free and vegan/vegetarian diets, so there is a variant on this classic for everyone!
Below are three different but delicious meals which incorporate rice and beans as the main staple ingredients!
Costa Rican Gallo Pinto
If I told you I had eaten rice and beans for 3 weeks straight for every meal, you might have thought I was crazy, and that I must not have chosen this fate. But I guarantee you, it was by choice, and it happens to everyone who travels to Costa Rica! Gallo Pinto is a wonderful mix of black beans, white/brown rice, onion, garlic and a mix of spices. But the key ingredient is the table sauce of the country, Lizano Salsa! It can be found as common as Ketchup in Costa Rica, and is the “Not So Secret Sauce” for this delicious recipe.
When I say that I ate rice and beans for 3 weeks straight, I was not joking! Gallo Pinto is breakfast, lunch and dinner is Costa Rica, with different variants throughout the day. During my first time in Costa Rica my Spanish was not the best, so I thought that I might try to order what I thought was gallo pinto con pollo (Rice and beans with chicken). Thinking I would have some small pieces of chicken in my rice and beans. To my pleasant surprise, I was presented with a KFC size fried chicken leg atop my mountain of Gallo Pinto!
This dish is also popular in the surrounding countries such as Nicaragua and Guatemala. If you are interested in some authentic Gallo Pinto, here are some incredible tours of Central America to let your taste buds explore:
Rajma Pulao is a thick, vegetarian gravy of kidney beans, spices such as cumin, coriander and cinnamon with Basmati rice. You can make this dish as spicy or as mild as you would like, but be prepared if you are going to India, they like their spices!
This is a very popular dish in Northern India and Nepal. In most Asian countries, rice is in abundance, so there are many other rice and bean combinations available, and as most of the country is vegetarian, there is no end to the variations.
Fun Fact: Kidney beans are not native to India. They were actually brought over from Mexico centuries ago, and have now become a staple in their cuisine!
If you want to taste it for yourself, check out some of these delicious tours:
Koshari has its place as Egypt’s national dish. This spicy combo of rice, lentils, tomato sauce, chickpeas and small pasta will have your mouth watering when you visit Egypt. As weird as the combo sounds, it is a rich comfort food good enough for the Pharaohs! Actually, the dish has only recently been popular since British colonization.
Although it is rich enough to be on the menu for the ancient Pharaohs, it has actually only been popular since British colonization of India, where it is actually believed to have orignated from.
It is very popular among labourers and families (remember rice and beans gives you energy for the work day). You can find this delicious treat in restaurants and on the side of the road food stands.Our Adventure Specialist Madelyn from our Toronto office says that she lived off of it on her “Egypt Adventure” tour this fall!
Here are some of our tours where you can enjoy this smorgasbord of food:
After all of that, my mouth is watering and my food bucket list is growing! Let us know what comfort food is on your bucket list in the comments below, and if you will be replacing your favourite comfort food with one of these cultural staples instead!
Sometimes all the planning, cooking and attempting to organise getting the entire family into one room can end up being more of a headache than an enjoyment. It tends to consist of extended families bickering about god-knows-what as well as family feuds over who’s eaten too much pumpkin pie. So, occasionally skipping town to bypass the stress of the season and escape the bitter cold for a more memorable (and warm!) Thanksgiving is needed. Here’s our list of alternative places to go for a well-deserved Thanksgiving holiday. Trash the turkey and make some real-special memories that will never be forgotten!
Swap the traditional Thanksgiving dinner for sunsets and samba in Rio de Janeiro. Laze about on one of the world’s most famous beaches, the Copacabana, and wile away the days soaking up the rays. Taking in the iconic coastlines with a backdrop of mountains cascading down to the coast is sure to make you think twice about staying at home this year. And at night, the city will sing to your soul as you cannot help but to immerse yourself in the hype of Samba.
Try a Thanksgiving holiday the Mexican way! This city goes all out on the food this time of year, with many restaurants creating unique fusions of Northern and Southern traditional dishes. We’re talking delicious filled dough steamed in corn husks and spicy chilli roasted turkey. And you know you are having an authentic Mexican meal when you receive a champurrado – a rich chocolate stew drink made from dough and sprinkled with cinnamon and lots of sugar. Mmm mmm!
Take advantage of the low prices and small crowds that happen at the end of November, don’t let it put you off! November is a transition-between-seasons month, where the forests and plants are a lush green and the temperatures a lot more bearable. Costa Rica is a notoriously diverse region to explore. With misty cloud forests, vibrant rainforests, stunning beaches and lots of chances to search for wildlife like sloths and jaguars! There’s something for everyone.
This year, swap the traditional roasted turkey for what Argentina does best – a juicy sirloin steak grilled to perfection! Steakhouses can pretty much be found on every street corner in Buenos Aires, so you will definitely have your pick of places depending on your budget and style. Aside from food, this vibrant city is an eclectic fusion of european style and latin passion with explosions of colour in every direction. Of course, any trip to Buenos Aires would not be complete without a first-hand experience of tango dancing. Don’t worry, milongas (traditional social gatherings for tango dancing) are everywhere!
Honduras in November is the perfect place to escape the bitter cold and brisk winds at Thanksgiving. Falling between the dry and high season, the flights are cheap and the weather is good. A great way to escape the bustle of the Thanksgiving holiday is by island hopping around The Bay Islands. There are eight in total and are the very definition of tropical paradise. Spend the extra few days submersed in the clear blue ocean, snorkelling and diving your weekend away.
Thanksgiving holidays can get a little repetitive year after year. Same place, same food, same people, same same. Sometimes what we need is to break the pattern and have a real adventure! The Maya Region in Belize is one of Central America’s best kept secrets and a mecca for travellers seeking adventure. Picture tubing down the Macal River drifting through a series of caves. Plunge into the depths of darkness to view ancient Mayan remains and search for the skeleton that sparkles eerily in the dimmed lighting. Now that makes for an interesting Thanksgiving activity!
I’m sure we can all agree that one of the main highlights of Christmas is feasting on the abundance of homemade comfort food, which does deem a little preparation. Put the Thanksgiving holiday to good use and conquer the great trek to Machu Picchu. With a range of tours available at varying levels of fitness, there is no excuse! And, it’s a great way to cram in some serious exercise before the inevitable over-feasting at Christmas.
Santiago De Cuba is one place that is sure to give you a truly unique Thanksgiving holiday that will forever remain as a treasured memory. Passionate, fun, beautiful and intense, this city is definitely one for the people that love to party. You will never be far from the colourful sounds of Caribbean music pouring out into the streets. The smell of fragrant cigars drifting through the crowds and locals and tourists knocking back rum cocktails until the early hours of the morning. Have a Thanksgiving party like no other!
Santa Cruz Island was once a favourite spot for pirates to steal tortoises away for meat! 97% of the archipelago is now a national park with 20 islands that still remain uninhabited. For a Thanksgiving holiday with a difference, hop on a Galapagos Islands cruise. Find yourself immersed in the wonders of wildlife that can only be found in this part of the world. And in the evenings, the islands actually have a surprisingly interesting nightlife. Chill outside one of the many relaxed beach bars and marvel at the dramatic landscapes surrounding you.
Why not turn the Thanksgiving holiday into a romantic weekend break? Arguably the most loved South American destination among couples. Cartagena’s vibe is best experienced by not making too much of an itinerary for your trip. It’s one of those places better experienced by wandering around getting lost in the maze of colourful cobbled streets. Pause in the odd bar (or two!) for a break from the heat.
(Cartagena – Columbia)
Tucan Travel offer some amazing tours in these countries – and lots of other places if you have your eye on somewhere specific. They have a variety of locations, so have a look if you would rather take the hassle out of the organising part! Then you can sit back, relax and enjoy your Thanksgiving holiday – for once!
Roxy is part of the marketing team for Tucan Travel. She has been travelling solo for years, predominantly around Asia, Indonesia and Europe. You can find her on LinkedIn here.
Once known as the ancient capital of the Incas, Cusco now bursts at the seams with culture. Tradition holds strong and authenticity remains in tact with a legacy that dates back to the 15th Century. If you like history, you’ll definitely be missing out if you don’t find time to visit Cusco! Don’t let the 3,399 m elevation put you off! This iconic city, high up in the Peruvian Andres is bursting with plenty to see and do. Whilst most people visit Cusco as a base for their Machu Picchu trek, we think you might be missing out. We suggest keeping a few days either side to explore this iconic city. Here are our top 8 things to do in Cusco!
1. Get used to the altitude
Nestled high in the Peruvian Andes, Cusco is more than 3,000 meters above sea level. To get used to those dizzying heights, travellers are strongly advised to take time to adjust to the high altitude. On your first day make sure to take it easy and not exhert yourself with too much physical activity. Alcohol can make it worse so try and avoid too many pisco sours! Tucan Travel have been visiting Peru for over 30 years and we share our top tips on how to acclimatise here.
2. Step back in time to explore the Ancient Ruins
Cusco is home to and surrounded by many ancient ruins. These are our favourites:
Qoricancha Sun Temple, is thought to have been constructed from the 12th Century CE. Also known as Cusco’s Golden Temple, it once housed an abundance of gold, including a golden sun disk that reflected light throughout the temple. The position of the temple is thought to be the key to its significance for the Incan Empire. Historians believe that Cusco was originally built in the shape of a puma (a symbol of power and strength), with the Sacsayhuamán site at its head.
Sacsayhuaman Citadel is on the northern outskirts of Cusco and is thought to date back to the 9th Century. The huge interlocking stones lean inwards, an architectural trick thought to have helped this structure survive many earthquakes. Once the walls of a fortress, only the largest stones remain at the site today. The smaller ones were taken by the Spanish to build the Cusco we see today.
And of course, you can join one of our small group tours travel from Cusco to Machu Picchu on the Inca Trail. If you aren’t up to the trek, you can take the Vistadome train to Machu Picchu. With its glass ceiling and panoramic windows, this is the perfect way to take in the majestic scenery, without the leg work.
3. Be amazed by Spanish Colonial Architecture
Use your time in Cusco to explore the city’s unique historic architecture. The city radiates out from the main square, Playa de Armas which is dominated by the Cathedral (Basilica of the Assumption of the Virgin). Awarded UNESCO World Heritage status in 1983, the Cathedral is full of important gold and silver, engraved wooden altars and a collection of paintings from the Cusco School. One of the most famous is the painting by Marcos Zapata. This painting is an interesting take on the last supper mixing Catholic beliefs brought by the Spanish with the local view where guinea pig would be eaten at an important meal or celebration.
The cathedral stands on the Inca Palace built by the conquistadors, with stone from the Incan city of Sacsayhuaman. If you have a bit of time to spare, definitely walk around the inside and check out the artwork
Walk north from Plaza de Armas towards San Blas, a maze of cobbled streets and squares and explore Hathunrumiyoc the “great stone street”. This central street is home to a great wall, considered to be one of the finest examples of Incan architecture. The stones are carved so precisely and fit together so tightly that you cannot slide a piece of paper between them. Look out for the 12 angled stone, and the shapes of a serpent, guinea pig and llama hidden in the design.
4. Make chocolate!
Okay, you get to eat it too. No trip to Cusco is complete without paying a visit to the ChocoMuseo. Much more than a chocolate shop, ChocoMuseo is a South American institution! The boutique offers a range of workshops to suit every passion and budget. They will teach you the history of cacao farming, show you how to make chocolate and of course let you eat it! .
Who knew chocolate was popular? This optional excursion is available on all of our tours through Cusco. It can be really popular, so book early to avoid disappointment.
5. Marvel at the views
An excellent way to enjoy the views of Cusco is to head to Limbus Restobar above San Blas. The contemporary Peruvian cooking and tempting cocktails make this is an exciting venue. However, it is the stunning views across Cusco that make it stand out from the crowd and well worth the visit. Whether catching up with friends, or simply resting a while to sip your pisco sours, the terrace is the place to capture stunning views of Cusco and the surrounding area.
Don’t forget your camera!
6. Immerse yourself in the culture
Cusco has a population of over 300,000 people and the majority are of a Roman Catholic faith. Peru’s population is made up of roughly 45% indigenous people, 37% mestizo (a mixture of Spanish and indigenous heritage), 15% of European origin and 3% other. The country is almost half Amerindians and it is important to be respectful of the local people, many of whom view the term ‘indio’ as derogatory, preferring indígenas.
You will find many opportunities to have your photograph taken beside colourfully dressed locals, often leading a very smartly dressed llama. This is an open invitation to click away, a propina (tip) is expected and 1-3 sole should be fine for a couple of shots. In and around Cusco you will hear the distinctive Quechua, spoken by local people. Though many people throughout Peru speak English, a little Spanish will help you to break the ice.
A short distance from Cusco is Awan Kancha, a local initiative created to uphold and share the customs and traditions of the living culture of the Peruvian Andes. At this unique centre you will see local women creating iconic traditional textiles from llama wool. The perfect place to buy the softest wool garments and of course, take that Llama selfie!
7. Explore the markets where you can shop-till-you-drop!
Cusco’s markets are the perfect place to haggle yourself happy!
San Pedro Market is an unmissable permanent market with the most amazing displays of fruit, vegetables and other fresh produce. Stroll past mountains of bread, chocolate and cheese or be tempted by the rows and rows of textiles and jewellery stalls. This huge market is worth a visit and is a firm favourite with the locals and tourists alike. You can also pick up some dried cocoa leaves to help with the altitude.
It may not be the biggest, but many regard San Blas Market as one of the best markets in Cusco, and one of the cleanest. Famed for its fresh vegetables, food and drinks, is also a few minuets walk from Green Point, one of the most popular vegan restaurants in the city.
Your local guide can show you the way and can help you get to know the local currency, the nuevo sol, or the sol before you shop.
8. Eat like a local!
Peruvian food is spicy, full of flavour and utterly delicious and Cusco is the perfect place to taste the local delicacies! One of the most famous dishes is cuy, that’s guinea pig to you and me. Typically roasted, many say that the taste and texture are similar to roast duck or rabbit. Cusco is also famous for its alpaca steak. Pachamanca is a traditional dish that mixes slow-cooked meat with potatoes, corn and cheese. The dish is cooked by burying it underground surrounded by hot stones.
There are many delicious dishes available to suit vegetarian and vegan diets.. We recommend Palta a la Reina (Avocado to the Queen, stuffed avocado) and papas a la Huancaina (potatoes served cold with a spicy cheese sauce). Salads are widely available, including sweet tomato salads and huevos de la rusa (egg salad).
South America is famous for its vibrant nightlife and Cusco is no different. Popular clubs such as Mama Africa stay open until the early morning, as do many of the street stalls selling empanadas. For a quieter night, but just as much fun, head to the cosy Pisco Museo for locally flavoured pisco sours.
Grab a cerveza Zenith and chill. Zenith beer is brewed locally by ex Tucan Travel staff Zac and Milka. Relax with this highly rated beer on the balcony of the Norton Rat’s Tavern, which looks out over the Plaza. Alternatively you can go and drink at the brewery tasting room, only a 10 minute taxi ride from the Plaza de Armas.
Tucan Travel offer a wide range of small group tours to Peru and Cusco.
If you are travelling from Lima to Cusco overland, but the journey may take over 20 hours. It is possible to book bus services from neighbouring countries of Brazil, Ecuador, Colombia, Bolivia and Chile. Most international travellers fly directly to Cusco via Santiago de Chile or Bogota. Lima to Cusco flights are available and inexpensive with a flight time of around 60 minutes,
Keeping safe
There are many important things to consider when travelling to any new country, and |peru and Cusco are no different. In our comprehensive advice for travel to Peru we talk about when and where it is safe to take photographs, whether it’s safe to drink the water and top tips for travelling as a single woman. You can tread our guide here. Take a look on our website for more details and find out why you should travel with us .
About the Author
Tanya Clover works as a freelance copywriter for Tucan Travel. Tanya’s passions are travel, reading and horses. She has recently returned from 2 years working in Australia, where she travelled extensively. She has travelled in India, Thailand, North and Eastern Africa, Egypt and Peru. Travels in Europe have included Romania, Bulgaria, Norway, Northern Ireland, Ireland and Italy. Her favourite destinations last year were Egypt and Jordan. Follow Tanya on twitter @tancloverkent and Instagram @tandealkent
Welcome to the bustling capital city of Peru – Lima. One of the largest cities in South America, you could easily spend at least a few days exploring. You will come across pretty much anything you can expect from a large city. From outstanding restaurants selling local cuisine, colonial architecture, busy shopping districts and a vibrant nightlife. But what about those hidden unexpected treasures that you didn’t know were there? Some of the best memories of a place are the unexpected little gems that you won’t necessarily find in a guide book. Here’s our top 8 unusual things to do in Lima!
1. Hang out with the cats!
At the heart of the Miraflores district you will find Kennedy park. Named after John. F. Kennedy, this colourful public park is a popular place to sit and people-watch over a coffee. But most interestingly, has also become a haven for local cats over the years! A quick stop in the square and you’ll find yourself bumping into a number of friendly felines who unfortunately do not have homes, but are part of a local adoption scheme that was setup by a feline adoption association called ‘Gatos Parque Kennedy’ who are in charge of feeding and looking after the cats who wander around the park’s gardens on a daily basis.
2. Visit the Inca ruins
We’ve all heard about Peru‘s incredible history and famous Incan sites, but did you know you can also visit some of them in Lima? The archaeological complex of Huaca Pucllana is just one of many which you can visit. The site is known to have been built around 500 A.D and is located in the district of Miraflores. As well as Huaca Pucllana, there is also the ruins of Pachacamac which was once an important place of worship that adopted the local god into it’s pantheon. If you’d like to visit the ruins of Pachacamac, it is recommended to join a tour as the settlement is about 25 km from the city centre of Lima.
3. Go surfing
When you think of Lima you probably wouldn’t associate it with beaches or as a top surfing destination. However if you are spending long enough exploring the city, you’ll definitely come across its nearby beaches along the Pacific Ocean. Some of the top surfing beaches are Punta Rocas and Pico Alto located in the district of Punta Hermosa. Pico Alto is especially popular for catching some of the highest waves in Peru‘s coast. The most popular place to catch a wave is La Herradura. It’s the closest break to the city of Lima (about 15 minutes drive) and is often referred to as one of the best waves in all of Peru!
4. Experience the changing of the guard
The Government Palace at the heart of the city’s historical centre is home to Peru‘s president. The location of the palace has a significant spiritual meaning, situated opposite the highest point of Lima and stationed on the banks of the Rimac River. Whilst entry into the palace is restricted, if you visit and stand just at the front of the gates before midday, you will be able to catch the changing of the guards which takes places on a daily basis. Then behind the palace is the Peruvian House of Literature, which is also definitely worth a visit. It’s an old, converted train station which has been transformed into a reading room for Peruvian works!
5. See the Catacombs
A visit to Lima isn’t complete without taking a guided walking tour of one of the most famous churches. The church of San Francisco in downtown Lima dates back to the 1600’s and not only houses ancient religious texts belonging to the monastery, but is also home to its famous catacombs where over 75,000 bodies have been buried. Many of the skeletal remains have been stacked creatively in different patterns for visitors to see. These catacombs are the second largest in the world, with Paris taking the lead.
6. Party at a pena
If you want some nightlife that’s a bit more authentic than your usual club blaring out chart-topping music, party like the Peruvians! Pena’s are venues which play traditional, live Peruvian music and offer up a much more authentic experience of a night out. The actual building could be anything from a big town-hall venue to small restaurants to even someones house. They are dotted all over the city but one of the best ones to visit is Don Porfirio. Be careful though, some have cottoned on to tourists wanting in on the action and as a result have become a little over-touristy, inviting visitors on stage to learn traditional dances.
7. See the Circuito Magico Del Agua
If you have any spare time during the day and want to escape the heat for a while, a stroll around Parque de la Reserva is always met with a smile. It’s a beautiful, serene spot amongst a busy city and is perfect for getting back a bit of energy. However – at night, the place comes alive! For 4 soles, you can purchase a ticket to see the famous fountains light up and dance against the ink-black sky. The light shows are captivating, vibrant and beautiful – you will definitely be happy you didn’t miss out!
If you’re looking for a holiday to Peru and thinking of Lima as your destination, check out the Tucan Travel website. We offer a huge range of tours, from small 3 day tours such as the Nazca, Huachacina & Ballestas which focus specifically on Peru, hitting the highlights of Lima and Cusco along the way. To a mammoth 21 day dream holiday travelling through Chile, Bolivia and Peru on the Andes & Coastal Highlights tour.
Decided to take on the epic trek of Machu Picchu? Well, like all good things in life it doesn’t come easy! One of the most incredible (and popular!) adventures on the planet, definitely requires a little preparation. So, you’ve got your permit? Check. Hiking gear? Check. Passport? Check! Now, what else…There’s always a few things which don’t cross your mind when taking on a quest as big as this so we’ve put together ten handy tips you should know before you set off on your big adventure in Peru!
1. You don’t need to hike to visit Machu Picchu
Whenever there’s mention of visiting the iconic Machu Picchu, it’s natural to assume there’s only one way to get there. The Inca Trail. However this isn’t the case at all! The great thing about getting to Machu Picchu is that it doesn’t require a hefty 5 day trek – although this is of course the popular route.
Tucan Travel offer a variety of options to reach Machu Picchu from a relaxing scenic train ride, to a short one day hike, to the famous four-day trek. The Inca Trail Trek is the most authentic – 4 days of wandering through ancient ruins to arrive at the Lost City of the Incas, shrouded in mystery and legend. The one day trek is perfect for those who don’t want to miss out but are short on time. And if you want something a little more chilled, the train route is one of the top 5 train journeys in the world! Hop aboard the train from Ollantaytambo for a speedy hour and a half. Sit back, relax and watch the majestic mountains peppered with ancient ruins pass you by.
2. Prepare for cold nights
We’d be lying if we said it didn’t get cold in the evenings camping on the Inca Trail. Even though you are in South America, it doesn’t mean you can escape the cold! Trekking for around 7 hours a day at altitude, close to the sun than you’ve probably ever been, will needless to say, be warm! But come night time, it’s definitely not the same story. There is a dramatic contrast from day to night with temperatures often falling to 7 degrees. So make sure you’ve bought enough layers to keep you warm when sleeping at the campsites. As well as the usual t-shirts and long sleeved tops, it’s best to also bring a fleece, long trousers and a waterproof jacket with you.
3. Waterproof clothing is your best friend
One of the biggest mistakes you could make whilst trekking the Inca Trail is to not pack waterproof clothing! The weather can be very unpredictable and if you’re not fully covered for rain, it’s recommended you get a poncho to wear over yourself and your bags. The weather is so unreliable that there will often be heavy rain even during dry season! Trust me, if there is one thing you bring, make it waterproof clothing. The last thing you want on a 5 day trek is a cold!
4. Stamp your passports!
Get the perfect memento of your long, arduous journey through the Lost City of the Incas, the Guard Tower and the much awaited finale…Machu Picchu. Visitors are able to get their passports stamped (for free) to commemorate their visit to Machu Picchu. Once you get to the base of Machu Picchu (Aguas Calientes), you either hike for around 2 hours or you can hop on a quick 25 minute bus ride to reach the top. The Peruvian government ask you to present your passport to enter the ruins and once you’re in, there’s usually a short line of people waiting to the left to get the unique ‘crown of the Inca land’ stamp embellished on their passport. What better way of remembering your time in Peru?!
5. You will have a team of porters to accompany you
Porters on the various treks will accompany you at every step of the way. They will help carry the main bulk of the luggage throughout the course of your trek including tents, food and gear. The porters are very experienced and do the treks almost every day. It’s their job to help carry the load so that you can focus on enjoying the scenery and the hike as much as possible. We do however recommend tipping each of the porters at the end for their help and hard work! The standard tipping amount is around 30 – 35 soles for each porter/guide per group. This works out around 5 – 10 soles to each porter/guide, which is about £1.15 – £2.30 or $1.50 – $3.00.
6. The Inca Trail is closed in February
Did you know that every February the Inca Trail is closed for maintenance? If you’re planning your visit in for then – don’t! Every year the Inca Trail to Machu Picchu is closed for an entire month due to heritage protection regulations for the national park. During February, maintenance works happen to clean and repair the land and also to offer the place a little break from tourism to help sustain the ecological system. It helps ensure the safety of future visitors and preserve the incredible landscape that receives an annual footfall of close to 1,000,000!
7. You cannot re-enter once you’ve left
Machu Picchu’s new entry regulations enforced in 2017 mean that once you enter through the main gate to the National Park you are limited to one visit. If you complete your guided tour of the ruins and want to exit for other reasons, you will not be allowed back inside – so make sure you are ready to leave! Whilst on the one hand you have one of the most popular, guide-book experiences on the planet which brings Peru the majority of their tourism, on the other hand, they need to safeguard the landscape so that future generations can enjoy this experience as much as you. Once 1,000,000 people a year tread the delicate ground, it can become even more fragile. And don’t think you can do the trek alone! You must be accompanied by a registered local guide upon entering the site otherwise you won’t be allowed in.
8. There are different treks you can do
Despite the Inca Trail being the most popular trek to Machu Picchu, there are actually a few other off-the-beaten-track alternatives. The Salcantay route, (5 – 8 days) takes you past one of the holiest peaks in the Inca religious pantheon and through the stunning Mollepata Valley. You’ll pass through cloud forests, the ancient Inca highway and the Llactapata ruins. Another popular alternative is the quieter Lares trek . This 3 – 5 day trek takes you through a different route of traditional villages starting in the tiny town of Lares which is home to the famous hot springs. This route is perfect for those that want to get away from the usual tourist route.
9. You can rent sleeping bags & walking poles
If you are planning on doing any of the treks which involve days of camping, you will need sleeping bags and/or walking poles. Either bring these yourself, buy them in Cusco or rent them from your guide. You will however need to organise this before your trek. One tip from me – take a pole! You’ll be walking for around 6 hours a day for up to 5 consecutive days. The undulating landscape is particularly harsh on your knees and there will definitely come a time where you would be thankful for a bit of support and balance. Make sure it is lightweight, fitted with a rubber tip to protect the ground and has a good water resistant grip.
10. You can only take small backpacks into the national park
As part of the new entry regulations to preserve the landscape, the National Park have also limited the size of backpacks you are allowed to have upon entering the site. If your bag is bigger than 40 x 35 x 20 cm, security will not let you in with it. If your bag is too big, you will have the option to store everything at the entrance gate for a fee while you explore the grounds and take that all important Machu Picchu photo. You will also not be allowed to bring in any food or drink (other than water), tobacco or vaping products.
If you’re thinking about taking on this epic journey to the ancient citadel of Machu Picchu, Tucan Travel offer a variety of tours that either focus solely on the trek or combine hiking Machu Picchu with other exciting adventures around South America. From combining the Inca Trail with a few days in the Amazon Rainforest on the Incas and Amazon 8 day tour to a whole 19 days on the Complete Peru tour which takes in the highlights including the Colca Canyon and Lake Titicaca.
Seasoned globe-trotter or saving up for your first big trip several time zones away from home, the question of where to head for an eye-opening and refreshing adventure is something we all ponder. To welcome in this brand new year we’ve put together our round-up of trending destinations for the year ahead. Here’s to a happy and healthy 2019, full of excitement and adventure!
Sculptural desert landscapes, ancient cities and the lowest lying, saltiest sea on the planet, there are many reasons to put Jordan on your 2019 travel wish list.
A rich tapestry of past civilisations have each left their mark on the Jordanian landscape. Explore Byzantine Mosaics, Roman ruins, crusader castles and, of course, the most famous among them – Petra. The rose city of Petra was expertly carved out of excavated cliff face by the Nabateans, ancient desert nomads. Petra was their trading hub and uniquely combines Greek Hellenistic and Mesopotamian influences.
The cultural offerings of Jordan aren’t restricted to ancient monuments, Amman has a burgeoning art scene as well as excellent places to eat falafel and kebabs, made fresh and served with Jordanian hospitality.
Go and see Jordan in 2019, join one of our group tours.
The past few years have seen a renewed interest in Sri Lanka. If you haven’t already made it to this teardrop shaped island in the middle of the Indian Ocean, make 2019 the year that you do! Sri Lanka boasts timeless temples, short travel days, excellent wildlife spotting opportunities and scenic train journeys that will take you into the hill country past waterfalls and tea plantations. It also has miles of tropical palm-flanked coastline and delicious cuisine.
Mexico is having a moment. Sure, it has its problems but look past that and you will uncover a complex country with so much to explore that one trip won’t be enough. Mexico City is home to a sophisticated culinary scene driven by a young and dynamic set of home-grown talent, firmly invested in bringing a modern twist to the country’s rich culinary and agricultural heritage. With its vibrant art scene, cosmopolitan but decidedly Mexican, the capital is attracting attention and seeing growing numbers of visitors.
Whilst it’s epic Mayan landmarks are probably at the top of your list of things to see, you’ll also find waterfalls, colonial architecture and animated town squares. There’s much more to Mexico than our clichéd association with tequila, tacos, sombreros and cowboy boots. Watch dancers fly, witness traditional fishing techniques in Michoacán, drink spiced hot chocolate or try grasshopper in Oaxaca. Cultural treasures are almost as varied as its diverse topography which is another big draw. From the desert sierras of the north to the snow-capped volcanic belt and jungles and cenotes of the Yucatan, there’s a lot to sink your teeth into.
Some still see Georgia as a former Soviet Republic, a visit will persuade you that Georgia is so much more. It’s a cultural crossroads between Asia and Europe with its own unique identity. You will find Orthodox Churches and mezze style cuisine and lots of wine. Georgia is one of the birthplaces of wine and the tradition holds strong, with many across the country making small batches of their own. More than anything though, Georgia is an unspoilt haven.
Georgia has long been overlooked by mainstream Western travellers, it’s Eastern Europe’s best-kept secret. It has so much untouched, epic scenery to explore and charming landmarks to visit along the way, it’s a real off-the-beaten-path destination. The looming peaks of the Caucasus dominate the north east and north west corners of the country. Hike some of the trails to the UNESCO sites of Jvari Monastery and Sventitskhoveli Cathedral. Paddle along the Martvili Canyon and take a dip in the Black Sea from the resort and port city of Batumi which also boasts a Botanical Garden.
When you are done with all things outdoors, hit the capital, Tbilisi. You will find labyrinth cobbled streets mixed with more recent architecture. In spite of its rustic charm, you can party all night long. Think Berlin, but cheaper.
Visit Georgia before this unspoilt haven changes, take a look at our group tours.
Zimbabwe
The news depicts a turbulent country but Zimbabwe is one of the safest places to visit in Africa. Travel to it’s National Parks and you have a good chance of spotting the big five along with a whole ensemble of African wildlife and birds. Matobo National park also has beautiful scenery with forest-covered hills and the occasional impressive granite monolith. There are also ancient cave rock paintings dating back at least 13,000 years, Zimbabwe is more than just a wildlife hub.
The world heritage ruins of Great Zimbabwe which was home to up to 18,000 inhabitants during the Iron age is a must see. Wander around the circular stone structures, close to the town of Masvingo. And who could forget the natural wonder of Victoria Falls?
See a past the headlines and visit Zimbabwe in 2019, check out our tours here.
Laos
This quiet corner of Southeast Asia is has stunning untouched landscapes waiting to be explored. The strong French influence of the capital provides a contrast to rural life along the Mekong and in the paddy fields. Laos is often sidelined by its better-known neighbours, inexpensive and packed with old-fashion charm and natural wonder, it should be on your travel wish list in 2019.
A cruise to the famed Galapagos Islands is a once in a lifetime opportunity and a mecca for wildlife buffs. The archipelagos consists of 20 islands with only 4 being inhabited. Going on a Galapagos tour is like walking into a David Attenborough documentary! And the animals here are not your ordinary type – they are very unique, many you can only find in this part of the world. A Galapagos tour is a great chance to get up close and personal with rare animals – they are completely fearless and won’t even look twice when you approach to grab that money shot!
There are more than 400 species of fish and an abundance of mammals found solely on the Galapagos Islands. So of course the number one reason for visiting these little dots of paradise is to see the animals. The unique species found here are perfect examples of nature’s bizarre solutions to evolution. It was visiting the Galapagos that inspired Charles Darwin to create the Theory of Evolution! Take a look at our pick of the weird and wonderful Galapagos Islands animals that have perfectly adapted to island life.
These scale clad reptiles are endemic to the Galapagos Islands. They aren’t very agile on land but are great swimmers and the only lizard in the world who can forage at sea! There are 6 subspecies of Marine Iguanas, each one living on a different island. Normally a dark black colour but in mating season that all changes. The iguanas turn red and black on Santa Cruz, pinky-red and dull green on Fernandina, and on Española and Floreana they turn a brilliant bright green and red!
The Galapagos Giant Tortoise
The Galapagos Islands are home to the largest living species of tortoise in the world. They can weigh up to a hefty 417 kg – the largest recorded being nearly 6 feet long! The Galapagos tortoise are best spotted on Santa Cruz but can easily be found on most islands. Did you know that the islands are named after the Galapagos tortoise? The Galapagos was discovered by Spaniards in 1535 who saw tortoises absolutely everywhere, so named the group of islands ‘Galapagos’ – Spanish for tortoise.
The Magnificent Frigate Bird
The Magnificent Frigate Bird definitely lives up to its name – the males especially! Their black feathers have an iridescent purple tint when sparkling in the sun. In the mating season, their red throat pouches puff up to an incredible size, attempting to attract a mate. Other birds need to guard their supplies around them as they have a tendency to steal! They’ve been caught snatching food from others mouths and even eating their newly born chicks!
Meet the best dressed bird in the Galapagos! These penguins are the only one of their species to live in a tropical climate, north of the equator. Compared to other penguin subspecies, these are pretty unique. They stand proud at just below a meter and have temperaments a lot more gentle and docile than the others. Can be found diving all over, but prefer Fernandina and Isabela.
The Blue-footed Booby
A marine bird which only lands to breed but is regularly seen on the Galapagos Islands. As the name suggests, these distinctive birds have bright blue feet! With brown wings and a white body and head, the contrast is striking. If you visit the Galapagos Islands during mating season, you might get to see their spectacular dancing skills. They alternately lift each blue foot and strut around the female, trying hard to grab her attention.
This bird has black and brown feathers, piercing blue eyes, a deep growling voice and wings that are too small to fly. Needless to say, the Flightless Cormorant is quite an odd bird! There are only 1000 left on the Galapagos Islands and are now one of the rarest birds in the world. Remarkably, they are the only Cormorant in the world to lose its ability to fly. Having no predators in the Galapagos means they have no reason to fly away!
Related to other Batfish species but endemic to the Galapagos Islands, this funky looking fish is very unique. With the red-lipped pout of a Hollywood star, it is speculated that these lips have evolved to lure in mates under the sea. The Galapagos Batfish is actually not much of a swimmer! They crawl along the bottom of the ocean on pectoral and pelvic fins, searching for prey.
The Waved Albatross
One of the largest birds in South America and the biggest in the Galapagos, the Waved Albatross has a wingspan of 2.5 meters! Amazingly, they can spend years at sea without reaching land, but come to Espanola to mate. A very loyal bird, they mate for life. Each year when they find their way back to each other, they repeat the elaborate dance performed the first time they courted – which can sometimes last for hours!
These pretty little sea lions are only found on the Galapagos. Like a lot of Galapagos animals, they have an abundance of food and no predators, so they have no fear or reason to flee. Being so playful and inquisitive, these cute animals are often compared to pet dogs! They are often found lazing in the sun on the the white sandy beaches, earning top-spot for the most photogenic animal found on the Galapagos Islands!
The Galapagos Fur Seal
Sadly, one of the only animals in the Galapagos Islands to be fearful of people. Horribly, they are widely hunted, nearing extinction. They are the smallest of all small-eared seals, with the females only reaching 1.2 meters. Apart from a few small differences, they are very similar to the Galapagos Sea Lion – most notably their thick fur coat. You can spot the fur seal on most Galapagos Islands sunbathing on the rocky shores.
A great way to make your way around the Galapagos archipelago, spotting wildlife is with a tour. Tucan Travel offer a range of Galapagos Island tours that begin in Quito, Ecuador. Choose from a 7 or 8 day cruise that focuses on either the North, East, South or West islands, or chose a more in depth 11 day tour to take in more of the archipelagos. If you want to see more of South America, why not look at one of our tours which combine Peru and the Galapagos or even Peru, Colombia and the Galapagos Islands?
Roxy is part of the marketing team for Tucan Travel. She has been travelling solo for years, predominantly around Asia, Indonesia and Europe. You can find her on LinkedIn here.
Italy, the land of romance, art and indulgence, is rich in history, charm and drenched in style. Being the birthplace of some of the world’s biggest brands, famous artists and renowned chefs, the influence that Italy has had on the world is unparalleled. Tours to Italy are forever becoming more and more popular, and it’s not hard to see why. Italians have a passion for quality, always going the extra mile for the finer things. Nowhere else owns this level of grace, turning the simplest of things into an art form.
With snow-tipped mountains, pristine coastlines and rolling hills to explore, the list of reasons to visit Italy is never-ending. But here are some of the best that will surely persuade you to take that long-awaited holiday!
Fine art
It’s no secret that Italy has produced some of the most influential artists – Leonardo da Vinci, Botticelli, Michelangelo, Donatello, Caravaggio – the list is endless. Many people visit Italy purely for the art. No matter if you are a history of art aficionado or you just curious to see what all the fuss is about, I guarantee you will find something here to peak your interest. Florence is undoubtedly the city with the most artistic heritage, however no matter where you are in Italy, you will never be too far from a gallery. Some of the most famous sites in Florence are the Uffizi Gallery, Pitti Palace, Palazzo Vecchio and Piazza Della Signoria.
Wine tasting
It’s no surprise to find that one of the most popular activities in Italy is wine tasting, and Tuscany is one of the best places for it. Tuscany’s countryside consists of miles of rolling hills, family-run vineyards and traditional Italian farmhouses. It’s an unforgettable experience to book a homestay at one of the many family-run vineyards. Spend the days exploring the countryside, learning the secrets of the Italian kitchen and sipping glass after glass of deep red Chianti. Bliss.
Hiking the Cinque Terre
For those of you which value a more active holiday, hiking the Cinque Terre is one of the best things to do in Italy. The trails are outstandingly beautiful, snaking down the coastline, passing through quaint and colourful coastal villages like Vernazza and Porto Venere. Treks are split into different routes and can take anything from a couple of hours to a couple of days depending on how often you stop off for a quick Aperol Spritz in the sun!
The beaches in Sicily
When most people think of Italy, they picture wine, food and art. But did you know that Italy has beautiful beaches which some say rival the Caribbean? Sicily itself is worth the trip. However, if deserted islands are what you’re after, there are plenty waiting to be explored, each offering their own charms. Some of the most popular are Lampedusa with its dramatic cliffs, caves and stunning beaches. And Stromboli which draws people in to catch a glimpse of the red hot lava glowing from the active volcano.
Getting lost in Venice
With its tranquil system of canals, historic Venetian architecture, and arguably the best seafood in all of Italy, it’s no wonder Venice is always a popular destination on Italy bucket lists. Part of Venice’s charm is the maze of narrow alleyways that you will inevitably get lost in. The best way is to just give in. Forget the map and stumble upon those hidden gems of restaurants and bakeries housing the most wondrous treasures! Make sure you visit the famous landmarks including the majestic San Marco Basilica, the Palazzo Ducale and the historic Rialto Bridge.
Roman Ruins
One of the biggest successes of the ancient Roman civilisation is their undoubtedly durable architecture. The city of Rome is the perfect example where the old and new live side by side. Visit the haunting ruins of the Colosseum, the Imperial Forums and the Arch of Constantine and while away hours people-watching at one of the trendy street cafes. As well as the ruins, a must-visit is the Vatican City. Being the heart of the Roman Catholic Church and packed with some of Italy’s most renowned masterpieces such as the Michelangelo-decorated Sistine Chapel, you’d be missing out if you skipped it.
Mountains
Italy seems to have it all – beaches, rolling countryside and spectacular mountain ranges. The Dolomites are in north-east Italy, a famous location for skiing, hiking and mountain climbing. Summers see an influx of bikers head up for the annual bike marathon when it also becomes a popular place for paragliding. In the winter months, The Dolomites become a skiers paradise, with dreamy slopes, a variety of terrain and unforgettable, magnificent scenery.
Lakes
Italy’s lake scene is so enchanting that many tours to Italy focus solely on the lakes. Lake Como is the most famous with its dramatic scenery and beautiful backdrop of the Alps. Being Italy’s largest lake, Lake Garda is a popular one to visit due to its diversity. The southern half is lined with bright green hills, and the northern shore is met by steep cliff faces.
Shopping
Italy is famous for its quality of produce and its impeccable style. Some of the world’s most recognised brands originated here such as Versace, Donatella, Gucci and Prada. If you’re one that follows fashion with a keen eye, then a trip to Milan is a must. Milan is home to one of the world’s oldest shopping malls, the ‘Galleria Vittorio Emanuele’. It’s even worth a visit just to see the architecture and the magnificent glass dome. Inside you’ll find a collection of designer and haute couture shops as well as a range of elegant restaurants and cafes.
Food
No blog about Italy would be complete without mentioning the food. And we’re not just talking about pizza and pasta (although, we urge you to eat a lot of these too!) If you visit Florence (and you aren’t a vegetarian), you must try the Florentine Steak, traditionally cooked rare. If you’re in Venice, chances are you are spending the late afternoons sipping Chianti. Most bacaris (bars) serve Cicchetti with drinks, which are small savoury plates of bread topped with cured meats, cheeses or fish. Also keep your eyes peeled for gelato, truffle gnocchi, arancini balls and pistachio cake.
Roxy is a member of the marketing team for Tucan Travel. She has travelled solo for years, predominantly around Asia, Indonesia and Europe. You can find her on LinkedIn here.
I’ve recently returned from an incredible two weeks in Peru, naturally booking myself on to do the famous Inca Trail as part of my trip. Like the majority of travellers, I’d searched online and asked around for tips on what to pack for a four-day adventure that would take me to the lost city of the Incas.
A question I’ve often been asked is why Peru? And why the Inca Trail? What’s so special about this country and this experience that’s so talked about in the travel community?
I’m pretty sure any person who’s been to Peru and done the Inca Trail will give you a different answer, but personally, my travel tastes and desires have changed greatly over the years. Gone is the basic need to simply catch a tan for a week or two at a fancy resort or to do the same activities that I can do at home with my friends, (there’s nothing wrong with a relaxing beach getaway of course! But just not on every single holiday).
I feel that with age you learn to appreciate the world around you more, and my desire to learn more about different cultures and history that makes up the world we live in has been a definite factor in wanting to travel to more places that go beyond the pool. Peru is a country that is filled with so much, most importantly the iconic Machu Picchu dating back to the 15th Century which was the perfect starting point for someone that had never travelled there before.
Which, brings me to that all important packing list! To be honest, I had no idea what to really expect on the Inca Trail despite asking as many questions about it as possible, so the first thing I will say is that you will most likely go into it with a set expectation of what you think you should pack vs the reality of the situation. Especially if you’re a first-time trekker! That’s why I’ve put together a handy comparative list of the things you should definitely pack vs the things you think you should pack before you set-off on your very own Incan adventure.
All of this is correct. Many of your fellow trekkers will also have zip-off trousers as it can get quite hot during the dry season and as you are walking for hours, so it is advisable to have the option to wear shorts or long-sleeved trousers. Waterproof clothing is also essential as the weather on the Inca Trail tends to be unpredictable. Rain is likely to make an appearance and you are likely to be hiking for hours on end in the rain on some days.
I would also advise bringing lightweight breathable shirts (gym-wear tops are also good as they are already designed with exercise in mind). Where possible avoid cotton shirts as these will take longer to dry and there are no opportunities to wash and dry clothes on any of the trails.
2. Toilet paper & Tissues
One of the most popular comments I received from the people I asked and I found from the research I did before setting-off was that the toilet facilities would be both limited and not of the greatest quality, which all turned out to be true. My tip is to pack at least two rolls of toilet paper per person. You will realise that you will need the tissue for more than just the use of the toilet. Everything from rain, to when you are eating. If possible pack a few packets of tissues as well.
3. A swimsuit
A couple of online blogs I have stumbled upon all suggest a swimsuit as there are hot springs at a town called Aguas Calientes. This however is optional as it is done after the Inca Trail is completed. Only pack swimwear if you intend to use it as the key is to pack light for the trail.
4. Extras
A quick dry towel, soap, walking poles, sleeping bags, snacks, a travel power adapter, a book
These items have been grouped together as not all are actually necessary to pack for the Inca Trail.
As mentioned above, there are very limited toilet facilities, which also includes the lack of showers. Whilst some campsites may have shower facilities, they are not in the best condition and only produce cold water, so there is no real opportunity to have a proper shower until the entire Inca Trail is completed. This is why quick-dry towels should only be brought if you are going swimming at the end. It is also recommended that you pack plenty of wet wipes and hand sanitiser instead of soap.
Walking poles and sleeping bags are definite must-haves, but I was pleasantly surprised to learn that you can rent these for a good price before you start the trek which your guide can help sort for you in advance.
In terms of snacks, you can most certainly buy chocolates, fruit and granola bars to take with you before you start the trek, but all Tucan Travel tours cover this so you don’t have to. Instead I would advise focusing on the purchase of water before you begin the Inca Trail.
Similarly with a travel adapter, there is no electricity available at the campsites so it is advised to bring a portable charger if you plan on using your phone for photos and videos.
If you are thinking of packing a book for the actual Inca Trail itself think again. As entertaining as a book would be the reality is that you are trekking for around 5-7 hours a day with the only long breaks you get being for lunch and dinner. After that and with no electricity, the reality is that you will be far too tired and have no light to sit down and read a book properly. Tip: Still pack a torch or a headlamp for those dark nights where you’ll need to make a trip to the toilet and equally for those very early starts where you’ll need to pack up your stuff before sunrise.
I would also advise to take some lip balm/Chapstick with you. I found it to be much more useful with the high altitude that is experienced which can quickly dry your lips. Long trekking days require you to be at the most comfortable that you can be, and even something as small as a lip moisturiser can make a big difference on this type of trip.
5. Insect repellent and altitude sickness tablets
Finally, my last bit of advice for what to pack on the Inca Trail, is to remember a good quality insect repellent. As it’s mostly colder at night and you are at a high altitude, you are less likely to come across as many insects or mosquitos as say the Amazon but it does definitely help on hot days and at the campsites where the chances of getting bitten are higher.
Altitude sickness on the other hand varies, with each individual experiencing different levels of the common side effects such as breathlessness and nausea. To avoid feeling uncomfortable (especially if you are new to the world of trekking) I would advise taking some altitude sickness tablets with you which you can consult with your GP before travelling.
Happy Trekking!
Tucan Travel have many tours that include the Inca Trail to Machu Picchu. To read more about their Peru tours, trips and holidays click here.
Nepal is a hikers paradise. Combining stunning peaks, tranquil lakes and charming villages, it remains a popular destination for adventure travellers. Nepal is home to 8 out of 10 of the world’s highest peaks, including the monstrous Mount Everest! Trekking in the Annapurna Foothills is a popular activity amongst the adventurous out there who don’t wish to take on the highest mountain in the world, but still want to experience the beauty of the Nepal Himalaya. While it requires a decent level of fitness, the treks are gentle and you will stay in comfortable mountain lodges in the heart of nature, and pass incredible mountain vistas, snow capped peaks and deep valleys. The terrain here can vary drastically, from subtropical jungle to dry landscape.
Trekking in the Annapurna Foothills in Nepal
Thinking about booking a Tucan Travel tour that includes trekking in the Annapurna Foothills? Here are some fast facts you might like to know!
Our base will be the town of Pokhara, located in central Nepal and known as the gateway to the Annapurna Circuit.
Our tours include 2 days of trekking in the foothills and 2 nights spent in mountain lodges.
The first day of trekking covers roughly 11 km with mostly uphill terrain and the second day covers around 20 km but with flat or downhill terrain.
A local guide will accompany the group to explain the flora and fauna you pass and porters will assist carrying your overnight bags.
Your main luggage will remain at the hotel in Pokhara.
Your overnight items will be placed in a duffel bag and carried by porters. You will only require a small day pack with your essentials (sun block, camera, phone, snacks etc)
Trekking along the Annapurna Circuit in Nepal
What should I pack for trekking in the Annapurna Foothills?
You should only pack what you need for 2 days/2 nights and always ensure you double check the weather depending on what month you are trekking in. Below is a list of recommended items to bring in your overnight bag. Please Note that all of the below items can be bought from Pokhara if necessary, however it is cheaper and safer to try and be as prepared as possible in advance.
Emma is the Marketing Executive at Tucan Travel. She has travelled both solo and on group tours through Europe, Scandinavia, Southeast Asia and New Zealand. You can view her Linkedin here.
Game of Thrones fans everywhere are waiting with baited breath for the concluding season to air, when we will finally uncover the fate of Jon Snow and Daenerys. Yes, there has been some other much-loved shows out in the last few years (we’re talking Breaking Bad and The Walking Dead), but there are no fans as die-hard as GOT fans. Fans may go to visit the scenes of The Walking Dead in Georgia, they might take a trip to Albuquerque to walk in the shoes of Heisenberg, however the locations for Game of Thrones has got to top them all! And best of all, most of the filming took place in real locations that are actually very accessible. We’ve tracked down some of the best places in the world where you can wander in the shoes of the white walkers, or let out your inner Khaleesi!
A LOT of scenes from GOT were filmed in Croatia – a stunning holiday destination! But if you’re a Game of Thrones fan, even more so! In Croatia you can visit Cersei’s stomping ground – King’s Landing in Westeros – most scenes were filmed in the fortified coastal town of Dubrovnik. Walking around, you can instantly recognise locations from the show all over ‘Old City’.‘Stradum’ where Cersei Lannister does her walk of atonement. ‘Fort Bokar’ where Tyrion and Varys discuss what his ‘little birds’ have told him. And of course the awesome scene of King Joffrey’s wedding can be found in the heart of Dubrovnik.
Dubrovnik, Croatia
Although, it’s not all filmed in Dubrovnik, Split also played a major role in the filming. On our Dubrovnik to Budapest tour you can visit the catacombs where Daenerys held her beloved dragons, or take in the ‘Landscapes of the West’, filmed in Krka National Park on our Walking Croatian National Parks tour. And if you want to take it that little bit further, extend your tour and visit ‘Braavos’ – real name ‘Sibenik’.
If you want to enter into the pit of action, Spain is the place to go. Seville plays a major role in the location of Game of Thrones. Visit the actual ‘Daznak’s Pit’ (real name ‘Plaza de Toros de Osuna’). This is where Daenerys unleashes her fire-breathing dragons. You can also explore the ‘Royal Palace of Dorne’ – set in the real Alcazar Palace, also in Seville. And if these trips inspire you to take on an adventure of your own, what better place than heading to the mountains.
Iceland is by far one of the most used Game of Thrones filming locations. Which is partly due to its incredible raw beauty and otherworldly landscapes! With only a three-hour flight from London (instead of a month on horseback!) why not ‘go beyond the wall’? Visit Mance Rayder’s army base on Lake Mývatn and the nearby cave where Jon Snow and Ygritte first got a bit steamy… And on the warmer side, the pass to Eyrie was filmed at Thingvellir National Park, a few km from Reykjavik.
Our Morocco and Sahara tour gives you a real sense of the ‘Slaving City’ where the battle with the ‘Second Sons’ was filmed in Game of Thrones. As most of the areas such as Yunkai (real name ‘Ait Benhaddou’), are UNESCO World Heritage sites, they weren’t altered at all for filming so you are literally walking amongst the scenes! The nearby Quarzazate was also the location where they filmed Pentos. On the other side, our Best of Morocco tour stops at the iconic Astapor where Daenarys’ dragons flew above the crowds at the end of season 3 – real name Essaouira.
Whilst Egypt and Jordan aren’t Game of Thrones filming locations, you can definitely capture the whole vibe of wandering through barren deserts and exotic faraway lands. Just like when Khaleesi conquers Meereen…Our Egypt, Jordan and Israel tours are the perfect way to get a taste of that desert life!
Did you know that Halong Bay literally translates to “descending dragon”? They may not be using Vietnam as a Game of Thrones filming location, but it definitely has a certain ‘mother of dragons’ element to it. Legend goes the Vietnamese had to fight off invaders from the north in order to keep their country. The Jade Emperor (the first god in traditional Chinese culture), felt sorry for the Vietnamese and sent down the mother dragon to help defend their country. Our Vietnam Highlights tour is the perfect way to get a taste of Vietnam, as well as giving you the option of spending 2 nights on an authentic Junk Boat drifting around Halong Bay.
Halong Bay, Vietnam
If you’re a Game of Thrones fan I’m sure you’re just as excited as we are for the final series! Why not book a tour with Tucan Travel to one of these mythical destinations while you wait in anticipation for Jon Snow’s destiny to be revealed…
Roxy is part of the marketing team for Tucan Travel. She has been travelling solo for years, predominantly around Asia, Indonesia and Europe. You can find her on LinkedIn here.
For some, solo travel in Europe sounds intimidating, daunting and a little scary. But overcome those feelings, and you could have the most empowering experience of your life. Don’t be put off by thinking you’ll be lonely or worrying you’ll get lost. These are all things that you can overcome with a little extra planning.
Think, you can do whatever YOU want to do. No compromising your bike ride in Amsterdam because your friends want to visit the Van Gogh museum. No debating over whether to eat street food or dine at a restaurant in France. And no more arguing about choosing cheap train seats over luxury ones when travelling from Germany to Austria. Everything is your choice.
Europe is the perfect destination for solo travel, especially if you’re new to the game. It’s one of the safest parts of the world, it’s common for people to travel solo, and it’s relatively easy to navigate. Public transport is reliable and fairly cheap. But if you’re still a little apprehensive, here are our top nine tips for solo travel in Europe.
1 – Talk to people
The prospect of feeling lonely is (from my experience) a common misconception about solo travel. Travelling by yourself is so common in Europe that it would be harder to be alone than it would to find company. All you need to do is be approachable, and chances are someone will strike up a conversation–then boom, you have a new travel buddy! Hostels in Europe focus on helping people meet by providing common areas and lots of happy hours. Travelling solo actually makes it easier to make friends than if you’re travelling in a group. Put the shoe on the other foot. Would you be more inclined to approach a single person for a chat then infiltrate a group of close friends?
2 – Don’t be scared to dine on your own
“How do you eat on your own when travelling solo?” is one question that crops up time and time again. To keep costs down, I tend to stick to eating out once a day. Breakfast is often included in hotels and hostels, and the best prices in towns can usually be found at lunchtime. Europe is fantastic for lunch deals! You can often get two courses and a glass of wine for €10! The atmosphere in the day is much more casual than in the evening too, so it feels less awkward being on your own. Plus you’ll get a real burst of self-confidence! Pro tip – be wary of restaurants with lots of pictures and numerous translations in the menus – they won’t be authentic at all. Do some research and eat in traditional restaurants. For example, in Italy find a local ‘trattoria’, in France, search for a neighbourhood ‘bistro’.
3 – Learn the language
Although most locals in Europe’s Western cities speak English (you’ll be fine in Italy, Netherlands and Germany) you’ll find that when reaching the more remote areas of Eastern Europe say, Romania or Bulgaria, they may not speak much English. As well as being helpful for logistical reasons, learning a few key phrases in the national language does wonders for getting on the good side of the locals! They may be more inclined to help you out or give you a good price for a souvenir.
4 – Join a guided tour
Guided tours are a great way to meet other solo travellers and provide the perfect opportunity to get your nose out of that guide book! They are a casual, carefree way to get your bearings on a city. Usually run by locals, you’ll often get great inside tips on hidden gems in the city. Guided tours are useful in cities with narrow, windy roads that often look very similar at a first glance – for instance Amsterdam and Venice. Best of all, most of the time they’re free!
5 – Take time to do your thing!
Travelling solo is a great excuse to indulge in your hobby and Europe is one of the best places to do that! If you’re a huge foodie, find a local meetup group that try out restaurants in London. If you’re really into independent cinema, seek out the old cinema houses in Paris. If you’re a massive bookworm, there are libraries made of dreams dotted all over Europe. Whatever makes you tick, you’ll find a network in Europe to tap into. It’s also a great way to make new friends along the road who share similar interests.
Solo travel in Budapest – Hungary – Europe
6 – Leave the valuables
The majority of Europe is pretty safe, but things can happen wherever you are so you always need to have your wits about you! Be careful in popular tourist spots especially, such as the metro in Paris, St Petersburg market in Russia and the Charles Bridge in Prague. Don’t carry any valuables with you to these places and make sure not to wack out a load of cash in the street for any reason. They key to safe travel is to not make yourself a target!
7 – Go on a night out!
Want to explore the famous nightlife of Berlin but you’ve been warned not to go out at night alone? One of the main concerns of solo travel in Europe is being alone at night in an unfamiliar city. But that doesn’t mean you shouldn’t go out! Staying in a hostel means they’ll be lots of other solo travellers around and chances are, they want to go out too. Try not to be shy and begin gathering a group of people from the hostel so you can all go out together. Safety in numbers as they say! Of course, remember that you have only known these people for a short time, so going out on mass doesn’t mean it’s safe to get completely trollied! Just have some common sense.
Solo travel in Paris – France – Europe
8 – Use overnight trains
Night trains are one of the best ways to save time and money when travelling solo. It cuts out the cost for a bed for the night and shaves a lot of time off your itinerary. Trains are also particularly swish in Europe, compared to other regions like Asia. The standard is high, they are pretty cheap and reliable and are easy to navigate. One tip – if you’ve decided against buying a Eurail pass, book the trains in advance. The prices significantly increase the closer you are to the departure date.
9 – Keep your family in the loop
No matter how much you reassure them, family and friends will always be concerned when you travel solo. Keep their minds at rest by sharing a google sheet which you can update with names of hostels. It’s a simple thing to do and an easy way of keeping your mum’s mind at rest!
So if you’re a first-time solo adventure seeker, itching to get out and see what the world has to offer, Tucan Travel have heaps of tours perfect for solo travel in Europe.
Roxy is part of the marketing team for Tucan Travel. She has been travelling solo for years, predominantly around Asia, Indonesia and Europe. You can find her on LinkedIn here.
We all know the feeling, a destination has been on your list for months or even years but you can’t book because you don’t have the necessary funds. It’s frustrating and you’re probably spending a lot of time day dreaming about the feeling of finally being there. If this described your current situation then it may be time for you rethink how you manage your money. Follow our simple tips on how to save money for travelling and you don’t need to be a millionaire to board that plane.
1 Have a plan
Whether you’re notoriously undisciplined at managing your bank account or you already have a proper budget in place, the quickest way of saving money for travelling is always to create an achievable, measurable plan first.
Be organised and research how much you need to save, determine when you want (or it’s realistic) to go and how much you need to save each month to get there. The most important thing about a saving plan is sticking to it, so make sure your goal is realistic! While it’s easy to say you’re putting all money aside that’s not going towards bills, it’s not going to happen. You will fall behind on your plan and probably just quit on it all together. You’re likely going to save for 6 – 24 months and you still want to live! So make sure you include enough money for social activities, occasional treats and life admin in your calculations. Although we might dislike the expense, we all have to get our hair cut, right?
2 Review your outgoings
Reviewing outgoings is something everyone should do on a regular basis, if you’re saving for a holiday or not. These days it’s easy to have recurring, monthly subscriptions coming out of our bank account we don’t need in our lives.
This can be the gym, app store purchases and the list goes on. If you don’t use the facilities at the gym (despite what you might be telling yourself) then it’s time to quit. If you’re subscribed to a game on the app store you haven’t used in the last month, cancel it right now before you forget! Subscriptions are cunning cycles if you tell yourself you have another two weeks to cancel because, guess what, you forget about them! It may only be a few pounds per subscription but these numbers add up quickly. Even if you’re only able to cut down £10 per month, if you’re not using it, it’s all money that’s better spent on travel.
3 Get a money jar
Money jars can be a great tool to help you save money for travelling without realising. Create a rule for when or how much money you’re putting into the jar. For example, every time you have a £1 coin you have to put it in the jar or you have to put all the cash left in your wallet in the jar every Sunday. You don’t even need to waste money on the jar, just get an empty jam glass and start saving! If you’re the creative or visual type then making your money jar look pretty might help you wanting to feed the beauty. Want to go to Cambodia? Decorate your jar with pictures of Angkor Wat.
You never have cash on you? If you’re fully embracing the digital age then do some research on bank accounts and credit cards that reward you for spending your money electronically. Some current accounts allow you to “round up” every time you tap your card and will move it into a separate pot of money for you. That way you’re saving money as you’re spending it, genius!
4 Get a new coffee routine
In the last few years coffee shops have popped up on every corner and it’s easy to grab a coffee before work or head to the coffee shop across the road for a five minute break. Now, we are not suggesting you give up coffee altogether, because in all honesty, nobody wants to talk to you before you’ve had your morning coffee. Instead you can buy premium instant coffee for the office or you can invest into a decent travel mug for your commute. We promise you’ll wonder where all the money in your bank account has come from at the end of the month.
5 Food
It’s Monday night, the first day back at work after the weekend and you can’t bring yourself to make a packed lunch for the next day? In a world where you can get food delivered to your office door and there are too many restaurants to choose from within walking distance it’s easy to go with the flow and buy lunch every day. If you don’t go out much, your monthly bills are within reason and yet your bank account seems to eat its own money then the reason is probably the work lunch trap!
One of the best ways to save money for travelling is cooking yourself, at least most of the time! You don’t need to spend hours in the kitchen every day to prepare packed lunches. You can either cook in bulk on a Sunday afternoon or keep ingredients for sandwiches at work. Stay disciplined and you’ll be on holiday sooner than you thought!
6 Cut down on alcohol
You’ll be surprised how much alcohol you’re consuming and the amount of money that seems to disappear with it once you start monitoring your intake. It’s not about the drink you’re having at home on a Saturday night, it’s the work drinks at the pub on Thursdays and Fridays. Your social life should not be non-existent while you’re saving so give yourself some realistic, sustainable goals. Drink slowly to cut down your intake or choose to go for drinks one evening a week rather than two. You know how healthy products usually cost double the price? Well, in this case a healthier you equals a healthier purse.
7 Stay on track
It can be very easy to lose sight of your budget and to make exceptions that turn into the norm. There are several tricks which can help you stay on track. Visualising is one of them. Get on excel or grab a blank piece of paper, jog down your budget and review it on a regular basis. This can be daily, weekly – whatever works for you. Another way of resisting the temptation to sweep your bank account is keeping a picture of your next travel goal in your wallet. You will think about spending money twice every time you reach for your wallet.
Just bear in mind that different things work for different people so play around a bit and see what is keeping you motivated. Don’t be too harsh with yourself if you do have small setbacks, saving a few pounds less than planned one month is still better than not saving anything at all.
8 Have realistic expectations
Don’t cut your monthly spending money to the bare minimum. It’s unlikely you will stick to it long-term and you will probably scrap it altogether, meaning you won’t save money for travelling. Include your social life and occasional treats in your budget. You might save a little less each month but you will follow your plan without getting frustrated.
9 Sell stuff
Selling old things is a great way to make some extra cash. Have a look through old DVDs, furniture, clothes, video games or whatever it is that is collecting dust in the dark corners of your home. We’re all guilty of keeping things that make us reminisce about the good old times but have you actually used it in the last few months? Did you even know you still had it?! You won’t get rich but your savings account will definitely approve and your home will be clutter-free.
10 Compare prices
Comparing prices applies to everything in life, from the lettuce you’re buying to your broadband provider. Do you regularly go to the overpriced convenience store around the corner rather than big superstores? Then you’re probably overspending significantly on your monthly groceries. It’s only £10-20 per week more I hear you say? True, and that’s a monthly £40-£80 you could be contributing towards your travel plans. You can take this even further if you’re in charge of your utility bills and make sure you’re still on the most competitive plans. Voila, a quick and easy way to be save money for travelling.
It definitely takes some time and effort when you first start but once you get into the routine you’ll wonder why you’ve ever done things differently.
Here at Tucan Tavel we always have weekly deals on offer for budget conscious travellers. Take a look at our travel deals or sign up to our newsletter if you want to be the first to know about secret offers!
Anna is on the marketing team at Tucan Travel. From a young age Anna has travelled solo and on group tours through Europe, Africa, the Americas and Southeast Asia. You can find her on LinkedIn here.
Whether you’re a seasoned trekker or countryside stroller, the world has some simply stunning hikes and walks in the great outdoors just waiting to be conquered. From Peru to Bulgaria, Nepal to New Zealand, there are a whole host of countries out there with some truly breathtaking views and landscapes. Make this the year you witness some spectacular scenery, put the technology down and marvel at our phenomenal planet. A hiking holiday is the perfect chance to recharge and reboot, as well as give you the opportunity to enjoy what mother nature has blessed us with! Check out our top 10 picks below for the ultimate hiking adventure!
We know, how original! The Inca Trail is one of the most well known and well traversed treks in the world and welcomes eager visitors from all over, travelling to Peru to take on the challenge. The Inca Trail is well deserving on any hiking list and is one of the most popular treks in South America. Following in the footsteps of a great lost civilisation, keen hikers can witness ruins, beautiful scenery and of course the cherry on the top, Machu Picchu. While the trek takes 3 full days, the experience of camping along the way in the footsteps of ancient civilisations is an incredible experience in itself.
The trek to Laguna de los Tres is one of the most astounding hikes in Patagonia, with views of Mount Fitz Roy along the way. The total trek takes around 8 hours with various highlights en-route, and can be completed by anyone with a decent fitness level and altitude here is generally not an issue. Starting near El Chalten, after one hour trekking this route you will arrive at the famous “Mirador Fitz Roy” which will give you one of the first glimpses of this barren and serene mountain. The final stretch is by far the hardest, following steep terrain over huge rocks to the lagoon. But persevere and you will soon find yourself standing before one of the most breathtaking views in the world!
Channel your inner explorer as you set off into the tropical jungles of Colombia in search of the Lost City. The trek can take anywhere from 4 to 6 days and covers an impressive distance of around 75 kilometres, but you’ll be rewarded with the ancient ruins of an indigenous city known as Teyuna. Not for the faint of heart, the journey is very demanding and you will be battling the hot tropical temperatures of Colombia, however with breathtaking scenery along the way, it’s definitely worth the trek!
Nepal is known as one of the best hiking destinations in the world, and with good reason. From snow capped mountain vistas to subtropical jungle, the scenery here is second to none and provides some of the most breathtaking sights in the world. The Annapurna circuit is a popular route for those who don’t wish to take on the mighty Mount Everest, yet still want to trek in the Nepal Himalaya. You don’t need to be an experienced trekker, however you will need a decent level of fitness to fully enjoy it.
Rila Mountains – Bulgaria
The spectacular Rila mountains are nestled in Rila National Park, a paradise for hikers in Europe. These mountains are the highest in the Balkans and offer a lush, rural landscape. Rila National Park is beautifully scattered with glacial lakes and natural hot springs around the base of the mountains, and is home to abundant amounts of flora and fauna. Some of the most beautiful include the Rila Cowslip and Lady’s Mantle, both of which are Balkan endemic species. Hiking in the Rila National Park is a fantastic experience that offers unique European beauty. Overlooking the Seven Rila Lakes, you’ll feel like you just stepped right into a postcard!
Mount Kilimanjaro Hike – Tanzania
Mount Kilimanjaro ticks a lot of boxes. Tallest mountain in Africa? Check. Highest freestanding mountain in the world? Check. Offers drastically ever changing scenery? Check! Located in the heart of Tanzania, it’s a popular trek for both expect climbers and hiking novices, all you need is a good level of fitness. With various routes to ascend the mountain, all with something a little different to offer, there are plenty of options to choose from, and scaling Kilimanjaro requires no equipment or technical skills. All you need is your own two feet, possibly some walking poles and a good sense of adventure!
Trolltunga Hike – Norway
Who wouldn’t want to hike somewhere which translates as the trolls tongue? This postcard perfect location is a popular hike in Norway. It offers some of the most spectacular views of the fjords below. While the hike is quite demanding it is not technical and can be done in one day. Situated around 1000 metres above sea level, the hike takes you through high mountain terrain. Get ready for the stark natural beauty of Norway.
Tongariro Alpine Crossing – New Zealand
New Zealand is a nature lover’s paradise, an adventure seekers dream and countryside enthusiasts playground all rolled into one heart-stopping, beautiful country. While New Zealand is home to various hiking trails and mountains, the Tongariro is undoubtedly one of the most popular. The crossing takes you over volcanic terrain around Mount Tongariro, passing along the base of Mount Ngauruhoe. Stunning emerald green lakes can be seen along the way too. On a clear day you can see far into the distance – showcasing the stunning landscape of this corner of New Zealand.
Everest Base Camp – Nepal
Mount Everest, the mother of all mountains, is the highest in the world. Only the ultimate adventurers aim for the top however it is widely expensive and quite dangerous. The second best option is to trek to Everest Base Camp. This is a popular option for adventure seekers who want a taste of Everest. The best months when you can trek are either October and November or April and May. This is when the weather is most favourable. The Base Camp is located at 17600 feet, well below the peak which sits at 29,000 feet. It’s also the highest point you can reach using only your feet! After this ropes and ice picks are needed. The trek offers some spectacular views along the way and the sense of achievement when you reach the end point is second to none!
Located in the lush coffee region of Colombia, Cocora Valley offers a very accessible hiking experience which even a complete novice can tackle. Unlike a lot of other mountainous treks, this hiking route is beautifully green. It also offers a surreal landscape of the tall wax palms that line the valley. Passing farmland, cloud forest and jungle, the best experience to undertake is the five hour route. You can do either clockwise or anti-clockwise.
If you need further inspiration, read our blog on why a hiking holiday should be your next adventure!Tucan Travel have a range of group tours that offer some fantastic hikes in some beautiful destinations – all you need to do is decide which one you want to conquer first!
Emma is on the marketing team at Tucan Travel. She has travelled solo and on group tours through Europe, Southeast Asia and New Zealand.
Are you thinking of taking a trip to Africa? If so, you’re in the right place for a few suggested books to read and inspire you as you plan and enjoy one of our African adventures.
Reading a book with a strong sense of place can really add something to your travel experience, and our friends at TripFiction have a database that will help you find the perfect literary partner. Whether it’s a novel, a memoir or a travelogue, they have a database with thousands of books to choose from, all searchable by location, title, author and genre.
This book is written ‘in the tradition of Bill Bryson’. Peter Allison works as a top safari guide in the Okavango Delta, a wildlife-rich oasis of wetland in the Kalahari desert of Botswana. Read about the whims of his wealthy clients, and essential advice for your African adventure, like: ‘never stand behind a frightened zebra’ (they’re prone to explosive flatulence when scared). Nice! But perhaps it might be better to read this ‘wonderful and vivid portrait of what the life of a safari guide is really like’ after your trip to Africa….
Botswana is dominated by the Kalahari Desert, making up 70% of its land surface. Experience the Okavango Delta on your trip to Africa, the world’s largest inland delta, travelling in mokoros, a type of dugout canoe. Take early morning walking safaris to see the wide variety of wildlife that call this unique ecosystem their home, enjoy a mokoro ride to watch the hippos swim and play in the evenings before heading back to camp to sit by the fire and interact with the mokoro polers in song and dance. Here are all our current tours to Botswana.
This novel is set in Uganda, and was on the shortlist for this year’s Edward Stanford Travel Awards in the ‘Fiction with a sense of place’ category. In this epic tale of fate, fortune and legacy, the author vibrantly brings to life this corner of Africa and a colourful family as she re imagines the history of Uganda through the cursed bloodline of the Kintu clan.
Take a Uganda adventure tour and discover this fascinating country packed with wonderful sights and things to do. Uganda boasts massive Lake Victoria and the source of the Nile River, as well as epic rafting opportunities on the latter from Jinja. Visit the rare lowland mountain gorillas from Lake Bunyonyi, trekking through Bwindi Impenetrable Forest and admire views of the highest mountain range in Africa, the Rwenzori Mountains. Kampala is Uganda’s bustling capital city, boasting plenty of markets as well as some lively restaurants and bars. Here are all our current tours to Uganda.
Kuki Gallman’s ‘I dreamed of Africa’ is a haunting memoir of bringing up a family in Kenya in the 1970s first with her husband Paulo, and then alone. It is part elegiac celebration, part tragedy, and part love letter to the magical spirit of Africa. ‘Often, at the hour of day when the savannah grass is streaked with silver, and pale gold rims the silhouettes of the hills, I drive with my dogs up to the Mukutan, to watch the sun setting behind the lake, and the evening shadows settle over the valleys and plains of the Laikipia plateau.’
Kenya is a must for anyone wanting to visit East Africa. Nairobi is the busy capital and the gateway to East Africa with many interesting things to do. Experience the big 5 game in Kenya visiting one of the world famous National Parks – our tours will take you to the Masai Mara and Lake Nakuru National Parks. Here you will see a plethora of stunning wildlife up-close which may include leopards, lions, zebra, buffalo, elephant and rhinos. Here are all our current tours to Kenya.
In Crazy River, a travelogue by explorer Richard Grant, he sets out to make the first descent of a previously uncharted river in Tanzania. During his adventure he gets waylaid by thieves, and by a former golf professional in Zanzibar, before crossing the Indian Ocean on a cargo dhow. And then the real fun begins, on the Malagarasi River, where he travels by raft, dodging bullets, lions, hippos and crocodiles, hacking through swamps and succumbing to fevers. Perhaps just read this one, rather than try to live it….
Tanzania is one of Africa’s most diverse countries – see the ice-capped Mount Kilimanjaro with its lower lying rainforests, Zanzibar’s sandy beaches, the Serengeti’s savannah plains and the Ngorongoro Crater’s mopane woodlands and salt pans. Separate from the natural environment, Tanzania’s cultural diversity is a pleasant and refreshing surprise: enjoy the Arabic and Indian influences in Dar Es Salaam and Zanzibar. Here are all our current tours to Tanzania.
So there are a few suggested books to take with you to Africa for some ‘literary wanderlust’. Tucan Travel offer group tours ranging from 8 to 42 days to Africa so whether you’re after a quick getaway to remote Africa, want to get up close and personal with wildlife or in it to experience it all, there’s a tour for every type of traveller. Let Tucan Travel take you there physically, while TripFiction lets you see that place through an author’s eyes.
About the Author : This blog was written by Andrew at TripFiction . He is a keen traveller and of course a passionate reader. His favourite recent destination has been Chernobyl and his favourite country-inspired novel is Beautiful Animals by Lawrence Osborne, set on the Greek island of Hydra
Cuba seems to be one of the few places in the world where time has stood still due to the long-lasting communist government. The country has resisted modernisations many of its “neighbours” in Central America have adopted. It’s the reason why more and more people want to travel to Cuba. The capital Havana is the highlight for a lot of travellers visiting Cuba and rightly so, you will not find yourself bored in this vibrant and colourful city. Here are our top things to do in Havana, Cuba.
1 Contemporary Art
It’s no secret that Havana is on the map for its boasting art scene. When you visit Cuba you will find beautiful architecture, but Havana has a lot more in store when it comes to art. Whether you like the cutting-edge street art the Callejon de Hamel has to offer, you enjoy having a coffee in one of the many art cafes or you feel like taking advantage of the gallery scene, Havana has it all.
If you’re in the mood for something a little more adventurous why not visit the Fábrica de Arte Cubano (FAC). The former cooking oil plant is a lot more than just an art gallery. You will find yourself surrounded by exhibitions, shops, live music and even food & drinks. Be prepared to join the crowd, there is often a queue to get into the fábrica.
If you’re ever stuck for things to do in Havana then look no further. Walk down the streets of old Havana and let the musical waves hit your ears. Or if you fancy something cosier, head to one of the many bars lining the colourful streets. The music scene in Havana is eclectic and no matter what genre you’re into, from Jazz to Rock’n’Roll, you can take your pick.
3 Plaza de Armas
Just like most cities in Latin America you will find many gorgeous plazas spread across the city. The Plaza de Armas is the founding, and naturally the oldest plaza of Havana. In colonial times the plaza was used for social events such as concerts and parades. With all this history, beauty and daily secondhand book markets, it’s definitely worth a visit.
4 Plaza de la Revolución
The Plaza de la Revolución, originally “Plaza Civica”, was built in the 1920s by the French urbanist Jean Claude Forestier and was given its current name by Fidel Castro after the Cuban revolution in the late 1950s.
These days the plaza is best known for its striking mural of Che Guevara who has played an important role in the Cuban revolution. The plaza is the base of the Cuban government and remains the political hub of Havana as it hosts many protests. It may not be Havana’s prettiest plaza but it’s definitely a landmark which has fed into Cuba historically and politically.
5 Plaza de la Catedral
The Plaza de la Catedral is the home of the stunning baroque Catedral de San Cristobal and one of the most visited attractions in Havana. Appreciate the beauty of this buzzing plaza whilst getting a real feel for the city. You can find cafes and restaurants, street music, art, and locals in traditional costumes all around the plaza.
6 Vintage Cars
Still stuck on what to do in Cuba? You have probably seen a mountain of pictures of Cuba featuring classic cars. Driving an old car from the 1950s is at the top of the list of things to do in Havana for many travellers and we can’t deny, driving a classic car through Havana is definitely an experience you won’t forget!
Interested in classic cars? Our ‘Cuba in a week’ tour includes a classic car tour – see here for more info!
7 El Bosque de la Habana
Situated in the heart of Havana you can stumble upon what might seem an unlikely find: El Bosque de la Habana (translates as “Forest of Havana”). If you’ve had enough of the city, feel claustrophobic or just want to breathe in some fresh air then make your way to Havana’s very own forest for some quiet, down time.
8 El Malecón
Did el Bosque de la Habana give you a taste for walking? El Malecón is Havana’s boulevard which stretches along the ocean side of the city for 8 km. Don’t worry if you’re not into walking, you can also do a smaller stretch of el Malecón or stop for a refreshing drink in one of the many buzzing bars along the way.
9 Havana Rum Museum
Visiting the Havana Rum Museum is one of the top things to do in Havana. You can choose from guided tours, tastings and cocktail workshops. Make sure you plan ahead and reserve your spot- group sizes are limited and tours are often fully booked! If you aren’t feeling too tipsy after then why not go to one of the many bars and try some rum-based cocktails? Our drink of choice would be a Cuba Libre or Mojito!
Learn how to make a classic Cuban cocktail – our beloved Mojito in our ‘Cuba in a week‘ tour.
10 Partagas Cigar Factory
Cuba is world famous for its rum, salsa, music… and cigars! It has one of the world’s best tobacco-growing locations and still uses traditional farming methods. This is what has made their cigars world famous and has significantly contributed to their economy for years. Visit the Partagas Cigar Factory for a guided tour and watch in awe how the renowned cigars are made.
Tempted to buy some cigars? There’s no doubt you will come across people on the streets of Havana who will try to sell you some cigars of questionable quality. The Cuban government has made it illegal for street vendors to sell cigars so make sure you head to dedicated cigar shops for the real experience.
You cannot travel to Cuba without at least appreciating one of the country’s dazzling sunsets. Before you head out to catch some live music or learn some salsa make sure you make your way to the ocean side or The Fosca (highest building in Havana). We promise that you will be mesmerised watching the sun disappear behind the beautiful buildings of Havana.
Tucan Travel are specialists in tours to Cuba, with a total of 5 different itineraries. Whether you’re looking for a quick 8 day holiday (‘Cuba in a week‘) which hits all the highlights along the way, or you’re after an epic adventure from Mexico to Cuba, Tucan Travel have you covered. Don’t fancy any of the itineraries? We also have a dedicated Tailor-made team who can build your perfect holiday.
Anna is on the marketing team at Tucan Travel. From a young age Anna has travelled solo and on group tours through Europe, the Americas and Southeast Asia. You can find her on LinkedIn here.
My mind was made up, it was time…. time to meet a sloth. I’d been to Central America before, and been to South America, but I’d never experienced a sloth sighting. Desperate times call for desperate decisions and so I decided to make my way to Costa Rica with the express intent on seeing at least one sloth. Of course to go all that way and not see some other wildlife seemed a little too rash, so onto the Tucan Travel San Jose to Panama City tour I booked.
The wildlife!
With approximately 25% of Costa Rica being made up of National Parks, I was bound to see what I’d travelled 40 odd hours for… and disappointed I was not!
In the 12 days I spent in Costa Rica, I saw approximately 14 sloths. One of which was a little baby holding onto Mummy sloth’s tummy! Most were far away and the assistance of a telescopic lens was required. However there were some who were hanging around on lower branches or in clearings. I even came face to furry face with a little one in a very low branch, just chilling off Playa Espadilla Sur beach in Manuel Antonio National Park. Other people were lucky enough to see said little one relaxing and enjoying a good scratch. At the time this was going on, I was delightfully wallowing in the aquamarine waters of that same beach, enjoying the playful waves. I guess you can’t have everything!
I was surprised by the speed of the sloths. Perhaps naive thoughts were that they would be in slow motion all the time. However, when we saw them moving around the trees or having a scratch the movements seemed to be at a fairly normal speed.
Take a guide!
If you’re hoping to see a sloth while in Costa Rica, you have the best chance on a guided tour. My guides; on floating safaris, bird walks and National Park walks were amazing, so knowledgeable and with very sharp eyes. Their talent for spotting wildlife amongst so much vegetation is unbelievable. Sloths look like furry bits of tree from a distance, so to distinguish between a clump of leaves or a sloth is a pretty awesome thing to be part of. You just never know when a sloth will be around the corner. Once you have experienced a sighting of a sloth you can then put their actions into practice, on a gorgeous beach with a passion-fruit daquari…. Slothing around Costa Rica.
Tours
Tucan Travel offer a range of group tours to Costa Rica. Some of which go through various countries in South America (like the one I did – Panama Panorama). Some which focus on a small area of the country to really get under it’s skin like the Tortuguero Costa. And some which are great for first timers, giving you a total overview of Costa Rica and visiting all the key highlights like in the Costa Rica Encompassed tour. Whichever one you choose, I’m sure you’ll enjoy it just as much as I did!
Israel is on the bucket list for many curious explorers and travellers with a keen interest in history. However, a lot of people have the miss-conception that the country isn’t safe to visit. Luckily we can tell you this isn’t true. In fact, travellers return from their visit to Israel telling quite the opposite story. But everything has a silver lining. It does mean that Israel is still less travelled in comparison to other destinations in the region. Making now the perfect time to visit Israel.
The country is so rich in history and is home to some of the world’s most striking natural sights that it can be difficult to know what to include on your Israel tour. We have summarised our top 8 things to do in Israel.
1. Go for a float in the Dead Sea
Did you know that the Hebrew name for the Dead Sea translates as “Sea of Salt”? The “Sea of Salt” is probably one of the first things that come to mind when you think about going on an Israel tour. It might actually be the very reason you’re looking to take a trip to Israel. But it’s not only the lowest body of water on earth and surrounded by breath-taking landscapes, the water and mud is also rich in minerals. This combination makes the Dead Sea the perfect spot to go for a float, detox your skin with the mineral-rich mud and escape the world for a few hours.
2. Visit Bethlehem
Bethlehem is only a short drive from Jerusalem and is the perfect day trip. The small town outside of Jerusalem is known across the globe as the birthplace of Jesus Christ and as a result is a popular pilgrimage destination. Make sure you head to the UNESCO site “The Church of Nativity”, it’s one of the oldest churches in the world. Or, if you’re the curious type, visit the Old Bethlehem Museum to learn about traditional 19th-century households in Bethlehem.
3. Take a day trip to Nazareth
Nazareth is a town in the Galilee region and is believed to be a place where many biblical events have taken place, making it of great historical and cultural importance. Explore the town known as Jesus Christ’s childhood home, visit the domed Basilica of the Annunciation where Gabriel told Mary she would bear a child and make a stop at the St Joseph Church which is said to be the very place of Joseph’s carpentry workshop.
Nazareth is a 2-3 hour drive from Jerusalem and is a great option for a day trip. Make a stop at Mount Tabor to break up the drive. Mount Tabor rewards its visitors with magnificent views and it is believed to be the place of the Transfiguration of Jesus Christ.
4. Wine tasting
Israel is famous for its culture, history and natural beauty but also for its wine. Take a break from your historical adventure and book a wine tasting to kick back, relax and try some of Israel’s best. Because you’re on holiday after all!
5. Explore Jerusalem’s old city
You haven’t truly been to Israel if you haven’t been to Jerusalem’s old city. It’s well-established that Jerusalem is home to many important religious and political sites. It’s the reason many travellers choose the city as a base on their trip to Israel.
The old city of Jerusalem is a treasure trove for religious and cultural sites, making it a mandatory stop on every traveller’s Israel visit. Take a day to explore the old city and find important sites. Such as the Church of the Holy Sepulchre, where many believe Jesus was crucified. Additionally the stunning Dome of the Rock and of course one of the most religiously significant sites, the Western Wall. You can easily spend hours appreciating the view of the wall and observe Orthodox Jews pray with inspiring dedication – it’s a sight you won’t easily forget.
If you have time we recommend taking a tour of the Western Wall tunnels, there’s a lot more to the Wall than what you can see from above the surface.
6. Mount of Olives
If you’ve explored the old city of Jerusalem and wondered how beautiful it would look from a higher view point then look no further. Mount of Olives is only a short hike from the old city and offers magnificent views of Jerusalem. As you’re walking up the mount you will come across the Garden of Gethsemane which is meant to be the place where Jesus prayed before his crucifixion. Furthermore you’ll find lush olive trees that have been growing here for centuries.
7. West Bank, Jerusalem
The West Bank is a landlocked area and is the home of 2.7 million Palestinians. You can find a section of the big, graffiti covered concrete wall in Jerusalem. On your visit to Israel you will come across so much history and natural wonders that it’s easy to forget the contemporary issues of the country. Take a guided tour to gain an understanding of the Palestinians, their lives, West Bank’s history and the conflicts that still affect Israel today.
8. Sea of Galilee
The Sea of Galilee has had many names over the centuries, often changing with major historical events. Nowadays the sea goes by the name of Lake Kinneret and is the lowest fresh water lake on earth. Yes, you’ve heard right, you can tick off floating in the lowest body of water on earth and standing in the lowest fresh water lake on earth on the very same trip. If that wasn’t enough reason to go, the Sea of Galilee is also believed to be the place where Jesus has walked on water.
If you’re a raging outdoor enthusiast you might want to consider making the Sea of Galilee a full day trip which will give you time to go on one of the many hikes around the area to appreciate the magnificent views of Lake Kinneret from exhilarating heights.
Thinking about taking a trip to Israel? Have a look at our Israel tours or contact our Adventure Specialists to start organising your ultimate Israeli adventure.
Anna is on the marketing team at Tucan Travel. From a young age Anna has travelled solo and on group tours through Europe, Africa, the Americas and Southeast Asia. You can find her on LinkedIn here.
One of the most distinguishable creatures on the planet, with huge floppy ears and long trunks, elephants are a favourite at Tucan Travel. The largest land mammal in the world, elephants are found across Asia and Africa usually in family herds. Keep reading for some fun facts about elephants!
Both African and Asian elephants are unfortunately extremely endangered, with poachers hunting them primarily for their ivory tusks. They’re losing their habitats as human populations grow and are also at risk of being captured for circuses or other animal attractions for human entertainment. Captive elephants are forced to carry tourists on their backs or perform tricks all day long, as highly intelligent creatures, elephants demonstrate signs of psychological distress in these conditions.
In the wild
Elephants are wild animals, they can not be tamed, only tortured. Tucan Travel do not condone any sort of cruelty to animals and do not visit attractions or sites where wildlife, including elephants are mistreated. Instead we visit wild national parks and reserves where the money is put back into the protection of these incredible creatures.
In celebration of World Elephant Day on the 12th August, we have compiled some of our favourite facts .
Fun facts about elephants
1 – Elephants are empathetic and can tell when family members are upset. They have been known to help injured herd members and even mourn when one of them dies.
2 – You may have heard the phrase “Memory like an elephant” – elephants are known to have a fantastic long-term memory with the ability to remember different watering holes when droughts occur.
3 – Although they are land mammals, elephants are really good swimmers. They love water, in fact, and can even use their trunks as snorkels.
4 – Elephants live in family groups with a matriarchal leader. When male elephants reach maturity they leave the herd and tend to hang out in ‘bachelor herds’. Elephant herds can reach numbers as high as 100, that
5- According to researchers, elephants are scared of bees. They are hoping this is a way farmers can deter elephants from approaching their farmland without resorting to human/elephant conflict.
6 – Elephants can’t jump and are the only mammals that do not have this ability. However African elephants can run at speeds up to 25mph.
7 – To protect themselves from sunburn, elephants throw sand on their backs.
8 – Elephants have no predators apart from man. Occasionally lions try their luck with elephant calves however they are usually firmly protected by the herd.
9 – Elephants use their tusks for many things, to forage for food, strip bark from trees, to attract mates or even fight off rivals. Like humans, elephants can be right or left-tusked and favour one side over the other. This explains why their tusks can appear uneven, the favoured side can be worn down faster.
10 – Elephants form tight-knit social groups, grieve, display many signs of empathy and recognise themselves in mirrors. According to scientists, self-awareness when looking in a mirror, indicates that a being is ‘conscious’. Most animals will assume that the reflection is another animal. Elephants are distinguished, complex emotional and intelligent creatures, we should make sure we do what we can to protect them.
Looking to see elephants in the wild? Why not browse our tours in Africa or Asia for your chance to visit these incredible mammals in responsible and sustainable nature reserves.
The changing of seasons doesn’t have to be a bad thing, with September comes exciting possibilities for spend-thrift travellers, which let’s be honest, is most of us. Why not save on flights and accommodation outside high seasons so that you can splurge on gelato and local market souvenirs, or bigger ticket experiences. Did someone say hot air balloon ride? Michelin star meal? The benefits don’t stop with the savings, shoulder season also means less crowds, therefore less queuing and a lot less frustration. If it works around your life commitments, it’s a win-win. So what are the best September shoulder season destinations? We compiled 6 of our favourites below.
1. Buenos Aires
Buenos Aires delivers in spades. As spring gets into its stride and the city wakes from its winter slumber, the music events calendar also starts to gear up. If you weren’t already convinced of Buenos Aires’ credentials in cool, avant-guard and visionary Muktek Festival touches down in the capital in September for its Argentine edition, bringing with it those at the forefront of creativity in sound, music and audiovisual art. If that’s not your thing, the usual haunts Recoleta Cemetery, Boca, and Palermo will get you well acquainted with the city. Patagonia thawes after its long winter freeze with the new season starting in October – stay on for a bit and hike those trails with us! See Patagonia tours here.
2. South Africa
South Africa’s shoulder season is between September and October and offers something close to safari perfection – manageable mild temperatures. Afternoon rains are common but won’t impact on wildlife viewing. The parks are less crowded, which makes the experience a lot more intimate and authentic. Cape Town’s also got good things going on, in the form of festivals, from culinary to literary (Open Book Festival, Noble Vice – wine and culinary festival and Fitch & Leedes Gin festival to name but a few). It’s all happening! Stay for a while, take the Garden Route to explore vineyards, coast and the Cango Caves in Oudtshoorn. Go on, do it!
3. Croatia
Beautiful Croatia is making quite a name for itself and evolving ever more quickly, but the August crowds, seduced by miles of Adriatic turquoise coast, medieval town centres and picturesque hikes, are sometimes overwhelming. Enjoy the country when it’s at its most colourful and book for mid-end of September, as the leaves change colour. September sees visitor numbers drop back to normal levels so you can hike, sightsee and soak up the atmosphere without interruption. September plays host to some late summer music festivals, including the one we’re interested to experience – Goulash Disko – entirely independently funded since 2013. Croatia is evolving, but it’s still in touch with its Balkan roots.
4. Georgia
Georgia has one of the oldest wine-making traditions on the planet, with an almost equally impressive culinary heritage to match, head there in September as the harvest gets underway and feast. Georgia is still an off the beaten path destination, so crowds are not yet an issue but the Caucasus Mountains are decidedly chilly in the winter months, September is perfect for bright days out on the trails. Tempted by unique and undiscovered Georgia, take a look at our Georgia & Armenia tour.
5. Tanzania
The great migration is governed entirely by the rains, which are fairly unpredictable and changing in pattern as a result of climate change. Nevertheless, you stand a good chance of seeing wildebeest, zebra and antelopes crossing the Mara River as they migrate from the Masai Mara to the Serenegti in September, even though no one ever knows for sure when they will decide to move. Disclaimer: it could take place at any point between June to October, which is a large window! September is actually a peak season for the Masai Mara and Serengeti National Parks, but it’s still a great time to visit, with more affordable flights available as the northern hemisphere summer holiday period ends. Take an East African Safari with us in Tanzania.
It can be difficult to organise a family adventure holiday, especially when you are travelling with young children. Maybe your kids are fairly young and you want them to experience something new that’s age appropriate. Or you have a young child and a teenager and want both to have fun on the same holiday? A multi-activity holiday everyone in the family can enjoy may seem impossible to find. Luckily our Tailor-made Specialists have many ideas for your next family holiday. We have listed 5 top travel experiences for families with young children to get you started.
1 Travel to the equator
A lot of people have travelled to the northern and southern hemispheres. But who can say they stood in the northern and southern hemispheres at the same time? That’s correct, not a lot of people! Plan a trip to Kenya or Borneo for some serious wildlife spotting. Whilst you’re there, make sure you head to the equator! It’s a great travel experience for families.
2 Discover exotic wildlife
Discovering exotic animals is fun for the whole family and it’s an educational holiday for the younger members of the group. Instead of vising the local zoo, you can spot wildlife in their natural habitat whilst contributing to the preservation of national parks.
Take your children on a game drive in Africa to spot lions and elephants. If you are in a ‘jungle-y’ mood then the Amazon Jungle or national parks in Costa Rica should be on top of your list. See sloths hanging in the the leafy green vegetation, get a peak of a crocodile or catch monkeys jumping from tree to tree. Watch your belongings, anyone who has had an encounter with a monkey can testify that they will “borrow” anything that’s not nailed to the floor.
Another great travel experience for families is exploring landscapes. The world is a remarkable place and you are spoilt for choice when it comes to finding unique and breath-taking landscapes. Hiking will connect you with nature and might even make you view the world a bit differently. Plus, sleep will come easily to your children after an active day packed with adventure. Why not let your family appreciate the view of a colossal volcano in Arenal, Costa Rica? There are a lot of easy hikes we can arrange as a full or half day excursion for your family.
Luckily the choice for instagram-worthy landscapes is endless. Our favourites: ‘Costa Rican Adventure‘.
4 Uncover ancient ruins and temples
If you’re into history and archaeology then it’s time to take your family on an adventure to uncover ancient ruins and temples. Let your children learn all about lost cities, ancient civilisations and how those civilisations have made the impossible possible. Lay your eyes on the mysterious, ancient temple complex of Angkor Wat, visit the ruins of Teotihuacan or follow the footsteps of the Mayans. No matter what ancient site you choose to explore, your children will be lost for words. It’s a travel experience for families that shouldn’t be missed.
Got a craving for adventure? Want to find out more about ancient civilisations? Start your search by looking at our ‘Highlights of Peru‘ tour.
5 Spend a few days at the beach
Maybe you’re after a relaxing beach holiday or want to end your adventure holiday with a few days by the ocean? The good news is there are many ways to keep your children busy on a beach holiday whilst you’re sitting back, tanning on the beach. Snorkelling and paddle boarding are both fun excursions for kids. They will be fascinated by the colourful coral reefs and fish. Who knows, they might even spot Nemo and Dori! Snorkelling is also a great way for children to learn about coral reefs: how they are being destroyed, why the ocean needs them and what we can do to help prevent the destruction of the bustling and colourful reefs. Being up close and personal may even make your children view environmental issues differently. Relaxing for you, an educational adventure for your children!
We are specialists in Tailor-made family holidays. Whether you would like a fast-paced and adventurous family trip a or a relaxing break, we can organise the perfect holiday for your family.
You can find more information about our family holidays here. If you already know where you’d like to go then contact our Tailor-made team for a personalised itinerary and quote.
Anna is on the marketing team at Tucan Travel. From a young age Anna has travelled solo and on group tours through Europe, Africa, the Americas and Southeast Asia.You can find her on LinkedIn here.
If you’re wondering where is hot in March? or simply need some inspiration for your March holiday then you’ve come to the right place. Keep reading for the 10 best places to visit in March.
Chile is 4,270km long which makes it difficult to pin-point a time of year which is pleasant no matter where you are in the country but March might just be the answer. Summer is slowly coming to an end which is a good time to visit Patagonia, the southern part of Chile. The Atacama Desert is another big pull for visitors coming to Chile and March is one of the best times to see the driest desert on earth. Weather is hot during the day and cold at night but March is usually not plagued by the downpours and storms the area experiences in the winter months.
Malaysia is certainly a hot place to go in March. It’s a tropical country and temperatures are fairly stable throughout the year but the east and west coasts both experience different monsoon seasons. March is the “shoulder season” and usually marks high temperatures and calmer weather which comes with fewer crowds. It’s the ideal time to explore the colourful houses in Penang, admire the Petronas Twin Towers in Kuala Lumpur and catch the last of the lush green scenery in the Cameron Highlands. Be warned though, rain can hit you any time in Malaysia, even in the driest of months (although it usually clears up after an hour or so of heavy rainfall). Make sure to pack an umbrella!
Malaysia is still one of the lesser travelled countries in South East Asia. Take advantage and explore the country on our 12-day Thailand & Malaysia tour.
December through to February are an extremely rainy period at the Iguazu Falls. The good thing about this period is that the falls are soaring and at their peak, making it one of the best places to visit in March if you want to see the falls in all their glory with less chance of rain before dry season hits in full force. You’ll also find fewer crowds on a March holiday (unless Easter falls in March).
Travel from the Salsa capital Buenos Aires to the sunny beaches of Rio de Janeiro and admire the Iguazu Falls from the Argentinian and Brazilian sides on our Buenos Aires to Rio tour.
Dry weather (at least as dry as it gets in tropical countries) and warm temperatures characterise March in Costa Rica which makes it the perfect destination for your March holiday. Due to the high season you’ll find lots of activities on offer and the country turns into an adventure capital for all travellers who crave an active holiday. Wildlife spotting, exploring the jungle, white water rafting, horse riding and the list goes on and on whilst still being able to relax on one of the picturesque beaches.
Did you know that Costa Rica has committed to becoming carbon neutral by 2021? All the more reason to visit the country if you ask us.
If you’d like to visit Costa Rica take a look at our Nature Trails tour. From the wild vegetation of the Monteverde Cloud Forest and spotting sloths in Manuel Antonio National Park to hiking in La Fortuna, it’s the perfect adventure holiday.
Vietnam doesn’t quite stretch over 4,000km like Chile but certainly separates its northern and southern borders far enough to make visitors feel the difference in weather when travelling around the country. Temperatures in the northern part of the country are cooler than in the southern part but the whole country experiences less rain in March which makes it one of the best places to visit in March.
Travel the full length of Vietnam and see highlights such as Halong Bay, one of the country’s most beautiful towns, Hoi An, and prepare yourself for stunning views from the Hai Van Pass on our 8-day Vietnam Highlights tour.
6. The Maldives
The Maldives – famous across the globe for its flawless white sand beaches and crystal blue waters. The island formation tempts even the most adventurous of travellers to opt for a romantic beach holiday. Visit the Maldives towards the end of March for warm weather, blue skies and fewer crowds.
As Vietnam’s neighbour it’s no surprise that March is also a great time to visit Laos. You can expect warm weather and little rain at this time of year. If you live in the northern hemisphere and have enough of winter it’s the perfect destination for your March holiday to escape the cold and return home in spring.
The dry season in Mexico runs from December to April but temperatures are slightly cooler until February which is why it’s a good place to visit in March. From mysterious, ancient civilizations to colorful towns and relaxing beaches, there isn’t much Mexico can’t offer its visitors.
Explore Teotihuacan, Chichen Itza and end your trip on one of the relaxing beaches in Cancun on our Highlights of Mexico tour.
If you live in Europe then Morocco is the perfect quick getaway in March from the cold weather, fly 3-4 hours and you’re in a completely different climate and world. But no matter where you live, Morocco should be on your list. Characterised by hospitality you’ll rarely find anywhere else, delicious food and stunning scenery wherever you go, whether it’s the Sahara desert or the picturesque Atlas mountains. Morocco is a great place to visit in March as there’s still fewer crowds and the weather isn’t yet unbearably hot during the day. Make sure to bring a jumper for the evening though, Morocco can get chilly once the sun has set!
Check out our most popular Morocco itinerary – Highlights of Morocco – and get a taste for the culturally rich and yet surprisingly diverse country.
Honduras is a year-round destination but the beaches are best enjoyed in its dry season which runs from December to April. March is a good time to visit Honduras to take advantage of the good weather and explore the country’s temples and beaches. Top Tip: Make the most of your trip and visit neighbouring Guatemala whilst you’re there and prepare to fall in love with Central America.
Anna is on the marketing team at Tucan Travel. From a young age Anna has travelled solo and on group tours through Europe, Northern Africa, the Americas and Asia.
There aren’t many things more mesmerising than gazing up at the Milky Way during a clear night sky and gaining a greater scope of the unimaginably colossal scale of our solar system. Whilst the stars can be witnessed regardless of where you are, some places on earth provide astronomical views with such clarity that gazing at the stars will leave you breathless. This Saturday, 5th October, we are celebrating the majesty of our night skies in honour of International Astronomy Day. A lot of the world’s clearest skies and therefore most advanced observatories lie in the USA, but there are numerous stargazing spots on the planet that are more remote and offer equally impressive clear-sky conditions, allowing incredible views even with the naked eye. Here are some of our favourites:
The world’s highest and driest non-polar desert, the Atacama Desert in Chile provides ideal conditions for staring up at the starry sky. Due to its higher altitude, the extremely low levels of light pollution and the fact that even the smallest clouds can be difficult to spot, the night skies in the Atacama are almost unparalleled in terms of night time sky clarity. What better way to cool off after a sweltering day exploring geysers, hot springs and the Valley de la Luna than by lying down under the night sky and marvelling at the countless glittering specks that decorate the deep darkness of the night sky.
Check out our “La Paz to Santiago” tour to witness the Atacama’s splendid night skies.
As the golden sands become adorned with the long shadows of the surrounding towers of rock and a day in the hot sun is replaced by the coolness of a desert night, you’ll wonder what else this magical land could possibly offer. Wadi Rum is often referred to as “The Valley of the Moon”, an apt nickname given the spectacular galactic scenery that night time brings, with the pitch black sandstone silhouettes looming atmospherically on all sides. You’ll feel like you have been transported to another planet as you settle down in your nomad-inspired accommodation for the night.
Lay under the stars over Jordan’s Wadi Rum during our “Journey to Jordan” tour.
One of the primary draws of a camel trek from Rajasthan’s desert fortress in Jaisalmer is the experience of immersing oneself into the vast openness of the Thar Desert, severing all links with everyday civilisation and embracing your remoteness. What better way to top off such an experience than by sitting on the warm sand as the sun sets, devouring a delicious local thali made from scratch right in front of you and gazing above as millions of stars begin to sparkle through the navy and violet hues of the night sky. Huddled around a fire with the galaxy on show over your heads, this is camping at its very best.
When visiting the wild grassy plains of Tanzania’s Serengeti, excited visitors have all kinds of natural spectacles in mind – a pride of lions working in unison to make a kill, a herd of wildebeest dodging crocodiles as they attempt a perilous river crossing, an elephant mother leading her newborn calf during a great migration. Not many consider the spectacle that reveals itself above you as the orange glow of the African sun sets in the west. There is something extremely satisfying about discussing the wonders offered by the day’s drives with your fellow safari-goers as you relax under the vista of a clear African starscape.
As if Patagonia didn’t provide enough mind blowing scenery during the day, the clarity of its skies on a cloudless night ensure that unmatched scenery is available at all hours. Incredible on both the Chilean and Argentine sides of the Andes, there is no shortage of locations at which to gaze open mouthed at the night sky. That said, witnessing the menacing peaks at Chile’s Torres del Paine National Park silhouetted by the dense, blue and indigo glow of the stars behind, gives an indication of the sheer size of the universe as the stars dwarfs the colossal spine of the continent.
Appreciate the wonder of Patagonia at both day and night time on our “Patagonia Adventure” tour.
Today marks the third iteration of World Gorilla Day, an annual event to raise awareness for the conservation and protection of the world’s mountain gorilla population. The event started on 24th September 2017, the fiftieth anniversary of the Karisoke Research Centre in Rwanda’s Volcanoes National Park. The centre was founded by legendary primatologist and conservationist, Dian Fossey.
Often renowned as a key factor in the prevention of the extinction of the mountain gorillas that reside in the area around the centre, the value of Fossey’s research is still widely appreciated today. Fossey had a passionate affinity with all manner of animals since her youth. This passion would later lead her to Africa and ultimately the Virunga mountains – the only home of the mountain gorilla. Originally based on the Congan side of the mountains before being forced from the country due to civil unrest, Fossey founded the Karisoke Research Centre on the Rwandan side of the mountains on September 24th 1967. She dedicated her entire life to studying and protecting the local gorillas from poachers, putting her own life on the line in the process. Her 15 years of living amongst the gorillas culminated in the publishing of her book Gorillas in the Mist, which was later adapted into a Hollywood movie. Fossey was murdered in 1985 and whilst much mystery surrounds the circumstances of her death it is considered by many to have been the work of a poacher in protest over her extensive conservation efforts. Operated by The Dian Fossey Gorilla Fund International (DFGFI), World Gorilla Day acts as a contemporary symbol of the importance of Fossey’s legacy.
The event not only helps to raise awareness about the ultimate fragility of these mighty creatures, but also makes a conscious effort to do whatever is possible to help save them and their ecosystem from all that threatens them. Their most recent campaign, labelled “Gorillas on the Line…Answer the Call”, aimed to outline the importance of recycling your mobile phones, tablets and MP3 players due to the use of coltan in the manufacture of such devices. Coltan is an ore that can be found in abundance around the habitat of the mountain gorillas, making them extra prone to habitat destruction and other harmful contact with humans. Recycling of mobile devices negates the need for such extensive mining in the gorillas’ habitat, in turn limiting any potential harm that may come their way. Last year’s efforts saw over 12,000 such devices recycled and over $6,000 raised to help conservation efforts in the area.
A recent population rise to around 1,000 members has seen the mountain gorillas’ status change from critically endangered to endangered. This is a massive victory for the Dian Fossey Gorilla Fund International, but the battle is far from over. Any effort to raise awareness for their cause could prove vital in the ultimate prevention of the mountain gorillas’ extinction.
As Fossey rather aptly wrote in her final diary entry:
When you realize the value of all life, you dwell less on what is past and concentrate more on the preservation of the future.
Nothing matches the rush of driving through the open plains and sweltering heat of the Serengeti. Eyes peeled. Heart pounding. Hoping for a glimpse of some of the most spectacular creatures that call this planet home. This is no trip to the zoo. Seeing lions on the prowl, giraffes grazing on high tree tops or elephants leading their calves on the long journey in search of water gives you a deep sense of being part of nature’s most incredible natural phenomena.
The Serengeti
As soon as you set foot on the dry soil of Africa’s most famous National Park you become instantly swept up in an overpowering sense of raw anticipation that resonates amongst your fellow safari goers. Then, senses alert and camera prepped, you set off into the wild unknown and it’s everything that you imagined and more. Herds of zebra and wildebeest paint a quintessentially African scene as they wander across the horizon in search of lands anew. Prowling big cats that can only be spotted by the keenest of eyes ignite a sense of simultaneous excitement and danger as they crouch in the grass or laze on low hanging branches. You will encounter species that you had never heard of and experience the passionate rush of coming face to face with nature, which will render the spectacular cinematography of any nature documentary obsolete.
A safari in the wilds of the Serengeti is a sensation for each and every one of your senses. The blistering African heat that ripples the horizon combines with the grunt of a wildebeest, the flicker of a tail in the grass or the symbolic green visage of flat topped acacia trees to constantly remind you that you are a long way from home in the most fantastic way possible. Even at night time there is no escaping the excitement of your situation. After the sun has set, the trumpets, howls and squeals of Tanzania’s abundant wildlife echo across the savanna in a feral chorus. The sounds feed imaginary images of nature at its most spectacular as you attempt to drift off despite the bubbling anticipation of what tomorrow might entail.
The Serengeti manages to retain its enticing splendour no matter how long you stay within its long reaching boundaries. The golden plains, emerald trees and imposing natural rock sculptures of the savanna setting ensure that you are constantly immersed in the moment. The archetypal African setting keeps you alert to all that prowl, march or slither through its magical scenery.
Zanzibar
Whilst it is undeniably exhilarating to delve into the deep wilds of east Africa in search of pure adventure, there is no denying that the constant thrill can prove taxing on your energy levels. That is precisely why a trip to the Serengeti combines perfectly with a trip to Zanzibar.
Shifting from the dizzying thrill of chasing a sight of Africa’s greatest creatures to the paradisiacal combination of turquoise blue waters and pearl white sands on the shores of Zanzibar Island is what sets Tanzania apart from its fellow safari locations. The ideally contrasted elements of these two locations balance out your trip to absolute perfection. Wilderness and paradise. Adventure and tranquillity. Considering the undisputable levels of wondrous beauty that Zanzibar Island possesses, it has remained a relatively undiscovered African nirvana. The impossibly soft white sands are bordered by the vibrant green of a Tanzanian tree line. The sapphire sea is home to traditional wooden boats that bob graciously in their moorings as the tide gradually moves back and forth. Zanzibar is a heavenly island that still retains a delightful charm befitting of the continent in which it sits.
The perfect holiday?
What better way is there to reflect over your time venturing through Africa’s untamed plains than relaxing on what is one of the planet’s most beautiful beach settings as the sun sets over the Indian Ocean? It is simply perfect.
If the wild plains and heavenly beaches of Tanzania are calling to you have a look at our Serengeti to Zanzibar Tour.
We are delighted to announce our new partnership with registered charity, The Book Bus.
Along with David Gordon, Monica is a core figure at The Book Bus. She is the Country Director of the Zambian team which works to provide books to the children here.
Read more about Monica below:
Monica Mulenga strongly believes that literacy is the cornerstone to a child’s education and that education can give a child the opportunity to develop themselves and achieve a higher standard of living. Accordingly, she creates literacy projects to encourage a “Yes, I can” attitude within schools that rubs off on both children and teachers alike.
Before joining the Book Bus, Monica graduated from the University of Zambia (UNZA) with a BSc in Natural Resources and worked for several years within Zambia’s huge copper mining industry. She first volunteered with The Book Bus Foundation (UK) in 2010, and in 2014 founded The Book Bus (Zambia) to develop a literacy support programme specifically for schools in Zambia to promote the joy of reading in both local language and English. The Book Bus (Zambia) now operates a mobile literacy support service that provides training, books and library resources to schools throughout the country.
We only have one full day left in 2019 before it’s time to welcome a new decade into our lives. Have you settled your New Year’s Resolutions for 2020 already? In many ways it’s an odd tradition the ancient Babylonians have started over 4,000 years ago. Although the festivities were quite different back then. But in a way it’s a comforting thought. Being able to draw a line, a clean slate without hard feelings to become a better version of yourself.
Whether you need some inspiration or want to know where you should go based on your New Year’s resolutions. We have summarised it all this blog.
1. An active lifestyle
Rather than aiming to “lose 5 pounds” why not look at the bigger picture this year? An active lifestyle will not only take care of the pounds you’re trying to lose but it’ll also make you more productive and lead you to unforgettable views. Of course we’re not talking about the uninviting concrete walls in the gym you’ve been dragging yourself to. We’re all about nature walks, a run in the park and active holidays in some of the most remote places on earth.
So make an active lifestyle your New Year’s resolution rather than restricting yourself. Say goodbye to calorie counting and hello to experiences that will last you a lifetime.
Are you after a physical revolution in 2020? Check out our Patagonia Highlights or trek the Annapurna foothills on the Highlights of Nepal tour for views that will make you jump off the couch.
2. Digital detox
Do you feel bored and annoyed when the signal bars on your phone disappear? Does the mere thought of leaving your house without your phone make you feel weirdly uncomfortable? Are you meant to be writing a report but you can’t take your eyes off the screen for more than a minute? Then you, like most people embracing the digital era, might be in need of a digital detox in 2020. Whilst moving about the world without Google Maps might seem impossible, just tell yourself that the human race has managed just fine for thousands of years until the smartphone came along. You’ll be amazed by the things you’ll notice when you’re not seeing the world through a tiny screen.
Leave your phone at home and travel back in time on our Best of Jordan & Israel tour or if you need a little more help to leave the online world behind, ditch all the Gs and travel to some truly remote places on our Delta & Deserts tour.
You’re going on a daring digital detox trip? We’d love to hear from you! Email us at [email protected] and tell us about your experience.
3. Tick it off your bucket list
We’re all guilty of doing it, there’s this one place that leaves you tingling with excitement, yet life happens and the trip is postponed year on year. Luckily a lot of flights are on sale in January so snap up a deal, put down a deposit for a tour and off you go in 2020. Make your New Year’s resolution reality. Check out our three most popular bucket list tours:
If you’re the curious type but you’ve let Netflix take over your evenings then learning something new should be on your list. Unlike passive ways to kill time like watching TV, learning is an active process for the brain which fills you with a sense of accomplishment, slows the ageing of the brain and could even prevent dementia. Yes, you’re out of excuses!
Enrol in a weekly Spanish class or learn for free on an app (we’ve tried Duolingo) and keep mentally fit. The best thing? You can combine it with an “educational” trip to Central America and put your new skill to the test. If a weekly class is too much commitment then go for a one-off class and learn how to make Sushi. Once you’ve mastered the craft you can travel to Japan and grade your own work.
5. Gain a different perspective
Have you been getting annoyed all too easily recently or have you had discussions where you simply could not understand your opponents point of view? It’s easy to get wrapped up in your own world and stuck in your ways. If you’re aiming to be a more open-minded and wiser person in 2020 then travelling is the best thing you could possibly be doing.
Prepare for a culture shock (in the best way) and rewire how you see the world on our Spiritual India or Kigali to Nairobi tours.
6. Reduce stress
It’s too easy to get stressed and lose your positive mental attitude in a constantly moving and connected world. Whether it’s your job, politics or your personal life that’s giving you a headache, we’ve got a quick fix for you.
Leave your worries behind and de-stress as you walk along the picturesque coastline of Kotor on our Best of the Balkans tour or watch a sloth slowly conquering the treetops in Manuel Antonio National Park on our Costa Rica Encompassed tour.
Anna is on the marketing team at Tucan Travel. From a young age Anna has travelled solo and on group tours through Europe, North Africa, the Americas and Asia.
Less than two months until 2020 – we can’t believe it either. That means it’s time to get moving on your holiday planning for the coming year. To give you a bit of an overview of what’s happening in travel we have compiled a list of the best travel trends in 2020
1.Remote working
The digital-era is making it possible. Not only do we have portable devices which allow us to take our work with us wherever we go, most major cities across the globe have fairly good and reliable WiFi. We’ve seen this trend growing over the last couple of years amongst freelancers but have also heard stories of travellers who take a “working holiday” more recently. That means travellers work selected days whilst on tour or work for a week or two before continuing their adventure. Sipping on a cold cocktail on the beach whilst answering your emails? Yes, please!
Pack your phone and laptop and make that travel trend your own in 2020. Our tours are modular so you can easily do one part of a tour, take a break and then continue your journey.
2. Veganism
Going vegan has been a trend for years but it has now hit the travel industry with full force. More and more people choose to go meatless on their travels. Whilst bigger cities are more accommodating than ever, vegans do face challenges abroad due to language barriers and cultural differences. Locals sometimes simply do not understand the concept of dietary requirements, whether that’s being vegan, allergic to nuts or lactose-intolerant.
The good news is that most countries offer a variety of vegetarian and vegan meals, you just need to know how to ask and sometimes where to find them. To make things easier for all our vegan travellers, we have created aninteractive map with vegan-friendly destinations and included some of our favourite vegan restaurants for you.
If you want to travel somewhere that’s not on the map, we recommend using “HappyCow” to find vegan restaurants. Do your research on vegan alternatives before you take off and most importantly, take a cheat sheet with you so you can ask for animal-free products in the local language.
3. Off-peak and shoulder season travel
We often get this question, when is the best time to travel to…? Of course people usually refer to the weather but the truth is you cannot predict the weather, especially in more tropical destinations. You can travel in the dry season and be plagued by showers or visit somewhere in wet season and explore under clear blue skies. During wet season in tropical destinations you’ll often experience heavy showers for 1-2 hours a day before it clears up to blue skies. So why make your decision based on the weather?
A lot of people are starting to realise that travelling in shoulder and off-peak season has a lot of advantages. Off-peak brings many perks such as fewer crowds, especially if you’re travelling to tourist-heavy destinations. With fewer crowds you’ll also find that there is no competition on who gets that hotel room first, in fact many hotels reduce their prices during shoulder and off-peak season. The same goes for airlines, travelling in peak season often sees a 50-100% increase in flight prices.
So next time you plan a holiday, don’t go for peak season. Opt for shoulder season, save your bank account from a nervous breakdown and experience your chosen destination in all its natural beauty. It’s a win-win travel trend if you ask us.
Below are some of our favourite tours for shoulder season and off-peak travel.
Adventure travel has been quite a niche choice amongst travellers in the past but an increasing amount of people are starting to see the value in going “off the beaten path”, opting for authentic experiences and active trips over lazy-hanging-by-the-pool-resort-holidays. Having been in adventure travel since 1982 we can only give the thumbs up to this trend.
If you’ve travelled with us before you probably can’t wait to plan your next adventure holiday. If you’re reading this and you’re still on the fence about it, experience it for yourself. These are our favourite tours for first timers.
We all know the feeling, you’re on holiday and loving the local food. Upon your return that’s all you can think about but you can’t find a restaurant that does it the same way or a cooking class that teaches the country’s cuisine properly.
Fear not, one of 2020’s most delicious travel trends is here to save the day: taking cooking classes of the local cuisine whilst on holiday. It’s a mouth-watering experience, you’ll be able to re-live the holiday every time you cook your favourite dish from the trip at home and it’s connecting you to the local culture.
Why not learn how to cook authentic Thai, Vietnamese, Indian or Jordanian on one of our tours?
Rajasthan Explorer– Book an optional excursion and learn how to cook Indian in Jodhpur or Udaipur.
Journey to Jordan– Book an optional excursion and learn how to cook Jordanian in Madaba.
Vietnam Highlights– Book an optional excursion and learn how to cook Vietnamese in Hoi An.
6. Eating local
You’ll find big global food chains no matter where you go (unless you go completely off-grid like the Uyuni Salt Flats where you won’t even be able to connect to WiFi) and it can be tempting for many people to “stick with what you know”. Eating local and trying local (sometimes weird) specialities is one of the top travel trends for 2020 and we can definitely agree that we’ve seen travellers being more adventurous with food on tours.
Feeling adventurous? Check out some of our top tours for trying exotic food.
It’s definitely one of the best and most important travel trends in 2020. Travellers are becoming more and more aware of the impact they’re having on the environment and local communities.
We fully support this trend in everything we do and continuously work hard to minimise the impact we’re having on the environment. We choose public transport where possible, use locally-owned hotels over chains and have introduced a local payment for all tours in 2018 which not only saves our travellers roughly 10% on the total tour price but also benefits the local communities greatly.
Anna is on the marketing team at Tucan Travel. From a young age Anna has travelled solo and on group tours through Europe, Northern Africa, the Americas and Asia.
Croatia is the not-so-secret sparkling Mediterranean destination that offers a stunning coastline, gorgeous ancient cities and lush national parks. Perfect for history buffs, keen foodies, outdoor adventurers and sun worshipping beach lovers, it has everything you could ask for from a seaside European destination. If you’re planning a holiday to Croatia, keep reading for our top 10 things to do in this gorgeous country.
Explore the Elafiti Islands on foot
The Elafiti islands are a small collection of islands just off the coast of Dubrovnik. Three of these islands are inhabited – they are Sipan, Lopud and Kolocep. Regular ferries depart from Dubrovnik making them ideal day trips if you want to escape the hustle and bustle of the city. The latter two islands are completely car free, which means once you hop off the ferry you are faced with a beautifully calm landscape where you can walk amongst nature with some spectacular ocean views. There are a few guest houses and restaurants scattered throughout the islands, but we recommend bringing a picnic to enjoy at one of the various viewpoints.
Kolocep Island in Croatia
Sit and listen to the Sea Organ in Zadar
Stroll down to the end of the peninsula where the historic centre of Zadar is nestled, and you’ll start to hear the calming sounds of the famous Sea Organ. This architectural piece of art consists of tubes and holes carved into the harbour wall. When the waves gently crash into these holes, it creates a wonderful musical sound similar to an organ. Make your way here at sunset and take a seat near the musical object to enjoy a free performance as the sun goes down – sunsets in Zadar are famous in Croatia for being some of the best!
Waves crashing into the Sea Organ in Zadar
Walk the Dubrovnik City Walls
Of course no list of the best things to do in Croatia would be complete without speaking about the medieval city walls of Dubrovnik. This magnificent fortification encompasses the gorgeous terracotta hued houses of the old town, and offers some of the best views of the Adriatic Sea. Dating back to around the 7th century, the city walls have been restored to their former glory and can be walked in around one hour. We highly recommend arriving as soon as they open, which in high season can be as early as 7am, to beat the crowds. Enjoy – there’s a reason this is in the top 10 things to do in Croatia!
Walking the Dubrovnik City Walls
Hike up Mount Srd
If you want to see Dubrovnik from a new perspective, take on the short hike up Mount Srd. At only 1.4 miles, it can take anything from 30 minutes to an hour depending on how often you stop, and offers a fantastic vantage point once you reach the top. If you’re not so keen on walking up, hop in the cable car which will get you up in a matter of minutes. Standing on the peak, you’ll realise just how small, compact and beautiful the old town is.
The viewpoint from Mount Srd in Dubrovnik
Take a day trip into Bosnia and Herzegovina
The beauty of Europe is that it’s pretty small, meaning navigating your way between countries is pretty easy. And in the case of Croatia, sometimes you’ll find yourself so close to neighbouring countries that a day trip is more than possible. Mostar, considered one of the most beautiful cities in Bosnia and Herzegovina, is a mere 2 hour drive from Dubrovnik. It provides a wonderful insight into this lesser visited destination. Explore the bazaar, watch locals make the jump from the Stari Most Bridge or dine in one of the many authentic river-side restaurants for a fraction of the cost of food in Dubrovnik. And if you have the time, detour to the charming monastery of Blagaj Tekke to see traditional Dervish architecture in a fairy tale setting.
The Stari Most bridge in Mostar
Party the day & night away on the island of Hvar
Peppered with luxury yachts, Hvar is popular with the rich and famous. While the island is quite large and inhabited by over 10,000 people, most travellers flock to Hvar Town where you’ll find a range of seaside bars, cool clubs and swanky restaurants. Venture further afield and you’ll find charming vineyards and picturesque cycling trails in much quieter areas of the island. Another great option? Book a local boat tour that takes you out to the glistening blue cave near the island of Vis. The sunlight dances off the water and bounces off the walls, creating a beautiful sea of blue and green colours which light up the interior.
Partying in Hvar
Absorb the history of Diocletian’s Palace in Split
Nestled in the heart of Split, Diocletian’s Palace makes up around half of the old town in the city. The impressive Roman structure dates back to the 4th century AD and was constructed for the Roman emperor Diocletian, his family, guards and servants. It was built with the intention of being the emperor’s retirement seaside retreat, and served this purpose until his death in 311. It was later abandoned and left in ruins. It’s now listed as a UNESCO World Heritage Site and is one of the most popular areas to explore on a trip to Croatia.
Brijuni National Park is a small cluster of islands off the coast of Croatia. It’s accessible by boat from the small town of Fazana, near Pula. The ferry takes around 15 minutes so it’s possible to enjoy a day trip on the island but there are also decent accommodation options if you wish to stay for a few days of R&R. The most popular activities are walking around the island to enjoy the views or biking along the various trails. It’s also possible to play golf or go swimming in the ocean. The national park is also known for its dinosaur footprints – over 200 have been discovered on the islands!
Unlike Plitvice National Park where swimming is forbidden, travellers are free to enjoy the water in Krka. This is especially wonderful on a hot summer day. The park encompasses over 142 square kilometres of lush forest, the Krka river, walking trails and various flora and fauna. It’s possible to reach the national park on a day trip from Split. However if you wish to travel slow and have more time then book a local guesthouse in Skradin.
There are not many places that showcase Croatia’s natural beauty quite like Plitvice National Park. A scene straight from a fairy tale, it’s a great destination in both summer and winter. Although summer is significantly more crowded! The park consists of sparkling blue and green lakes, cascading waterfalls and verdant forest surroundings. As the most popular national park in the country, it’s also the best setup for tourists with wooden walkways and flat trails. These bring you to the best viewpoints of the lakes. It’s possible to reach the park on a day trip from Zadar, Zagreb or Split. However, we highly recommend booking accommodation in or near the park to enjoy a full day exploring the area. It can get crowded when guided tours arrive, so get up early and enter the park as soon as it opens to enjoy the walkways in peace.
Plitvice National Park in Autumn
Tucan Travel offer a range of group tours that visit Croatia. View them here or contact an Adventure Specialist for more information.
Emma is on the marketing team at Tucan Travel and has extensively travelled through Croatia. In fact it’s one of her favourite European destinations!
Is this one of the prettiest towns in Poland? We sure think so. And one of the hardest to pronounce? Most definitely. Welcome to Wroclaw! (“wrohtz-wahv”). This charming city in Western Poland has an abundance of history and culture, unique architecture and vibrant colourful buildings lining the streets. Krakow and Warsaw are undoubtedly the most popular destinations for tourists in Poland, and both are undeniably fantastic in their own ways, but we think it’s about time somewhere else got the spotlight. That’s why Tucan Travel has recently added the beautiful city of Wroclaw to all Poland itineraries from 2020. We have compiled some of the best things to do in Wroclaw below.
Explore the Market Square
Cobbles paths, colourful buildings and that quintessential old school European charm, the heart of Wroclaw is its beautiful square. Most of the city was destroyed during World War II, so it was almost entirely rebuilt after 1945. Lined with restaurants and coffee shops, it’s a lovely place to sit and watch the world go by. What’s even more impressive are the gas street lamps that line the square – each one is still lit by hand each night. Watching this happen is a truly magical moment, transporting you back in time.
A replica of the stone pillory has been built to the south east end of the Town Hall, where you can see what used to flog members of the public from the start of the 14th century well into the 18th century. Another notable sight in the square is the bronze bear statue, located at the southern side of the Town Hall.This slightly bizarre statue shows a bear stood on a tree stump while sticking its tongue out. Originally a fountain created in 1902, the original was lost during the war and a replica was created in 1998. It’s considered good luck to rub the bears nose or tongue!
The Market Square in Wroclaw
Walk through Cathedral Island
Cathedral Island is something straight out of a fairytale, adorned with churches, bridges and charming sights around every corner. Known locally as Ostrow Tumski, it’s the oldest part of the city and dates back to the 11th century when a Slavic tribe built their settlement here. During that time, Ostrow Tumski was in fact an island with the River Odra snaking around the land. King Boleslaw the Brave established a bishopric here and decided to build a cathedral – and Cathedral Island was born. It was in 1810 when a section of the river was filled in and built upon that the island became part of the mainland of Wroclaw.
To this day it remains one of the most sacred and important parts of the city. See some fantastic Gothic and Baroque architecture as you set your eyes upon the Cathedral of John Baptist, the Church of the Holy Cross, the Church of St Giles and a 19th century Botanical Garden. You’ll also find some lovely little restaurants and cafes hidden throughout the streets.
Cathedral Island in Wroclaw
Go gnome searching
Hidden beneath the colour and beauty of the city is a whole population of cheeky gnomes waiting to be discovered. Over 400 of them are peppered throughout the city, hidden in alleys and peeking out from behind lamp posts. These statues do have a deeper meaning behind them, and are a symbol of Poland’s strength and resistance.
They are an ode to the Orange Alternative, a movement that rose against Soviet occupation and fought to end oppression in Poland from the communist regime in the 1980’s. The government had censored free speech during this time and the movement saw protesters deface communist propaganda with humorous art such as mischievous gnomes, which became the most popular symbol of the movement. It was the people’s way of highlighting how absurd the laws were, and it soon resulted in marches for “gnomes rights’ . The largest took place on 1st June 1988 when 10,000 people took to the streets wearing orange hats and chanting freedom for the dwarves.
It wasn’t until 2001 that the city decided to commemorate this monumental movement. This was done with a sculpture of a gnome on the street that the protesters used to gather. Soon enough, a local artist had the idea of placing hundreds of small gnomes around the city. This would forever honour the courage of Wroclaw. Keep an eye out during your walks, or if you want to be certain you see some you can pick up a map from the tourist office that highlights the most central 30 gnomes. Happy hunting!
A gnome statue in Wroclaw
Sit down for some delicious local food
Polish food is some of the most warming and hearty cuisine in Europe. So of course Wroclaw has a great variety of restaurants to suit all budgets. You could pick up an inexpensive Polish sausage at the market food stalls, or enjoy a sit down meal at Pierogarnia Stary Młyn, a restaurant famous for its pierogi. Another popular choice for eating in Poland in general is milk bars, and Wroclaw has its share of a few. Milk bars are government subsidised restaurants which resemble canteens and have been around since communist times. They remain the cheapest way to get a hearty local meal and are all part of the Polish experience.
Take a stroll in the park
Wroclaw has a beautiful Japanese Garden that was created in 1913 for the World Artistic Gardening Exhibition. Complete with a large pond housing large carps, various Japanese plants and even a bridge and tea pavilion, the park is a peaceful and picturesque experience out of the city. The gardens are open from April to October and cost 8zl entrance.
Wroclaw Japanese Gardens
Explore the Hydropolis
The Hydropolis is a centre of environmental education, and is considered one of the biggest and best in Europe. The facility is located in a 19th century underground water tank, covering an area of 4,000 meters squared and it uses interactive installations and various multimedia technology to showcase everything there is to know about water. While this may not be characteristically Polish, if you’re in Wroclaw and find yourself with some spare time it’s a fantastic place to visit.
Speaking of water, enjoy a show at the Multimedia Fountain
The Wroclaw Multimedia Fountain is the biggest water feature in Poland and considered one of the most impressive in Europe. It was created in 2009 to celebrate the 20th anniversary of the first free elections in Poland after the war. Complete with a surface area of 1 hectare, over 800 lights and 300 jets, it showcases some spectacular shows. The jets simultaneously create surges of water in all shapes and sizes, various colours bounce of the water and music is played in the background, with anything from modern to classical. To top it off, animations and images are projected onto the water, depicting anything from important political events to sports. It normally takes place every hour, everyday, so if you’re in Wroclaw get down to the Szczytnicki Park to catch a show.
Wroclaw Multimedia Fountain Show
Kayak along the river for a different perspective
Wroclaw is famous for its bridges, so a wonderful way to spend a few hours on a sunny day is to rent a kayak and cruise down the Oder River. If kayaking isn’t for you, just book onto one of the many catamarans that sail down the water daily and enjoy seeing the city from different viewpoints.
Travelling responsibly and having a positive impact on the communities which we visit has always been at the heart of Tucan Travel. Today we are talking with Keiko – our Latin American Reservations Manager who has been with Tucan Travel for an incredible 20 years. Along with the rest of the Tucan Travel Peru staff, Keiko has been organising an event in celebration of Chocolatada for the last 16 years – which brings chocolate and gifts to rural communities outside of the city.
The Tucan Travel Team
When and why did Chocolatada start?
Chocolatada is an important tradition in Peru. It’s normally done in December and simply involves giving out chocolate and small gifts to local children in schools, churches and communities. It’s something the children really look forward to and everyone gets involved – often families and friends will get together and put some money into their own event. Tucan Travel has a very strong bond with Peru and it was something that we wanted to get involved with, especially since myself and so many of the other staff are Peruvian.
We started the project in 2004 and I can’t believe it’s almost been 16 years now! I did my studies in a Catholic school in Lima and during that time I helped organise a lot of events, so this felt like a natural thing for me to do. The first event we ever did was in our hotel in Cusco at the time. We arranged for Peeky (a Tucan Travel staff member) to be our first Santa and he arrived with the gifts – about 400 children showed up and the police had to close the street! We had no idea of the impact this would have but I think the yellow truck does draw some attention. Pretty soon we started doing it outside of the city, because we wanted to visit the communities which didn’t have the option of going into Cusco. We decided to involve the communities of our Inca Trail porters because it made the most sense – we wanted them to see us as family and not just employers.
Setting up for Chocolatada
How do you pick a village?
We ask our tour leaders to look out for rural villages that might benefit from some help, but over the last few years we have mainly visited the villages of our Inca Trail porters. That’s our tradition now! If our staff find a new village we will always be open to helping and bringing this tradition as far we can.
Handing out chocolate and gifts
What happens at the event?
We have to prepare quite a lot now. We find out how many children are in the village so that we have enough toys and food. We then buy the ingredients for the hot chocolate – normally oats, sugar, cocoa, cinnamon and milk. We will get some colouring books, pens and pencils for the children too. Everything gets put in bags and loaded into our vans and then we drive to the village, which can be a few hours outside of Cusco. Now we normally do it on a Saturday so that it doesn’t affect the working week. The communities will also offer us some food, sometimes guinea pig, trout or potatoes. It’s an exchange that everyone enjoys.
Tucan Travel have been operating in Peru for 33 years. With the help of the fantastic teams in Lima and Cusco they are able to keep the tradition of Chocolatada going strong. If you are visiting Peru in December or January with Tucan Travel and want to find out about contributing to Chocolatada please contact your Adventure Specialist. Small gifts for the children are always welcome.
It’s natural to be feeling like life has come to a standstill – because it has! With the majority of borders closed, flights being cancelled and the world staying indoors, 2020 hasn’t exactly been what we all expected. Whether you are working from home, self-isolating or under strict quarantine, now more than ever we need as much inspiration from within our own walls as possible. Thankfully, we are living in a digital age and it’s never been a better time to see the world from the comfort of your own sofa! So while the world slows down for a while, and for those of you who are already feeling a serious case of *fernweh, we will be here to provide you with all the wanderlust inspiration that you need to bring your holiday home. To start off the inspiration, we have compiled a list of some of our favourite travel movies to watch if you find yourself indoors and searching for your travel fix.
*Fernweh is a German word that translates to “distance sickness”. It expresses the urge to travel.
The Motorcycle Diaries is one of the most iconic stories to come out of Latin America. The movie depicts the road trip taken on by 23 year old medical student Che Guevara and his friend Alberto Granado as they journey across the continent. While they intend to have the best experience they can while on the road, the ultimate goal is the intention to work in a leper colony in Peru. The movie is considered one of the best coming-of-age biopics, where the feeling of youthful adventure swiftly changes as Guevara and his friend observe the impoverished life of the indigenous peasantry and learn of the injustice and social classes within Latin America. The life changing journey forged Guevara’s future and he is now more commonly known as the Marxist guerrilla and revolutionary who was a major figure in the Cuban Revolution.
The film brings you to some of South America’s most stunning locations, from the vast Atacama Desert to the heart of the Peruvian Amazon. Witness the rugged terrain of Patagonia, the Inca ruins of Machu Picchu and the quiet charm of the continents countryside – you’ll soon be planning your own South America odyssey.
Ruta 40 – one of the longest highways in Patagonia
Prior to The Beach, the small island of Ko Phi Phi Le in Thailand was relatively unknown – yet rose to such a degree of popularity that it has now closed until around 2021. The story follows a young American man, Richard, who arrives in Bangkok seeking the ultimate adventure. He meets a fellow traveller who divulges information about a secret island in Thailand with a small community. What follows is a treacherous adventure to the island and what the protagonist discovers isn’t all that it seems. With a story-line that hooks you from the start and scenes showing the true beauty of Thai islands and beaches, The Beach is the perfect movie to escape your living room while imagining yourself basking on the tropical shores of this fantastic destination. Definitely one of our favourite travel movies.
Another of our favourite travel movies. This feel-good movie provides a wonderful glimpse into the beautiful character of India. The story follows a group of British pensioners who sign up to a retirement hotel in India, run by an overly enthusiastic young local man. The retirees expectations are very quickly shattered as they set foot in the slightly dilapidated hotel, however as the story evolves, so does the characters love for this unique and loving home. Characters’ friendships unfold, love flourishes and India is showcased in its classic chaotic yet charming state that makes everyone fall a little in love with the special country and its people.
Hawa Mahal Palace in Jaipur, India
Letters to Juliet – Italy
Letters to Juliet is your classic cheesy, easy to watch romantic comedy. It follows a young American woman, Claire, who takes a pre-honeymoon in Italy, but finds that her fiance is much more interested in expanding his chef career than he is in her. While exploring the beautiful city of Verona, she learns about the thousands of “letters to Juliet“ that are left in the courtyard of Juliet’s balcony. She finds herself joining the “Secretaries of Juliet” and comes across an unanswered letter from 1957 – and makes it her mission to make sure the letter gets delivered! What transpires is a love story between not only the characters, but Claire and the beauty of Italy. While the story-line is predictable, the film encompasses the romance and beauty of Verona and the Italian countryside. It’s a feel-good movie that will leave you longing for your own Italian romance!
A classic on any wanderlust inspiration list, Eat Pray Love is your typical story centred around travelling to find yourself. The movie follows Elizabeth, a woman who seemingly has it all. Yet she finds herself longing for what she truly wants in life and after a recent divorce, embarks on a journey that takes her to Italy, Bali and India. The film follows a feel-good vibe throughout, highlighting the small yet important things in life and showcasing the beauty of each destination it films in. From long nights in Italy indulging with friends, finding her balance in India through prayer to experiencing the meaning of true love in Bali, the movie will certainly leave you longing for life-changing experiences from around the world.
Bali, Indonesia
Into the Wild – North America
This tragic true story follows the journey of a young man, Christopher McCandless, who packed it all in to trek across North America. An intelligent and successful individual, Christopher makes the decision to reject a conventional life and destroys his credit cards and identification before embarking on his adventure. The film follows him across North America as he hitchhikes, burns through his remaining cash and experiences the world in true solitude. He lives off the land, sleeps where he can and enjoys the quiet beauty that surrounds him. The film takes an unfortunate turn as Christopher realises mother nature is unforgiving. While we won’t spoil the rest, the story encompasses everything about the harsh reality of taking on the wilderness and showcases some beautiful landscapes in North America.
Lost in Translation won an Oscar for best writing and original screenplay. The story follows two lost souls as they cross paths in the urban sprawl of Tokyo, with both characters experiencing an overwhelming sense of loneliness and uncertainty. Their relationship evolves as they discover Japanese culture together, contending with insomnia, culture shock and an apparent existential boredom. The slow pace of the film cleverly contrasts the chaos of Tokyo city and the scenes depict the unique culture and urban scenery of Japan. A must watch if Japan is on your holiday list.
Tokyo – Japan
Mamma Mia – Greece
Mamma Mia is the ultimate feel-good movie. The story follows the lives of Donna and her daughter Sophie who live on the beautiful Greek island of Kalokairi (While Kalokairi does not exist, most of the filming was one on the island of Skopelos!). In the run up to her wedding, Sophie decides to invite three strangers – one of which she believes is her father after reading about her mother’s past escapades in her diary. What ensues is a charming and comedic story that sees unconventional family relationships solved with love and friendship. The scenes showcase what really makes Greece one of the most beautiful destinations in Europe – shimmering blue water, pristine beaches, secret coves and lush scenery. The sequel to the movie is also well worth a watch – again most of the scenes are located on the Greek Island as the story follows Donna in her younger years and how she came to live on Kalokairi Island.
In 2019 Disney released the new adaptation of one of the most beloved stories of the 90’s – The Lion King. The film follows the same storyline as the original with all our favourite characters injecting the same humour as before. While the movie is not based on a specific real-life African location, the scenery encompasses everything you would expect to find on an adventure to the continent – vast savannas, packed watering holes, lush grasslands and unique rock formations. Saying that, several crew members of the original film did visit Hell’s Gate National Park in Kenya to gain an appreciation and insight into the unique environment of Africa. With no predators around, Hell’s Gate is one of the locations where you can enjoy walking safaris or bike rides through the national park to take in the surroundings.
Lions in Kenya
The Secret Life of Walter Mitty – Iceland, Greenland
Walter Mitty is just your average guy, plugging away at a job for a lifestyle magazine. When he loses a photo needed for publication, he embarks on a journey to find the photographer and recreate the shot. The story shows him coming out of his shell as he embraces new experiences and surroundings around the world. From Iceland to the Himalayas, the film showcases some beautiful landscapes that will leave you looking for your own adventure.
Iceland
If you have a favourite movie than inspired your travels – let us know in the comments below!
Perched on the coast of the Black Sea, Romania is one of the largest countries in Eastern Europe. Famous for the tales of Count Dracula, the fascinating nation is much less visited than many of its European neighbours. Yet it has an abundance of highlights that should entice the intrepid traveller. The region of Maramures, known as Land of the Wood, is nestled in the very north of the country. It shares a border with Ukraine and in very close proximity to Hungary. Full of tradition and dotted with relics of the country’s rich history, the small area of Maramures is a must see for anyone visiting Romania.
The UNESCO Wooden Churches in Barsana
The famous Wooden Churches of Maramures
Considered masterpieces of ancient Romanian architecture, there are eight wooden churches still standing proud in the region of Maramures. They date back to around the 17th century, and the churches are now included in UNESCO’s World Heritage List. Some of the early examples of these structures are made solely of wood, even down to the nails. It’s thought that during the Middle Ages, Romanian peasants were forbidden to build their churches in stone by the Catholic Hungarians. The locals therefore built churches entirely of wood. They even ensured the very tall spires were high enough to rise above the Catholic structures! The inside of the churches are just as impressive, with paintings and murals depicting religious events and everyday beliefs.
The Merry Cemetery in Maramures
The Merry Cemetery
Far from your traditional grey-stoned cemetery, the Merry Cemetery is one of the most popular tourist attractions in Romania. Dating back to the 1930’s, the sea of colourful grave markings is the work of known artist Stan Loan Patras. He was a Romanian sculptor, painter and poet whose work represents old Romanian tradition. Born into a family of wood sculptors, Patras dedicated his life to creating tombstones in his own unique style. He would carve short poems into them, followed by painting figures and finishing with painting the artwork in bright colours.
The image on the tombstones represent the person buried, and depicts their death in a humorous way. This connects to the beliefs of the Dacian culture. They believed death was simply a step into another world and better life. The cemetery holds some 800 wooden grave markings and put the sleepy town of Sapanta on the Eastern Europe tourist trail.
Wood carving in the Maramures
Enjoy century old traditions and learn new skills in the Maramures
A large part of travelling is opening your eyes to the traditions and practices of other cultures around the world. There are countries who have embraced the modern and those who cherish their unique heritage. Romania is one of those countries. Steeped in history and legends, setting foot in the villages of the Maramures feels like stepping back in time. Agriculture is still one of the most important practises in the Maramures region. Manual labours such as plowing, planting and hay making are still in traditional ways.
You can also observe pottery demonstrations, see how traditional watermills play their part in daily life and learn about why wood carving is one of the most popular activities in the area. Many people observe that visiting Maramures is much like experiencing ancient rural life. With such a fast-paced world constantly whirring around us, that idea sounds pretty idyllic if you ask us.
Traditional Romanian food
Sample delicious, home-style cooked food
Romanian cuisine comes straight from the heart. Think home-cooked, simple ingredients that fill you with warmth on a cold night. Some of the most popular food in Maramures is polenta, meat, potatoes and starchy vegetables. And remember that the portions can be on the larger side! Try the local sausage and cheese. And don’t forget about horinca, a very strong and locally made version of brandy. It comes in different flavours, favourites being plum or apricot. When you visit a Maramures home, you might even be offered a shot. According to superstition, if the guest does not finish their horinca, the families youngest daughter will not marry, so best drink up!
Farming in Maramures
Spread the tourism and support local economies
Over-tourism is one of travel’s latest buzz words. With photos of people crammed into the streets of Venice and queuing for hours to reach the top of the Eiffel Tower, to the removal of the “I-am-sterdam” sign due to overcrowding, Europe gets its fair share of international travellers. We believe that in order to keep travel sustainable for every country, it’s vital to do your part and visit the lesser known destinations. You will be surprised at what wonderful things they have to offer! You might not get iconic shots of famous landmarks, but you’ll enjoy less crowds, cheaper prices and the enjoyment that comes with telling your friends and family about the hidden gems you found.
Check out Tucan Travel’s range of tours through Romania here. All trips include an overnight stay in a traditional guesthouse, complete with a home-cooked local meal. Activities included on the Maramures day trip include a pottery demonstration, a visit to the Merry Cemetery and more.
We are delighted to announce our new partnership with registered charity, The Book Bus.
Founded in 2008 by publisher Tom Maschler, and now run by former overland travel expert David Gordon, The Book Bus operates a fleet of buses in Zambia, Malawi and Ecuador, providing reading schemes for schools in these countries. The charity provides reading material for children of all ages and has both local and international volunteers to help support reading sessions and library workshops with schools in regions where literacy is not the forefront. Each bus is named after a famous children’s book character and is designed by famed illustrator and patron to the charity, Quentin Blake.
Read more about David below:
I grew up in Belfast where I developed a passion for adventure from boyhood trips to the Mountains of Mourne and the beaches of Donegal, the inevitable bite from the travel bug came from family holidays to France in a rusty old campervan and when Exodus Expeditions offered me a job driving their overland truck in Peru I was up and gone within 2 weeks. That was 1986, back then the roads weren’t great, communications were poor and keeping your truck roadworthy meant picking up Spanish as quickly as picking up spanners.
My first overlanding expedition took me and 25 others over the Andes, across Patagonia and through the Amazon in a rattling old Bedford truck – a massive six-month circuit of South America which served as a great apprenticeship in the art of travel; it took us off the tourist trail and exposed us to some of the harsh realities of life in those far off countries. I subsequently explored Asia in similar style on an expedition from Kathmandu to London and then returned to South America for a further mix of lofty mountains, Inca trails, Patagonian ice and lazy days on Amazon ferries. Operating under my own banner as “Overland Latin America” I continued to explore the hidden gems of the continent and eke out a living sharing them with those brave enough to join me. In 2001 and 15 years after my first taste of overlanding I brought my final expedition across South America and trundled into my base in Quito for the last time.
After all those years on the road, I now consider travel as a huge privilege, it provides a great education through priceless insights into life from a huge variety of perspectives. Travel is truly mind-broadening stuff. Having hung up my steering wheel, I was keen to explore how adventure travel could benefit host communities in the countries where people like me had spent years in the pursuit of adventure. Working with VentureCo Worldwide I set up a series of community projects and partnerships first in Ecuador and then in Peru, India, Cambodia, Belize and East Africa. The idea was to channel the energy and enthusiasm of adventure travellers in such a way to create positive relationships between visitors and hosts. From these experiences came the opportunity to deliver an old bus packed with books from London to Zambia. The Book Bus Foundation had been set up by retired publisher Tom Maschler in 2006 to bring the joy of reading to children in Africa and he needed someone to set up the project in Lusaka. Mixing trucks with books to spread knowledge and education soon became my new driving force in life and now, more than 10 years later the Book Bus has a fleet of 5 vehicles working with schools and libraries across Zambia. In 2020 our mobile literacy project will be supporting 40 schools by providing classroom libraries, teacher training and reading sessions for over 6,000 children.
Books have a fantastic way of transporting the reader to a world and time other than their own. Whilst some stories take place in locations that we consider familiar, many manage to portray images of places, cultures and eras around the planet so vividly that they take us to lands that are totally foreign. During times when the prospect of travel becomes impossible, books like these can become a restless traveller’s saving grace. From the comfort of your sofa you can be taken to the wild plains of Africa, the colourful clamour of South America’s colonial cities or the fascinating past of Eastern Europe, with the turn of a page. We have compiled a list of books, both fictional and factual, that are perfect for both feeding the imagination and sparking the inspiration for travellers everywhere.
Browse through our list of literary works that inspire travel, select a region of your choice, lose yourself in the book of your choice and prepare to be delivered across the globe.
South America
One Hundred Years of Solitude, Gabriel Garcia Marquez (Colombia)
Perhaps a somewhat ironic title for those stuck inside with little to do, but the storyline of Gabriel Garcia Marquez’s surrealist masterpiece is anything but restrictive. Set in the fictional colonial town of Macondo in Colombia, the country of Marquez’s birth, the story follows multiple generations of the Buendia family and the fantastical events that befall them through times of happiness and strife. Deemed the birth of magical realism, the book is spectacularly written and at times utterly bizarre.
The way of life in a colonial town in rural Colombia is almost tangible through the fantastic writing of arguably Colombia’s greatest literary genius. Said to have been based on Marquez’s home town of Aracataca, near Cartagena, the novel follows Macondo’s decline during the century following colonial Colombia and the mirrored decline of one of its greatest families. Rich with potent symbolism, Gabriel Garcia Marquez’s book manages to capture the lively character of Colombian life like no other.
An epic tale of travel and self discovery, written by one of the most iconic political figures in the history of Latin America. The Motorcycle Diaries follows Che Guevara’s journey with friend Alberto Granado as they voyage from Buenos Aires to the USA via Chile, Bolivia, Peru and Colombia. Their journey takes them from the rugged terrain of Patagonia to Machu Picchu and the sacred land of the Incas, meeting everything from helpless lepers to forgotten indigenous peoples en route. The journey is what would eventually spark a passion inside Guevara that led to his role in the Cuban Revolution.
The tale of the incredible trip taken by the duo tells of their experiences on the road, both enlightening and devastating, as the author encourages the reader to travel the world and converse with its people with both an open mind and an open heart. Encountering some of the most incredible locations across South America, the book both celebrates the continent’s unique beauty and encourages a certain attitude to take when travelling.
The Lost City of Z, David Grann (Amazon Jungle)
The fascinating true tale of one of the greatest explorers of the early 20th century, Colonel Percy Fawcett, and his quest to discover a city lost to the gnarled roots and dense thicket of the Amazon Rainforest. Through research that he himself undertook during his own Amazonian expedition, Grann’s novel attempts to uncover the mystery of Fawcett’s disappearance and the city that he was attempting to discover, which he codenamed Z.
Inspired by one of the last true stories of pioneering exploration, the novel accurately depicts the violent wilderness of the Amazon and the jungle’s curious mysteries that still remain today. The Lost City of Z is a must read for anyone intrigued by either the Amazon’s wild depths or the myths that developed from the Spanish colonisation of Latin America. The book will give those with an adventurous spirit a desire to delve into the jungle’s deepest reaches themselves, heading as far from the beaten track as our planet will allow.
A story of forbidden love set in rural Mexico, Laura Esquivel’s novel is a tribute not only to the passionate flair of the country’s people, but also the importance of delicious food within their society. The story follows Tita, a young woman who must come to terms with the family tradition of the youngest daughter having to care for her mother until the day of her death, in spite of the feelings that she has for her lover, Pedro. Taking place over 12 chapters – one for each month of the year – the novel centres around Tita’s passion for cooking, with each chapter starting with a traditional Mexican recipe.
With elements of magical realism that see the story poetically alter its course in unforeseeable ways, the book is a beautifully written tale of forbidden love with underlying themes of passion, growth and of course food. Whilst it may not encourage the reader to explore a particular place in Mexico, the theme of all things Mexican cuisine is sure to have your mouth watering and gut yearning to sample some of the country’s classic recipes.
A comedic spy novel may not be the first genre that springs to mind when considering stories that inspire travel, but Graham Greene’s iconic Our Man in Havana provides a vivid picture of Cuba’s capital and the lifestyle that went with it during the 1950s. Following the story of vacuum salesman James Wormold, who is erroneously hired as a spy by MI6 during the Cold War. Exploiting the foolish British agents to make some money, Wormold creates a fictional spy network to keep him in their employment, leading to a muddled game of cat and mouse.
Despite being published in 1958, the Havana that Greene describes remains very much the same to this very day, with many of the locations mentioned still very much intact. Whilst comedic, the novel does create a sense of unease under the surface that existed during the era and helps one gain some perspective on not only the physical makeup of Havana but also the history that has seen it become the city that it is today. Those that truly enjoy the book can even visit some of the traditional bars described by Greene as they wander the colourful, crumbling streets of the capital.
Set a short distance to the south of Mexico City in the colonial city of Cuernavaca, Malcolm Lowry’s novel follows the story of British consul Geoffrey Firmin during the country’s Day of the Dead festival. Starting a year after the main events of Firmin’s story, the book look’s back on a 24 hour period during the festivities. As the protagonist drinks himself into ruin, the reader is introduced to a number of quintessentially Mexican traditions and cultural traits, creating an enticing backdrop in front of which the tale unfolds.
Lowry perfectly captures the passionate history and culture of Mexico that makes it so alluring. As the protagonist’s emotional story unfolds, the author creates an undeniably Mexican atmosphere that is not only a relatively unique environment for such a tale but also perfectly captures the energy of Mexico through its most famous celebration. The Day of the Dead festivities ensure an explosive array of Mexican cultural traits to feed the reader’s adventurous curiosity.
The expertly written memoirs of author Karen Blixen, a Danish woman who moved to Kenya in the early 20th century to help run a coffee farm with her husband. Written in no particular chronological order, the novel follows Blixen’s memories and experiences with the variety of local peoples that worked on her farm as well as the stunning surrounding landscapes and the incredible animals that call it home. Blixen learns about the local culture and customs as her personal life entwines with the nation that she called home.
Blixen’s writing is beautiful and portrays an image of colonial Kenya, or British East Africa, that is at once poetic and pragmatic. Elements of the book have not aged well, namely the terms used in reference to characters’ races and Blixen’s hunting of local wildlife, but her zealous portrayal of the country always shines through. Her love for the country and its people is blatant and her untamed passion for all things Africa proves infectious to any that choose to delve into her story.
Long Walk to Freedom, Nelson Mandela (South Africa)
Written by the most iconic figure in the history of South Africa, Long Walk to Freedom is a vitally important piece of the nation’s literature. An essential read for anyone wishing to truly understand the controversial history and cultural nuances that have shaped modern day South Africa, Mandela’s autobiography follows his journey from freedom fighter to his years in prison to his role in the creation of a new, democratic nation.
Beginning with his traditional Xhosa childhood spent in the village of Mveso, the book develops into a firsthand story of the terrible period of South African apartheid from the viewpoint of one of its most vital characters. Long Walk to Freedom offers an insight into the indigenous cultures of South Africa and how they were ravaged by apartheid. The book sheds light on a vital piece of the South African puzzle and is a testament to the stoic resilience of South Africa’s people.
More so a testament to the famous wild inhabitants of Rwanda than to the nation itself, Diane Fossey’s Gorillas in the Mist is a memoir chronicling her 25 years spent amongst the gorilla population in Rwanda. The book derives from Fossey’s unparalleled research into the local mountain gorilla community and how it sparked her spirited anti-poaching stance. Her work in preventing poaching in Rwanda would eventually lead to her brutal and mysterious death.
A narrative about the family that she studied, the book is a fascinating look at the workings of the gorillas’ social lives and the undeniable parallels between them and our own species. The story chronicles both moments of gleeful joy and desperate sadness, with each moment adding layers to the creatures’ individual personalities. Reading Fossey’s story is sure to inspire a yearning to visit these fascinating relatives of ours, observing them interacting with one another in their natural habitat.
Gregory David Roberts’ true story of life in the slums of Mumbai, India, is a fascinating adventure in a world completely foreign to his own. Having escaped from prison in his native Australia, Roberts finds himself in the thick of the slum community, bombarded with the alien culture that makes India such a remarkable country. Adopting the local ways of life as his own, he embarks on a journey of grand adventure and self discovery.
Extremely popular amongst the travelling community, both those venturing to India and those with a penchant for all things travel, the book is an inspirational tale of true exploration in a foreign land. Roberts’ story can appear overzealous at times, but his descriptions of India and the people that call it home brings the country to life. Shantaram is a story that will inspire a yearning for genuine adventure and immersion into a new culture in all who read it.
There is much irony in the fact that Alex Garland’s cult classic has become a literary staple for those passionate about travel. The novel follows Richard, a backpacker from the UK who discovers a secluded and seemingly utopian society of travellers on an undiscovered beach during his travels to Thailand. As the group faces internal conflict and a false veil is slowly peeled back to reveal its ugly underbelly, the beach loses its mysterious allure and paradise spirals into chaos in a Lord of the Flies style twist of events.
Garland’s novel is in fact a criticism of the increasingly superficial nature of Thailand’s tourism industry at the time of writing, but his tale of discovering a hidden slice of paradise has inspired travellers for years. Garland’s writing transports the reader to white sand, jungle fringed, turquoise watered beaches that exist only in dreams. The notion of escaping the mundanity of everyday life and discovering a place of pure paradise is a thought that is sure to appeal to all who are craving the thrill of dropping it all and exploring all corners of our planet.
A Dragon Apparent, Norman Lewis (Indochina)
Norman Lewis’ A Dragon Apparent gives fascinating insight into a vitally important era of history in what was French Indochina. Telling the story of his travels through modern day Laos, Vietnam and Cambodia, Lewis portrays a region of Asia in a period of great change prior to the devastating effects of the Vietnam War. His story brilliantly explores the intricacies of these countries and their people, which have made them such a desirable destination in recent decades.
Lewis meets a region and its peoples, from kings and emperors to farmers and guerrilla fighters, in turn presenting the wide scope of Southeast Asian society from the viewpoint of an outsider. There is an ominous feeling resonating throughout the book due to the upcoming devastation that the reader knows is lying around the corner. However, the author’s detailed accounts of the region and its people are sure to inspire feelings of wanderlust as he takes the reader on a journey through a region rife with historical and cultural significance.
A true tour de force and one of the more substantial novels to ever have existed, Tolstoy’s masterpiece of Russian literature is as spectacular as it is sizeable. Following the lives of a number of aristocratic Russian families during the 19th century, Tolstoy creates a perfectly intertwined collection of narratives that depict the nation at its most regal and glamorous. From grandiose ballroom celebrations to the gritty conflict on the frontline of the war, this epic is deemed one of the best fictional portrayals of Russian history that can still be experienced to this day.
Whilst War and Peace may seem a daunting read – spanning over 1000 pages in total – the intricate artistic detail of Tolstoy’s writing makes it all the more worth reading. The depth of each and every character and their interactions both with each other and their lavish environment brings this fascinating period of history to life. Many of Moscow and St Petersburg’s iconic buildings mentioned in the novel still stand along their historic streets and canals, bringing one of Russia’s most famous stories alive in the current day.
The story of Bill Bryson’s travels across Europe in 1990, beginning in Norway and slowly making his way through the likes of Italy, Switzerland and Bulgaria before finishing in Turkey. Amongst his experiences between the two are robberies in Italy, avoiding ordering tripe in Germany and browsing the continent’s red light districts. As with all of his travel stories, Bryson’s book is full of laugh out loud humour as he humorously dissects the quirks and characteristics of the multiple cultures that he encounters.
The lighthearted writing of Bryson makes this book an easy read whose upbeat tones are sure to lift your spirits and have readers dreaming of observing the Northern Lights in Norway or wandering the quaint alleyways of central Paris. A wonderful antithesis to the likes of dense Russian literature or sombre tales of Europe at war, Bryson’s tongue in cheek novel will keep your spirits high as it inspires the traveller inside you.
Whilst the book is not set entirely within Egypt it is the very driving force behind the journey of Santiago, the novel’s protagonist. A humble shepherd boy living in the Andalusian region of Spain, Santiago has a recurring dream which he believes to be a prophetic insinuation that he will discover treasure underneath the Egyptian pyramids. An eloquently written piece that sees Santiago face some of the greater questions in life, its primary focus is on his journey, both metaphorical and literal.
More of a tale to appreciate for the questions it poses rather than the physical locations in which it is set, the beauty of The Alchemist lies in its characters and their interactions with each other. However, Coelho does portray the Mediterranean and North Africa in a beautiful light, adding another layer of wonder to the tale. Following Santiago on his quest sees him encounter kings, tribesmen and his one true love, as he discovers the workings of his very soul.
A tale of pioneering exploration in the face of genuine danger, Arabian Sands is Sir Wilfred Thesiger’s true story of his five years spent in the deserts of the Middle East. One of the greatest explorers of his time, Thesiger visited regions that had never before been seen by westerners. Battling sweltering heat and at times unbearable thirst and hunger to reach his goal, Thesiger sheds light on the formerly undiscovered nomadic tribes that have thrived in such lands for millennia.
The author’s journey through the seemingly inhospitable land amongst those who call it home pays homage to their incredible way of life. Amongst the people with whom he integrates are the Bedouin, a community still living in the deserts of Jordan to this day. The story of his life in the sands portrays the spectacular environment of the Middle East in great detail but the true beauty comes from those who are only too happy to show him a way of life that is foreign to the vast majority of the planet. Published in 1959, the legendary hospitality referred to by Thesiger is something that is still experienced in the modern day.
South is a first hand account of the incredible true story of Sir Ernest Shackleton’s journey to Antarctica during the Heroic Age of Antarctic Exploration. With the original intention of crossing the frozen continent, Shackleton and his men had to abandon their ship and endure the hardships of Antarctica for over 2 years. The crew, made up of 28 men, was eventually rescued thanks to the valiant efforts of Shackleton in what is considered one of the greatest examples of great leadership in the history of mankind.
Beyond the incredibly inspiring story of endurance and survival, the book goes into intricate detail about Antarctica – the final frontier in an age of epic expeditions to every corner of the globe. His descriptions perfectly encapsulate the serene white expanse that he deems as dangerous as it is beautiful. To this day, Antarctica remains largely unexplored, making its frozen landscape almost totally unspoiled by human influence. Given his three expeditions to the planet’s southernmost continent, not many can claim to know the southern ends of the earth quite like Shackleton and this relationship with Antarctica shows through in South.
Visit Tucan Travel to start planning your next adventure.
This week Tucan Travel is turning 33 years old! It’s hard to believe that back in 1987, when a few eager overland travellers decided to start their own company, that we would be where we are today. 2020 hasn’t gone as we all hoped so far, but we look back on our travel memories with such gratitude during this difficult time. And while the world recovers, we want to remember how fantastic travelling is, from helping communities around the globe to educating ourselves on cultures and traditions from far and wide. We firmly believe that the travel industry is here to stay, and that after this crisis is over our world will continue to explore with even more compassion, gratitude and community spirit than ever before. In light of reaching this milestone, we wanted to look back on some of our travellers’ fondest memories from their adventures around the world with Tucan Travel. Thank you to everyone who submitted a story to us, each and every one was a pleasure to read and we can’t wait to continue making more memories in the future.
In no order, we have compiled our top ten stories below from Tucan Travellers.
Lorraine from the Philippines travelled to South America:
September 2013 was when I hopped on my first ever solo travel outside Asia – on the Tango & Samba Tour. I was offered free round-trip air tickets to Brazil after the airline in one of my business trips had to bump me off my seat due to overbooking. Amidst my parents and seniors advice not to go – I was young and a woman, and everyone feared I would get in trouble flying so far from home, I went with it. Not that I wasn’t scared, but my eagerness to face my fear and excitement to explore the world were just overwhelming, no one could stop me. I was so lucky that in the tour were five other solo travellers like me, from different parts of the world – two British, a Swiss, a Lebanese, and a Malaysian. Guided by a young and fun Peruvian lady, the seven of us just had a crazy and unforgettable 2 weeks in Brazil, Argentina, and Uruguay. The thing with solo travellers, individually, you travel with fears in your heart – fear that the trip might go wrong, and fear that you may not make new friends – but since all of us carried the same fear, we ended up ensuring we will take care of each other. We had drinks under the Parati night sky after a surreal beach getaway wondering which cottage did Bella and Edward of Twilight have their honeymoon. We got speechless at the magnificence of Iguazu Falls then got wet on a boat ride thereafter. We had a quiet afternoon spa in Salto then splurged on some leather in Montevideo. We were stuffed with meat and lots of food we couldn’t even pronounce their names throughout the trip. It was such a memorable two weeks that by the end of it, we cried as we said our goodbyes, knowing that it could be our last seeing each other.
But it wasn’t. Two of the five fellow travellers are now my very good friends. I was fortunate enough to get a scholarship in the UK a year later, which gave me and one of the British travellers, Mark, an opportunity to reconnect. He showed me his homeland and even joined me during my graduation celebration with my family. The Swiss lady, Nadine, who was my closest back then (we were often roommates whilst in South America), is a special one. We continued to meet across the world – I visited her in Zurich, she popped in Durham, we met in Riga, and a year ago, she and Mark were some of my special guests at my wedding in the Philippines. And right now, Nadine and I are planning on meeting again in Spain (cross-fingers the plans will not be ruined by the corona virus hiccups).
Who would have thought that me, once a young and fragile Filipina, amidst all the fears and doubts, is now at the forefront of promoting travelling amongst her peers – to be brave and be open. Who would have thought that by simply saying yes to be bumped off my seat could bring me beyond my original destination.. Who would have thought that despite the world being massive, one could find good friends, despite the distance, despite the time. Who would have thought these little things, although little, can change my life.
I’d been planning my gorilla trek for years and finally I was going. But then, an illness dashed my dream. Six months later, I was back better but in need of reconditioning. Determined to live my dream of visiting the silverback and his band, I began a rigorous training program to regain my strength. Exercise classes, physiotherapy and 5km walks. Once on tour, I realised I wasn’t quite ready yet for the trek and didn’t want to hold back the group. I went to tell Arthur, our Tucan tour guide but he was adamant that I couldn’t miss this once in a lifetime opportunity. And that’s when the jungle helicopter came up. What you ask? It’s a sturdy sedan chair carried by four porters, to ferry clients with disabilities up into the jungle. Hurray, I was going to live my dream, and did I ever, and more. My porters did a fantastic job of ferrying me through the forest behind the guides who cleared the trail with machetes. The porters stopped, my guide said he had a surprise for me; I was within a few meters of the band of gorillas, within moments of living my dream. The guide took my hand and led me silently towards the silverback; the rush, the excitement of being there & watching the juveniles playing on the reclined silverback, the curious babies clutched to their mothers. Moments indelibly etched to memory, initial disappointment turned to delight.
I don’t have much of a story… I have many! I have done countless trips with Tucan, they are my go to travel group of choice. I have been on overland trips to Central America, South America and my latest trip with them was the Balkans…all of the trips have been amazing in all different ways. On one trip we sipped cocktails from the penthouse bar in Sao Paulo, I caught a piranha in the amazon river and then ate it… not good tucks, but I caught a piranha! That is nearly how good it gets.. but my last trip to the Balkans – Dubrovnik to Dubrovnik was a travelling life highlight.. the scenery was amazing.. food was ok.. the towns were nearly all ancient with a story behind every one.. I have met strange people that are now my friends from afar. My greatest memory from my last tour was meeting new people as we boarded a train to somewhere gorgeous, one of the ladies didn’t drink, however I had secured a mini flask of plum liquor, on the train she drank a bit and was drunk…we let her enjoy her ride as we watched the gorgeous scenery flashed in front of us. I would recommend Tucan to any traveller wanting to get closer to the skin of a place.. it does and I will pretty much only travel again with Tucan.. always, on my terms.. but with Tucan Travel.
Nicholas from Canada travelled to Europe and the Middle East:
Me and a few tour members decided to take a bus to an impromptu trip to a remote Greek village in Turkey. On our way there a guy boarded the bus with his chicken. The landscape was stunning and we were the only tourists around. This wonderful first experience gave me confidence I needed to go off the beaten path. On my way to the top of Mount Nemrut in Turkey a group of locals gathered to dance and play local music for us to introduce us to their local culture. It was totally impromptu and our tour leader was just as marvelled as we were. A few miles from the border between Turkey and Syria we stopped at a gas station. While I was sitting on a wall looking at almond trees a few kids came towards me with their mom to show me how to crack the green shell with a rock. The flavor of fresh almonds was awesome. I then travelled to Syria (before the war). I got lost in old Damascus and a shop owner closed his store for about an hour to help me find my hotel. I was embarrassed for causing him such an inconvenience and I offered him a tip but he kindly refused saying that instead he would like me to tell the world about his country because he would like to see more tourists. In Amman, a girl on the tour had a local friend and he drove us around the city to show us a new mosque. While he was parking his car we heard several explosions… There were cannons to celebrate the beginning of Ramadan. In Petra two boys offered to guide us around the site but although we declined politely we still enjoyed a conversation with them around a fire camp and they offered us some mint tea. After that they offered to introduce us to other relatives. We had a unique experience for the whole day with them and when I offered to give them some money at the end of the day they declined in the name of friendship. In Egypt I had a discussion with a shop keeper but we could only use hand gestures to communicate because of the language barrier. Later that day as he was closing his shop he saw me walking across the street and he invited me to have dinner at his table for a banquet on a long table they dressed in the street. I was their special guest for that night. So much kindness and great food. Later we boarded a traditional boat for a cruise down the Nile river. We stopped on the river bank for lunch and a swim. A few local boys were playing with a ball and we drew lines on the sand to organise an impromptu soccer match. A dog approached us and started playing soccer with us too.After that tour I realised how much I love to travel not only to see the world but also to experience genuine experiences with the locals.
Turkey
(Update: Winning Entry!) Jennifer from Canada travelled to Sri Lanka:
I have travelled several times with Tucan Travel and enjoyed all the trips but this was a special one!
“You don’t have to dream it all — just live a day.” ~ Save a Prayer
Travel and music inspire each other, and that was the case for me back in 1982. This was a time when music videos became art, almost mini-movies, telling a story, and the ones which left the greatest impression on me were filmed by Duran Duran in Sri Lanka. Duran Duran chose Sri Lanka after one of their managers, Paul Berrow, vacationed there and loved it. Russell Mulcahy was hired to direct. All three videos are beautiful! Many scenes in the “Save A Prayer” video are shot on the beach near Galle, and they visit an elephant orphanage. Also, the band is seen at a number of temples and statues. I found out these were filmed in Polonnaruwa. However, what was most impressive is a helicopter shot of them standing atop a giant rock with some ruins. It was Sigiriya, the remains of a royal palace built in the 5th century. I was completely blown away by the views, and the obvious special-ness of this place! Could I ever go there? It was so far from my home country of Canada, how could it be possible? I was 15 years old and I promised myself that one day I would! Over the years, I have been to many countries, but Sri Lanka was always burning in my mind. I kept imagining how wonderful it would be.
When the timing worked out, I looked for a tour which would visit all of the places I had seen, and Tucan had the best itinerary. Our guide was amazing and we learned a lot from him. Besides the history, culture, archaeological sites and temples, there was even more to experience with UNESCO sites, several incredible hikes and views, and even being lucky enough spotting a leopard in Yala National Park! Every day had a fantastic highlight to enjoy!
My goal was to see this beautiful country, but ultimately, get to the highest point on Sigiriya. I was thrilled to climb to the top…the inspiration which had begun the journey.
36 years later, in February 2018, I had finally, finally made it thanks to Tucan!
We first travelled with Tucan in 2010 as part of a longer trip to western China and central Asia. To fill out the independent bits of our proposed three month trip I googled trips to Mongolia and up popped Tucan Travel. We had never travelled with Tucan before but we’re so glad we did. We spent 15 days travelling the Mongolian countryside in a Russian van with just one other guest over what was essentially dirt tracks (no asphalted roads there at that time) and what an amazing adventure we had! We stayed in traditional gers with local nomadic families with long drop toilets and no water to bathe. Rough, yes, but what an experience. Sadly, Tucan no longer offers trips through Mongolia except for the Trans Siberian journey (such a shame), but what an introduction to the world of small group trips with Tucan. On the same trip we were also looking for travel in Japan. With the inducement of a 5% discount on a second trip we also booked a 15 day trip to Japan. We were fortunate enough to get a Japanese speaking British born tour leader who made the trip very seamless. Five minutes to transfer between trains with 20kg backpacks, no problem. We travelled from Tokyo to Takayama, Kyoto, Nagasaki, Yufuin, Hiroshima and Mt Fuji area before heading back to Tokyo on the shinkansens. We achieved in two weeks what would have taken us four weeks (on our own) because we did not suffer with the lack of local language. Such a stunning destination and one we would like to return to.
In 2012, we decided to do a trip to Eastern Europe and with some trepidation decided on what was called the Eastern European Adventure. We were a bit unsure about spending 56 days in a small group starting in Moscow, travelling through the Baltics, Central Europe and a month doing the Balkan loop to Budapest before heading to Romania and eventually finishing in Istanbul. Much to our delight the group kept changing every 14 days or so and the trip was so enjoyable. We started on 1 March and the snow was still thick on the ground in Moscow and the Baltics but it was so spectacular. The upside to the cool start was also that there were fewer tourists around. The public bus trips and train travel between cities was a definite highlight. It was wonderful watching the countryside roll by even on the particularly long stretches of travel between Bucharest and Istanbul. The countryside was ever-changing. We loved the Balkans particularly Bosnia and Herzegovina, Croatia, Macedonia, Bulgaria and Serbia. In Lake Ohrid, we made an unforgettable day long optional boat trip with an indomitable Macedonian sailor who plied us with raki at 8.30 in the morning. He was such a character, an old salt with missing front teeth, all wild hair and no English but intent on creating a memorable day on that beautiful lake. His boat was a simple wooden one, with a very small motor that pottered up the 30 miles or so of the lake, with no life vests provided. Of the 5-6 guests on board, one was from the Tucan office, checking on the standard of the local operations. WHS concerns were expressed and I’m sure life vests would have been provided for future optionals!
In 2014, we embarked on a 40+ day Central American odyssey, (on the back of a month touring the west coast USA national parks with a hire car) again with Tucan. We had an amazing guide, Linda, an expat (fluent in Spanish) Australian living in Ecuador. Travelling from Antigua, Guatemala, we looped into Belize, the Yucatan in Mexico, through Merida and Palenque before finally heading back to Antigua for the Easter parades. What amazing experiences we had there. Swimming in cenotes in the Yucatan, exploring Mayan ruins, and in Belize, two experiences there in particular: the Actun Tunichil Muknal (locally referred to as the “ATM”) Cave near San Ignacio and swimming and snorkelling with turtles, stingrays and sharks on a full day sailing experience off Caye Caulker. Loved the Caribbean experience! We then headed through Honduras to the ruins of Copan (amazing) and snorkelling off the beach in Roatan Island, Nicaragua (Leon and Granada are beautiful cities) with its dry volcanic landscape and beautiful Lake Ometepe, a Costa Rican national park and wildlife odyssey complete with very cute but alien looking sloths, before heading off to Panama. The highlights were many and varied: Mayan temples and ceremonial sites, thick jungles, lots of wildlife, snorkelling in crystal clear waters, volcanoes, chicken buses, border crossings across bridges that should have been demolished decades ago and even being awoken by an earthquake at midnight! The earth beneath us really did move that night.
In 2016 we did a four week trip to South America and again we chose Tucan. So many highlights but not limited to beautiful Bolivia, Uyuni salt flats, magical Machu Picchu and other Inca ruins, Cuzco, the Pantanal, Rio, Iguazu Falls and beautiful Buenos Aires. A highlight was the flight over Iguazu Falls, and strangely, the bird sanctuary. Ditto the underground mine tour in Potosi. And the few days spent on the Uyuni salt flats was unforgettable. I could go on…
In August 2017 we travelled with Tucan (again!) on the Mara to the Falls trip. What an adventure travelling on the yellow truck from Nairobi, through Kenya, Tanzania, South Africa, Swaziland, Zimbabwe and Zambia. We loved the time spent in the Maasai Mara and Serengeti and our encounters with the wildlife there. While watching lions about to make a kill was enthralling the real stars of the show, to my mind, are the catwalk model giraffes and the elephants. We particularly enjoyed the rhino walking safari in Metabo – it was exciting being so up close and personal with these magnificent animals and their offspring. That also leads to the unforgettable night while we were camping on the rim of Ngorongoro Crater when an elephant decided to gate crash the camp causing a flurry of excitement and concern for personal safety at the same time!
I have made a number of friends from all over the world during these travels and still keep in touch with them via email and social media. Some have stayed with us when visiting Australia and we have similarly caught up with them when we have travelled to their part of the world. In effect we have expanded our family and friends via these experiences.
We have travelled with other small group operators but Tucan seems to offer better experiences with tour leaders, accommodation and tours with more authenticity. It also consistently offers good value. We have really enjoyed our travels with Tucan over the last 10 years.
So I was in Morocco a couple of weeks ago and we were doing a camel trek in the Sahara desert. We went out into the dunes to watch the sunset. When we were getting back on the camels to head back to camp, I had just got on my camel and it was about to stand up when the camel behind mine decided to try to mount my camel. So I had to quickly jump off the camel, in the process my pants caught on the metal bar at the front of the saddle and ripped right down the middle. So ended up being a very dramatic exit from the camel, as I had jumped forward off the saddle (the camel behind was pushing me forward, so didn’t really have a choice) and then rolled in the sand, as I didn’t really want to get squashed by a camel.
In October 2014, I’d been made redundant from a 10 year role in a finance company, and found myself free of any commitments. No job, no partner, nor pets or children to consider, NOW was my time to travel to all the countries I’d not yet been to, but always wanted to explore. So I spent 2 months mapping out & planning my solo, follow the sun, round the world adventure & 40th birthday present to myself. ? This was a massive undertaking, as I also battle a chronic skin disease, and was advised by my specialists that I’d have to come off all the medications (which manage the severity of flare ups) for the duration, as I wouldn’t be able to have regular blood tests whilst travelling, which monitor whether my liver & kidneys are tolerating the drugs. I took all this into consideration, however when was I ever going to be in this position again, of having the freedom & flexibility to experience all of my bucket list destinations across 4 continents, following summer for 7 months. I began booking flights, tours, accommodation & transfers in some of the countries I was going to explore. I learned very quickly that a lot of countries won’t allow you to enter, unless you have an exit date, and flight booked to leave! My first destination was Brazil, South America, where I fell in love with the culture, people & food. Experiencing Iguazu falls from both the Argentinian & Brazilian aspects, and taking a jet boat road into & under the roaring waterfalls, was one of the most exhilarating parts of this trip! Next country to explore was Bolivia, with the Uyuni Salt Flats being the standout highlight. The amazing mirror image of the surrounding mountains and sky, reflected on the shallow water covered salt flats, stretching as far as the eye could see, simply magical, and made for many clever photo opportunities too. Sucre was a particularly cute town, but was also my first personal experience of altitude sickness!
Peru managed to step up my absolute bewilderment with the beautiful scenery, townships, culture & architecture. Machu Picchu was an exhilarating, out of this world, highlight for me, an ethereal experience never to be forgotten. Having explored only three countries in South America, it’s my absolute dream to return & Columbia is top of my wish list.
We recently enjoyed the “Vietnam Experience” with Tucan Travel journeying from Hanoi down through Hue, Hoi An, Nha Trang and then finally Ho Chi Minh. It was a great experience! The trip was very varied, interesting and made even more enjoyable by the 6 other guests and our Tour Leader, Jeff. We stayed a couple of days in each place enjoying local hotel accommodation.
The day after arriving in Ho Chi Minh we departed for a 2 day-trip along the Mekong Delta including an overnight stop in a Homestay with a Vietnamese family. After a few hours minibus drive we arrived on the Mekong to be met by our local guide called “Dow”. After boarding a boat we travelled up the river enjoying the scenery and observing all the people as they went about their daily lives. Dow was an excellent tour guide; we stopped a couple of times to visit local industries and for lunch. As the end of the day grew closer, Jeff informed us that we would be soon be reaching our Homestay – he couldn’t tell us what the accommodation would be like as it varied from place to place and could be a dormitory, shared bathrooms, or an en-suite all to ourselves. We all waited expectantly to arrive and find out what laid in store.
As we drew up alongside the river bank, Dow jumped off and disappeared for a few minutes. She came back and excitedly explained that we had arrived early and could watch a musical show if we were all interested. We collectively agreed and were privileged to enjoy a male and female actor performing a musical play about 2 farm workers falling in love, accompanied by musicians playing their unique string instruments. It was a really enjoyable experience and an unexpected surprise.
The Homestay visit turned out to be even more of an unexpected and welcome surprise; we were met by the host family comprising the parents, their children, and young grand-child. The accommodation was fantastic with each having an en-suite room with four-poster bed and mosquito nets. In the evening we were all invited to a cookery class where we made local pancakes, spring rolls and fresh salad before sitting down with the family to eat them before all tucking-in to a very tasty local grilled fish. We awake in the morning to the sound of the boats travelling up the river and a beautiful sunset over the Mekong Delta. The enthusiasm of Dow, the genuine warmth of the host family, and the excellent Homestay facilities all made a perfect end to our fantastic holiday!
My tour companions and our Tour Leader Amara set out early on a very wet morning following a couple of days of heavy rain, from our hotel to visit the Nine Arch Bridge Ella ,Sri Lanka. At the top of our road from our hotel we were joined by a stray dog. He was friendly and seemed to be directing us to where we were going. Due to the wet conditions Amara had decided to go a different route than he normally would go and the dog walked with us. The going was slow for us as it was raining and very muddy and slippery, so we were all taking things steady. The dog was much more agile and stayed with us and waited when we got too far behind him. We all joked that he was the new Tucan tour leader of the group as he seemed to know where we were going and directing us there. When we arrived at the Nine Arch Bridge with about 10 minutes to spare before the scheduled train passed through. The dog sat patiently with us and after the train passed we all crossed over the bridge to take photographs with the dog by our side all the way. He continued to follow us as we made our way back across the bridge. About half way across he stopped and jumped up near a signpost 169 3/4 where he sat while we took photographs of him. The Sign post reminded us of Harry Potter 9 3/4 and he then just slipped away never to be seen by us again on the route back. His job was done, he had taken us to see Nine Arch Bridge and was no longer required.
The new Tour Leader!
Thank you to everyone who submitted their travel stories to us – each and every one was a pleasure to read and reminded us why travelling is such a fantastic privilege! Tucan Travel are taking future bookings and can’t wait to continue to help our customers make some memories of a lifetime.
The winner will be announced on Friday 27th March!
If 2020 has taught us anything it’s that no – we don’t have all the time in the world. The start of the new decade was like any other year – families parted ways after Christmas celebrations and travelled home, adventurers looked ahead to all their exciting holiday plans and many were busy assessing how many trips they could squeeze out of annual leave. Those with constant itchy feet looked back on 2019’s adventures and wondered what was next. Unfortunately, the universe had alternative plans and instead of snorkelling in Mexico, we were sent to the confinement of our own homes. But it’s not all doom and gloom! What this crisis has given us is time. Time to reflect on how privileged we are, time to assess our priorities and time to make plans for what will truly make us happy. And if you are anything like us – that’s travel! So if you have a bucket list of destinations waiting to be ticked off, scrapbooks of inspirational photos that you want to add too or an experience that you have been longing for – now is the time to start planning. We love big adventures, and we understand that part of the fun is planning for your trip of a lifetime! So whatever your taste, we have compiled some of our favourite destinations below that will get any dreamer hitting the book button.
For the keen hikers:
Explore the “End of the World”
There’s something incredibly wild and untamed about the wilderness of Patagonia. The ever-changing weather, the rugged mountainscapes, the roaming guanacos and the odd sneaky puma. The magical blue lakes nestled neatly in the peaks. The crashing glaciers showing first hand the globe’s constant movement and the wide-eyed spectators waiting eagerly to witness it. It’s everything you would expect from mother nature’s finest work and then some. Patagonia is the ultimate adventure for anyone who loves hiking, walking, photography, nature and wildlife.
The region spans the southern sections of both Chile and Argentina. Most adventurers will fly into Santiago before connecting to Punta Arenas, the capital city of the Magallanes province and gateway to Torres del Paine National Park. This is where some of the most exhilarating hikes in Patagonia await you, from the 4 day W-trek to the hike to the base of the towers.
In Argentina, experience a slice of the polar world as you witness the impressive Perito Moreno glacier in El Calafate. The huge mass of ice is the third largest reserve of freshwater in the world and spans 250 kilometres squared.
Torres del Paine National Park – Patagonia
Walk in the footsteps of the Incas
The challenge of walking the Inca Trail to reach Machu Picchu is a feat taken on by the most adventurous of travellers each year. The Incas were an organised civilisation who built many different networks and paths through the Andes called the Qhapaq Ñan. The most popular of these routes is now known as the Inca Trail. The three day trek passes some of the most incredible scenery in Peru, from ancient Inca ruins to verdant mountains and grazing llamas. Expect to throw yourself into the remote nature of the journey as you camp along points on the trail, saying goodbye to electricity and WI-FI and just enjoying the tranquillity of the Andes. Of course the jewel at the end of the journey – Machu Picchu – is what makes the whole adventure worth it. As you trek to the sun-gate in time for sunrise, see the mystical mountain appear before your eyes.
Machu Picchu – Peru
Hike to the Lost City
La Ciudad Perdida, or the Lost City, is a mystical experience you’ll never forget. Nestled in the Sierra Nevada de Santa Marta in Colombia, the trek offers some of the best views of the lush Colombian landscape as well as opportunities to interact with indigenous communities that live in the area. Far from the noise of Colombia’s boisterous cities, the journey to the Lost City is the perfect chance to disconnect and fully immerse yourself in the sounds of the jungle. The adventure takes place within Teyuna National Park, therefore it’s important to book with a registered travel company who can provide the permits and professional guides for your own safety. Overall the trip takes 4 days and is suitable for anyone with a decent fitness level – the hardest part is the final 1200 steps built by the Tayronas which you will need to ascend to reach the Lost City.
La Cuidad Perdida – Colombia
For the landscape lovers:
Sleep under the stars in Wadi Rum
Wadi Rum is a beautiful valley of sandstone and granite rocks located in southern Jordan. The landscape encompasses dusty hues of red, orange and brown formations as well as fascinating petroglyphs showing the work of humans who inhabited the area since prehistoric times. The arid and untamed scenery has been the setting of many desert films including the Star Wars franchise, The Martian and the 1962 classic, Lawrence of Arabia. Unique camping retreats are peppered throughout the desert and offer a fantastic experience of sleeping in the heart of it all. The remote location means no light pollution exists and looking up at the glimmering night sky you’ll see a fantastic array of colours and stars reaching far across the horizon.
Wadi Rum – Jordan
Visit the breathtaking Uyuni Salt Flats
Salar de Uyuni, also known as the Uyuni Salt Flats of Bolivia are an extraordinary experience that you won’t find elsewhere in the world. Reigning as the world’s largest salt flat, it encompasses over 4,000 square miles of salt crust which has formed over millions of years on what was once considered to be several prehistoric lakes. After a burst of rainfall, a thin layer of water rests on the open landscape creating what can only be described as a gigantic mirror. The seemingly infinite horizons create a magical atmosphere that can’t quite be imagined until you place yourself in the midst of the open landscape and look around at the vast space that surrounds you.
Uyuni Salt Flats – Bolivia
Admire the “out of this world” Valle de la Luna in Chile
If you’ve ever wanted to experience a different planet, the Valle de la Luna (Valley of the Moon) landscape in Chile might just be the closest thing. The unique area is located in the Atacama Desert, the driest place on earth where it’s thought that some areas have received no rainfall in hundreds of years! The landscape is a result of millions of years of unforgiving weather, creating unique sand and rock formations that have been artistically carved by the wind. The impressive canvas is somewhat similar to the surface of the moon, forming an otherworldly experience for those lucky enough to visit. In fact, a prototype for the Mars rover was tested on the terrain because of its incredibly dry and hostile environment.
On a clear day, with the vibrant blue sky looking over the orange and red hued rocks and sand dunes, you’ll momentarily forget which planet you are in fact on.
Do you dream of strolling through lush tropical jungles, with colourful parrots soaring above and monkeys swinging from branch to branch? Are you desperate to see sloths in the wild? Then Costa Rica is your perfect holiday destination. Costa Rica’s impressive efforts towards conservation and the environment go almost unrivalled, in fact the small country is home to around 5% of the entire world’s biodiversity. On top of this, 25% of the country’s land is protected in either national parks, forest reserves or biospheres. This provides a mecca for the wildlife that call Costa Rica home, and it’s wildly considered the best destination for guaranteed animal encounters year round. Highlights include zip-lining through the jungle, walking above the clouds on canopy walkways and cruising along rivers in search of the creatures that live here in abundance.
Not many places can compete with the islands that inspired Darwin’s Theory of Evolution. Located in the Pacific Ocean, just over 500 miles off the mainland coast of Ecuador, the Galapagos Islands are a treasure trove of fascinating wildlife and landscapes. Various endemic species call the islands home, including the blue-footed booby, Galapagos land iguana and the Galapagos tortoise. In fact tortoises are one of the most iconic animals to be found on the island – after all the islands were named after the impressive giant tortoises that roamed here. The most popular way to experience the Galapagos is by boat. Comfortable cabins and cruising overnight means that you can visit a new island each day and see the best of this very special corner of the world. Expect island walks to learn about the unusual terrain, witnessing an abundance of incredible animals and snorkelling in some of the most marine packed waters in the world.
An African safari is undoubtedly one of the best and most authentic experiences for animal lovers. The untamed and wild plains of Africa are home to some of the globe’s most impressive animals, including the Big Five – the lion, leopard, black rhino, elephant and cape buffalo. Only on the mother continent can you see lions prowl along the horizon in search of prey, elephants frolic on the shores of rivers and giraffes munch on treetops while overlooking the vast landscape. The beauty of a game drive in the wild is the unknown – will you see the start of the Great Migration as the first wildebeest make the dramatic journey across the river? Or will you watch as lurking crocodiles wait to attempt the take down of crossing mammals over twice their size. The wilds of Africa are unforgiving, sometimes saddening and other times fascinating. But one thing’s for sure – you’ll never forget your first safari.
The wild mountain gorillas of Uganda roam freely amongst the thick foliage of Bwindi Impenetrable Forest, and getting to see them peacefully in their home really is a once in a lifetime experience. Around 400 gorillas live in the forest, which makes up for just under half of the world’s population. Thanks to recent conservation efforts, the WWF has announced the numbers of gorillas in the wild has increased to around 1000. Walking through Bwindi Impenetrable Forest is part of the adventure itself, with the park housing some 120 species of mammals, over 300 species of birds and around 200 species of butterflies. Keep your eyes and ears peeled and you never know what fantastic wildlife encounter you’ll come across. The walk to see the gorillas can take another from one to eight hours. Local trackers will pinpoint the last known location of the gorillas and use their unique skills to reach their current location, however due to the movement of the animals this can take quite some time. It’s hard to describe the sense of awe that rushes through you as you first set your eyes on these magnificent beasts.
Gorillas in Bwindi Impenetrable Forest – Uganda
Stay tuned for part 2 where we reveal the best destinations for culture buffs, foodies and island lovers!
Are you wondering what are the best places to go in November?
We’re passionate about adventure travel and with 33 years of experience in this niche industry, we understand that this travel style is different from your relaxing-by-the-hotel-pool holiday. The best time to embark on your adventure holiday may differ from the common perception of “go when it’s the hottest and driest”.
That’s why we’ve put together our very own travel calendar, so you can find out where we recommend going each month of the year. Enjoy and get inspired by our best places to go in November.
It’s no secret that India is hot in summer. While it may be a paradise for people who are looking to relax on one of the idyllic beaches or jungle resorts, if you’re the curious type who likes to explore and travel around, cooler temperatures can go a long way to making the experience.
The Taj Mahal is an all year round destination and you’ll find it impossible to pinpoint a time when you can have this wonder of the world to yourself. However, you can opt for weather that will bring out the best in the architectural masterpiece. The Taj Mahal is one of the best places to visit in November as temperatures from the summer months (they can be as high as 40-45 degrees Celsius) are coming down to an enjoyable 25-30 Celsius degrees. If you’re lucky you can catch the building surrounded by mist towards the end of the month.
Get spiritual on our 14-day tour of India and enjoy a guided tour of the Taj Mahal, visit Jaipur in Rajasthan and experience an overnight train from Varanasi to Delhi.
November marks the transition from wet to dry season, with beautifully clear skies, and temperatures as high as 25-29 degrees Celsius slowly taking over this paradisiac island. The high season starts in December, so make sure you head here in late November to take advantage of the beautiful weather and fewer crowds.
Join our 8-day tour of Belize & Guatemala for the best of both worlds! Enjoy a couple of days on the beach before heading out to explore ancient temples and learn all about new cultures.
While Northern Thailand is an all year round destination, visiting this part of the world comes with pros and cons no matter what season you choose. At the end of the day, the best time to travel comes down to the nature of your trip and your own preferences. However, as you’ve landed on our website, we’re assuming you love exploration and adventure travel just like us. For that travel style, Northern Thailand is one of the best places to go in November.
November marks the end of the rainy season which runs from June all the way through to October. That means you can enjoy green landscapes with very little rain; and yet temperatures are remaining at a comfortable 25-30 degrees Celsius on average, which makes it perfect for discovering the cities and countryside alike in November.
Chile claims the prize for the second longest country (north to south) on the globe. That’s right, second longest, many people don’t realise that Brazil beats Chile by nearly 100km.
With the extreme changes in climate from north to south, it can be difficult to pinpoint the best time to visit Chile, but we might have found the answer. Spring brings calmer and warmer days to the southern part of Chile, known as Patagonia. Therefore, it’s one of the best places to visit in November. In addition, temperatures in Northern Chile, like the Atacama Desert, are climbing just above 20 degrees Celsius. You’ll probably catch a few raindrops in Santiago, though you needn’t worry about rain in the Atacama Desert, it’s known as the driest desert on earth – some weather stations in the region have never even recorded rain.
Myanmar is sharing their eastern border with Thailand and therefore experiences the same end to the wet season in November. The Burmese consider the temperatures in November “cool”, although for many people across the globe, the mere thought of 25-30 degrees Celsius would break them into a sweat. Comfortable temperatures and little rain make Myanmar one of the best places to visit in November.
Discover the highlights of Myanmar in only 9 days. From the Shan mountain train journey and a bike tour through Bagan to a visit to an elephant conservation centre and traditional local lunches, you won’t find yourself bored.
Top tip: Want to do more of Southeast Asia? You can easily add another Southeast Asia tour to your Burmese adventure. Browse our Asia tours here.
As Cambodia is part of the Southeast Asia cluster, it’s no surprise that November is also a good time to visit this country. Although the weather can vary slightly within this big country, November is one of the few months where you’re most likely to catch pleasant weather across the board.
The rainy season is coming to an end and exceptionally clear blue skies usually conquer Cambodia by the second half of the month. Although you’re likely to catch a bit of rain in the first couple of weeks of November, when you’re exploring temples and cities in the heat, you’ll welcome a cooling rain shower.
We’re sure you’ve seen many movies set in ancient Egypt, and while the pyramids and scenery look absolutely mesmerising, the images also make you associate the country with unbearable heat and dry desert. In short, the thought of Egypt, as beautiful as it may be, makes you want to grab a glass of ice-cold water and a fan. But fear not, while it’s true that the summers are exceptionally hot, winter in Egypt can be very chilly. That’s why we think Egypt is one of the best places to go in November! Temperatures in Cairo usually fluctuate between 20-25 degrees Celsius during the day. Although the nights aren’t too chilly yet, you should come prepared and bring a jumper for evenings just in case!
Most people who want to visit Costa Rica are all about wildlife watching, adventurous activities and appreciating the country’s raw nature. When you research the best time to visit Costa Rica, you may notice that the travel season officially doesn’t start until December and that’s exactly why mid to end of November is the perfect time to visit.
You’re likely to catch a few rain showers from the end of the wet season, but especially in tourist-heavy destinations like Manuel Antonio, you’ll have breath-taking outlook points, beaches and trails nearly all to yourself, as well as temperatures around 20-25 degrees Celsius are perfect for adventurous outdoor activities. If you don’t mind some rain and are mainly after outdoor activities and wildlife watching rather than sunbathing, November is the best month to go, ahead of the peak-season in December. When you’re packing your bag, bear in mind that temperatures in places at altitude, like Santa Elena, will be slightly lower.
Embrace the country’s way of life “Pura Vida” and live in tune with nature for a couple of weeks on our Costa Rica Encompassed tour.
9. Hong Kong
Hong Kong is one of the best places to visit in November, during their autumn, when temperatures are coming down to 20-25 degrees Celsius after the hot summer months. It’s the perfect weather to explore everything Hong Kong has to offer, from the bustling streets in the centre to tranquil trails and viewpoints just outside the city.
Similar to its neighbours Thailand, Cambodia and Myanmar, Laos is one of the best places to go in November, when there’s little rainfall and comfortable temperatures which are ideal for exploring.
Anna is on the marketing team at Tucan Travel. From a young age Anna has travelled solo and on group tours through Europe, Africa, the Americas and Asia. You can find her on LinkedIn here.
We hope you are still full of inspiration and wanderlust for your next adventure – after all planning is all part of the fun. We started off our dream trips to plan for the future – part 1here. Now one of the history lovers, foodies and island worshippers – where’s your dream destination?
The souks in Morocco will instantly transport you to another world where colour and exotic aromas reign. Situated in North Africa, Morocco is a captivating country where centuries of history and tradition can still be felt. Visit cultural highlights such as the Koutoubia, a 12th century mosque and garden, or marvel at the Bahia Palace – an ornate 19th century palace complex. And for those who love design? Head to the stunning Ben Youssef Madrasa, an immaculately well preserved 14th-century former Islamic school adorned in colourful tiles and beautiful Moroccan architecture. Spend time wandering the Medina, getting lost down the dusty alleys and discovering stalls selling local spices, traditional mint tea or unique souvenirs. One to add to your dream trips!
Japan has a wonderfully unique culture that has been frozen in time within their elegant temples and shrines which are peppered throughout the country. From the buzz of modern Tokyo to the tranquillity of Kyoto, the contrasts found within Japan are unlike any other country in the world making it the perfect holiday for those who love a culture far from their own. In the capital city, you could find yourself eating in robot cafes, visiting quirky museums or trying to navigate the famous Shibuya Crossing. One thing’s for sure – you’ll have plenty to keep you occupied no matter how long you stay in Tokyo.
The imperial capital of Kyoto was spared during the second World War and therefore houses thousands of ancient shrines and temples which date back centuries. Walking through the city is a fantastic way to experience the elegant architecture and appreciate the beauty of Japan. Of course for those interested in history, a visit to Hiroshima is a sobering experience, as you learn about the first atomic bomb and its devastating effects on the country and its people.
Kyoto – Japan
Explore the largest religious monument in the world – Angkor Wat
Undoubtedly one of the biggest draws of Cambodia, the complex of Angkor Wat was once the capital of the Khmer empire. It remains a strong symbol of national pride – it’s even featured on the Cambodian flag. Constructed in the early 12-century to worship the Hindu god Vishnu, it was later converted into a Buddhist temple. The vast area encompasses an impressive 162 hectares. Various crumbling structures, well-preserved temples, large tree roots and vines as nature has slowly taken over throughout the years. It’s easy to spend an entire day here exploring, seeing interesting structures around each corner and appreciating the true size of the complex.
Angkor Wat – Cambodia
Dream trips to plan for the future – For the foodies:
If your dream holiday consists of eating your way around a destination, then look no further than these two southeast Asian gems. From the colourful fresh ingredients and abundance of flavours, Thailand and Vietnam are famed for serving some of the best food (and street food!) in the world. In fact a classic Pad Thai and the Vietnamese Spring Roll are now popular in restaurants all over the world. Scour the markets in Bangkok to find delicious street snacks. Or enjoy a local cooking class where you can learn the secrets behind the nation’s favourite dishes. Chaing Mai in Thailand and Hoi An in Vietnam are some of the best locations for this.
Street food in Thailand
Dream Holidays – Taste test everything you find in Europe
The beauty of Europe is the vast differences between each country – and that includes their food! If you’ve wanted to plan an epic European rail trip then now’s the time to start thinking about it. Journey through Italy, indulging in pizza and pasta from the best of the best. Sample pierogies in Poland, schnitzel in Austria and currywurst in Germany. Snack on as many tapas as you can imagine in Spain or go chocolate tasting in Belgium.
From traditional caverns to modern hipster joints, the European food scene is truly like no other. And if you need something to wash all that delicious grub down with? Check out the Czech Republic, a country that drinks more beer per capita than anywhere else in the world. Or throw yourself in at the deep end with all day drinking at Oktoberfest in Munich. On top of this, almost every European country enjoys the al fresco dining scene, so visit in the summer and you could be enjoying fresh seafood on the shores of the Mediterranean, watching the sunset with a cocktail in hand.
What dreams are made of – Italian Food
Dream trips to plan for the future -For the tropical island lovers:
Zanzibar, situated in the Indian Ocean just 25 kilometres from mainland Tanzania, is a popular spot in eastern Africa for those after a tropical holiday. The capital, Zanzibar City, is the commercial hub of the island and home to the historic centre, Stown Town. This UNESCO World Heritage Site consists of a labyrinth of winding alleys, traditional markets and crumbling architecture. A little out of the city, you’ll find various spice plantations where you can enjoy a spice tour.
Nungwi Beach is waiting to transport you to paradise with its white coral sands and clear turquoise waters. Snorkelling amongst the colourful marine life is one of the most popular activities here. Also enjoy a host of other water based activities such as kayaking, diving and boating. Dream holidays here we come!
If you want to relax, then visiting the island with the moto “go slow” might be your dream holiday. Caye Caulker, a small Caribbean island just off the coast of Belize, is characterised by its white sandy beaches, crystal blue waters and picturesque palm trees that line the shores. Cars are prohibited on the island and visitors are encouraged to rent bikes to explore the area. A great activity that promotes a slower form of travelling to take in more of the beautiful surroundings. Swimming, snorkelling and water sports are popular on the island as well as expeditions to the Great Blue Hole. This giant sinkhole is one of the best scuba diving sites in the world!
Thailand is famed for its beautiful beaches – in fact the country has around 8,000 islands with alluring shores just waiting to be explored. And while some beaches are undoubtedly more popular than others, if you take the time to venture a little you’re sure to find a tranquil pocket where you can relax and enjoy the beauty of Thailand. The longer you have, the higher the chances of you being able to discover the lesser known areas that are away from the popular haunts such as Koh Samui and Krabi (although they are beautiful too!) so take some time to ask locally what people recommend. Some of the best are Bamboo Island, Koh Muk Island and Koh Phayam Island, and of course, Phuket. Definitely one of the dream trips to plan for the future!
Are you thinking about making Nepal your next holiday destination? If you have started your research, you’ll know that there are many things to do in Kathmandu. However, there is only so much time and it can be difficult to narrow it down to the highlights.
We have summarised our favourite spots and experiences in Nepal’s capital. Keep on reading for our top 10 things to do in Kathmandu.
1. Thamel
Thamel is the main tourist area in Kathmandu and many hotels are located here. It may sound like a tourist trap but you’ll find authentic Nepali food places, local shops and picturesque spots here. This makes it one of the top things to do in Kathmandu. In addition, you can do your souvenir shopping here! It’s definitely worth putting on a pair of comfortable walking shoes and wandering through the chaotic and colourful streets of Thamel – you won’t be disappointed.
2. Daydream in the Garden of Dreams
One of the top things to do in Kathmandu is visiting the Garden of Dreams. The Garden is located near Thamel and ideal for a midday break or an end-of-day stop. You can relax in the tranquil gardens, escape the chaotic streets of Kathmandu and take some time to reflect on what you’ve experienced and discovered that day. You’ll find your mind wandering when exploring this calming oasis and will likely catch yourself daydreaming.
3. Take a day trip to Nagarkot
If you have a few days in Kathmandu and would like to escape the hustle and bustle of the busy city life, then organise a trip to Nagarkot. The town is just over an hour’s drive from the capital and makes a perfect destination for a day trip. It’s not without reason that many travellers head to Nagarkot for the magnificent sunrise. You’ll find picturesque hiking trails and breathtaking views of the Himalayas and Kathmandu Valley here.
4. Patan (Lalitpur)
Roughly half an hour south from the center of the main tourist district Thamel there is a city called Patan, or Lalitpur. Although Patan is hardly a long way away, you will find that things seem to be slightly different here. The reason for this is because Patan used to be an independent state. Make sure you tick off one of the three Durbar Squares on your exploration trip of Patan (the other two squares can be found in Kathmandu and Bhaktapur). The Durbar Squares is a UNESCO World Heritage Site and considered one of the main attractions in Patan. Make sure to avoid peak-traffic times or you may end up spending over an hour travelling here.
5. Bhaktapur
Similar to Patan, Bhaktapur is about half an hour outside of Kathmandu and another one of the three UNESCO Durbar Squares are located here. Bhaktapur is situated close to the eastern border of the capital and is perfect for travellers who like to get away from the crowds for an afternoon without having to travel far. This area is often referred to as “the cultural gem of Nepal” – alongside the Durbar Square, you are free to explore traditional architecture, a wealth of temples and culture. Plan your travel to and from Bhaktapur around off-peak traffic times to avoid getting stuck on the busy roads of Kathmandu.
6. Indulge in Momos
You can’t visit Kathmandu without having tried Momos. Momos are a type of dumpling that can be served steamed or fried and originate from Tibet. Luckily Momos have made it across the shared border to Nepal and are now one of the favourite things to eat for visitors and locals alike. If you’re a vegetarian you’re probably thinking of meat-filled dumplings, while some Momos have a meat filling, eateries will usually have vegetarian options. Momo places are spread across Kathmandu and you won’t struggle to find any eateries selling this dish.
7. Discover Swayambhunath
Swayambhunath, also known as the “Monkey Temple”, can be found on the western outskirts of Kathmandu and should definitely be on your list of things to do when you visit Kathmandu. Although Swayambhunath is officially a Buddhist site, Hindus are also using this impressive religious site. One of the highlights here is the view over Kathmandu, but it doesn’t come easily. Prepare to get your heart rate up and climb the 365 stone steps for dazzling views of Kathmandu. Swayambhunath is only a 10-15 minute drive away from major landmarks in the center of Kathmandu, such as the Durbar Square and Thamel. Tip: Don’t leave your belongings lying around, the “holy monkeys” which are inhabiting the site like to shop for souvenirs.
8. Explore the Durbar Square in Kathamndu and the Old City
Alongside the Durbar Squares in Bhaktapur and Patan, you’ll find the third UNESCO Durbar Square in the center of Kathmandu itself. Take some time to soak up all the experiences and impressions the square has to offer; from people passing the square to stunning architecture to local artists, there is a lot to be seen. Make sure to explore the area surrounding the square, known as the Old City. The maze-like streets of the Old City won’t fail to take you back in time.
9. Book yourself on an unforgettable Everest flight
It’s needless to say that the majority of visitors come to Nepal for the breathtaking Himalayas and to catch a glimpse of the highest mountain on earth – Mount Everest. Many people attempt to hike to the Everest Base Camp, and while it’s definitely an adventure, it’s a tough and long hike that’s not for the faint of heart. However, that doesn’t mean you can’t appreciate Everest. If you book on one of our Nepal tours, our tour leader will be able to arrange a scenic Mount Everest flight for you. Prices vary every season, but at the time of writing you’d have to budget about 200 USD for the flight. Contact our sales team for more information.
10. Go for a hike in Shivapuri National Park
Shivapuri National Park should be on the list of things to do when in Kathmandu for any traveller who likes to be active and has a keen interest in hiking. The National Park is roughly an hour outside of Kathmandu and probably one of the lesser known destinations in the Kathmandu area for travellers. Take the day, hike one of the trails in the National Park and brace yourself for stunning views.
Anna is on the marketing team at Tucan Travel. From a young age Anna has travelled solo and on group tours through Europe, Africa, the Americas and Asia. You can find her on LinkedIn here.
The capital city of Azerbaijan lies on the shores of the Caspian Sea and is a remarkable mix of old and new. The old city of Icheri Seher, the historical centre of Baku, dates back to the 12th century. It was the first site in Azerbaijan to be placed on the UNESCO World Heritage List. It contains various ancient architecture including the Palace of the Shirvanshahs, the Maiden Tower, minarets and bathhouses. The area of the old city is a wonderful place to explore, taking in the architecture and ancient streets. You’ll find plenty of bars and restaurants here as well as traditional carpet weavers and boutique shops selling unique handicrafts.
After you’ve taken in the beauty of the old town, learn about Azerbaijan by visiting the National History Museum. Baku’s largest museum is in a beautiful Renaissance style mansion and holds over 3000 artefacts showcasing Azerbaijan through the centuries. Other highlights include relaxing with a coffee in Fountain Square, walking through the main shopping district on Nizami Street and admiring the Baroque-style architecture of the Government House.
Visit the Palace of the Shirvanshahs
The Palace of the Shirvanshahs is worthy of its own mention. Nestled in the heart of the historic centre, the 15th century complex was built by the Shirvanshahs, rulers of Azerbaijan from the 9th century until the early 16th century. After its construction it served as a royal residence for around 200 years. The palace is considered a jewel of Azerbaijan architecture and is one of the most popular attractions in Baku.
As well as the main palace building itself, the complex contains tombs, a mosque with a minaret, the mausoleum of the dervish, Murad’s gate and remnants of a bath house. The best way to explore the palace is with a local guide who can fill you in with interesting facts about Azerbaijan’s history and the role this complex played. Moreover, the location of the palace means you have some of the best views of the city too. Definitely one of the top things to see in Azerbaijan!
The Flame Towers
The three giant skyscrapers, more commonly known as the Flame Towers, are the most recognisable site in Baku. While two of them are for private apartments and offices only, the third houses the Fairmont Hotel. You can visit to enjoy dinner and drinks with what might be the best view of the city.
The design of the flames is mirrored after Azerbaijan’s special relationship with fire, after all the country is known as The Land of Fire! The state emblem even has a red flame as its centrepiece. This concept dates back thousands of years, when flames were seen bursting from the mountains due to the country’s abundance of natural gas. This coincided with a time when people would generally worship natural elements and so Azerbaijan’s unique relationship with flames and fire was born.
The city of Sheki is located in northwestern Azerbaijan in the shadow of the southern Caucasus mountain range. Once a stop on the Silk Road due to its production of textiles and embroidery, the city is bursting with culture and tradition. It also has some of the most beautiful buildings in the Caucasus. A visit to the Summer Palace should be top of your list – it’s considered one of the most beautiful pieces of architecture in modern Azerbaijan. It was added to the UNESCO World Heritage List in 2019, making it the country’s most recent addition.
Constructed in 1763 for the ruling family of Sheki, the palace is modest in size but impressive in appearance. Found on a small hill which overlooks the city, the palace is enclosed in fortified walls. The second you enter the gates you’ll come face to face with the beauty and opulence of the decoration. Expect to see exquisite patterns and colours on every inch of the building. Other highlights of Sheki include exploring the old town and popping into quaint craft shops, visiting the Winter Palace and visiting the modest Museum of Folk and Applied Arts, located within the Three Saints Church.
Gobustan National Park
Gobustan National Park is a great day trip from Baku and the perfect introduction to Azerbaijan’s fantastic landscapes and diversity. It is famous for its ancient rock art and carvings, as well as mud volcanoes. It’s a national historical landmark and protected area showcasing the best of Azerbaijan’s nature. The reserve has over 6,000 carvings which depict people, animals and rituals showcasing prehistoric life in the Caucasus region.
Booking a guided tour is the easiest way to reach the park while learning about the carvings and volcanoes. Mud volcanoes are very different to traditional volcanoes – only spewing mud, water and gases, which means they are not dangerous to visit. And while there are around 800 in the world, over 300 of them have been found in Azerbaijan! There are various mud volcanoes in and around Gobustan National Park including some that are dormant, however the most popular is the Goturdag Volcano which has been spurting mud for over 100 years and remains one of the most active in the area.
Yanar Dag – The Burning Mountain
Another popular day trip from Baku is Yanar Dag. Translating to “burning mountain” the attraction is just that – a continuous fire caused by natural gases along the Absheron Peninsula. The flames burn slowly and steadily due to a very slow seep of gas from the subsurface of the porous sandstone layer. It’s debated for how long the fire has been continually burning, with some claiming it’s been up to 4,000 years. Marco Polo even wrote about the mysterious flames as he passed through the country in the 13th century!
UNESCO World Heritage Sites are protected cultural and natural sites across the world that are significant to the heritage of humans or demonstrate outstanding beauty. The list of sites is constantly revised by UNESCO who have been working on the preservation of the sites since 1972.
Have we grabbed your attention? Then why not plan your 2021 adventure around UNESCO World Heritage Sites? Don’t worry, you don’t need to go through the 1,000+ listings. You can find a summary of the best ones below!
Europe
1. Palace and Gardens of Schönbrunn in Vienna, Austria
It’s no secret that Europe is a gem for history buffs, but did you know that well over a third of the currently listed UNESCO World Heritage Sites are located in Europe? The Palace and Gardens of Schonbrunn is one of the most stunning and well-preserved sites in Europe. It was designed by baroque architect Johann Bernard Fischer von Erlach who was trained in Rome – the “birthplace” of baroque. Schonbrunn is considered a masterpiece of the baroque architectural style and the palace was the residence of the Habsburg emperors from the 18th century until the end of the monarchy in 1918. It became a UNESCO World Heritage Site in 1996.
Learn more about the castle and life of the Habsburg’s when you visit Vienna. Check out our 11-day Central Europe Highlights tour.
2. Budapest, Hungary – including the Banks of the Danube, the Buda Castle and Andrassy Avenue
Choosing the best UNESCO World Heritage Sites in Europe is not an easy task. From the medieval streets of Prague to important educational sites like Auschwitz, with over 400 locations in Europe alone, you’re bound to stumble upon several sites when you visit. The World Heritage Site listing for Budapest includes the Banks of the Danube, the Buda Castle and Andrassy Avenue. Therefore, you can easily spend a day, if not two, exploring the romantic center of Budapest.
Enjoy a walk along the river banks of the Danube admiring the castle district of Budapest. In particular, take your time examining the gothic Buda Castle which has had a heavy influence on architecture. Next, stroll down Andrassy Avenue where you’ll find other significant locations, such as Heroes Square and the Museum of Fine Arts.
Top tip: The Millennium Underground Railway, also known as M1, claims to be the oldest underground in continental Europe. Instead of walking, why not take a history trip on the M1?
Travel from historic Budapest to Dubrovnik, another UNESCO World Heritage Site capital, on our 15-day tour.
Asia
3. Historic Monuments of Kyoto, Japan
The Historic Monuments of Kyoto are one of Japan’s 23 UNESCO World Heritage Sites but the listing actually consists of 17 locations! Kyoto was established in 794 AD and was the capital of Japan until the 19th century. Therefore it’s not surprising that Kyoto has a rich cultural value and no visit to Japan would be complete without making a stop here. The temples are masterpieces of the imperial times but also the nature and gardens surrounding these temples are breathtaking. You’ll struggle to visit all 17 sites during your stay and it’s best to pick and choose. Some of our favourites include the Kiyomizu-dera Temple, Saiho-ji Temple, Daigo-ji Temple and the Byodo-in Temple. You can find the full listing here.
The UNESCO Site of Kathmandu Valley has seven significant locations. The first three are the Durbar Squares, which are located in Kathmandu, Patan and Bhaktapur. Each city’s square has a very unique feel so if architecture fascinates you, it will be worth making the trip to all three squares. The other four sites are Buddhist stupas and Hindu temples. The Buddhist stupa Swayambhu, also known as the Monkey Temple, is about 15 minutes from the center of Kathmandu and offers breathtaking views of Kathmandu Valley – if you’re prepared to work for it and climb the 365 steps!
Petra has gained much popularity in the last few years and has become one of the world’s most famous UNESCO World Heritage Sites. The city is half-built, half-carved in stone and is speculated to have been built as early as the 5th century BC. At its peak, Petra’s population was around 30,000. It’s often referred to as “The Lost City” because it was only re-discovered in 1912. As with many UNESCO World Heritage Sites, it’s hard to imagine that the people of that time had the logistics, skills and techniques to build this magnificent site. Therefore, it’s now one of the New Seven Wonders of the World.
6. Nubian Monuments from Abu Simbel to Philae, Egypt
The Nubian Monuments stretch across a wide area of Egypt. One of the most impressive sites within this area is Abu Simbel, which are two temples beautifully carved out of a sandstone cliff. The temples were built by King Ramses II in the 13th century BC and are located near the southern border of Egypt, right by the banks of the Nile River. The site was hidden under the safe protection of the sand for centuries and a Swiss explorer uncovered this cultural treasure in 1813.
UNESCO praises itself on the preservation of its member sites and Abu Simbel is proof of their proactive approach. This magnificent site was saved from rising waters due to a campaign that was launched by UNESCO.
Would you like to uncover the mysteries of Egypt, Jordan and Israel? Then check out our 19-day tour of the region.
South America
7. Los Glaciares National Park, Patagonia
The Los Glaciares National Park is located in the southern tip of Argentina, near the Chilean border. Many people associate UNESCO World Heritage Sites with historically important sites that are man-made. However, this National Park is a perfect example of UNESCO’s dedication to protect both man-made and natural sites. A visit to this UNESCO World Heritage site is rewarding visitors with views of mountains, woods and glaciers. The most famous glacier and one of the main attractions of the National Park is the Glaciar Perito Moreno, located in the southern part of the park. Witnessing the dynamic and ever-changing nature of this glacier will be worth a trip to “the end of the world”. Keep your eyes wide open and you might just see how the ice parts from the outer walls of the glacier.
Machu Picchu is amongst the most well-known UNESCO World Heritage Sites and hardly needs an introduction. However, if you have been to this spectacular site then you’ll know that it’s impossible to exclude. Machu Picchu is an old Incan city that was built in the 15th century, abandoned in the 16th century and re-discovered only about 100 years ago, in 1911. Whether you hike or take the train to this site, the views over this lost city are rewarding and will leave you speechless.
Machu Picchu is situated at 2,430 meters altitude and surrounded by steep cliffs. Prepare to wonder in awe how the Incas built a city made out of stone walls with such precision. You’ll appreciate it even more if you take on the challenge to hike to the site. Therefore it’s hardly a surprise that Machu Picchu is now one of the New Seven Wonders of the World.
Is Machu Picchu on your bucket list? Take advantage of our wide variety of tours to Peru that meet every travel style, whether you want an in-depth tour of Peru or need to cover all the highlights in as little time as possible.
Central America
9. Old Havana, Cuba
Havana, and Cuba in general, is one of the few places on earth where a visit feels like travelling back in time. With scarce Wi-Fi availability, you might as well leave your phone at home and treat your holiday as a holiday, an opportunity to switch off from all the hustle and bustle of daily life. Stroll through Old Havana and discover this portected area. From stunningly beautiful colonial architecture in every colour to the famous classic cars. From the breathtaking sunset views to tasting Cuban rum. Old Havana will help you get into the flow of the Caribbean way of life.
How about a 7-day trip to this Caribbean paradise? From white sand beaches and untouched nature to beautiful architecture and a whole lot of culture, Cuba can deliver.
10. Teotihuacan, Mexico
Teotihuacan is a pre-hispanic city and is estimated to have been founded around 100 BC. Located a short drive from Mexico City, the site symbolises a very mysterious world and time that we still don’t know a lot about. This just makes it all the more intriguing to its visitors. At its peak, the city is thought to have been home to around 200,000 people and is said to have played a significant role in influencing the surrounding areas culturally. The most famous and impressive monuments within this ancient city are the Pyramids of the Sun and the Moon. Make sure to climb the 248 steps of the Pyramid of the Sun when you visit and be rewarded with stunning views over the complex.
Learn more about this mysterious city on our 8-day tour to Mexico.
Africa
11. Serengeti National Park, Tanzania
The Serengeti National Park ishome to a diverse ecosystem that stretches over 14,750 km². Therefore, it’s only a given that the Serengeti National Park makes an appearance in our collection of best UNESCO World Heritage Sites. Located in the northern part of Tanzania, the Serengeti National Park is most famous for the spectacular great migration that happens every year. In addition, it’s one of the few places on earth where you can see all of the “big 5” and wildebeest. This makes the Serengeti National Park one of the best options (if not the best) for a safari. Get ready for the mesmerising out-of-a-movie African landscapes of savannahs, rivers and grassland.
Want to reconnect with nature? Then combine Serengeti, Ngorongoro Crater and Zanzibar on an unforgettable 9-day tour.
12. Okavango Delta, Botswana
UNESCO describes the Okavango Delta as “an exceptional example of the interaction between climatic, hydrological and biological processes” and it was the 1000th site to join the UNESCO collection in 2014. The Okavango Delta has many characteristics that make it unique. For example, it’s one of the only deltas that doesn’t flow into the ocean. Furthermore, the annual flooding actually occurs during the dry season. Running through the northern part of Botswana, the delta is also home to an abundance of wildlife. This includes many endangered species, such as the black and white rhinoceros, cheetah and African lion. Safaris on the Okavango Delta take place on small boats that seat 1-2 people, known as mokoros. It’s a unique way to discover the rare flora and fauna this site has to offer.
Anna is on the marketing team at Tucan Travel. From a young age, Anna has travelled solo and on group tours through Europe, Africa, the Americas and Asia. You can find her on LinkedIn here.
The Okavango Delta was the 1000th site to become a UNESCO World Heritage site in 2014. But that’s not the only noteworthy thing, the Okavango Delta is one of the only deltas that doesn’t flow into the ocean and its annual flooding occurs in the dry season. July is towards the beginning of the dry season when the delta is flooded. That means you can enjoy an authentic experience on your safari on mokoros (small boats that seat 1-2 people) and can take advantage of excellent wildlife spotting opportunities that the dry season brings with it. That makes The Okavango Delta is Botswana one of the best places to go in July.
Crystal blue waters, white sand beaches and an overall paradisiac holiday feeling. Zanzibar is one of the few places on earth that can truly deliver on this. July is a great time to travel to Zanzibar, with generally dry weather and temperatures in the high 20 degrees Celsius. The best thing about Zanzibar? The Tanzanian mainland isn’t far! That means you can enjoy your adventure in the Serengeti National Park before heading to this tranquil island.
Iconic Machu Picchu, a dream that’s on the bucket list of most adventure travellers and with good reason! May through to September, which is Peru’s winter, is generally the best time to visit this famous site. Temperatures are cooler but the area around Machu Picchu usually experiences less rain. July is therefore a popular time to head to this UNESCO World Heritage Site for the best chances of unspoilt views.
While July isn’t peak time for beach holidays, it certainly is a great time to visit if you’re after an adventure holiday and outdoor activities. Temperatures in Guatemala are fairly stable around 25 degrees Celsius all year round. July falls in the country’s rainy season but it is worth noting that the most rain falls in June and September, making July a great alternative for adventure travellers.
Sri Lanka’s east and west coasts have different rainy and dry seasons. If you’re planning on visiting Sri Lanka’s north and east coasts only or don’t mind showers a couple of times a day for what you’ve got planned on the west coast, then Sri Lanka is one of the best places to visit in July for you! Beautiful beaches, stunning green landscapes, amazing food and culturally rich sites will make your trip to Sri Lanka unique, with temperatures around 30 degrees Celsius!
Kenya is a culturally rich country but is also world renowned for its wildlife spotting opportunities, especially in the Masai Mara wildlife reserve. The dry season in Kenya runs from July through to October and temperatures in July are relatively low for the country, around 20 degrees Celsius. The pleasant temperatures in addition to the chances of spotting the great migration, which is happening from July to September, makes Kenya one of the best places to travel in July.
Europe is a great place to travel in July with little rain and warm days. In Macedonia in July you can expect hot days with an average temperature around 25 degrees Celsius and mostly blue skies. Brace yourself for highlights such as historical Skopje and stunning Lake Ohrid.
From the pristine coastline to high peaks in the mountain regions. Montenegro is a country that is still less travelled and yet has so much to offer to its visitors. July brings hot weather, mostly blue skies and long days to the country, ideal for exploring. But be warned, weather in Europe can often be unpredictable so always make sure to pack a jumper and rain coat, just in case.
Being located close to Macedonia and Montenegro, it’s not a surprise that Bulgaria is also one of the best places to visit in July. Blue skies and average temperatures around 28 degrees Celsius make it the perfect conditions for exploring the Bulgarian countryside and small historical towns like Veliko Tarnovo. The good thing about Europe is how close countries are to each other, meaning you’ll be able to tick off several countries in one trip!
Historical buildings meet future designs. Concrete streets surrounded by jungle-like vegetation. Kuala Lumpur is a city that leaves most travellers in awe and is one of the highlights when visiting Malaysia. However, the tropical climate can make it tough to explore this amazing city without having to take breaks every few hours. Luckily, July is one of the best times to visit, with slightly cooler temperatures in the high 20 degrees Celsius (yes, that really is cool for Kuala Lumpur) and the least amount of rain the city experiences all year. That means it’s less humid and cooler, perfect conditions so you can enjoy your adventure in Kuala Lumpur.
Anna is on the marketing team at Tucan Travel. From a young age, Anna has travelled solo and on group tours through Europe, Africa, the Americas and Asia. You can find her on LinkedIn here.
Sometimes the chaos of a popular tourist city is enough to make any traveller run for the hills. Long queues, crowded viewpoints, expensive ticket prices and sold out attractions. These are undoubtedly some negatives to visiting the world’s most popular destinations. Fast forward to 2020, and health and safety regulations also mean that we should be avoiding crowds for the foreseeable future. This makes it the perfect time to shine the light on some of the quieter and underrated cities to visit in Europe. From ancient cultures to delicious food, each one has something special to offer. We have rounded up some of our favourites below.
Albania has transformed itself since the disintegration of the Communist bloc in Eastern Europe in the early 90’s. Independent cafes and restaurants are popping up regularly, transforming Tirana into a trendy and popular destination and making it an underrated city in Europe. There are a number of attractions worth visiting. This includes the massive main square where you’ll find the National History Museum, the Palace of Culture and the Et’hem Bey Mosque. The statue of Skanderbeg himself also sits proudly in the centre. Visit BunkArt2, a museum created in an underground bunker in the centre of town. Finally, enjoy the many eateries and boutiques before ending your evening in the sky bar. Here you can enjoy panoramic views over this ever changing city.
If you want to experience colourful architecture and delicious Polish food without the crowds of Warsaw or Krakow, then Wroclaw is the place for you. The colourful town exudes everything you would expect from a quaint European city – a charming main square, busy restaurants, museums, parks and simply beautiful architecture. Spend your days strolling the ancient streets, exploring Cathedral Island or searching for gnomes. Definitely one of the most underrated cities in Poland!
Nestled in the northeastern region of Hungary is a sweet little town known for one thing – wine! Eger has a unique charm that perfectly contrasts the hustle and bustle of the capital city of Budapest. Eger is shrouded in Ottoman influence and architecture. This is because of almost a century of Turkish rule in the 1500’s. This makes it a wonderful town to explore on foot. There are a number of historic sights found here, such as the northernmost minaret in Europe as well as a castle and cathedral. The highlight of a trip to Eger is spending time in the “Valley of the Beautiful Women”. This cluster of small wine cellars is where you can sample local blends and speak with the producers themselves. Make sure you try the Bulls Blood – a famous red wine which is produced in Eger.
One of the oldest continually inhabited countries in the world is Georgia. The country offers fantastic landscapes, ancient monasteries and some of the best wine in the region. The capital of Tbilisi is a canvas of cobbled streets and local boutiques, colourful buildings and incredible viewpoints. Visit the Narikala Fortress, which was built in the 4th Century and served as a fortification of Tbilisi throughout the centuries. Or the Holy Trinity Church, which is considered a sacred place for Georgians and one of the most recognisable structures in the city. The delicious local food and wine is one of the highlights of a trip to Georgia. Tbilisi is bursting with traditional restaurants where you can sample this!
Azerbaijan’s capital city exudes tradition and modernity all in one. Located on the eastern shores of the country on the edge of the Caspian Sea, Baku is a popular starting point for a trip through Azerbaijan and beyond. The three giant flame towers are perhaps the most known image of Baku and serve as offices, apartments and a hotel.
The city itself offers a host of activities to learn about the history of the country. This includes the old city of Icheri Seher, the historical centre of Baku, which dates back to the 12th century. It contains the Palace of the Shirvanshahs, a 15th century building that served as a stronghold in the middle ages and is now considered a “pearl of Azerbaijans’s architecture”, as well as the Maiden Tower, minarets and bathhouses. You’ll find plenty of bars and restaurants here as well as traditional carpet weavers and boutique shops selling handicrafts.
While not a city, the region of Maramures has made it onto the list for its rural beauty and unique offerings. Known as the Land of the Wood, the Maramures region is dotted with medieval churches and monasteries. It’s also known for its old-age farming techniques and a relaxed way of life. The UNESCO listed wooden churches are some of the best examples of wooden architecture in the region. They date back to the 17th century with insides adorned with fresco paintings and murals. Another popular attraction is the vibrant Merry Cemetery. Dating back to the 1930’s, the sea of colourful graves is the work of known artist Stan Loan Patras whose work represents old Romanian tradition. The image on the tombstones represents death in a humorous way. On top of these unique places, the Maramures offers experiences such as wood carving, egg painting and traditional Romanian cooking classes.
The tiny nation of Kosovo declared self-independence in 2008, making it one of the newest countries in the world. While small in size, Kosovo boasts beautiful countryside and some fascinating architecture within the towns and cities. The capital of Pristina has a young energy and a small but fascinating number of attractions to see. This makes it one of the underrated cities in Europe. Marvel at the unique design of the National Library or wander down Bill Clinton Boulevard.
Prizren, The historical capital is one of Kosovo’s best kept secrets. With a stunning location along the Bistrica River and under the watchful gaze of the Sar Mountains, Prizren is compact and easy to explore by foot. Enjoy the small cafes and al fresco dining or take the short hike up to the castle ruins where you will be rewarded with fantastic views of the mountain range and terracotta coloured buildings below.
Veliko Tarnovo is a tiny and charming town in western Bulgaria. Built upon three hills, it offers beautiful views of the surrounding valleys and churches. The town is known as the historical capital of the second Bulgarian Empire. It’s beautiful architecture and rich history is what attracts many tourists to this corner of Bulgaria. There are a number of interesting cultural institutions such as the Archaeological Museum and the Museum of the Bulgarian Revival and the Constituent Assembly, as well as plenty of restaurants and charming little shops. Definitely one of the underrated cities to visit in Europe.
Tucan Travel offer a range of small group tours for these underrated cities to visit in Europe. You can view them here or visit the website here.
There’s nothing like a good TV series to get you hooked. When it’s showcasing the fantastic world of travel – even better! If you’re like us and you’ve found yourself spending more time in your home than you normally would, then don’t panic. There is a whole world of programs out there ready to fill you with wanderlust and inspiration. Whether you want to educate yourself on the fascinating history of countries around the world, learn about the habits of creatures from far and wide or simply enjoy breathtaking scenery from the comfort of your own sofa, the magical world of television is there just waiting to transport you across the globe. We have rounded up 10 of the best travel shows that will leave you excited to book that next trip!
Joanna Lumley’s Travel Series
Joanna Lumley’s calm and curious nature that’s portrayed on her series of travel documentaries is a far cry from her days of Absolutely Fabulous. The actress and presenter is known for her charity work and activism around the globe and her popular travel shows offer a fantastic insight into some unique locations. Notable ones are the Trans-Siberian Adventure, Japan, India, Silk Road Adventure and most recently; the Hidden Caribbean.
Each show dives into the culture and traditions of the destination. Meeting with local individuals and highlighting the unique aspects of each country is centre to the show. Joanna meets geisha’s in Japan, who educate her on the true goings-on behind the make-up. She travels 6,400 miles using the Trans-Siberian Railway witnessing stunning scenery along the way. In her latest travels, she goes off the beaten track in the Caribbean as she uncovers the best of Haiti and Cuba. Each episode offers a fantastic taste of the destination and offers great insight into what the world has to offer. A must for any keen travel enthusiast!
Geisha’s in Kyoto Japan
An Idiot Abroad
Karl Pilkington stars in this tongue in cheek series that sends him to iconic destinations around the world. Seemingly unimpressed by everything, Karl is challenged to visit popular tourist sites, try unique food and embrace what he deems to be strange cultures from around the world. The series was created by Stephen Merchant and Ricky Jervais who sit back and relax from the UK while they send Karl on crazy adventures to get him out of his comfort zone. The ongoing theme being that he has no interest in travelling or viewing popular attractions. It’s typically British humour, and Karl’s sarcastic comments do make you think twice about whether certain places are worth the hype. Between showcasing interesting locations and adding a non-conventional script the show is a light-hearted and entertaining watch.
The Great Wall of China – one of the destinations in An Idiot Abroad
Dark Tourist
Dark Tourist follows journalist David Farrier as he explores the darker side of many destinations that have now become tourist hotspots. The eight part series sees him explore the legacy of Pablo Escobar in Medellin, where he meets the notorious figures former hit-man, before moving onto Mexico City where he takes part in a mock illegal border crossing. He learns about the Fukushima nuclear disaster in Japan and investigates life in townships in South Africa. The show is bursting with interesting information and eye-opening stories. Yet as the title suggests, dark facts about traditions and history around the world.
Medellin – Colombia
Long way Round
Long way round follows Euan McGregor and Charley Boorman as they journey across the world on motorbikes. The journey takes them from London to New York via Eastern Europe, Central Asia, Russia, Mongolia, Canada and the US. The 19,000 mile adventure follows the highs and the lows of navigating unknown territory, witnessing spectacular landscapes and meeting unique communities around the world. Expect accidents, breakdowns, bribes as well as comedic scenes throughout as these two characters embark on the most epic adventure of their lives. If you enjoy the first series, then check out the two followups. Long way down sees the pair take their journey from Scotland down to Cape Town. The newest one, Long way up has them travelling from Ushuaia to Los Angeles.
Riding through Canada
Top Gear Specials
Love them or hate them, the trio of the original Top Gear have brought us on some fantastic motor adventures around the globe. Follow the mishaps of Jeremy Clarkson, James May and Richard Hammond as they navigate countries such as Botswana, Bolivia, Vietnam, India and the Middle East. While the challenges and storylines are quite predictably scripted, the specials showcase these countries in a fantastic light. They also offer a glimpse into some of the best landscapes in the world.
Expect train mishaps in India to cruising along one of the most beautiful roads in Vietnam. Battling the vast landscape of Botswana and possibly the most terrifying, taking on Death Road in Bolivia.
Death Road in Bolivia
Jack Whitehall Travels with his Father
Jack Whitehall is a British comedian who decided to embark on the gap year he never got to take. He brings along his very conservative and seemingly hard to please father, Michael. Each episode sees them arrive at a new location where they seek out cultural and unique experiences, often to the bewilderment or amusement of the other. The episodes are a nice balance of comedy and education. The show does seek to inform the viewer on the history and major events of the country while keeping the script up-beat and joyous.
The first series of the show sees them journey through Southeast Asia, discovering Thailand, Vietnam and Cambodia. The characterful pair meet monks in Cambodia, sea kayak in Thailand and try street-food in Vietnam. The second series follows their journey through Eastern Europe, as they visit Hungary, Romania, Ukraine, Moldova and Turkey. While some scenes are clearly scripted for pure entertainment, the show is light-hearted and funny. It also shows off some fantastic destinations from around the world.
The Bamboo Railway in Cambodia
Tales by Light
Tales by Light is a creative’s dream travel show. It showcases a variety of inspirational and moving scenes from around the world. The series is a collaborative effort of National Geographic and Cannon, and follows six Australian photographers as they travel the globe searching for unique shots and stories that have never been captured before. The concept of the show is to tell the story behind the camera. It highlights the determination and hard work it takes to capture powerful images in the natural world. Each episode focuses on one of the photographers and their plight for the perfect image. whether it be wildlife, marine or landscape, to name a few.
The series has a wonderful way of bringing you along for the journey. The photographers explain the image they want to create, how they plan to do it and finally show you the lengths they are willing to take to make it happen. The beautiful scenery and moving stories are both inspirational and a wonderful reminder of the beauty found in the world.
The Himalayas – one of the destinations featured in Tales by Light
Our Planet
Our Planet is a series starring conservationist David Attenborough and offers some of the best cinematography in recent years, giving us a real glimpse of the lives of planet earth’s creatures. Follow animals from the frozen shores to the jungle, African plains to the deep ocean and learn about their behaviour like we never have before. With a huge focus on the effects climate change has on these species, the viewing is both educational and heart-breaking at the same time. The crew capture what no one has managed before. High definition camera equipment shows animal behaviour that was never thought possible in the past. The real life stories conjure up all sorts of emotions, from screaming at the TV as you watch an iguana run for its life to holding back tears at young, lost penguins.
Of course you can always start with the original series showcasing our natural world – Planet Earth. Released back in 2006, it was the first nature piece to be filmed in high definition and immediately propelled the nation into the magical world of the animal kingdom. Most definitely one of the 10 best travel shows.
Penguins are one of the many animals featured in Our Planet
Simon Reeve around the world
Simon Reeve is a British author and presenter who is known for his travel documentaries from around the world. The series explores everything from the Tropic of Cancer to the Indian Ocean and various exciting destinations in between. Reeve exudes the kind of enthusiasm that makes you want to follow in his adventurous footsteps as he brings us to various fascinating locations – including Greece, Turkey, Colombia, Russia, Myanmar, the Americas and most recently, the Balkans. With such variety, these have to be in 10 of the best travel shows.
The Acropolis in Athens
Street Food Asia
If you like to eat your way around a destination – this ones for you! Street Food Asia visits 9 of the most vibrant cities in Asia delving into their culinary scenes. Hear the stories of the people behind the dishes and be inspired to create your own delicious recipes from your own kitchen!
Vietnamese Food Market
Thanks for reading our blog on 10 of the best travel shows. Have you come across an exciting travel show? Tell us in the comments! Visit Tucan Travel’s website here for further inspiration on all things travel.
Are you looking for the perfect gift for your jet setting friends or family? There is an overwhelming amount of choice available these days and it can be difficult to narrow down some of the best. So this holiday season we have done the hard work for you and compiled a list of 10 of the best Christmas gifts for travellers for all budgets!
Reusable water bottle
Water. It’s essential no matter where you are in the world. So why not make someone’s life easier and more eco friendly by getting them a reusable water bottle? Most bottles also have special thermal lining – meaning hot drinks remain that way for up to 24 hours. Choose from a variety of lovely designs or even get one personalised. If you know someone who is always travelling light, then why not opt for a collapsible water bottle instead!
Most travellers love adventures of all shapes and sizes. The Adventure Challenge is a personalised and fun way to enjoy new and unexpected experiences, whether at home or abroad. The interactive book comes with a variety of ideas and inspiration. Scratch off new ideas, complete the challenge and add in your photos. You’ll have some lovely memories to look back on one day. The challenge can either be purchased as the book alone or with the instant camera and comes in couple, family or friends editions.
The Adventure Challenge – Image Courtesy of theadventurechallenge.com
Why not search through Etsy for a print of their favourite travel destination? From tropical beaches to city landscapes, the options are endless and it’s a great way to support smaller artists too. Many digital prints can also be personalised to add that extra special touch. There are some really beautiful prints out there, such as this vibrant print of Colombia!
Why not get them a book that could inspire their next adventure? Whether it be a traditional guide book or an autobiography of a famous explorer, a good travel read will fill you with the desire to explore the world. Some of our favourites include Shantaram by Gregory David Roberts, Eat Pray Love by Elizabeth Gilbert and The Alchemist by Paolo Coelho. Pair this with a personalised travel journal so they can document their own stories, and you’ve got the perfect Christmas gifts for travellers who love to read and write.
What could be better than a surprise box of snacks from another country? That’s exactly what Snack Surprise does! The subscription service sends out a box of goodies each month, each one with snacks from far and wide. It’s the perfect gift for both foodies and travellers who love to taste their way around the world. Why not choose a one off box as a gift and surprise your loved ones this Christmas. Check out Snack Surprise here.
Stitch your own passport cover
This cute passport cover allows you to stitch off the countries you have visited! The perfect gift that’s both useful and personalised, it’s bound to impress your travel-loving friends and makes a perfect Christmas gift for travellers. Check out this vegan one from Etsy.
Document holder
Travelling requires documents, and a lot of them. Help your loved one stay organised on their next trip with a document holder that keeps all their important information in one place. Choose from a range of options from sleek leather to bright and fun, or even get one personalised with their name!
Noise Cancelling headphones
A lively hostel. A crying baby. The constant stream of horns tooting outside your bedroom window. Travel comes with a whole variety of wonderful noises, and sometimes it’s necessary to drown it all out. Noise cancelling headphones are a fantastic travel companion and are one of the best Christmas gifts for travellers.
A pair of noise cancelling headphones
A Scratch Map
This one’s been doing the rounds for many years now, yet it remains a great gift for keen travellers. The thrill of scratching off a new country and watching your map become ever so more colourful is the best feeling for those who love to explore the world. If you think the recipient would rather have some inspiration instead of a standard scratch map, then look no further than the 100 places scratch poster.
The original Scratch Map
Packing Cubes
Another necessity for those who are always packing and unpacking a suitcase. Packing cubes keep everything that little bit more organised and will be a welcomed gift for those who frequently traverse the globe. There are plenty of sizes and colours available too depending on where you shop.
We hope you got some inspiration from our blog on the best Christmas gifts for travellers. Check out Tucan Travel for further travel information.
On the blog today we hear from Danae, Latin America Operations Manager and ex tour leader in Central America. She talks about the joy of bird watching in Costa Rica and the incredible feathered creatures you can spot in the jungle!
I have amazing memories of my year working as a Tour Leader around Central America back in 2018. I love showing travellers all that Latin-America has to offer such as incredible culture, the warmest people and breathtaking landscapes. But mostly, the flora and fauna from the region! I’ve always considered myself a “nature addict”, but being in Costa Rica made me fall in love with birds more than ever. Here is my experience of bird watching in Costa Rica!
I would wake up before dawn, put on some dark clothes to blend in with the background and then get my binoculars and the big lens for my camera. I learnt about pishing (clench your teeth, open your mouth and whisper the word “pish”) to call the attention of our feathery friends; to be quiet and avoid sudden movements to not startle birds. Patience became my ally in order to make the most out of my day, studying the habitat and recognising where they were located depending on the kind of bird and the sound of their chime.
Did you know Costa Rica is home to the most diversity of birds per square meter on the American Continent? Recent studies of the Committee of Rare Species and Ornithological Records of Costa Rica advised that there are 923 species in the country. These are only a few I was lucky to cross path with:
Toucan
No need to say these are our top favourite birds, right? To find them, I learnt to listen and follow the sound of their beautiful singing, rather than looking at the treetops. There are 6 species of Toucans living from the coast of the country to the mountains. The most common to see is the majestic Keel-billed Toucan. With its striking coloured beak and the Black-mandibled Toucan, it’s the largest of this species in the region. The banana-shaped beak is actually hollow and weightless. It’s used to pick seeds and fruits, toss them to the air and catch it into an open mouth as they flip upward their head. Toucans mostly nest in tree holes made by woodpeckers, as their beak is not strong enough to do the same hard work.
Here are some places you can visit to spot the famous toucan.
Keel billed Toucan – Arenal Volcano, Manuel Antonio, Puerto Viejo
Collared Aracari – Cahuita National Park, Central Pacific Mountain Ranges
Black Mandibled Toucan – Tortuguero National Park
A toucan in Costa Rica
Quetzal
I couldn’t believe my eyes the first time I spotted this multicoloured bird. Dazzling green wings and back, red chest, yellow beak and a colourful tail that can reach up to 65 cm of length. No wonder they call it “Resplendent Quetzal”, it has been worshipped as a god (Quetzalcoatl) to the Mesoamerican Culture and is the symbol of the official currency for Guatemala. They are very hard to see but if you are around Monteverde Cloud Forest Reserve you might be amazed by its beauty.
Resplendent Quetzal – Monteverde Cloud Forest
The colourful quetzal bird
Hummingbird
The smallest birds on the planet. There are over 300 species of hummingbirds around the globe, all are found only in the Western Hemisphere; most live in the tropical forests of Central and South America. These little fellas can be seen all across Costa Rica. It is home to 54 species, 4 of them endemic to the region. Monteverde is the real paradise with its 26,000 acres of cloud forest!!
These are the types of hummingbird you might come across in Costa Rica.
Green crowned Brilliant
Purple throated Mountain Gem
Rufous Tailed
Striped Tailed
Stripe Throated Hermit
Violet Sabrewing
The hummingbird
Motmot
With 6 species of Motmots in the country, this particular tiny bird will stand out for its unique colour on its head, green and orange body, a down curved and short broad beak, which is serrated along the upper edge and a long arrowed tail. They are mostly seen in Manuel Antonio National Park, La Fortuna and Monteverde. This is because motmots like to live near water, for drinking and bathing. They eat fruit, small reptiles and insects such as crickets, mealworms, wax worms and earthworms.
Blue crowned motmot
Rufous Motmot
The motmot
Woodpecker
Imagine walking around the forest and hearing a loud pecking noise coming from the top of the trees? Look up, and you might find a woodpecker! Its sharp and sticky tongue collecting insects like ants, beetle larvae and termites from the bark as well as nuts, seeds, berries and fruits.
Lineated Woodpecker
Golden Fronted Woodpecker
Other species that I came across are:
Slaty Tailed Trogon
Anhinga Anhinga Darter
Yellow Crowned Night Heron
Crested Owl
A woodpecker in Costa Rica
These are just a few of the birds that you can spot on a trip to Costa Rica, but spend enough time wondering through the rainforest and you are sure to see many many more! On top of bird watching in Costa Rica, the country is home to various other animals such as monkeys, sloths, reptiles, tapirs, turtles and amphibians. If you’re a lover of wildlife, Costa Rica is the perfect holiday for you! Check out the trips on Tucan Travel’s website for further inspiration.
Few treks take you from the vibrant Caribbean beaches high into the lush, green cloud-forest mountains like the Camino al Ciudad Perdida does. South America has its fair share of spectacular trekking options. These are often along the incredibly varied terrain of the Andes, casually and impressively dotted with volcanoes, glaciers, forests, lakes, even desserts and vast highland plains. They usually have that common requirement of serious winter kit- a sub zero sleeping bag and extra thick gloves though. This one is different. This is the Lost City Trek.
Starting the Lost City Trek
Equipped with just a thin t-shirt, shorts, flip-flops, a healthy layer of sunscreen and plenty of water, we set off from our hotel to meet our fellow adventurous hikers at 5:30am, down a colourful, picture-perfect, colonial street of Santa Marta, on the Caribbean northern coast of Colombia. While waiting for others to arrive (not everyone works on Swiss time around here!), I couldn’t help but take a quick stroll along the beach, dip my toes in the clear waters while sipping on a tinto and watching the last of the night’s party-goers half stumble, half salsa their way home. It’s such a stark contrast to how I am used to begin a trek, high up in some Andean mountain village, likely at minus 5 or 10 degrees, forcing down the coca-filled mates to warm up, with the only signs of life being the shiver of a trusty porter loading his mule for the day. Both have their charm, but I think I might have a new favourite…
The starting terrain of the Lost City Trek in Colombia and surrounding jungle
The jeeps had been loaded, our group packed into the back of them, windows wide open as the temperature was rapidly rising and we were on our way, leaving the awakening city behind as the market streets were once again buzzing with life. I got a spot in the Jeep with our leading guide, Magali, who begins to tell a few of us of some of the struggles of the people of Sierra Nevada, the National Park that will be our trekking ground over the coming days.
Each foreign party that enters the Sierra Nevada NP, must be accompanied by a local guide. These guides come from one of four indigenous groups of this region- the Kogi ,Wiwa, Kankuamo and the Archuaco. Each community, of each group, has adopted modern ways of life to different extents, but almost all still firmly believe that Sierra Nevada is the beating heart of the world, and if the ecological equilibrium is knocked out of balance here, then the same will happen everywhere else on the planet. These communities have seen much destruction and damage of their region, rivers running dry, ice caps melting, species disappear and crops destroyed. Continual exploitation through mining as well as heavy drug production in the 1970s to 1990s is most likely to blame for the decline, but the communities have a deep commitment to restoring the balance through ritual practices and daily meditations.
Today a number of NGO’s are attempting to help the communities protect the Sierra Nevada from mining and cocaine production and since Colombia’s significant reopening to tourism in the last decade, this relatively new industry has also been able to provide a considerable alternative to the illicit and damaging previous opportunities. Magali tells us that there is now zero cocaine production in the Sierra Nevada area and no cartel presence while more than 500 families are now supported by tourism alone. The ancient Lost City, built around 800 CE was only re-discovered in 1973 and with Colombia’s rep of the 1980s to early 2000s, it is only recently that travellers have started arriving in this part of the country in large numbers.
We drive along the coast, through a few villages, straight East for about an hour, the morning breeze blazing through the open sides of the jeep with many glimpses of beautiful turquoise waters on our left. Carlitos, Magali’s son is asleep on the bench next to us, he’s getting a lift back to their house while his mum will be taking us up into the mountains and to the Lost City. From the entrance to the park, the 4×4 traction of the jeeps come into their own, they drag us straight up the mountains for maybe an hour, along dusty sunbaked tracks, until we reach El Mamey, or as it’s known locally, Machete Pelao.
Enjoying the views along the Lost City Trek
El Mamey is the closest village to the Lost City, reachable by road. Small, slow-paced and quaint, but simmering with excitement as the various groups of mainly backpackers line the village’s single street outside small eateries and living-room shop fronts. Magali organises a lovely calorie-packed lunch of fried fish and beans for us, and we re-pack our bags, apply an extra layer of sun-block and eagerly await her signal to depart. It may be early 2020, but somehow I feel that I’m in the Aguas Calientes of Colombia’sMachu Picchu, some 40 years ago before it became as crowded and efficient as it is today- Machu Picchu, that is.
After a quick briefing, reminders of hats, plenty of water, sticking together etc, we start the sharp incline. We’re a relatively fit group, and the initial pace is good. The Lost City Trek is not considered a high altitude trek, it starts at 140 metres above sea level and reaches a maximum of 1200m, about 45km spread over 4-5 days. However, there are many ups and downs in between, and the sweltering heat can be a challenge for some. Likewise the trail can be very slippery, has many steep steps and depending on rainfall, it can be necessary to cross rivers, waist deep.
Trekking to the Lost City – the steep inclines and surrounding jungle
Over the next few days, as we wind our way through increasingly green landscapes as we ascend towards our goal, which was as impressive as I had hoped, the importance and impact of a relatively small number of tourists that come here becomes clearer. This is not just a barren track to an archeological site or stunning viewpoint, this is a fascinating track through the daily life of dozens of communities and a chance to walk past or through an incredibly proud and protected; albeit struggling civilization. Magali, who grew up here herself, explains how each family would have been forced to live off coca production here until recently, under horrendous cartel conditions, as there were no alternatives.
Passing through rural villages
As we move onwards small wooden stalls are now set up with incredibly fresh orange juice, juicy and sweet slices of watermelon and pineapple, bananas and even their own chocolate. Others have set up small stations to show how their clothing, bags and instruments are made from plants of the forest, how natural dyes are made from flowers and roots. The thing that delighted me the most, was that no one here sells Snickers and Twix, Coca Cola or Gatorade. Let’s hope it stays his way.
Accommodation on the Lost City Trek
Despite the trail being relatively underdeveloped, at least compared with the Inca Trek, the trails of El Chalten or Torres del Paine, I was incredibly impressed with the standard of the campsites on the route to the Lost City. As a group (or travel operator) you do not bring your own food, nor your own equipment, tents, hammocks or even cutlery. Likewise you do not bring a cook. Instead, the tour operators and local government, together with the local communities, have agreed that everything is organised by the local communities, obviously with a little help from the operators on what standards are expected.
Campsites here are not just fields with some porterloos, but solid wooden buildings with surprisingly comfortable bunk beds and hammock spaces. Each campsite has refreshing cold showers to cool down after a hot day’s hiking, and each campsite has a well functioning eating hall, a small shop and evening electricity (generator run). A kitchen team of cooks, cleaners and servers cater to all who arrive at the campsite each day through coordination with the tour operators.
Food served on the Lost City Trek
A great example of Sustainable Tourism?
This here, is a great example of sustainable tourism. How the local community has come together and developed something to show the world, but where they also benefit themselves. Tourism is supposed to positively affect local communities.
The final view of the Lost City
Colombia is a stunning country. It has some of the friendliest and most amazing people you will ever meet as a traveller. However it also has a painful past, and while it is important to understand a country’s history, no matter how bleak, there are too many examples of tourism focusing on that dark past in Colombia, rather than remind the adventurous and exploring traveller of just how much positive effect tourism can have, both for the visitor and the visited. I think it’s wonderful that the people of Sierra Nevada have embraced this idea. I sincerely hope that they can keep this up, also as they naturally will have to tackle the issues that come through an increasing popularity and larger numbers of visitors.
Landscape views of Colombia from the Lost City Trek
2020 was a year of many changes, but few people had their lives turned upside down quite like the amazing tour leaders and guides who work all around the world. Today we are speaking to Isaac and Josh, who until the pandemic hit, were leading our groups of adventurers around Southeast Asia.
Hi Josh and Isaac, where are you from and where do you call home?
Josh: I’m from England. Not sure exactly where I would call home as I move around a lot! Isaac: I am Spanish, but I could not say where I call home, as I have lived in different places over the last 14 years – Ireland, UK and Asia.
What is your association with Tucan Travel and how long have you worked with us?
Isaac: I am a Tour Leader in the Southeast Asia region, I have been in the company for 2 years. Josh: Exactly the same, 2 years and all around Southeast Asia!
Isaac and a group at Miyajima in Japan
Where were you when the Covid situation first became an issue?
Josh: I was in Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia when we started hearing about it on the news. No one knew exactly what would unfold so it was quite unnerving. Isaac: I was running a tour in Japan at the time, where Covid did not seem to be much of an issue compared to the measures that other countries were taken, but that soon changed!
What were the main personal and professional challenges you experienced at that time?
Isaac: More than a challenge, it was the uncertainty of not knowing if I was going to get out of Asia. I kept reading news about flights being cancelled, countries closing their borders, and while I was in Japan everything seemed quite normal, there was no panic or any extra measures taken, everything felt kind of confusing. I seem to remember I was the last tour running at that time, my group wanted to carry on till the end, but for their own safety (and from the advice of most of the countries asking people to come back) the tour had to finish earlier. This was something I would never expected to do, cancel a tour due to a world pandemic! Fortunately for me and the rest of my group, everyone could change their flights and get home early. Josh: The uncertainty of having to put my job in Asia on hold was certainly not pleasant. As well as saying goodbye to Asia for now was not nice!
Did you remain where you were were or return home?
Josh: I went to my mother’s house in London! Isaac: Actually, me too! I spent the first few months of the pandemic in London, where Josh and his mum opened their home to me until I was able to fly to Spain. The favour was returned when he visited me in Spain once the restrictions were lifted during summer.
What have you been doing since the virus began both personally and professionally?
Isaac: I have been able to spend loads of time with my family, I do not remember the last time I spent more than 2 weeks in Spain. In the meantime, to make the most of this time that I have for myself, I completed an English teaching course, I am learning Japanese and giving English lessons to kids. Josh: During the first lockdown, I volunteered as a driver for a charity who delivered food parcels to people who were at high risk of the virus. After the first lockdown finished I worked at a bar in East London for some time. I’m currently working as a builder on an environmentally friendly building site in Algarve, Portugal. So quite a few changes!
Has the Covid situation deterred you from future travel and/or working in the travel industry?
Josh: Not at all, I miss Asia! Isaac: I don’t think it has, in my opinion travelling is going to be a bit different till everything goes back to normal but having not experienced anything like this before it is difficult to say, although definitely it is not going to stop me from travelling in the future.
Josh and his group enjoying Christmas 2019 in Penang
How has your home country and the people’s lifestyle changed since the covid situation began?
Isaac: To anyone that does not know Spanish people, we are very social, always out, we kiss and hug each other all the time, it is part of our culture! It is very strange nowadays not being able to experience that. Queues to enter the shops and the fact that everyone has to wear a mask at all times is something quite shocking too. Josh: Life in London changed a lot. I’m glad the first lockdown was in summer though. At least we could enjoy some good weather in the parks and in the garden.
Has there been any benefits to the situation?
Josh: Its been great to reconnect with family and friends from England. It was by far the longest amount of time I have spent in England for around 7 years. It also prompted me to travel around Europe as going back to Asia is tricky now. When the restrictions first lifted in summer, I took my motorcycle on a ferry from South England to North Spain, spent some time with Isaac and his family before driving down the Mediterranean coast to South Portugal where I am currently working. Isaac: Like I said before, this situation has given me plenty of time to be with my family, learn new skills and languages.
Do you think that any good will come out of this year for the tourism industry?
Josh: The positive I can see for the tourism industry is that once this whole situation has calmed down, loads of people are going to want to travel. The toll of the virus for all the people relying on tourism industry is huge.
Check out some of the trips that Josh and Isaac would normally run by clicking here to see Tucan Travel’s Southeast Asia trips! Or browse our other destinations here.
If 2020 has taught us anything it’s that no – we don’t have all the time in the world. The start of the new decade was like any other year – families parted ways after Christmas celebrations and travelled home, adventurers looked ahead to all their exciting holiday plans and many were busy assessing how many trips they could squeeze out of annual leave. Those with constant itchy feet looked back on 2019’s adventures and wondered what was next. Unfortunately, the universe had alternative plans and instead of snorkelling in Mexico, we were sent to the confinement of our own homes. But it’s not all doom and gloom! What this crisis has given us is time. Time to reflect on how privileged we are, time to assess our priorities and time to make plans for what will truly make us happy. And if you are anything like us – that’s travel! So if you have a bucket list of destinations waiting to be ticked off, scrapbooks of inspirational photos that you want to add too or an experience that you have been longing for – now is the time to start planning. We love big adventures, and we understand that part of the fun is planning for your trip of a lifetime! So whatever your taste, we have compiled some of our favourite destinations below that will get any dreamer hitting the book button.
For the keen hikers:
Explore the “End of the World”
There’s something incredibly wild and untamed about the wilderness of Patagonia. The ever-changing weather, the rugged mountainscapes, the roaming guanacos and the odd sneaky puma. The magical blue lakes nestled neatly in the peaks. The crashing glaciers showing first hand the globe’s constant movement and the wide-eyed spectators waiting eagerly to witness it. It’s everything you would expect from mother nature’s finest work and then some. Patagonia is the ultimate adventure for anyone who loves hiking, walking, photography, nature and wildlife.
The region spans the southern sections of both Chile and Argentina. Most adventurers will fly into Santiago before connecting to Punta Arenas, the capital city of the Magallanes province and gateway to Torres del Paine National Park. This is where some of the most exhilarating hikes in Patagonia await you, from the 4 day W-trek to the hike to the base of the towers.
In Argentina, experience a slice of the polar world as you witness the impressive Perito Moreno glacier in El Calafate. The huge mass of ice is the third largest reserve of freshwater in the world and spans 250 kilometres squared.
Torres del Paine National Park – Patagonia
Walk in the footsteps of the Incas
The challenge of walking the Inca Trail to reach Machu Picchu is a feat taken on by the most adventurous of travellers each year. The Incas were an organised civilisation who built many different networks and paths through the Andes called the Qhapaq Ñan. The most popular of these routes is now known as the Inca Trail. The three day trek passes some of the most incredible scenery in Peru, from ancient Inca ruins to verdant mountains and grazing llamas. Expect to throw yourself into the remote nature of the journey as you camp along points on the trail, saying goodbye to electricity and WI-FI and just enjoying the tranquillity of the Andes. Of course the jewel at the end of the journey – Machu Picchu – is what makes the whole adventure worth it. As you trek to the sun-gate in time for sunrise, see the mystical mountain appear before your eyes.
Machu Picchu – Peru
Hike to the Lost City
La Ciudad Perdida, or the Lost City, is a mystical experience you’ll never forget. Nestled in the Sierra Nevada de Santa Marta in Colombia, the trek offers some of the best views of the lush Colombian landscape as well as opportunities to interact with indigenous communities that live in the area. Far from the noise of Colombia’s boisterous cities, the journey to the Lost City is the perfect chance to disconnect and fully immerse yourself in the sounds of the jungle. The adventure takes place within Teyuna National Park, therefore it’s important to book with a registered travel company who can provide the permits and professional guides for your own safety. Overall the trip takes 4 days and is suitable for anyone with a decent fitness level – the hardest part is the final 1200 steps built by the Tayronas which you will need to ascend to reach the Lost City.
La Cuidad Perdida – Colombia
For the landscape lovers:
Sleep under the stars in Wadi Rum
Wadi Rum is a beautiful valley of sandstone and granite rocks located in southern Jordan. The landscape encompasses dusty hues of red, orange and brown formations as well as fascinating petroglyphs showing the work of humans who inhabited the area since prehistoric times. The arid and untamed scenery has been the setting of many desert films including the Star Wars franchise, The Martian and the 1962 classic, Lawrence of Arabia. Unique camping retreats are peppered throughout the desert and offer a fantastic experience of sleeping in the heart of it all. The remote location means no light pollution exists and looking up at the glimmering night sky you’ll see a fantastic array of colours and stars reaching far across the horizon.
Wadi Rum – Jordan
Visit the breathtaking Uyuni Salt Flats
Salar de Uyuni, also known as the Uyuni Salt Flats of Bolivia are an extraordinary experience that you won’t find elsewhere in the world. Reigning as the world’s largest salt flat, it encompasses over 4,000 square miles of salt crust which has formed over millions of years on what was once considered to be several prehistoric lakes. After a burst of rainfall, a thin layer of water rests on the open landscape creating what can only be described as a gigantic mirror. The seemingly infinite horizons create a magical atmosphere that can’t quite be imagined until you place yourself in the midst of the open landscape and look around at the vast space that surrounds you.
Uyuni Salt Flats – Bolivia
Admire the “out of this world” Valle de la Luna in Chile
If you’ve ever wanted to experience a different planet, the Valle de la Luna (Valley of the Moon) landscape in Chile might just be the closest thing. The unique area is located in the Atacama Desert, the driest place on earth where it’s thought that some areas have received no rainfall in hundreds of years! The landscape is a result of millions of years of unforgiving weather, creating unique sand and rock formations that have been artistically carved by the wind. The impressive canvas is somewhat similar to the surface of the moon, forming an otherworldly experience for those lucky enough to visit. In fact, a prototype for the Mars rover was tested on the terrain because of its incredibly dry and hostile environment.
On a clear day, with the vibrant blue sky looking over the orange and red hued rocks and sand dunes, you’ll momentarily forget which planet you are in fact on.
Do you dream of strolling through lush tropical jungles, with colourful parrots soaring above and monkeys swinging from branch to branch? Are you desperate to see sloths in the wild? Then Costa Rica is your perfect holiday destination. Costa Rica’s impressive efforts towards conservation and the environment go almost unrivalled, in fact the small country is home to around 5% of the entire world’s biodiversity. On top of this, 25% of the country’s land is protected in either national parks, forest reserves or biospheres. This provides a mecca for the wildlife that call Costa Rica home, and it’s wildly considered the best destination for guaranteed animal encounters year round. Highlights include zip-lining through the jungle, walking above the clouds on canopy walkways and cruising along rivers in search of the creatures that live here in abundance.
Not many places can compete with the islands that inspired Darwin’s Theory of Evolution. Located in the Pacific Ocean, just over 500 miles off the mainland coast of Ecuador, the Galapagos Islands are a treasure trove of fascinating wildlife and landscapes. Various endemic species call the islands home, including the blue-footed booby, Galapagos land iguana and the Galapagos tortoise. In fact tortoises are one of the most iconic animals to be found on the island – after all the islands were named after the impressive giant tortoises that roamed here. The most popular way to experience the Galapagos is by boat. Comfortable cabins and cruising overnight means that you can visit a new island each day and see the best of this very special corner of the world. Expect island walks to learn about the unusual terrain, witnessing an abundance of incredible animals and snorkelling in some of the most marine packed waters in the world.
An African safari is undoubtedly one of the best and most authentic experiences for animal lovers. The untamed and wild plains of Africa are home to some of the globe’s most impressive animals, including the Big Five – the lion, leopard, black rhino, elephant and cape buffalo. Only on the mother continent can you see lions prowl along the horizon in search of prey, elephants frolic on the shores of rivers and giraffes munch on treetops while overlooking the vast landscape. The beauty of a game drive in the wild is the unknown – will you see the start of the Great Migration as the first wildebeest make the dramatic journey across the river? Or will you watch as lurking crocodiles wait to attempt the take down of crossing mammals over twice their size. The wilds of Africa are unforgiving, sometimes saddening and other times fascinating. But one thing’s for sure – you’ll never forget your first safari.
The wild mountain gorillas of Uganda roam freely amongst the thick foliage of Bwindi Impenetrable Forest, and getting to see them peacefully in their home really is a once in a lifetime experience. Around 400 gorillas live in the forest, which makes up for just under half of the world’s population. Thanks to recent conservation efforts, the WWF has announced the numbers of gorillas in the wild has increased to around 1000. Walking through Bwindi Impenetrable Forest is part of the adventure itself, with the park housing some 120 species of mammals, over 300 species of birds and around 200 species of butterflies. Keep your eyes and ears peeled and you never know what fantastic wildlife encounter you’ll come across. The walk to see the gorillas can take another from one to eight hours. Local trackers will pinpoint the last known location of the gorillas and use their unique skills to reach their current location, however due to the movement of the animals this can take quite some time. It’s hard to describe the sense of awe that rushes through you as you first set your eyes on these magnificent beasts.
Gorillas in Bwindi Impenetrable Forest – Uganda
Stay tuned for part 2 where we reveal the best destinations for culture buffs, foodies and island lovers!
With its winding roads and stunning landscapes, Belgium is the perfect place for a road trip. When fuelling up at a motorway servcies, the diesel pump won’t start pumping until you have pre-authorised your pump and credit card (I tried the shop but was told to use one of the card machines near the pumps, took a while to find one as they are not that apparant.
2020 was a year of many changes, but few people had their lives turned upside down quite like the amazing tour leaders and guides who work all around the world. Today we are speaking to Isaac and Josh, who until the pandemic hit, were leading our groups of adventurers around Southeast Asia.
Hi Josh and Isaac, where are you from and where do you call home?
Josh: I’m from England. Not sure exactly where I would call home as I move around a lot! Isaac: I am Spanish, but I could not say where I call home, as I have lived in different places over the last 14 years – Ireland, UK and Asia.
What is your association with Tucan Travel and how long have you worked with us?
Isaac: I am a Tour Leader in the Southeast Asia region, I have been in the company for 2 years. Josh: Exactly the same, 2 years and all around Southeast Asia!
Isaac and a group at Miyajima in Japan
Where were you when the Covid situation first became an issue?
Josh: I was in Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia when we started hearing about it on the news. No one knew exactly what would unfold so it was quite unnerving. Isaac: I was running a tour in Japan at the time, where Covid did not seem to be much of an issue compared to the measures that other countries were taken, but that soon changed!
What were the main personal and professional challenges you experienced at that time?
Isaac: More than a challenge, it was the uncertainty of not knowing if I was going to get out of Asia. I kept reading news about flights being cancelled, countries closing their borders, and while I was in Japan everything seemed quite normal, there was no panic or any extra measures taken, everything felt kind of confusing. I seem to remember I was the last tour running at that time, my group wanted to carry on till the end, but for their own safety (and from the advice of most of the countries asking people to come back) the tour had to finish earlier. This was something I would never expected to do, cancel a tour due to a world pandemic! Fortunately for me and the rest of my group, everyone could change their flights and get home early. Josh: The uncertainty of having to put my job in Asia on hold was certainly not pleasant. As well as saying goodbye to Asia for now was not nice!
Did you remain where you were were or return home?
Josh: I went to my mother’s house in London! Isaac: Actually, me too! I spent the first few months of the pandemic in London, where Josh and his mum opened their home to me until I was able to fly to Spain. The favour was returned when he visited me in Spain once the restrictions were lifted during summer.
What have you been doing since the virus began both personally and professionally?
Isaac: I have been able to spend loads of time with my family, I do not remember the last time I spent more than 2 weeks in Spain. In the meantime, to make the most of this time that I have for myself, I completed an English teaching course, I am learning Japanese and giving English lessons to kids. Josh: During the first lockdown, I volunteered as a driver for a charity who delivered food parcels to people who were at high risk of the virus. After the first lockdown finished I worked at a bar in East London for some time. I’m currently working as a builder on an environmentally friendly building site in Algarve, Portugal. So quite a few changes!
Has the Covid situation deterred you from future travel and/or working in the travel industry?
Josh: Not at all, I miss Asia! Isaac: I don’t think it has, in my opinion travelling is going to be a bit different till everything goes back to normal but having not experienced anything like this before it is difficult to say, although definitely it is not going to stop me from travelling in the future.
Josh and his group enjoying Christmas 2019 in Penang
How has your home country and the people’s lifestyle changed since the covid situation began?
Isaac: To anyone that does not know Spanish people, we are very social, always out, we kiss and hug each other all the time, it is part of our culture! It is very strange nowadays not being able to experience that. Queues to enter the shops and the fact that everyone has to wear a mask at all times is something quite shocking too. Josh: Life in London changed a lot. I’m glad the first lockdown was in summer though. At least we could enjoy some good weather in the parks and in the garden.
Has there been any benefits to the situation?
Josh: Its been great to reconnect with family and friends from England. It was by far the longest amount of time I have spent in England for around 7 years. It also prompted me to travel around Europe as going back to Asia is tricky now. When the restrictions first lifted in summer, I took my motorcycle on a ferry from South England to North Spain, spent some time with Isaac and his family before driving down the Mediterranean coast to South Portugal where I am currently working. Isaac: Like I said before, this situation has given me plenty of time to be with my family, learn new skills and languages.
Do you think that any good will come out of this year for the tourism industry?
Josh: The positive I can see for the tourism industry is that once this whole situation has calmed down, loads of people are going to want to travel. The toll of the virus for all the people relying on tourism industry is huge.
Check out some of the trips that Josh and Isaac would normally run by clicking here to see Tucan Travel’s Southeast Asia trips! Or browse our other destinations here.
This website uses cookies so that we can provide you with the best user experience possible. Cookie information is stored in your browser and performs functions such as recognising you when you return to our website and helping our team to understand which sections of the website you find most interesting and useful.
Strictly Necessary Cookies
Strictly Necessary Cookie should be enabled at all times so that we can save your preferences for cookie settings.
If you disable this cookie, we will not be able to save your preferences. This means that every time you visit this website you will need to enable or disable cookies again.
